Grammar & Structure Index

units page Title / Unit Topics Exercises

1 - 15 6 Part 1 -- Nouns & Pronouns 1 -- 25
1 6 Parts of Speech 1
2 8 Kinds of Nouns 2
3 9 Gender of Nouns 3
4 9 Count and Non-count Nouns 4/5/6/7
5 15 Nouns used as Count and Non-count 8/9
6 17 Singular and Plural Nouns ( 1 ) 10
7 19 Singular and Plural Nouns ( 2 ) 11
8 20 Singular and Plural Nouns ( 3 ) 12 / 13 / 14
9 23 Compound Nouns 15
10 28 Forming Nouns from Verbs 16 / 17
11 33 Pronouns ( Subject and Object ) 18
12 35 Reflexive and Emphatic Pronouns 19 / 20 / 21
13 40 Some -- Any -- No 22
14 41 Someone -- Something -- Somewhere 23 / 24
15 44 Relative Pronouns 25

Key answers to part ( 1 ) Exercises

---- 46
exercises -- units 1—15 1 -- 25
Part 2 -- Verbs -- Group ( 1 ) Exercises
50
Units 16 -- 64 26 -- 92

16 50 Verb ( to be ) 26 / 27
17 52 There + verb ( to be ) 28 / 29
18 56 Verb ( to have ) -- 1 30 / 31
19 58 Verb ( to have ) -- 2 32
20 61 Verb ( to have ) -- 3 33
21 62 Have / Has to = must 34

1
22 64 Modals of lost opportunity 35
23 67 The Imperatives- orders and requests 36
24 68 Expressing advice and preference 37
25 70 Present continuous tense 38
26 71 Present simple tense 39
27 73 Action and non-actions verbs 40
28 77 The Present perfect 41
29 78 The Present perfect continuous 42
30 81 Mixed present tenses 43 / 44
31 91 Summary of present tenses 45
32 92 The past simple tense 46
33 94 Past simple Vs Present perfect 47 / 48
34 100 The past continuous tense 49
35 101 The past perfect tense 50 / 51
36 103 The past perfect continuous tense 52
37 104 Mixed past tenses 53
38 110 Summary of past tenses 54
39 112 Past form for present meaning 55
40 114 Using time-clauses to express past 56
41 116 Since -- yet -- for -- ago -- already 57
42 117 The future simple 58
43 118 The future continuous tense 59
44 119 The future perfect tense 60
45 120 Expressing future with present forms 61 / 62
46 122 More about the future 63 / 64
47 125 Mixed future tenses 65 / 66
48 135 Summary of future tenses ===
49 138 Using How + verbs 67
50 139 The verb ( to do ) 68 / 69

2
 51 141 Confusing pairs of verbs 70
52 143 Questions -- part 1 71 / 72
53 148 Questions -- part -- 2 73
54 154 Short Answers 74
55 155 Question - tags 75 / 76
56 158 Short responses 77
57 160 Verbs after And & But 78
58 161 Inverted subject-verb order 79 / 80
59 168 Auxiliary Verbs 81
60 171 Modal verbs -- part ( 1 ) 82
61 177 Modal verbs -- part ( 2 ) 83
62 181 Modal verbs -- part ( 3 ) 84 / 85
63 188 modal verbs summary ( 1 ) 86 -87 -88- 89
64 193 Modal verbs summary ( 2 ) 90 / 91 / 92
Key answers to Part ( 2 ) Exercises
------ 196
Exercises -- Units 16 -- 64 26 -- 92
Part ( 3 ) -- Verbs -- Group –2 Exercises
=== 206
Units 65 -- 90 93 -- 129
65 206 The infinitive 93
66 208 The -- ing- form 94 / 95
67 210 The to-infinitive or the -- ing-form 96
68 212 Verbs + to / object + to / --ing 97
69 212 Infinitive or –ing -- part ( 1 ) 98
70 217 Infinitive or --ing -- part ( 2 ) 99 / 100 / 101

71 222 Verbs + to or –ing with change in 102

meaning
72 227 Gerunds ( verbs used as nouns ) 103
73 230 Expressions followed by ---ing 104
74 233 Agreement rules 105 / 106

3
75 236 Subject-verb agreement / tricky nouns 107
Subject-verb agreement with complex 108
76 243
subjects and quantifiers ----------
77 248 Time words and conditions 109 / 110 / 111
78 251 Real conditions and If alternatives 112
79 256 Unreal conditions 113 / 114
80 261 Used to -- be / get used to 115 / 116
81 262 Transitive and Intransitive verbs 117

82 268 Active and Passive voice ( 1 ) 118 / 119

( simple verb-forms and modal verbs
83 271 Active and Passive voice ( 2 ) 120
Present / past / future perfect forms
Active and Passive voice ( 3 )
84 272 121
Progressive present , past ,and future
85 274 Active and Passive ( Questions ) 122 / 123
86 276 More about passive voice 124 / 125
87 279 Reported Speech ( 1 ) – statements 126
88 281 Reported Speech ( 2 ) -- past form 127
89 283 Reported Speech ( 3 ) -- questions 128
90 285 Reported Speech ( 4 ) -- imperatives 129

Key answers to Part ( 3 ) Exercises

== 287
Exercises -- Units ( 65 – 90 ) 93 -- 129
Part( 4 ) -- Prepositions Exercises
Units ( 91 -- 102 ) 130 -- 161
91 293 Prepositions of time 130 / 131
92 300 Prepositions of position 132/ 133/134/135
93 305 Preposition of movement 136 / 137
94 314 Summary of prepositions 138 / 139
95 317 Expressions with preposition ( 1 ) 140/141/142/143
96 323 Expressions with preposition ( 2 ) 144/145/146/147

4
97 330 Expressions with preposition ( 3 ) 148 / 149 / 150
98 334 More prepositions 151 / 152
99 337 Prepositions after verbs 153 / 154 / 155
100 343 Verbs + Prepositions ( 1 ) 156
101 345 Verbs + Prepositions ( 2 ) 157
102 347 Verbs + Prepositions ( 3 ) 158/159/160/161
Key Answers to Part ( 4 ) Exercises
==
Exercises -- Units 91 -- 102 130 -- 161
Part 5 - Adjectives &
Exercises
Adverbs
162 -- 117
Units 103 -- 131
103 357 Demonstrative Adjectives & Pronouns 162
104 358 Possessive adjectives and pronouns 163 / 164 / 165
105 361 Kinds of adjectives 166
106 362 Position and order of adjectives 167 / 168
107 368 Gradable and non-gradable adjectives 169 / 170 / 171

108 374 Nouns used as adjectives and vice 172 / 173 / 174
versa
109 379 Get + adjectives 175
110 381 Adjectives + to 176/177/178/179
111 384 Adjectives ending in --ed or --ing 180 / 181
112 386 Confusing adjective -- ( --ic or --ical ) 182 / 183
113 389 Compound adjectives 184
114 394 Using How + adjectives 185
115 395 Comparison of adjectives ( 1 ) 186/187/188/189
116 403 Comparison of adjectives ( 2 ) 190
117 406 Derived forms of adjectives 191
118 410 Other adjective structures 192/193/194/195
119 414 Expressing possession 196

5
120 422 Determiners ( 1 ) 197 / 198
121 425 Determiners ( 2 ) 199
122 428 Positions and usage of adverbs 200 / 201
123 433 Kinds of adverbs 202
124 435 Adverbs of frequency 203
125 439 Using How and as…as with adverbs 204
126 440 Comparison of adverbs 205
127 442 Relative adverbs 206
128 443 Adjectives and adverbs ( 1 ) 207 / 208 / 209
129 451 Adjectives and adverbs ( 2 ) 210
More about comparisons 211 / 212 / 213
130 453
of adjectives and adverbs 214 / 215
131 Too -- Enough -- very 216 / 217
Key answers to Part ( 5 ) Exercises
===
exercises -- Units 103 -- 131 162 -- 217
Part 6 -- Misc. Grammar Exercises
Topics -- Units 132 -- 146 218 -- 240
132 469 Connecting ( linking ) words ( 1 ) 218/219/220/221
133 480 Connecting ( linking ) words ( 2 ) 222
134 488 Connecting phrases 223
135 490 The Complete guide to articles 224 / 225
136 498 Confusing pairs of structural words 226 / 227 / 228
137 502 Wh—Question words 229
138 505 Exclamations ( ! ) 230
139 207 Expressing purpose 232
140 509 Irregular negatives 233
141 511 Complements 234
142 513 Expressions with ( as ) 235
143 515 Still -- yet -- already -- no / any longer 236
6
 144 517 Punctuation marks 237
145 520 Phrases and clauses 238 / 239
146 525 The –ing and –ed clauses 240
Key Answers to Part ( 6 ) Exercises
exercises -- Units -- 132 -- 146 218 -- 240

===========================================
Part 1 -- Nouns & Pronouns )
Unit -- 1 ( Parts of Speech )
Parts of speech Definitions – Use Examples

1- nouns name of a person, Hamad – man – nurse – tree –

‫أألسماء‬ animal, thing,----etc. lion – week – happiness ---
2- pronouns a word that is used I – he – she – it – we – you –
‫ألضمائر‬ instead of a noun they – mine – this – these ----
3- adjectives a word that describes a hot – tall – wooden –
‫صفات األسماء‬ noun expensive – careful – happy
4- verbs a word that expresses come – play – be – have – feel
‫أألفعال‬ an action – can – sleep
5- adverbs a word that describes a drive carefully – hard – out –
‫صفات األفعال‬ verb carelessly – well
a word that has no
in – on – before – by – inside –
6- Prepositions meaning by itself. It's
under – through – behind ---
‫ألحروف‬ used before
7-conjunctions a word that joins two and – but – however – also –
‫ العطف‬/ ‫كلمات الربط‬ words or sentences then ---- etc.
========================================================
( Exercise ( 1 )
Write the part of speech of the underlined words:

1- Ahmed is a clever student. ____________________.

7
2- He works hard at school. _____________________.

3- Where do you live? _________________________.

4- That rich man is kind and generous. ________________.

5- Did you travel to France? _______________________.

6- That's the driver who caused the accident. _______________.

7- Rich people live comfortable life. ___________________.

8- There are seven days in a week. ___________________.

9- You must do your homework. ______________________.

10-That's my best friend. _____________________________.

11- When does it rain here? __________________________.

12- - Take your umbrella in case it rains __________________.

13- He is rich, but he's really a miser. ___________________.

14-How are you? ___________________________________.

==========================================

Unit 2

1) Proper nouns: = are names of specific people or things. They begin

with capital letters. ( Fahid – Park Street – the Nile – Germany –
Riyadh – Elizabeth – Rowad School .. etc. ) `
2) Common nouns := are names given to all people or things of the
same group or kind. They begin with small letters if they are not
the starting words of sentences. man – teacher – tree – week –
book – colour – politeness -- love -- animal -- river – sea --
politeness -- love -- animal -- river – sea .., etc. )
3 ) collective Nouns = names given to groups of people , animals or
things if they are taken as whole units , no as individuals , such as :
8
 ( staff -- family -- army -- herd -- flock -- committee -- police --
Team -- council -- …etc.
====================================================
( Exercise 2 )
Re-write the sentences using capital letters where necessary :
1- teachers help me and my friend, Kamal.```
2- Saudi Arabia is the main oil producing country.
____________________________________.

3- Our army is strong enough to drive back any aggression..

____________________________________.

4- The king of Malaysia came to Mecca for Omra.

____________________________________.

5- Our neighbor is a farmer . He owns a flock of sheep on his farm.

____________________________________.

6-Jeddah is the biggest city on the coast of the Red Sea.

____________________________________.
==========================================
Unit 3
Gender of Nouns
There are four genders of nouns :
1- Masculine gender:- It is used for males ( man –ox – boy )
2- Feminine gender :- It is used for females ( woman – cow – girl )
3- Common gender :- It is used for both males and females ,( nurse –
teacher – student )
4-Neuter gender : It is used for animals and things ( table –fox -wee )
====================================================
Exercise ( 3 )
Write the gender of the following nouns
No. Noun Gender No. Noun Gender
1- lion 2- lioness
3- policeman 4- lady

9
 5- doctor 6- animal
7- king 8- queen
9- He-goat 10- gentleman
11- teacher 12- cars
==================================================
Unit ( 4 )
Count and non-count nouns
1- Count nouns are things we can count, ( apples – cars – students …
Ex. a chair : two chairs / some chairs
a banana : six bananas / some bananas

2- Non – count nouns are things we cannot count, ( water – bread –

milk – oil ) They have no plural form, and no indefinite article
( a – an ) some water – some bread – some fruit ).

Some Uncountable Nouns

a) Liquids ( juice - milk - oil - tea - water )

b) solids & semi-solids ( butter - cheese - ice - meat - beef -

bread - gold -- soap - toothpaste - luggage - baggage )
furniture -- money -- accommodation
c) gases ( air - pollution - smoke - oxygen , … )

d) things in nature ( rain - snow - darkness - sunshine - thunder

lightning -- weather
e) abstractions ( beauty - courage - fun - happiness - health - -
honesty - advice -- information -- ignorance - knowledge -

luck - - patience — progress - violence - behavior – permission

-- traffic -- scenery -- news .

======================================================
Rules with Uncountable Nouns
1. They cannot be plural.
You cannot say: ( informations -- furnitures -- advices -- happinesses --
musics -- equipments ( They are wrong X )

10
There are some exceptions. Sometimes when ordering drinks, we say “I’ll
have a small coffee” or “Can we have three beers?” This is simply a short
way of saying “a small cup of coffee” or “three bottles/cans of beer.”

Another exception is when we are talking about several different types

of an uncountable noun – we often make the uncountable noun plural:
--- Many different metals are used in construction . metals = types of metal
--- I love tropical fruits. fruits = types of fruit
--- These oils can be used to soften your skin. oils = types of oil
Other nouns that can be used this way include cheese, food, bread,
and meat.
2. You can't use a / an with them (but you can use "some" and "any")
I need some information Not I need an information
He didn't have any luggage. Not He didn't have a luggage .
The idea of countable and uncountable might seem like a useless thing to
learn - but it’s very important because it affects many of the words that you
can use together with these nouns.
If you say, "I have a lot of things," that is a perfectly good sentence.
If you say, "I have a lot of stuffs," it sounds funny. Stuff is uncountable, so
it cannot be plural.
If you say, "I ate too much rice," that is a correct sentence.
If you say, "I ate too many rice" or "I ate too much cookies," those are
both incorrect. Many is only used with countable nouns, and much is
only used with uncountable nouns. We would need to switch them:
I ate too much rice and I ate too many cookies.
Let me give you a quick overview of the words you can and can't use with
countable and uncountable nouns.
N. Countable Uncountable
1- a / an / some / any some / any
2- Here’s a song you’ll like. Here’s some music you’ll like.

this / that / these / those This -- that

I haven’t learned this / that
word yet.
3-
I haven’t learned these /
I haven’t learned this / that
those words yet.
vocabulary yet
4- every / each / all
All
11
 Every suggestion was great
All the suggestions were All the advice was great
great.
many / a number of / a lot much / an amount of / a lot of /
of / lots of lots of
There aren’t very many There isn’t very much public
5- buses.

There are a lot of taxis There isn’t very much public

transportation.
few / fewer / the fewest little / less / the least
6-
Can I borrow a few dollars? Can I borrow a little money?
both / either / neither/ none of them
7- Neither of the facts were None of the information was
accurate. accurate.
=======================================================
Quantifying Uncountable Nouns
Sometimes we want to quantify how much of an uncountable noun we are
talking about. We can do this using another “measuring” word:
When we want units of uncounted nouns, we use another measuring word
( the means in which such units are offered.

A ) Fruit = an apple, a banana, ..…etc. or a bowl of fruit – some fruit.

B ) Liquids = a cup of coffee – a glass of water – a jar of juice –
a can of Pepsi – a bottle of milk.
C ) Bread and sweets : a piece of bread / cake, - a sandwich of cheese
D ) Rice – soup : a dish of rice – roast beef
E ) Foods by weight : a kilo of meat.
F ) Indefinite amounts : spoonful of sugar – rice – water – bread, …..
G ) chocolate, biscuits: a bar of chocolate, a piece of cake ……
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With substances like rice and sand, the individual bits are called grains.
And with nouns like information, advice, equipment, and furniture, we can
use the word "piece”:
--- a new piece of equipment
--- three important pieces of advice
--- many pieces of antique furniture
--- a key piece of information

12
 ====================================================
Exercise ( 4 )
Fill in the spaces with suitable units of food:

1-I'm hungry. I need a __________________of Kapsa.

2-I'd like a ___________________ of coffee

3-He's thirsty. Give him a ______________ water to drink.

4-I want two ___________________ of bread.

5- We'd like to drink Pepsi. Will you please get us 4 _____ of Pepsi.

6- My tea isn't sweet enough. I need _____________ of sugar.

7- Give the children 5 _______________ of chocolate.

8- We need a __________________ or mixed fruit juice.

9- A 5-kilo _________ of Indian rice costs SR 40 .

10- A big __________ of grapes weighs about five kilos.

11- I want one __________ of Signal toothpaste , please .

12- Go to the grocer's and buy us a………………..of olive oil.
======================================================
Exercise ( 5 )
Choose the correct word:
1. We loved both of the entertainments / performances.
2. An article was published about one of my projects / researches.
3. Those gossips / rumors about me are not true!
13
 4. He really did me a favour / kindness.
5. My new co-worker has a lot of abilities / knowledges.
6. I have three or four tasks / works to do this afternoon.
7. The teacher gave us too much assignments / homework.
8. All of the equipment / machine needed maintenance.
9. How much dollars / money do you need?
10- We had a few problems / troubles with the installation.
======================================================
Exercise ( 6 )
Check if each of the underlined nouns is count or non-count :
1- The weather is nice today . ------------------- ---- -- ( )
2- What a beautiful view .----------------------------------( )
3- There are some hairs in my milk . -------------------( )
4- I need some time to write a report.----------------- -( )
5- It's a nice day to today . ------------------- ------------( )
6- A light is coming from that house.-------------------( )
7- I have much work today .-------------------------------( )
8- The works of Shakespeare are studied ------------( )
at universities.
9 - Write some information about your school.-------( )
10- I have 30 years experience in teaching English.( )
11- You must follow your father's advice.--------------( )
12- Your behaviour at school is unacceptable. -------( )
13- Students look forward to their summer holidays.( )
=======================================================
Exercise ( 7 )
Underline the right words in brackets and say it they are countable or
uncountable
1- We drove round looking for ( parking -- a parking lot . ) _count.______
2- I'm afraid I haven't got ( any money -- some money ) . _uncounted
3- I heard ( a loud laugh -- loud laugh ) from next door. ___________

14
4- Could I have more ( orange juice -- oranges juice ). ____________
5- We have done a lot of ( shopping -- shoppings ) , _____________
6- Here's ( a piece of news -- news ) that will interest you. _______
7- I do a lot of ( homework -- home-works ) every day . ___________
8-What ( a beautiful countryside -- beautiful countryside ) . _________
9- We sell all ( kinds of cloth -- kind of cloths ) . __________________
10-We have had very good ( weather -- climate ). _________________
11-a) Would you like some ( chicken / chickens ) for dinner tonight.
b) My grandfather raised some ( chicken / chickens ) on his farm .
12-a) It took a lot of ( time / times ) to answer the TOEFL test.
b) How many ( time - times ) a year do you go to Mecca ?
13-a) I wear ( glass -- glasses ) because I’m short-sighted ,
b) ( Glass -- Glasses ) bottles are now replaced by plastic bottles.
14-a) The Observer and the Times are famous ( paper -- papers ) in
The United Kingdom.
b) I need a lot of ( paper -- papers ) to write reports about sales.
==================================================
Unit ( 5 )
a) Nouns used as Count or Non-count
Some nouns can be used as countable or uncountable , usually with
a difference in meaning such as ( paper – time – noise – room – hair-
iron experience – damage – fruit -- work -- holiday -- glass --
light - …etc. )
N Used as non-count
noun Used as count noun
o noun
I drank three glasses of tea
Window are made of
1- Glass I wear glasses when I drive my
glass
car.
Indian women have There are some white hairs on
2- Hair
long hair my eyebrows.
3- iron Iron is a heavy metal I press my shirt with an iron
I opened the curtains to
4- light Please switch on the lights
let in some light
5- paper I need some paper to I brought some papers to read

15
 write a letter the news today
How much time do you
How many times a year do you
6- time need to finish your work
go to Mecca ?
?
I had some coffee after
7- coffee Waiter ! Four coffees please .
dinner
Chicken We had some chicken /He draw a picture of a chicken /
8-
/ fish fish for dinner last night.
fish
I haven’t had much I had many interesting
Experienc
9- experience with experiences
e
computers ( events ) on my trip.
Students of English study the
I’m busy . I have much
10 Work works of Shakespeare at all
work to do.
universities in the world.
The fruits of Lebanon taste nice
Have we got enough
11 fruit ,
fruit for the party ?
especially oranges .
Tables and cupboards Woods are smaller than forests
12 Wood
are made of wood and they have no wild animals
My house has 6 rooms , 3
I'll make some room for these
13 Room bedrooms , a living room , a
books in the bookshelf
dining room and a study .
====================================================
Exercise ( 8 )
All the nouns in the list are normally uncountable . However, thirteen of
them may be countable also with changes in the meaning . Tick them and
give their meanings :
( advice -- business -- china -- capital -- equipment -- cloth -- jewelry
or jewellery -- Crime -- knowledge -- experience --laughter -- fruit
-- lightning -- fuel -- machinery -- gossip -- mud -- noise -- patience
-- rock -- pollution -- time -- progress -- trouble -- rubbish -- youth
-- scaffolding -- scenery -- thunder -- underwear -- veal -- wealth
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. Uncountable only No. Uncountable + countable
1- Advice‫نصيحة‬ 1- Business‫التجارة‬ ‫مشروع إستثماري‬
2- China ‫الخزف الصيني‬ 2- Capital‫رأس المال‬ ‫عاصمة دولة‬
3- Equipment‫التجهيزات‬ 3- Cloth‫القماش‬ ‫قطعة قماش‬

16
‫‪4-‬‬ ‫المجوهرات‪Jewelry‬‬ ‫‪4-‬‬ ‫أفعال الجرائم ‪Crime‬‬ ‫جريمة‬
‫‪Experience‬‬ ‫حاالت المعاناة‬
‫‪5-‬‬ ‫المعرفة‪Knowledge‬‬ ‫‪5-‬‬
‫المعاناة – خبرة العمل‬ ‫أو الخبرة في العمل‬
‫‪6-‬‬ ‫‪Laughter‬‬ ‫الضحك‬ ‫‪6-‬‬ ‫الفاكهة‪Fruit‬‬ ‫فواكه متنوعة‬
‫‪7-‬‬ ‫البرق‪Lightning‬‬ ‫‪7-‬‬ ‫الوقود‪Fuel‬‬ ‫أنواع الوقود‬
‫‪Machinery‬‬ ‫‪Gossip‬‬ ‫حاالت الثرثرة أو‬
‫‪8-‬‬ ‫‪8-‬‬
‫مجموعة آليات بالمصنع‬ ‫الثرثرة‬ ‫النميمة ( القيل والقال )‬
‫‪9-‬‬ ‫الوحل ‪ /‬الطين‪Mud‬‬ ‫‪9-‬‬ ‫أإلزعاج‪Noise‬‬ ‫صوت مزعج‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫الصبر ‪patience‬‬ ‫الصخر‪Rock‬‬ ‫صخرة واحدة‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫التلوث‪Pollution‬‬ ‫الوقت‪Time‬‬ ‫مرة واحدة‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫التقدم‪Progress‬‬ ‫المتاعب‪Trouble‬‬ ‫مشكلة ‪ /‬حالة متعبة‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫النفايات‪Rubbish‬‬ ‫العمر الشبابي‪Youth‬‬ ‫الشباب‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫السقالة ‪Scaffolding‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫الطبيعة‪Scenery‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫الرعد‪Thunder‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Underwear‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫المالبس الداخلية‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫لحم العجل‪Veal‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫الثروة‪Wealth‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫====================================================‬
‫‪Quiz – ( count and non-count nouns ) :‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
 Exercise ( 9 ) –
Circle the correct determiner:
1- There are too many / much ice cubes in my glass.
2- We used very few / little of the tools available.
3- Here, have a / some bread.
4- All / Each of the literature from that period in history is wonderful.
5- Having a deadline puts an / some extra pressure on you to finish the work.
6- They don't have many / much patience.
7- There was a / some confusion at the train station.
8- We bought a / some painting at the art show.
9- Do you want a / some honey in your tea?
10- Little / Neither of the two recipes I tried came out very well.
11- She put a / some piece of meat on my plate.
12- After he cut himself, there was a few / little blood on his shirt.
13- I listened carefully to all / every word he said.
14- He made a / some proposal for improving the performance.
15- I can help you with that task - I've done it a number of / an amount of
times.
====================================================

Unit ( 6 )
Singular and Plural ( 1 )
Nouns that are countable have singular and plural forms.
A singular noun refers to one only.
A plural noun refers to two or more.
Non-countable nouns take singular verbs.
A) Changing from singular to plural:
1- By adding ( s ) to the singular. door – doors / book – books /

2- By adding ( es ) if the singular ends with ( s – sh – ch – x )

Ex. class – classes / brush – brushes / inch – inches/ fox – foxes
3- If the singular ends with ( y ) preceded by a consonant, we
change ( y ) into ( i ) and add ( es )
Ex. body – bodies / army – armies / fairy – fairies baby –
18
 babies -- city – cities sky -- skies
But if ( y ) is preceded by a vowel, we add ( s ) only.
Ex. boy – boys / day – days
4- If the singular ends with ( f ) or ( fe ) , we change ( f )
into ( v ) and add ( es ). If the singular ends in (e), we add (s) only.
Ex. wolf – wolves / knife – knives / wife – wives
Exceptions: belief – beliefs / roof – roofs / chief – chiefs

5- a) If the singular ends in (o), preceded by a consonant, we add( es )

to make plural.
Ex. hero – heroes / potato – potatoes / tomato – tomatoes
b) But if (o) is preceded by a vowel, we add (s) only.
Ex. zoo – zoos / radio – radios / studio – studios / photo – photos
piano – pianos / video – videos
6- We make the plural form of compound nouns or nouns
preceded by adjectives, by making the main nouns plural.
Ex. sport club – sport clubs / traffic light – traffic lights
play writer – play writers / fisherman – fishermen
7- Singular pronouns or adjectives have plural forms:
Ex. I – we / he, she, it – they / you – you / this – these
that – those / my – our / mine – ours / his, hers – theirs
his, her – their
8- verbs ( to be ) have singular and plural forms
am, is x are / was x were / has x have
====================================================
Exercise ( 10 )
Write the plural form of the following :

No
singular plural No. singular Plural
.
1- a chair 2- a box
3- schoolboy 4- a glass
5- a bush 6- a zoo
7- a tomato 8- a day
9- a university 10- A lady L
11- sandwich 12- an apple
13- A roof 14- hairdresser
15- life 16- scarf

19
17- Apple tree 18- taxi
19- was 20- sportsman
21- this 22- that
23- Mine 24- Is
25- half 26- He
27- hers 28- My

=========================================
Unit ( 7 )
Singular and Plural ( 2 )
All these nouns end in ( s ) . Some of them have only singular form ,
some have only plural form , but others may have singular and plural
form according to the meaning .
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Examples
a) economics is only singular
b) clothes is always plural ( pieces of garments we wear )
c) ethics can be singular ( subject of study )
or plural ( moral principles of a society )
====================================================
Exercise ( 11 )
Put the following nouns under the right heading , (singular, plural or
both)
barracks -- belongings -- billiards-- clothes -- earnings -- socks --
news -- means -- goods -- linguistics -- maths -- -- measles --
billiards -- athletics -- physics -- politics -- series -- species --
scissors -- shoes -- pliers -- trousers -- shorts -- electronics ---
ethics
Singular
N. Plural only N. Both ( sing. and Plural meaning
only
Ethics --------------- ‫علم األخالق‬
1- athletics goods 2-
--------------- Ethics ‫مبادىء أخالقية‬

20
 2-
3-
4-
5-
6-
Answers
1-Singular only : ( athletics -- billiards -- economics -- measles --
physics --- linguistics -- maths -- politics -- news )
2-Plural only :- ( belongings -- clothes -- earnings -- goods -- socks
-- scissors -- shoes -- trousers -- pliers -- shorts -- species
3-Singular and Plural : ( ethics -- barracks -- electronics -- series --
means )
=================================================
Unit ( 8 )
Singular and Plural ( 3 )
Irregular singular and plural forms
1- Some nouns have singular forms only. They have no plural forms.
Ex. news – information – furniture – advice
If we want to express plural forms, we say:
( items of news, information – pieces of furniture, advice )

2- Some nouns look singular , but they are used only in the plural form ,
Such as : ( singular forms. (clothes – goods – people – outskirts -
scissors -- trousers -- jeans -- pliers -- shorts -- glasses
-- shoes - socks )
If a noun of these plural forms consists of two similar parts , we refer to one
thing by using ( a pair of ) – A pair of shoes / scissors / glasses

3- Adjectives used as nouns, and refer to groups of people, are

treated as plural forms. Ex. the rich – the poor – the Chinese –
the needy -- the young -- the elderly -- the homeless --
the police -- the staff -- people

4- Some nouns have the same form for singular and plural.
Ex. deer – sheep – fish – media –series -- means
one deer – two deer / one fish – a lot of fish
5- The plural of some nouns is formed by changing ( oo ) into ( ee )
foot – feet / tooth – teeth / goose – geese

21
6- Some singular nouns ending in (-sis) ,of Latin origin ,form the plural by
changing ( -sis ) into ( -ses ) : ( analysis / analyses --
crisis / crises -- basis / bases -- oasis / oases --
diagnosis / diagnoses

7- Some nouns have irregular forms of plural :

man / men -- woman / women -- ox / oxen -- child / children
-- mouse / mice
8-Some words from Latin or Greek origin = cactus / cacti --
fungus / fungi -- nucleus/ nuclei stimulus / stimuli
nucleus/ nuclei
9- bacterium / bacteria = criterion / criteria Curriculum / curricula
datum / data Millennium / millennia phenomenon / phenomena0
=========================================================

Exercise ( 12 )
Write the plural forms of the following nouns:
1- One man : Two _______________________

2- A tooth : All my _______________________

3- A mouse : Some ______________________

4- One foot : Two _______________________

5- A child : These _______________________

6- Oasis : Many _________________________

7- One sheep : A cattle of __________________

8- News : Items of ________________________

9- Furniture : Pieces of _____________________

10- fish : A lot of __________________________

==========================================================
( Exercise 13 )
Fill in with the right singular or plural form of the verb(to be) or (have/
has):
1- My clothes ____________ new.

22
 2- The teacher’s advice ______________ useful.

3- The Chinese ______________ hardworking.

4- There ______________ some deer in the zoo.

5- The furniture I bought ________________ expensive.

6- The geese ______________ in the pool.

7- Those women ______________ from India.

8- The outskirts of Riyadh _____________ clean.

9- The rich _____________ millions of dollars.

10- A male deer _____________ sharp horns.

=================================================
Exercise ( 14 )
Make the following sentences plural:

1- The child is crying 1)__________________________.

2- His shirt is new. 2)___________ _______________.

3- That is my car. 3)_______ ___________________.

4- It is mine. 4)_____________________ _____.

5- He was on a trip. 5)___________________________.

6- He is a generous man. 6) __________________________.

7- A room has a window. 7)___________________________.

8- My teacher helps me . __________________________.

========================================
Unit ( 9 )
Compound Nouns
A compound noun is a noun that is composed of two or more words.
Compound nouns can be:
23
 --- One word – toothbrush, cupcake
--- Two words – flower pot, high school
--- A hyphenated word – self-esteem, merry-go-round
There is no rule that defines which of these forms a compound noun takes,
so if in doubt, check a dictionary.
Compound nouns can be formed in a couple of different ways:

1- Noun + Noun Headphones -- paper clip -- apple tree

2- Blackboard -- greenhouse -- great-grandfather

Adjective + Noun

3- swimming pool -- washing machine -- frying pan

Verb-ing + Noun

4- Noun + Verb-ing bird watching -- ice skating

5- Noun + Verb Sunrise -- haircut -- rainfall

6- Verb + Getaway -- cutoff -- handout

Preposition
7- Preposition + Influx -- undergarments -- downtime
Noun

When pronouncing compound nouns, the stress is usually on the firstword: (

HEADphones -- PAPERclip -- DOWNtime -- PARKING lot
=======================================================
Singular & Plural of Compound Nouns
Notice that the first noun usually has the singular form. We say apple tree
and not apples tree, even though the tree has many apples. We say
toothbrush and not ( teethbrush ), even though the brush is used on many
teeth. So the plural form is apple trees and toothbrushes
There are a few exceptions:
--- a savings account (where you keep your money at the bank)

--- a customs officer (who checks to see if anyone is bringing

illegal items into the country)
--- the arms trade (“arms” = weapons, “trade” = buying and
selling)
--- a glasses case (a protective case for your glasses)
--- a clothesline (where you can hang your clothes to dry)
24
 --- an arts festival = = (involves multiple arts)
--- a publications department (part of a company that produces
publications)
--- a news broadcast (the word “news” always has an “s”)

Another exception is when the first noun is a user of the second noun – in
this case, we often use 's:
 a bird's nest, a lion's den, a girls' school, the men's room
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When talking about parts of the body, we use 's for the possessive form:
the lady's hair ---- the boy's arms
But when talking about parts of objects, we usually use a noun + noun
compound word, or "of":

a table leg or the leg of a table ------ not a table's leg ( X ).

the TV screen --- a shirt collar --- a branch of the company ---–
--- the lid of a jar
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notice this difference when talking about cups and glasses:
--- a tea cup refers to the empty cup itself
--- a cup of tea is full of tea
--- a juice glass refers to the empty glass itself
--- a glass of juice is full of juice .
Now, what if we want to make a compound noun plural ?
We usually just add –s to the final word:

paper clips -- swimming pools --- vice-presidents

If it’s a structure using “of,” add –s to the main word:

two cups of tea --- three Ministers of Defense -- the kings of Africa
As always, we have some exceptions !
Singular Plural Meaning

passer-by passers-by A person walking past a place

brother-in- brothers-in-
The brothers or sisters of your
law law
sister-in-law sisters-in-law Husband / wife

25
 bird of prey birds of prey A bird that eats other animals

commander commanders
A person with authority in the military
- -in-
in-chief chief

runner-up runners-up A person who did not win a competition,

but finished in second place (or 3rd, 4th,
Nouns Formed from Phrasal Verbs
Some nouns are formed from phrasal verbs. The phrasal verb is two words,
and the noun is one word, for example:
--- Can you hand out these papers? ( phrasal verb )
---I need to print some handouts for class. ( compound noun )
---I mixed up the documents.
---Sorry about the mix-up.
---The airline is giving away a free round-trip ticket.
---Let’s enter the giveaway to see if we’ll win!
This can’t be done for every phrasal verb. For example, another word for
“hand out” is “give out,” yet there is no such noun as “giveout.”
Here are 10 examples of compound nouns formed from phrasal verbs. See if
you can guess their meaning from the context:
---Tryouts for the local baseball team will be held one month before the
season starts.
---The movie was great, but the ending was a bit of a letdown
---Public health officials are working to combat a sudden outbreak of disease.
---The CEO’s poor decisions led to the downfall of the company.
---I really like the layout of this website; it’s easy to find things.
---This seaside hotel is the perfect place to spend a weekend getaway.
---After Christmas dinner, we had a lot of leftovers in the fridge.
---There have been problems with this project ever since the outset.
---I had a religious upbringing.
---Both sides blamed each other for the breakdown of negotiations.
=======================================================
26
 Exercise 15 ( Compound Nouns )
Here is a number of compound nouns. Some of them you might already
know, others might be new to you. Try to put each one in the correct
sentence !
bug spray downside Moonlight salesman Teammate
comeback highlight nightclub Shellfish Iceberg

cookbook painkiller spaceship watermelon

hometown
Wildlife Spokes troubles
crossroad
Repairman person maker

1) Everyone stayed in the ___________________________ and

danced until 4 AM.
2) If your back hurts, you can take a ___________________________
to feel better.
3)The Titanic sank after it hit a giant _______________________
in the middle of the ocean.
4) I don't remember the recipe exactly - I'll have to check the
___________________________.
5) A government ___________________________ explained the
policy change.
6) The ___________________________ gave me a discount
because I bought three things.
7) Make sure to bring ___________________________, otherwise
you'll end up with a ton of mosquito bites.
8) I don't particularly like seafood, especially _________________.
9) This environmentally-protected area is a home to various types of
_______________________.
10) I left my ___________________________ and moved to the big
city when I was 18.
11) That boy is always disobeying his parents. He's a real ________.
12) In the movie, an alien ___________________________ attacks
and destroys the capital city.
13) Although it was nighttime, we were able to see clearly because
of the bright _____________________________.

27
14) We came to a ___________________________ and weren't
sure whether to turn right or left.
15) The building's heating system is broken - we'll need to call a
___________________________.
16) One ___________________________ of winning the lottery
is that all your friends and relatives start asking you
for money.
17) My favorite team was losing 2-0, but they made a
____________________________ and ended up winning 3-2.
18) The ___________________________ of the evening was
getting an autograph from my favorite actress!
19) One of my favorite things to eat in the summer is a nice, juicy
piece of ___________________________.
20) I passed the ball to my ___________________________
and he scored the winning goal.
================================================
Unit ( 10 )
Forming nouns from verbs)

Some nouns are derived from verbs. Here are some common ones divided
into groups of similar forms.

Suffix Verb Meaning Noun Meaning

accept ‫يقبل‬ acceptance ‫قبول‬
appear ‫يظهر‬ appearance ‫ظهور‬
attend ‫يحضر‬ attendance ‫حضور‬
allow ‫يسمح‬ allowance ‫السماح‬
avoid ‫يتجنب‬ avoidance ‫تجنب‬
enter ‫يدخل‬ entrance ‫مدخل‬
- ance occur ‫يحدث‬ occurrence ‫حدوث‬
resist ‫يقاوم‬ resistance ‫مقاومة‬
ignore ‫يتجاهل‬ ignorance ‫تجاهل‬

28
 enlarge ‫يتضخم‬ enlargement ‫تضخم‬
agree ‫يوافق‬ agreement ‫موافقة‬
move ‫يتحرك‬ movement ‫حركة‬
amuse ‫يسلي‬ amusement ‫تسلية‬
treat ‫يعامل‬ treatment ‫معاملة‬
- ment arrange ‫يرتب‬ arrangement ‫ترتيب‬
judge ‫يحكم‬ judgment ‫حكم‬
appoint ‫يعين‬ appointment ‫تعيين‬
create ‫يخلق‬ creation ‫خلق‬
describe ‫يصف‬ description ‫وصف‬
destroy ‫يدمر‬ destruction ‫تدمير‬
react ‫يرد الفعل‬ reaction ‫رد الفعل‬
-tion distribute ‫يوزع‬ distribution ‫توزيع‬
declare ‫ يعلن‬/ ‫يصرح‬ declaration ‫إعالن‬/‫تصريح‬
correct ‫يصحح‬ correction ‫تصحيح‬
elect ‫ينتخب‬ election ‫انتخاب‬
produce ‫ينتج‬ production ‫إنتاج‬
- tion graduate ‫يتخرج‬ graduation ‫تخرج‬
evaluate ‫يقيم‬ evaluation ‫تقييم‬
imitate ‫يقلد‬ imitation ‫تقليد‬
cooperate ‫يتعاون‬ cooperation ‫تعاون‬
permit ‫يسمح‬ permission ‫السماح‬
admit ‫يعترف‬ admission ‫اعتراف‬
- sion discuss ‫يناقش‬ discussion ‫مناقشة‬
express ‫يعبر‬ expression ‫التعبير‬
cancel ‫يلغي‬ cancellation ‫إلغاء‬
apply ‫يطلب‬/‫يطبق‬ application ‫طلب‬/‫تطبيق‬
explain ‫يشرح‬ explanation ‫شرح‬
invite ‫يدعو‬ invitation ‫دعوة‬
- ation
translate ‫يترجم‬ translation ‫ترجمة‬
register ‫يسجل‬ registration ‫تسجيل‬
29
Suffix Verb Meaning Noun Meaning
refuse ‫يرفض‬ refusal ‫رفض‬
approve ‫يوافق‬ approval ‫موافقة‬
arrive ‫يصل‬ arrival ‫وصول‬
- al deny ‫ينكر‬ denial ‫إنكار‬
try ‫يحاول‬ trial ‫محاولة‬
succeed ‫ينجح‬ success ‫نجاح‬
advise ‫ينصح‬ advice ‫نصيحة‬
sign ‫يوقع‬ signature ‫توقيع‬
affect ‫يؤثر على‬ effect ‫تأثير‬
apologize ‫يعتذر‬ apology ‫اعتذار‬
ask ‫يسأل‬ question ‫سؤال‬
behave ‫يتصرف‬ behaviour ‫تصرف‬
compare ‫يقارن‬ comparison ‫مقارنة‬
complain ‫يشكو من‬ complaint ‫شكوى‬
decide ‫يقرر‬ decision ‫قرار‬
die ‫يموت‬ death ‫موت‬
discover ‫يكتشف‬ discovery ‫اكتشاف‬
fail ‫يفشل‬ failure ‫الفشل‬
hate ‫يكره‬ hatred ‫الكراهية‬
irregula inquire ‫يستفسر‬ inquiry ‫استفسار‬
r
laugh ‫يضحك‬ laughter ‫الضحك‬
marry ‫يتزوج‬ marriage ‫الزواج‬
prove ‫يثبت‬ proof ‫برهان‬
believe ‫يؤمن بـ‬ belief ‫إيمان‬
note ‫يالحظ‬ notice ‫مالحظة‬
respond ‫يستجيب‬ response ‫استجابة‬
sympathize ‫يتعاطف مع‬ sympathy ‫تعاطف‬
weigh ‫يزن‬ weight ‫وزن‬
answer ‫جواب‬/‫يجيب‬ spread ‫ انتشار‬/‫ينتشر‬
change ‫ تغيير‬/‫يغير‬ stay ‫ إقامة‬/ ‫يقيم‬

30
 control ‫ التحكم‬/‫يتحكم‬ supply
‫ تزويد‬/ ‫يزود‬
attack ‫هجوم‬/ ‫يهاجم‬ surprise
‫دهشة‬/‫يندهش‬
escape ‫هروب‬/‫يهرب‬ work
‫ عمل‬/‫يعمل‬
export ‫تصدير‬/‫يصدر‬ travel
‫سفر‬/ ‫يسافر‬
hope ‫ أمل‬/‫يأمل‬ wish
The ‫ رغبة‬/‫يرغب‬
same delay ‫إعاقة‬/‫يعيق‬ honour
form ‫تكريم‬/‫يكرم‬
contact ‫ اتصال‬/‫يتصل‬ waste
(verbs ‫تضييع‬/‫يضيع‬
+ hurry ‫ سرعة‬/‫يسرع‬ gain
nouns) ‫مكسب‬/‫يكسب‬
increase ‫ زيادة‬/‫يزيد‬ respect
‫احترام‬/ ‫يحترم‬
look ‫نظرة‬/‫ينظر‬ repair
‫إصالح‬/ ‫يصلح‬
love ‫حب‬/‫يحب‬ promise
‫وعد‬/‫يعد‬
order ‫ أمر‬/‫يأمر‬
cheat ‫يغش‬ cheating ‫خداع‬/ ‫غش‬
clean ‫ينظف‬ cleaning ‫نظافة‬
adding
cross ‫يعبر‬ crossing ‫عبور‬
- ing
to the hear ‫يسمع‬ hearing ‫السمع‬
verb
kill ‫يقتل‬ killing ‫القتل‬
learn ‫يتعلم‬ learning ‫التعلم‬
====================================================
Exercise ( 16 )
Fill in the spaces with the nouns of the underlined verbs:

1- The patient must accept the doctor's advice.

His _______________ will help him recover from his illness.

2- Students must attend their lectures on time.

Their regular ___________ helps them pass their exams.

3- White blood cells resist any disease that may attack the body.
Their _______________ of disease viruses is essential for health.

4- Drinking wine causes the liver to be enlarged.

The _______________ of liver is dangerous on health.

5- You should treat old people with respect.

The father's kind ___________ to his children makes them love him.
31
6- The teacher explained the lesson twice.
His _____________ was clear and understandable.

7- The surgeon appointed a date for my father's operation.

The ______________ for the operation will be next Monday.

8- Students enter their school through the main ___________,

not the side doorway.

9- Can you describe the pain ? Is it sore?

The patient's ______________ of the pain helps the doctor
make the right diagnosis.
10- The teacher says he will correct the question papers today.
The ______________ of all our exams takes over a week.

11- Saudi Arabia produces the most oil in the world.

Great oil _________________ is the cause of the large
development in our country.
12- I will graduate in pharmacy next term. After ____________
I'll apply for employment at the Ministry of Health.

13- Female children imitate their mothers. Children can learn

anything by ________________.

14- The teacher discussed with us how to answer the English test.
This _________________ helped us get high marks in the test.

15- Food or drink is not permitted in class. Don't leave school

before 12 unless you take __________________.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 17 )
Fill in the spaces with the verbs and nouns in brackets:

1- Don't _____________ to carry out the police orders.

Your ______________ will result in imprisonment. ( refuse – refusal )
2- My father is ______________ at King Fahid Airport tomorrow.
I'll be there at the time of his __________. ( arriving – arrival )

3- My father always ______________ me to study hard.

32
 I listen carefully to my father's _____________. ( advise – advice )

4- When you write a letter, You must ______________ at the end of it.
Your ______________ is important. ( sign – signature )
5- The teacher answers the students' ______________ .
If you _____________ the teacher, he will reply. ( ask – questions )

6- When Europeans live here, They _____________ about the

hot climate in summer. Their _________________ is unreasonable,
because they have severe cold in winter. ( complain – complaint )
7- A lazy student _____________ his exams.
He feels frustrated at his _______________. ( fail – failure )
8- A patient should have a role in the ____________ of his treatment .
In the past, the doctor only ___________________ the treatment.
( decide – decision )
9- A child ______________ in an accident yesterday.
His ______________ was a shock to his parents. ( die – death )
10- Muslims' _______________ for the Jews is very old.
We _________ the Jews and who supports them. ( hate – hatred )
11- Some students try to ______________ in their exams.
_________________ is a very bad habit. ( cheat – cheating )
12- A hardworking student gives a correct ______________ to
any question. He _______________ all the questions in the exam.
( answer (v) – answer(n) )
13- _____________ by air is the fastest way of transport.
I always ________________ by plane. ( travel (v) – travel (n) )

14- Teacher: __________up, please ! The lecture has started.

Student:: Just a minute. I'm in a _________. ( hurry (v) – hurry (n)
15- Be careful when you _______________ the street on the
________________ path. ( cross – crossing )
========================================
Unit ( 11 )
Pronouns ( subject + object )
33
Pronouns are used instead of nouns.
Ex. Ahmed is clever. He answered all the questions.
A pronoun as a noun is subject if it comes at the beginning of a sentence.
It is object if it comes after a transitive verb or a preposition.

Object pronouns after Object pronouns after

Subject pronouns
transitive verbs prepositions
I own a car. My father helps me. Come with me.
He plays tennis. I helped him. I played with him.
She likes milk. I love her. I gave the letter to her.
They are friends. I see them at school. I offer help to them.
We learn English. He teaches us English He expressed thanks to
us.
You get up early. I saw you in the zoo. I am thankful for you.
It is a lion. I saw it in the zoo. I’m afraid of it.
Subject pronouns Possessive pronouns Object pronouns
I Mine Me
He His Him
She Hers Her
It ====== It
We Ours Us
You Yours You
They Theirs Them
Used at the Used after verb
Used after transitive verbs
beginning of (to be) often at the end of
or prepositions
sentences sentences
====================================================
Exercise ( 18 )
Fill in the spaces with the right form of pronouns:

1- Our teacher is kind to__ ____. We like ________ .

2- I got up late. My father was angry with _________.

34
3- Zaina is a good cook. _________ makes delicious foods.

4- Look at those boys. _______ are my friends. I always play with______.

5- That woman is a nurse. ______ helps patients. They love ________..

6- ___________ like our English teacher. He helps _______ at school.

7- You failed your exam. I told _____________ very often to study

hard, but ___________ didn't listen.

8- I like cats. ________ are friendly. I play with _______ every day.

9- That’s Ali, Stand behind _________. His turn is before _______

10- That's Ahmed. Give ______a pen . ______will write a letter.

===========================================
Unit ( 12 )
Reflexive and Emphatic Pronouns
In today’s lesson, you’ll learn how to use words like myself, herself,
themselves, etc. These words can be used as reflexive pronouns or
emphatic pronouns. Reflexive and emphasizing pronouns have the same
form , but they are different in their functions :
A ) Reflexive Pronouns
We use reflexive pronouns when the subject and object of the action
are the same:
Reflexive pronouns are used with verbs such as: ( look at --
behave – burn – cut – kill – hurt – enjoy – teach - introduce )
when the subject and the object of the verb refer to the same person.

Subject & and Reflexive Pronouns with Examples

subject object Example sentence
I myself I saw myself in the mirror

you yourself (singular) Be careful so that you don’t hurt yourself.

Okay, kids, I expect you to behave
yourselves (plural)
yourselves.

he himself He introduced himself to the audience.

35
 She stopped herself before she made a
she herself
mistake.

it itself History tends to repeat itself.

one oneself One should be able to laugh at oneself.

we ourselves We enjoyed ourselves at the party.

they themselves They prepared themselves for the trip.

========================================================
Exercise ( 19 )
Which reflexive pronoun should go in the blank?

1- The children amused ________________ by playing with the dog.

2-Karina is teaching ________________ how to paint.
3-He went into the kitchen and poured _______________ a drink.
4-If you have a complaint, keep it to __________________.
5-I gave ________________ a haircut – it didn’t turn out very well.
6-We blame ________________ for the mistake.
7-This coffee machine can clean ________________ automatically.
======================================================
Differently from some other languages, we don't usually use -self with the
verbs wash, shave, or dress:
--I washed my face / my hands. / I took a shower.
--- He shaves himself every morning.

--- She got dressed. Not she dressed herself

Sometimes we do say “dress oneself” when talking about a child who is

learning this basic skill, or someone who has difficulty:
--- After his injury, he wasn’t able to dress himself without help.
--- My daughter managed to dress herself this morning.
Here are some verbs that are often used with reflexive pronouns:
--- amuse yourself ( provide your own entertainment )
--- enjoy yourself (have a good time )

--- content yourself with (be satisfied with something, even if it

36
 is not exactly what you wanted or expected
--- behave yourself ( behave well / politely )
--- cut / hurt / kill yourself
--- introduce yourself (present yourself to another person )
--- teach yourself (when you are your own teacher )
--- tell yourself / talk to yourself / think to yourself
If you tell yourself something, it can be speaking aloud or
simply thinking it If you talk to yourself, it means you are
speaking aloud
If you think to yourself, it means you have thoughts without
sharing them with anyone
--- help yourself (If you tell someone “help yourself” to some
food for example, you are telling them to take as much
as they want.
--- get yourself / buy yourself (to get something for
yourself, and to “buy yourself” something is to buy
something for your own use.
--- find yourself = suddenly realize you are in a certain situation.
Ex) I spent more and more and one day I found myself with
nothing in my bank account.

--- see yourself = your own opinion of yourself.

Ex) He always sees himself as the victim.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Here are some examples of “self” words being used with other prepositions:
--- You shouldn't just follow others' opinions, you should think for
yourself.
--- We took one magazine for our son and another for ourselves.
--- I wrapped the blanket around myself.
--- The politicians were talking amongst themselves.
--- He’s so arrogant; he’s always talking about himself.
--- She doesn’t care about anybody but herself.
================================================
B ) Emphatic Pronouns
These “self” words can also be used to emphasize the importance of that
specific person doing the action, for example:
--- The President himself gave me the award.
(it was the President, and not another person)
--- My daughter baked these cookies herself!

37
--- Give me the letter - I'll deliver it myself.
--- The teachers themselves are great, but the school
administrators are terrible. (specifying the teachers and
distinguishing them from the administrators)
When we use a “self” pronoun for emphasis, we often place it either at the
end of the phrase (more common), or immediately after the subject:
---The President gave me the award himself.
---The President himself gave me the award.
If we include the word “by” before the “self” word, that changes the
meaning – it means alone or without any help:
--- I walked home by myself.
--- He's shy. He's just standing there in the corner all by himself.
--- You’re not strong enough to move the refrigerator by yourself.
==============================================
Exercise ( 20 )
Complete the sentences with the right reflexive pronouns:
( myself – yourself – himself – herself -- itself – ourselves –
yourselves – themselves )
I- I hope you all enjoy ………………..at the party .
2- No one knows if he intentionally drowned ……………
3- You can't prevent babies from wetting ……………………..
4- Go and wash ………………………. before you come to the table .
5- She dressed ………………well at the party.
6-I nearly choked ………………..on a fish bone .
7- We should keep ………………clean to maintain good health.
8- Everyone must serve …………………on a journey.
9-You all must behave _______ when you talk with your teachers.
10-We enjoy _____________ when we travel to Lebanon.
11-Look at ____________ in the mirror. There's blood on your face.
12-Students can teach _________through searching in the internet.
13-The robber killed _________ before the guards could catch him.

14-She introduced __________ to me when I met her at the hotel.

38
15-I cut ______________ while I was making salad in the kitchen.

16-The fox burnt ______________ when it ran into a burning forest

=======================================================
( Exercise 21 )
Choose the correct verb to go in each blank, and add an appropriate
reflexive pronoun (myself, himself, ourselves, etc.)
believes in control feeling sorry for hurt reminded
bought excused Got made take care of
built express help protect was pleased with
1- My husband and I _______________ __________________
some camping gear.
2- You can feel free to _______________ ____ to anything
from the refrigerator.
3- Mr. Jones _______________ __________ from the meeting in
order to take a phone call.
4- Pamela is very confident. She _______________ _______________.
5- I didn't mean to eat so much, but I just couldn't _______________
stay calm..
6- I took a deep breath and --------------------------------------------------to
7- She always gets nervous during interviews and feels like she can't
_______________ __________________ very well.
8- My grandmother is very old, but she can still _______________
9- I'm learning first aid so that I can be prepared just in case my kids
_______________ __________________.
10- He _______________ __________________ a salad for lunch.
11- You should learn self-defense so that you can _______________
__________________.
12- A bird _______________ __________________ trapped in our attic, and
couldn't find its way out.
13- My son _______________ __________________ after getting good
grades in his first semester of college.
14- We _______________ our house _______________ .
15- After his girlfriend dumped him, Mike spent several weeks _______
=======================================================
Unit ( 13 )
39
 Some – Any - No
Item Use Example
1- affirmative sentences
-I've got some apples.
(count and non-count
- We've got some sugar.
nouns)
-Would you like some milk in your
2- questions when the
Some tea? – Yes, please.
expected answers
-Have we got some apples?
are(yes).
Yes, we've got some.
-I haven't got any oranges.
1- negative statements
-We haven't got any sugar.
-Have you got any potatoes? No,
2- questions if the sorry.
Any
expected answers are (no). -Have we got any rice?
No, we need some.
Before nouns in affirmative - We have no money left.
statements to make them - There's no one in the
No
negative. classroom.
====================================================
Exercise ( 22 )
Put ( some – any – no ):
1- Would you like ___________ tomato sauce on your spaghetti?
Yes, please.
2 - Can I have ___________ cake, please? – Of course, you can.
3 - We haven't got _____________ sugar to make tea.
4 - Go to the shop, please, and buy us _____________ sugar.
5 - Lend me 100 SR, I have _____________ money in my wallet.
6 - I' m sorry. There's _____________ ice-cream in the freezer.
7 - I see ____________ people crowded over there.
8 - I'm in a hurry. I have ____________ time to wait.
9 - Give me ___________ bread to make sandwiches.
10- I don't like _____________ frozen food.
11- Have you got any money ? I've got ____________.
12- I can't buy fruit. I haven't got________ money.
13- You are weak in English. You need ____________ help.
14- The house is empty. There are _____________ people in it.
15- I need ____________ paper to write letters.
=======================================================
40
 Unit ( 14 )
Someone – something - somewhere
Use Affirmative Question Negative
People - There's Is there anyone in the -There isn't anyone.
someone - the classroom ? -There's no one.
somebody Is there anybody at -There isn't anybody.
school? - There's nobody.
- There isn't anything.
Things Something - Is there anything ---?
- There's nothing.
- It isn't anywhere.
Places Somewhere Is it anywhere ---?
- It's nowhere.

Study the following table carefully :

1- Everybody Somebody anybody nobody
2- Everyone Someone Anyone No-one
3- Everything Something Anything Nothing
4- everywhere somewhere anywhere nowhere
You see that ( every -- some -- any -- no ) are connected to the words in
the table to express the following meanings :
1- Somebody / someone : Unknown person of not mentioned by name
Everybody / Everyone : Every person , all people . Everybody is
always used as one word. As two words ( every one ) is used for both
people and things . Every one of Shakespeare's works is kept in well-
known libraries.
Ex --- How are you ? Somebody told me you were ill .
She's married to someone in the army. Is everybody here ?
Somebody / someone is knocking at the door.
Everyone / Everybody_________ in the world likes to be very rich.
There wasn't anyone / anybody in the house
Everyone / Everybody__________ in the world likes to be very rich
There is no-one / nobody in the classroom .
2- Something : a thing that is unknown or not named.
41
 Everything : each thing , all things . Everything in a jewelry shop is
expensive . I'll take my suitcase and leave everything for my mother
Ex.—I've got something in my eye . I'll see a doctor.
Would you like something to drink ?
No , thanks . I don't like anything to drink now .
There's nothing in my pocket .
Everything seems to be in the right place
3- Somewhere :- a place that is unknown or not named exactly.
Everywhere : in / to every place . I lost my ID card . I've looked for it
everywhere , but I still can't find it .
Ex. I've lost my mobile somewhere in the school .
Has he gone to Japan ? No , I think he's gone somewhere else .
I looked for my mobile everywhere in the school.
I can't find it anywhere in the school.
I'm sure it's nowhere in the school. It's somewhere else.
=====================================================
Exercise ( 23 )
Complete these sentences with the right form of
( A ) someone
1- There is ........... in the classroom .
2- I can't see …………………..in the classroom .
3- Look ! There's the teacher and …………………else with him .
4- The classroom is closed . There’s _____________ in it
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
( B ) Use somebody instead of someone in the above sentences . They
usually have the same meaning :
1- There is …………………in the classroom .
2- I can't see …………………….in the classroom .
3- Look ! There's the teacher and ……………….else with him.
4 - No , I'm sure there's ………………………in the classroom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

42
( C ) something
1- Look into my eye . There's ………………in it .
2- I can't see ………………….in your eye .
3- But I feel …………………. moving in it .
4- I assure you that your eye is clear. There's ………………in it .

=====================================================
( D ) Somewhere
1) Fetch me the dictionary, please . It's …………………in the library .
2) I can't find it . It isn't ………………….in the library.
3) I'm sure it's ……………….in the library. I put it myself there.
4) I looked for it everywhere there . I assure you it's ………….in the library
================================================
Exercise ( 24 )
Fill in the spaces with the right form of (some – any – no) with (-/one –
--/thing – where) :
1- I didn't know ________________ at your party.

2- Come here ! I want to tell you _________________ important.

3- Did you buy _______________ at the shop yesterday?

4- We didn't go _______________ last night.

5- I hear a voice in the next room. There's ____________ in it.

6- The thief stole the computers and hid them ____________ .

7- I feel sorry because ________________ tried to help me.

8- The box is light. There's _________________ in it.

9- The police couldn't catch the thief. He'd hidden _______ in the city.

10- I looked for my lost pen, but I didn't find it. It's ____________here

=========================================

43
 Unit ( 15 )
Relative pronouns
They join relative and main clauses, to give further information.
Rel.
Uses Examples
pron
- I met a woman. She lives in France.
1- Who Used for people
- I met a woman who lives in France.
Used for animals -There is the fox. It ate my mother's hens.
2- Which and things - I killed the fox which ate all my hens.
Used for people - That's the man. His car is expensive.
and animals to -That's the man whose car is expensive
express - look at the deer. Its horns are sharp.
3- whose
possession. - look at the deer whose horns are sharp.
1- used for people - I met the lady who won a prize.
2- used for - I met the lady that won a prize.
animals and - I caught the fox which ate my hens.
4- that
things - I caught the fox that ate my hens.
5- - The police took the thief who/ whom I
1- after transitive
Omission caught.
verbs.
of - The police took the thief I caught.
2- after
relative - The house which I live in is small.
prepositions.
pronouns - The house I live in is small.
====================================================
Exercise ( 25 )
A ) Fill in the spaces with the right relative pronoun( who – which –
whose – or omission of relative pronoun )
1- That's the teacher _______________ teaches us English is very kind.
2- Managua is the city ___________ was destroyed in the earthquake.
3- The scientist ___________ inventions benefit people will be famous.
4- The musician is someone ________________ plays music.

44
5- What is the prize ________________ you won for your painting.
6- The man ________________ car is blue has just left.
7- A knife is something ________________ you cut with.
8- The thief ______________ stole the jewels was caught by the police.
9- People listen more to the singer _______________ voice is sweet.
10-That's the beggar ________________I gave some money
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B ) Join the following pairs of sentences using suitable relative
pronouns:
1-- The accountant works for my company. He is honest.
The accountant ________________________works for my company
2- Saleh is the man. His car broke down on the road.
Saleh is the man _____________________ broke down on the road.
3 I'm sitting on a chair. It's made of costly wood
The chair __________________________is made of costlywood.
4- I found the money. It's for a poor man.
The money ________________________________is for a poor man.
5-- Where are the eggs. I bought them yesterday?
Where are the eggs______________________________ yesterday.
6- We ate the food . My aunt cooked it.
We ate_________________________ my aunt cooked.
=====================================================

Key Answers to Part 1 ( Nouns & Pronouns )

U E
Topic Answers
n x
1- noun 2- adverb 3- verb 4- adjective 5- preposition
Parts of 6- pronoun 7- adjective 8- preposition 9- verb
1- 1
speech 10-adjective 11-adverb 12- verb 13- conjunction
14- pronoun
Kinds of 1- proper 2- common 3- collective 4- proper
2- 2
nouns 5- collective 6- common
3- Gender 3 1- masculine 2- feminine 3- masculine 4- feminine
of nouns 5- common 6- neuter 7-masculine 8- feminine

45
 9- masculine 10- masculine 11- common 12-neuter
Count &
1- dish 2- cup 3- glass 4- pieces 5- cans 6-spoonful
4- non- 4
count 7- bars 8- jar 9-bag 10- bunch 11- tube 12-bottle
nouns
= 1- performances. 2- projects. 3- rumors 4- favour.
5 5- abilities. 6- tasks 7- homework .8- equipment
= ======
9- money 10- problems
1- non-count 2-count 3- count 4- non-count
=
====== 6 5- count 6- count 7- non-count 8- count 9- non-count
=
10-non-count 11- non-count 12- non-count 13- count
Count Nouns ( Numbers 1 - 3 -- 6 -- 9 -- 11b --
12b -- 13a -- 14a )
=
======= 7 Non-count nouns
= Numbers 2 -- 4 -- 5 -- 7 -- 8 -- 10 -- 11a --
12a --- 13b -- 14b

Non-count meaning Count & meaning

1-business ‫ العمل التجاري‬Businesses ‫مشاريع تجارية‬
2-Capital ‫رأس المال‬ Capitals ) ‫مدن ( عواصم دول‬
3-Cloth ‫القماش‬ Cloths……….‫قطع قماش‬
4-Crime ‫ الجريمة عامة‬Crimes …………‫الجرائم‬
5-Experience ‫ خبرة العمل‬Experiences...‫خاالت المعاناة‬
6-Fruit ‫ الفاكهة عامة‬Fruits…… ‫أنواع من الفواكه‬
5 8
7-Fuel ‫ الوقود بوجه عام‬Fuels……….‫أنواع من الوقود‬
8- Gossip ‫ الثرثرة‬Gossips…..‫حاالت من الثرثرة‬
9- Noise ‫ أإلزعاج‬Noises ……..‫أصوات مزعجة‬
10-Rock ‫ لصخر‬Rocks………‫صخور متعددة‬
11-Time ‫ الوقت‬/ Times …‫ أزمان‬/‫عدد مرات‬
12-Trouble ‫ المتاعب‬/ ‫ المشقة‬Troubles ………..‫المشاكل‬
13-Youth ‫ العمر الشبابي‬Youths ………..‫الشباب‬

= 1-many 2-few 3- some 4- All 5- some 6-much

====== 9
= 7-some 8- a 9-some 10-neither 11-a 12-little

46
 13-every 14-a 15- a number
1-chairs 2-boxes 3-schoolboys 4-glasses 5-bushes
6-zoos 7-tomatoes 8-days 9-universities 10-
ladies
Singular
1 11-sandwiches 12-apples 13-roofs 14-
6 & plural
0 hairdressers 15-lives 16-scarves apple trees 18-
(1)
taxis 19-were 20-sportsmen 21-these 22-those
23-ours 24-are
25-halves 26-they 27-theirs 28-our
1-Singular only : ( athletics -- billiards -- economics
-- measles -- physics --- linguistics -- maths --
Singular politics -- news )
1 2-Plural only :- ( belongings -- clothes -- earnings --
7 & plural
1 goods -- socks -- scissors -- shoes -- trousers --
(2) -- pliers -- shorts -- species
3-Singular and Plural : ( ethics -- barracks --
electronics -- series -- means )
Singular 1-men 2-teeth 3-mice 4-feet 5-children 6-oases
1
8 & plural 7-sheep 8-items of news 9-pieces of furniture
2
(3) 10-fish
1-are 2-is 3-are 4-are 5-was 6-are 7-are 8-
= 1
====== are
= 3
9-have 10-has
1-The children are crying 2-Their shirts are new
3-These are our cars 4-Theyare ours 5-They were
= 1
====== on
= 4
trips 6-they are generous 7-Rooms have windows
8-Our teachers help us.
9 Compou 1 1-nightclub painkiller 3-iceberg 4-cookbook
nd nouns 5 5-spokesperson 6-salesman 7-bugspray
8-shellfish 9-wildlife 10-hometown 11-troubles
maker 12-spaceship 13-moonlight 14-crossroad

47
 15-repairman 16-comeback 17-downside
18-highlight 19-watermelon 2-teammate
1-acceptance 2-attendance 3-resistance 4-enlargement
Forming
5-treatment 6-explanation 7-appointment 8-entrance
1 nouns 1
9-description 10-correctness 11-production
0 from 6
12-graduation 13-imitation 14-discussion
verbs
15-permission
1-refuse / refusal 2-arriving / arrival 3-advises / advice
4-sign / signature 5-question / ask 6-complain /complaint
= 1 7-fails / failure 8-decision / decided 9-died / death
=======
= 7 10-hatered / hate 11-cheat / cheating 12-answer (n) /
answer (v) 13-travel (n) / travel (v) 14-hurry (v) /hurry
15-cross / crossing
Pronouns 1-us / him 2-me 3-she 4-They / them 5-She / her
1 Subject 1
6-I / me 7-you / you 8-They / them 9-him / you
1 & 8
object 10-him / he

1 Reflexive 1 1-themselves 2-herself 3-himself 4-yourself

& emph.
2 9 5-myself 6-ourselves 7-itself
pronouns
1-yourselves 2-himself 3-themselves 4-yourself
= 2 5-herself 6-myself 7-yourself 8-himself 9-yourselves
=======
= 0 10-ourselves 11-yourself 12-themselves 13-himself
14-herself 15-myself 16-itself
1-bought ourselves 2-help yourself 3- excused himself
4-belives in herself 5-control myself 6-reminded myself
= 2 7-express herself 8-take care of herself 9-hurt
=======
= 1 themselves 10-made himself 11-protect yourself
12-got itself 13-was pleased with himself 14-built ……
Ourselves 15-feeling sorry for himself
1 Some – 2 1-some 2-some 3-any 4-some 5-no 6-no 7-some
3 any – no 2 8-no 9-some 10-any 11-some 12-any 13-some

48
 14-no 15-some
Someone A) 1-someone 2-anyone 3-someone 4-no-one
somethin B) 1-somebody 2-anybody 3-somebody 4-nobody
1 g 2 C) 1-something 2-anything 3-something 4-nothing
4 somewhe 3 D) 1-somewhere 2-anywhere 3-somewhere
re 4-nowhere
1-anyone 2-something 3-anything 4-anywhere
= 2
======= 5-someone 6-somewhere 7-no-where 8-nothing
= 4
9-somewhere 10-no-where
A) 1-who 2-which 3-whose 4-who 5-that 6-
whose 7- which 8-who 9-whose 10-to whom
1 Relative 2
B) 1-who is honest …....2-whose car ….... 3-which
5 pronouns 5
I'm
Sitting on …. 4-which I found ……5-the food which….
=======================================================

Part 2 = verbs -- Group 1

Units ( 16 -- 64
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit ( 16 ) - Verb ( to be )
A ) Used as a main verb

Pronouns Present Past Future

I Am
He / She / It Is was
will be
We / You / They Are were
====================================================
Exercise ( 26 )

Complete with ( am – is – are – am not – isn't - aren't – will be):

1) ___________ your dog dangerous? – No, it ___________.
2) ___________ all students at school today ? Yes, they ___________.
3) Where ____________ you from? I ___________ from Egypt.
4) Am I unkind to you? - No, you ___________.
5) Bandar __________ 20 years old next month.
49
6) How much __________ your shoes? – They ________ 80 SR.
7) ___________ there any gas stations on the main street?
8-___________ I fast in speaking English ? No, you ___________.
9- Today ___________ Saturday. Tomorrow ____________ Sunday.
10- We _________ in Mecca for Omra last Friday..
11- My father _____________ in Japan Last September.
12 Where _____________ you yesterday afternoon ?
==========================================
B Used as an Auxiliary Verb
It's an auxiliary verb when it is used:
a- to form the continuous forms of verbs.
Ex. – The children are playing now.
- I was sleeping when you phoned.
b- in short answers.
Ex. - Are you going to Mecca? – Yes, I am.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
( Exercise 27 )
Check if the underlined verb (to be) is a main or auxiliary verb:
1- You are my best friend. main
2- We are doing our homework. auxiliary
3- It is very cold today. ________________________
4- I was playing tennis this morning ________________________
5- What will you be doing this afternoon? __________________
6- Tomorrow will be my birthday. _________________________
7- I am the senior master here. _________________________
8- What were you doing when I called you ? _________________
9- I am drawing a picture. _________________________
10- I was sleeping when you phoned. _________________________
========================================
Unit ( 17 )
There + verb to be

50
A ) Time Forms
present Past future
There is There was There will be
There are There were There will be
1- present form
a) Look There is an accident in the street.
b) It’s the rush hour now. There are many cars in the street.
2- Past form)
a) There was a problem in my computer today, but I could figure it out.
b) There were many employees protesting about salary cuts yesterday.
3- Future form
a) There will be a celebration for our school graduates tomorrow .
4- Is there a book under your desk ?
Yes, there is No, there isn’t
Are there any students in the classroom now ?
Yes, there are. or No , there aren’t .
5- What’s there in your pocket?
There’s some money. or There’re some cards.
6- There isn’t any money in my pocket.
There aren’t any students at school.
======================================================
B ) There & It
Use there when we talk about something for the first time, to say that it
exists:
--- There's a new café on Main Street.
--- There are several books in my backpack.
--- There were eight applicants for the job.
--- There has been a change in plans.
--- There will be a lot of people at the concert.
As you can see, you can use there with different forms of the verb to be
to talk about things in the past, present, and future.
Use it to refer to something we have mentioned previously.
--- We went to the new café. It’s really nice.
--- How was the traffic? It was terrible.
--- I read the book and I really liked it.
Compare these examples to see the difference between there and it:

51
--- There’s a package waiting for you at home.
--- There’s a package waiting for you at home. It was delivered this morning.
--- There was a typo in the document.
--- I found a typo in the document and fixed it.
Simple, right? Let’s look at each one in more detail.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There ( Negative forms )
To talk about the absence of something, you can say it one of two ways:
--- There’s no milk in the fridge.
--- There isn’t any milk in the fridge.
--- There was nobody in the office.
--- There wasn’t anybody in the office.
--- There are no batteries in the toy.
--- There aren’t any batteries in the toy.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- There appears / seems to be a problem with the internet.
---- There tend to be more tourists in the area in January.
=======================================================
It
As mentioned earlier in the lesson, we use it for something we have
already mentioned – but don't forget to use it when the sentence needs a
subject, or when the verb needs an object :
--- I bought a new jacket . It is made of wool.
--- My mother bough t me a toy . I liked it very much.
======================================================
So here are four situations where we use it in English:
1- As the subject of a sentence when we have mentioned the
thing recently.
Where’s my wallet? It’s not in my purse.
--- I bought a shirt for my son, but it was too small.
2- As the direct object with verbs that need a direct object, and we
have mentioned the thing recently.
Is the window still open? No, I closed it.
I caught the ball, but then I dropped it.
3- In expressions with distance, time, and weather:
--- How far is it to Boston? It's about five miles.

52
 --- How long does it take to change a tire? It takes 10 minutes.
--- It's a nice day.-- It was sunny. --- It will be cloudy.
.
. 4-- Use it as the subject when the subject is a long clause-
-- It's not fair that she's getting paid more than me for the same work. –
It was surprising that he was able to accomplish his goal.
This structure is often used with emotions:
--- It annoys me when people use up the toilet paper and don’t replace
the roll.
---It’s shocking that such blatant lies are taught in school.

--- It was inspiring to see how many people donated to the animal
shelter.
We also have the structures I like/love/enjoy/hate (it) when… - in
these sentences, it is optional, but most native speakers include it:
--- I love it when my kids offer to wash the dishes. = I love when my

kids offer to wash the dishes.

---I hate it when people don’t return my calls.

--- I can’t stand it when you take my stuff without asking!

We also tend to use it with some verbs of judgment:

---It’s good that you’re studying English every day.

---It’s a shame that you missed the party.

---It’s wonderful when someone believes in your potential.

--- It’s terrible when people turn a blind eye to child abuse.
And some verbs of perception and interpretation:
---It seems like you’re upset. Is everything OK?

---Ouch. It feels like I pulled a muscle in my back.

---I find
---”
it difficult to understand Australian English.

or “I understood”
---I think / believe / consider it an advantage that our company is small.

--- I see/regard it as a lack of respect when people are late for appointments.
=======================================================
Exercise (28 ) There & It
53
Circle the correct word to complete each sentence!
1- That milk has been in the fridge for two weeks, so it / there might have
gone bad.
2- It's / There's a closet, a lamp, and two single beds in the hotel room.
3- It / There bothers me when I can't find something I had just a moment ago.
4- You can borrow my phone charger. It / there should be compatible with
your phone.
5- It / There seems to be a leak somewhere in the plumbing.
6- It/ There was a bad idea to travel without making plans in advance.
7- It's / There's a pebble in my shoe and it's / there's hurting my foot.
8- The President is staying in that hotel, so it's / there's lots of extra security.
9- If you need to get gas, it's / there's a station just around the corner.
10- Right now it's / there's spring, and there's / there are flowers
everywhere.
11- Is it / there cold outside?
12- That case is very mysterious, but it / there must be a logical explanation.
13- Is it / there any ice cream in the freezer?
14- Yesterday it / there was an earthquake in California.
15- It's / There's great when you can resolve a conflict peacefully.
16- It's / There's been a long time since I last saw my grandparents.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 29 )
Complete the sentences using ( there + verb to be ) . Your answers
may have different forms ( positive , negative or question ) :
1- _______________ any milk in the fridge ? Yes , _________5 bottles.
2- _______________ any dictionaries in the library ? No , ________any
3- _______________a quarrel in the street yestetday.
4- _______________ some foreign players in our team last year .
5- _____________ a meeting for teachers at the end of the final exams.
6- ______________ any potatoes in the refregerator. We need two kilos.
7- ________________ in your suitcase ? Nothing . Just my clothes .
8- ________________a calculator on my desk . Who took it ?

54
9- ___________ any fish in the lake in the past ? No ,_____________
10- Who _______________ with your father ? He’s my uncle
=========================================
Unit ( 18 )
Verbs (have & has ( 1 )
A ) Main and Auxiliary Verbs :
Pronouns Present Past Future
I Have
He / She /It Has
had will have
We / You / They Have

The verbs (have – has – had ) may be used as main verbs or auxiliary verbs
1) Main verbs:
a- To give the meaning of " possess "
- I have a big house. - He has a nice car.
b- with pains and illnesses
- I have severe cold. - He has a bad asthma.
c- with foods and meals
- I have meat and rice at lunch. - He has milk every morning.
d- with other meanings
- I'm having a vacation in Lebanon.
- He had problems with his car.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2) Auxiliary verbs:
a- With perfect forms of a verb
- I have finished my homework.
- He has just gone out.
- They had left before I arrived.
b- To make negative and interrogative forms of ( have / has / had ) , study
the following table carefully , then do the exercises below .
- Have you drunk your tea? No, I haven't
--I have not done business yet .
- Has Hamad done the exercise? No, he hasn't
- Had they gone out before you came? No, they hadn't
==================================================
A ) Used as Auxiliary Verbs
N statement negative question
1- I have eaten a piece I have not ( haven't ) Have you eaten a

55
 of cake eaten a piece of cake piece of cake ?
2- Nadia has lost her Nadia has not ( hasn't ) Has Nadia lost her
bag lost her bag bag ?
3- I had watched a film I had not ( hadn't ) Had you watched a
before I went to bed watched a film before I film before you went
went to bed . to bed ?

B ) used as Main Verbs

1- I have lunch after I do not ( don't ) have Do you have lunch
12 mid-day lunch after 12 mid-day after 12 mid-day ?
2- Fahd has a new Fahd does not Does Fahd have a
car ( doesn't ) have a new new car ?
car.
3- Jack had an Jack did not ( didn't ) Did Jack have an
accident yesterday have an accident accident
yesterday yesterday ?
=======================================================
Exercise ( 30 )
Check if the underlined verbs are main or auxiliary:
1- My father has 5 cars. ( ……………….. )
2- I have not seen a ghost. ( ………………… )
3- She has got blue eyes. ( ………………… )
4- Have you seen the crescent? ( ………………… )
5- What do you have for lunch? ( ………………… )
6- I had severe headache yesterday. ( ………………… )
7- Mary has won the gold medal. ( ………………… )
8- I don't have a big house. ( ………………… )
====================================================
Exercise 31
A )Change the following sentences to the negative:
1- You have eaten too much.
You _____________________ too much.

2- She has a red handbag.

She _____________________ a red handbag.

56
3- She has lost her handbag.
She ______________________ her handbag.

4- I have just seen a terrible accident.

I ___________ just ____________ a terrible accident.

5- Hamad had a bad illness last week.

Hamad _______________________ a bad illness.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B )Change the following statements to the interrogative form:
1- We have a holiday in September.
_________________________ a holiday in September?

2- I have falafel for supper.

__________________________ falafel for supper?

3- He has eaten all the food.

__________________________ all the food?

4- You have made 10 mistakes.

__________________________ 10 mistakes?

5- She has a red dress.

___________________________ a red dress?

=========================================
Unit ( 19 )
Verb : To have ( 2 )
A ) Have / has got
1) have or have got – has or has got, give the same meaning,
if used to express the following:
( possession ):
Ex. I have got a new car or I have a new car.
( relationship ):
Ex. She has got two brothers or she has two brothers.
( illness ):
Ex. I've got a headache or I have a headache.
In the above situations, have and has are not used in the continuous form.
We cannot say: ( I am having a car – she's having black hair.
====================================================
Exercise ( 32 )
Make sentences about yourself as in the examples:

57
 Term Now Ten years ago
1- a car I've got a car. I didn't have a car.
2- a driving license He …………………. He ………………….
3- a mobile She ………………... She ………………...
4- a motorbike You ………………... You ………………...
5- bank account I ……………………. I …………………….

=========================================================
2) In questions and negatives, there are two possible forms.
Questions Negatives
a- Have you got any problem? I haven't got any problem.
b- Do you have any problem? I don't have any problem.
c- Has he got a car? He hasn't got a car.
d- Does he have a car? He doesn't have a car.
In past questions and negatives, we use Did -----? and ---- didn't ----
Ex. a- Did you have a car when you were a student?
b- I didn't have a car when I was a student.
c- She had black hair 10 years ago, didn't she?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B ) We use ( have – has ) only, not ( have – has got ) for some actions that
can be used in the continuous form of verbs.
- meals – drinks – anything to eat and drink.
have / has +
- a bath – a shower – a swim
continuous form
or - a party – a holiday – an accident – a dream
- a look – a discussion – difficulty – trouble
have / has only
- a good time – a break – a rest – a fun

So we can't say: I have got a meal at a restaurant.

But we can say: I have got some food to eat.
We can use ( have – has ) with the expressions in the box.
Ex. a- I have meat and rice for dinner.
b- I'm having a good time in Bahrain.
58
 c- He's having a break at the moment.
d- She's having a party this evening.
===========================================
Unit ( 20 )
Verb to have ( 3 )
C ) Have to / has to ( Necessity )

(a) and (b) have basically the

same meaning.
a- People need to eat food.
(c) and (d) have basically the
b- People have to eat food.
same meaning.
c- Jack needs to study for his test.
Have + infinitive has a special
d- Jack has to study for his test.
meaning: it expresses the same
idea as need.
e- I had to study last night. Past form: had + infinitive.
f- Do you have to leave now?
g- What time does Jim have to leave? Question form: do, does, or did is
h- Why did they have to leave used in questions with have to.
yesterday?
i- I don't have to study tonight.
Negative form: do, does, or did is
j- The concert was free. We didn't
used with have to in the negative.
have to buy tickets.

( Exercise 33 )
A) Make negative sentences with ( has and have ):
1- Question: Why can't you open the door? ( a key )
Answer: I haven't got a key.

2- - Why couldn't you read the letter? ( my glasses )

I __________________________________________

3- Why can't the technician get onto the roof? ( a ladder )

He _________________________________.

4- Why couldn't she take photographs? ( a camera )

She ________________________________.

5- Why can't you pay the electric bills? ( any money )

I ___________________________________.

59
6- Why couldn't they visit the museum? ( enough time )
They ________________________________.
====================================================

Unit ( 21 )
D )Have / has to = must
No Must Have / has to
Used to express strong obligation
You must stop at the red signal Used to express necessity / need .
1- You must keep the matter a I have to wear glasses for reading
secret You have to pay your bills in time.

Used in written rules or

Used for habitual self-obligations
instructions
As a waiter , he has to work from
2- Applications for jobs must be
9:00
received by the end of June.
am to 12 midnight every day.

Not used in the past form . We

use
The past form of have to or has
( had to ) to give the past of
to is ( had to ) .
3- ( must )
I had to do much homework
My father had to go to hospital for
yesterday
a Surgical operation

The negative of must is not

mustn’t It’s ( don’t have to ) . Don’t have to means something

4- Mustn’t means something you you do not need to do it , but you

are not allowed to do it. are allowed to do it if you wish.
You mustn’t come to school late.
====================================================
( Exercise ( 34 )
A ) Complete the sentences with ( have to / has to / had to ) :

1- Bill starts work at 5 a.m. . He ………………………..at four. ( get up )

2- My arm broke last week . I ………………………..to hospital . ( go )
3- I don’t have much time . I …………………….. ( hurry )

60
 4- Your bus was late again. How long …………………….. ( you / wait ) ?
_____________________________________________________
B )Complete the sentences with ( Mustn’t -- don’t have to -- doesn’t
have to )

1- I don’t want anyone to know about our plan. You ………..…….tell anyone.
2- Friday is our weekend . We ……………….………..go to work.
3-My mother has a new car. She ……………….. go to work by bus
4- You’re on a diet . You ………………….eat all kinds of food.
=======================================================
have / has gone to --- have / has been to

1) They have gone to London = means that they are still in London.
2) They have been to London = means that they are back home
now, not in London.
========================================================
C ) Fill in the spaces with have / has + gone to or have / has + been to:
1- Where are your brothers? – They ______________ London
2- Where were you last week? – I ______________ Syria.
3- I and my family ____________ some European countries recently.
4- She ______________ the tailor, she'll come back soon.
5- My father ________________ Australia twice this month.
====================================================
( F ) ( When to use have / having / have got )
1) When (have) is used as a verb for possession, it can't be used in the present
continuous
- I have a lot of work to do
We can say: he has a new car
We can't say: I am having a lot of work to do
He is having a new car

In certain expressions,( have ) can be used in the present continuous, but

with different meanings
- I am having a good time
- We are having a meeting at 4 PM
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
61
2) (have) and (have got) are the same when talking about possessions,
illnesses, relationships and characteristics of people. Have got is just a more
informal way to say it:
- I have a lot of work to do / I've got a lot of work to do
- She has two sisters / She's got two sisters
- He has a sore throat / He's got sore throat
- They both have black hair / They've both got black hair
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, we can't use (have got) in other situations.
- We'll have fun at the party, not ( we'll have got)
- I always have breakfast at 8 , not: ( have got breakfast)
==========================================
Unit ( 22 )
Modals of lost opportunity
Should Have, Could Have, Would Have
“Past modals” or “modals of lost opportunity” are used to imagine
that the past was different.
Before we study those terms in the past, let’s review the difference
between should, could, and would. The general rule is:
No
verb usage example
.
is used for If you want to lose weight, you
1- should recommendation /
should eat healthy food.”
advice / apologies
Is used for “I have the day off tomorrow.”
2- could “Great! We could spend the day
possibilities
at the beach
“If I were rich, I would buy a
3- would Is used for imagining boat.”
results

The same general rule applies when using could have, would
have and should have.
These past tense modals are useful for expressing your present feelings
about a past decision (or other action).

The simple past just tells what happened. Past modals tell what could have,
would have, and should have happened.

62
Each of these modals has a slightly different meaning. We’ll look at each of
them using examples .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ) Should have
Should have means that something did not happen, but we wish it had
happened. We use should have to talk about past mistakes. A worried
mother might say: “I was so worried about you. You should have
called!”
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use should have to say that a different action was recommended in the past.
If you regret an argument, you can say:
“I shouldn’t have yelled at you yesterday. I’m sorry.”
You can also use should have / shouldn’t have to tell other people that a
different action in the past would have been better.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 ) Could have
Use could have to talk about possibilities if something had been different in
the past.
For example, someone who didn’t go to college can say:
“If I had gone to college, I could have gotten a better job.”
Could have is often used with “if + had + past participle” (If I had gone / if she
hadn’t fallen) – these “if” phrases express the imaginary past situation.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Would have
Would have forms the result clause of a past unreal conditional. For
example:
If I had known they were vegetarians, I would have made a salad.
I would have made a salad if I had known they were vegetarians.
Use would have to imagine a result (if something had been different in the
past): “
On a test where you need 70% to pass:
“I got a 68 on the test. If I had gotten two more points, I would have passed.”
(with the two points, passing the test is CERTAIN)
====================================================
Exercise ( 35 )
Complete the sentences with a modal of lost opportunity ( should
have / could have / would have ) and the past participle of the
verb in brackets :
1- I’m sorry that I’m late for work. I ………………………… up earlier. ( wake )

63
2- A gymnast who didn’t win a competition She…………..…………………
the gold medal if she hadn’t fallen three times.” ( win )
3- A : You're late for English class today . ,
B : I know . “ I …………………………my house earlier.” ( leave )
4- If I did well in the interview , I …………………………….the job . ( get )
5- “If I had brought my umbrella, I ………………. wet in the rain.”( not get )
6- Your father hit you because you told lies to him. You ………………….
the truth . ( tell )
7-You failed the test for a scholarship. If you passed it ,you ………………
……………………… medicine at a university . ( study )
8-We missed the flight because we arrived late at the airport . If we had
arrived earlier, we ……………............. our flight.” ( catch )
=============================================
Unit ( 23 )
The Imperatives
1- Drive your car carefully. ( affirmative )
2- Don’t drive fast. ( negative )
We use the imperative , affirmative or negative to ………..
1) Give orders: - Stop at the red signal.
- Don’t overtake at the curve.

2) Give instructions: - take a deep breath

- Don’t eat fat foods.

3) Make a request: - Open the door, please. It’s hot.

- Don’t open the door, please. It’s too cold.

4) Offering something: ( affirm. only )

- Have a dish of kebabs.
- Take a glass of orange juice.
5- Giving advice

1- You should be early for school. = I advise you to come to school early.
2- You shouldn’t be late for school.= I advice you not to be late.

=========================================================
Exercise 36
64
A ) Use the verbs in brackets ( in the affirmative or negative imperative )
to give reasonable meanings:
1- _______________ a loud noise. ( make )
2- ________________ to your teacher politely. ( speak )
3- ________________ your name clearly ( write )
4- ________________ your books on the floor. ( leave )
5- ______________ rubbish paper in the classroom.(throw)
6- _____________ angry with your mother. ( be )
7- _____________ your friend bad names. ( call )
8- _____________ lies. It’s a bad habit. ( tell )
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
B ) Fill in with ( should or shouldn’t ) to give reasonable meaning:
1- You _______________ walk in the street.
2- You _______________ help your friends.
3- We ________________ make noise in class.
4- We ________________ go to school late.
5- My father _______________ give me money.
6- Mothers ___________ take care of their children.
7- The doctor _______ do his best to help a patient.
8- You ____________ eat fat foods.
=========================================
Unit ( 24 )

Expressing advice & Preference

Term Meaning – use Example
1- Would rather +
Preference by oneself I'd rather live in a city
verb ‫يفضل‬
2- would rather + Preference and advice I'd rather you repaired my
pronoun ‫يفضل‬ to another one. car today.
I prefer taking a taxi to
3- prefer ‫يفضل‬ Preference
driving my car.
4-had better advice ( should – You look tired. You had
65
 ‫من األفضل أن‬ ought to ) better have rest.
5- would prefer I'd prefer to eat at a
Preference
‫يفضل‬ restaurant, rather than cook.
6-like better I like apples better than
Preference
‫يرغب أكثر‬ oranges.
Suggestion and
7-Why don't --? You seem to be sick. Why
advice
‫لم ال ؟‬ don't you go to the doctor?

8- Let's ‫هيا بنا‬ Suggestion for you

Today is hot. Let's go to the
Why don't we ---? and me. beach.
Would you open the door,
9-Would you ----? please?
Polite questions
Could you -----? Could you lend me your
camera, please?
Preference and I feel hungry. I'd like to have
10-would like to
necessity something to eat.
====================================================
Exercise 37
Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form:
1- I prefer _________ in a hotel to _________ in a flat. ( sleep – stay )
2- I would prefer ______________ TV rather than _______________
to the party. ( watch – go )
3- Sara would rather _________ her clothes than ___________ them.
( make – buy )
4- I'd rather you ___________ your teacher to your party this evening.
( invite )
5- It's cold today. You'd better _________________ a coat. ( wear )

6- I like _____________________ fish better than meat. ( eat )

7- The weather is beautiful today. Why don't we ________ on a picnic?

( go )
8- What are we going to have for dinner?
Let's __________________ roast beef. ( take )

9- I would rather _______________ coffee than tea. ( drink )

10- Which do you prefer, chicken or meat?

I _________________ meat to fish. ( prefer )

============================================
66
 Unit ( 25 )
Present Continuous
Pronouns Verb forms Questions Negatives
I am eating Am I eating? I'm not eating.
He / she / It is eating Is he eating? He isn't eating.
You / we / they are eating Are they eating? They aren't eating.
Use Examples Guide words
- The children are sleeping now
1- actions
now. at the moment
happening at this
- Look ! Some people are these days
moment
running in the street. at present
- We are having our final Look !
2- temporary
exams at present.
actions at the
- He's in London. He is Listen !
present time
staying at a 5- star hotel.
3- for plans in the - I am having a party this
future time
near future evening.
====================================================
Exercise ( 38 )
Choose the correct answer:
1-What's the doctor doing now?
He ( examines – examine – is examining ) a patient.
2-Look ! Many people ( run – are running – runs ) along the street.
3-Listen ! The phone in the next room(ring – rings – is ringing )
4-What are you doing? – I ( am – is – are ) writing a letter.
5-Where's Majid? He's ( do – does – doing ) his homework.
6-Are your friends playing at the moment? No, they ( isn't – aren't – wasn't )
7-Excuse me ! I'm ( look – looking – looked ) for my stolen car.
What can I do to find it?
8-Students ____________ their final exams at present. ( have )
67
 9-Your friend is outside. He ____________ for you. ( wait )
10- My father is in Japan this week. He ________ some cars. ( buy )
==================================================
Unit ( 26 )
Present simple = A ) action verbs
Pronouns Verb forms Questions Negatives
I / you
eat Do ------eat? don't eat
we / they
He / She / It
eats Does -------eat? doesn't eat
Use Examples Guide words
1- repeated actions I go to school by bus. always – usually – often
My father smokes too – sometimes – rarely –
2- habits never – every day,
much.
month, ---- etc.
The Sun rises in the on Sundays, Mondays,
3- facts -------. in the morning,
east.
at night, -------

B) Present Simple (State Verbs)

They are the verbs that have no continuous forms :

1) Verbs of opinion ( know – believe - understand – recognize – prefer – agree

/ disagree / approve / disapprove – suppose – suspect)
think -- notice -- mind -- mean -- -- concern -- matter -- lack --

Ex. Muslims believe in the teachings of Islam.

I remember the advice of your father.
2) Verbs of possession ( have – own – belong – possess – include --

3 ) Verbs involving perception of the senses ( hear – smell – see – feel –

appear – seem – resemble ( see – hear – taste – smell – feel )

4 ) Verbs of emotion (love – hate – like - dislike – want – need – desire –

wish – hope) (-- deny -- satisfy -- doubt -- promise -- please
5 ) Verbs that describe states or qualities ( weigh – contain –
consist – measure – cost – exist – depend - deserve – involve – matter
6) With verbs that perform the action they refer to. Such verbs usually
make a sort of statement.
68
 ---I admit I was wrong.
---No, never. I refuse to let you copy my work.
---We promise we'll do a good job.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other examples include
Acknowledge – advise – confess – congratulate – declare – deny – forbid –
guarantee – order – permit - predict – remind – request – thank – warn –
beg.
However, in casual spoken English some of these verbs are indeed used in
the present continuous.. Ok, you win. I'm admitting defeat.
I'm warning you, you must give me back my books.
I'm begging you to forgive me.
=====================================================
Exercise ( 39 )
Complete the sentences below with the right present form of the verbs
in brackets ( simple or progressive )

1- My mother always ___________the food on the cooker. Now she

_________
----------- it . ( taste )
2- I______ ____about our exam tomorrow . I _____it will be difficult ( think )

3- I______ ___________at these kittens. They _________beautiful. ( look )

4-My father __________right now. He often ________ at midnight. ( sleep )
5-The architect designs and _________houses At present , he___________
a new house for my family. ( build )
6-I ________that you ______________overtime this week . ( see -- work )
7-A : Listen ! Do you ______________someone shouting ? ( hear )
B : Yes , an old woman ______________for help . ( ask )
8-Now I _________what you _______ . I'll do it right now. ( remember –
want )
9-This box is too heavy . What _________it ___________ ? ( contain )
10-How much does a Land Cruiser cost ? I _______ it __________$
50,000. ( think -- cost )
=======================================================

Unit ( 27 )
C ) Action and non-action Verbs
69
 State verbs and non-action verbs are the same in usage. They do not
express real actions like ( eat – go – speak ,…etc. ) . So they are not used in
the continuous form of verbs. Some verbs may be used as action or non-
action according to the meaning we want to express in a situation . Here is a
list of example meanings for some common ones.

( see – taste – smell – look – feel – think -- have --- sound -- appear
-- be -- look -- miss )
1) Verbs that can be both (action and stative)

No Action Verbs Non-action Verbs

1-- He is appearing on TV. She appears confused
2-- He is being a true Moslem He is an American citizen
3-- How are you feeling today ? I feel for you
4-- I am having lunch now I have a new car
5-- I am hearing shouts outside I can hear what you say
6-- He is looking at me It looks great
7-- He is missing his homeland He misses his parents
8-- He is seeing this evening I see all the words clearly
- He is smelling the flowers in his- Chinese food smells awful
9-
hand (action) (stative)

- My mother is tasting the meal

10- - Lemon tastes sour (stative)
now (action )

- I am thinking about changing

11- - I think that's a great idea (stative)
my job (action )

- The shopkeeper is weighing - This suitcase weighs 30 kilos

12-
potatoes right now (action)

- The nurse is measuring the - This room measures 5 by 7

13-
patient's blood pressure (action) meters

2 --( Stative and dynamic uses of certain verbs

70
All the verbs in the list are often used in the simple tenses. However ,
thirteen of them can be used easily in the continuous form , sometime with a
change of meaning .,
Examples :
1- John sees very well without glasses ( stative verb )
2- John is seeing his dentist this afternoon ( dynamic verb )
No
Stative verbs only N0. Stative and dynamic verbs
.

1- We believe in Islamic admire I am admiring the style of

1-
religion my English teacher
appear
2- This dictionary belongs to
2- The bride is appearing very
me
beautifully at the wedding .
consider
3- Bringing up children
3- I am honestly considering the
concerns both parents
pieces of advice you give me.
Correspond
4- Water consists of oxygen
4- I am corresponding with a friend in
and hydrogen
Canada.
5- Cost : We're building a new house
This box contains jewels 5-
. It is costing us a fortune.
6- You deserve the prize on Feel : I am feeling the temperature
6-
winning the contest. of the water.
7- I strongly desire to Hope : We are hoping to have a
7-
Study medicine holiday in summer.
8- Melons differ from Imagine : I'm imagining someone
8-
watermelons calling outside.
9- I disagree with you on Measure : Keep still while
9-
salary cuts I'm measuring your waist.

10- I dislike making a noise 10

Say : The music is so loud that I
at night am not hearing what you say .

11- Some poor people like to 11-

Think : I'm thinking about the final
envy rich people exams next Sunday.
Weigh : Our baby is always
12- The deer always fear the 12- screaming while we are weighing
lions in a forest
him.
71
 =============================================
( Exercise ( 40 )
Check if the verbs in brackets are used as stative or action verbs
in the sentences below :
1- Our manager _______________confused in the meetings . Look !
He _______________in a presentation on TV right now, ( appear )
2-I ______________dinner with my boss this evening. I ________ a new car
and I'll drive it to the restaurant. ( have )
3- I _____________my homeland , and I______________my parents day
and
night . ( miss )
4-) I can hardly ________the letters on the chart. Tomorrow I
_____________
an optician to make glasses for me . ( see )
5-I ________ happy in winter , but today I __________very cold because the
weather is freezing. ( feel )
6-A tin of olive oil _____________ 16 kilos . Now I ______________it for you
to be sure of the weight. ( weigh )
7- My wife ____________ the wedding dress of the bride . Every bridegroom
_________his bride . ( admire )
8-He _____________the rose in his hand . Chinese food _________awful.
( smell )
==========================================================
Verbs with different meanings
1) Some verbs have two meanings – one can be used in the present
cont. and the other can't.
- I have five houses (possession) (stative verbs action)
- I am having lunch right now.
- We're having great time on vacation
- He's having trouble with his old car
-
- You look upset today. What's wrong?
- She is looking at the pictures in the album (directing eyes at sth)
-
- The boss feels that the staff doesn’t respect him (has impression/ opinion)
- I was sick yesterday, but now I am feeling much better (physical health)
-
- Taste / be tasting = Think / be thinking
- I realize that this is important for you
72
- Nowadays I'm realizing how much I still have to learn
-
- I regret dropping out of school before graduation
- It just started to rain now I'm regretting leaving my umbrella at home
-
- We consider this product to be the best
- We're considering buying a new bus to replace the old one

However the mental state verbs (believe – conclude – know – prefer) are
never used in the present continuous..
=======================================================
Using the pres. Cont. for an extremely frequent action
When someone does an action so frequently that it is almost like a
continuous characteristic of that person, we can use the present Continuous
with ( always , continually , constantly)

Examples
My sister is constantly asking me for money. It's such a pain
- They are always changing their minds, they can't commit to anything

He has a negative attitude. He is continually complaining about his job.

===================================================
Unit ( 28 )
Present perfect

Pronouns Verb forms Questions Negatives

I have eaten Have I eaten? I haven't eaten
He -- she -- It
has eaten Has he eaten? He hasn't eaten
You -- we -- they
have eaten Have they eaten? They haven't eaten.
Use Examples Guide words
-Tom has broken his arm. for -- since
1- actions happened at
Now he's in hospital. just -- yet
unstated past time with
- Malaria has spread in Africa.
present result – or still so far --
- He has been a manager for 5
continuing.
years. already
2- actions just finished - I have painted my room. It ever / so ever
but visible now. looks nice now

73
 3- actions completed or - He has done all the exercises .
happened recently. - I have bought a new house.
- He has phoned 5 times today.
4- actions completed in
- I have not seen him this
the present time.
afternoon.
5- With adverbs of time - Have you been to London lately / recently
( lately – recently ) lately?
6- With some phrases
- I have been to Mecca several occasionally
( all my life – a long
times last Ramadan. a long time
time
==================================================== all my life
Exercise ( 41)
Complete the following using the present perfect form of the verb:
1- I _____________ just _____________ my homework. ( do )
2- Tom ______________ to Jane for a week. ( not speak)
3- Sami ______________ me 5 times since this morning.( call)
4- We are hungry because we _________ our dinner yet. ( not eat )
5- Water the plants, Jim ! I _______ already ______ them. ( water )
6-_____________ you ever _____________ to Paris? (be )
7- Where's my dictionary ? I _____ just _____it on the table ( put ).
8- I ______________ doing 10 exercises so far. ( finish )
9- I ________not ____________ a cigarette all my life. ( smoke )
10-________you ever ___________ the pyramids in Egypt ?
No , I _______never _________ to Egypt.
============================================
Unit ( 2 9 )

Present perfect Continuous

Pronouns Verb forms Questions Negatives
I – you – -have been -Have you been -I haven't been
we – they eating eating? eating.
He – she – He has been He hasn't been
Has he been eating?
it eating. eating.
74
Use Examples Guide words
Actions started in the I have been learning English since / for
past, and still continuing for 6 years. all morning
To put emphasis on the He has been learning all the week.
duration of the action English since 1424 H.
Actions that have I have passed all my
exams ,
recently
because I have been lately
stopped or just stopped studying hard lately . recently
with present results You look very tired . Have
you been working hard ? How long ..?
( seen , noticed , felt ,
How long have you been
experienced )
learning English ?

Since and for

Since is followed by the mention of a
a) I have been here since ten o’clock
specific point of time ( an hour / a
/
day/ a month / a year , …etc.
since + Tuesday / May / 2001
since expresses the idea that
yesterday / April 15 ,
something began at a specific time
April 15 , 1998 /
in the past and continues to the
last month , …etc.
present
Since is used only with the present
b) I have lived here since May ,2006
perfect form , not with any other verb
I have been here since May, 2006
forms
c) Main clause since-clause Since may also introduce a time
( present perfect ) ( past simple ) clause ( a subject and a verb may
follow ( since ) .
I have lived here - since I was 15 As you notice in the examples , the
He has met eight people since he present perfect is used with the main
came back at noon. clause and past simple with since –
clause .

75
 For is followed by the mention of the
d) I have been here for ten minutes
length of time ( two hours / long
For + two hours / a week
time )
six months / many years /
If the noun of time is plural ( hours /
a long time / ages
days / years ,..we use for not since
The action ( have lived ) started in
e) I have lived here for two years.
the past and still continues at
It means that I still live here
present
I lived in Mecca for two years . The use of past simple means that
It means that I don’t live in Mecca the action began and ended in the
at present . past
=====================================================
Exercise ( 42)
A ) Fill in the spaces with: present perfect continuous:
1- A: Why are you tired?
B: I ________________ the house all morning. ( clean )
2- What _______ you ________ ________ since you got up. ( do )
3- The mechanic is in the garage. He _____________ the car all
day long. ( repair )
4- It's difficult to see the road. The dust storm ______________
since sunrise. ( blow )
5- I've lost my watch. I ___________ it since yesterday. ( look for )
6-He will go to the doctor. He ___________ well recently. ( not feel )
7- How long have you been waiting here?
I ________________________________ here for 6 hours.
8- Since when have you been suffering from headache?
I __________________________ suffering from it since last week.
=====================================================
B ) Complete the sentences using since or for :
1) How long have you been in this country ? _________ 15 years .
2- How long have you been in this school ? _________ 2010
3- How long have you lived in this city ? ______ a log time
4- How long have you been waiting here ? ________nine o’clock
5- I’m very tired. I have been working ________ many hours.
6-- I've been waiting _______ 2:30.

76
7- We've been driving ________ the past three hours.
8- Joe and Jenna have been dating ________ six months.
.9- I've wanted to learn how to cook ________ a long time.
10- We've been living here __________ we got married.
=======================================================
Unit ( 30 )
Mixed Present Tenses
Basic Difference: Simple Present & Present Continuous
The simple present is used for actions or states that are generally true, or for
events that happen regularly:
--- I drive home from work every day. I usually listen to music in the car.
---The present continuous is used for actions that are happening NOW,
in the moment of speaking:
--- I'm driving home from work right now. I'm listening to a great
new CD at the moment.
Sometimes the present continuous is used to emphasize a situation that
is temporary:
--- I work for a cosmetics company. This month I'm working on our new
line of nail polish.
--- My brother lives in Chicago. At the moment he's between apartments,
so he's living with a friend.

"Signal words" that are typically used with the simple present include
adverbs of frequency, such as:

( never, sometimes, usually, generally, occasionally, seldom, rarely,

hardly ever, always,* every day/week/month/year, once/twice a
day/week/month/year )

*There is an exception, which you will learn in the "Special Cases" part of this
lesson
"Signal words" that are typically used with the present continuous include:
( now, right now, at the moment, currently , today, this week/month/year)

When NOT to Use Present Continuous

There are two situations in which we tend NOT to use the present continuous.
1. With verbs that describe states of existence, not actions

This bike costs $150. He currently owns a boat

77
You can see that even though we’re
using signal words that normally go
with the present continuous, like
“currently” and “now,” we use the
simple present.
Verbs that describe states of
existence rather than actions are often called "state verbs

or "stative verbs." They tend to include...

1- Verbs of opinion: ( know, believe, understand, recognize, prefer,
agree/disagree, approve/disapprove, suppose, suspect
2- Verbs of possession : have, own, belong, possess, include, owe
3- Verbs involving perception of the senses (hear, smell, see, feel,
appear, seem, resemble )
4- Verbs of emotion: (love, hate, like, want, need, desire, wish
5- Verbs that describe intrinsic states/qualities:
weigh, contain, consist, measure, cost, exist, depend, deserve, involve,
matter
2. With verbs that perform the action they refer to

These are usually verbs that make some sort of statement:

--- I admit that I was wrong.
--- No. Absolutely not. I refuse to let you copy my work.
--- We promise we'll do a good job.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other examples include acknowledge, advise, confess, congratulate,
declare, deny, forbid, guarantee, order, permit, predict, remind,
request, thank.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, in casual spoken English, some of these verbs are occasionally
used in the present continuous form:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- OK, OK, you win. I'm admitting defeat.
--- I'm begging you to forgive me.
--- I'm warning you, this class is not for beginners.

====================================================
Verbs with Different Meanings Used in
( Simple Present & Present Continuous )
Some verbs have two meanings - one of which can be used in the
present continuous, and the other of which cannot. One good
example is the verb ( have ).

78
 When have is used for possession, it cannot be continuous. But when
used for eating meals (having lunch) or experiencing things (having fun), it
can be continuous:

--- I didn't use to have any pets, but now I have a cat.
--- I'm having dinner right now, could I call you back later?
--- We're having a great time on vacation!
--- He's having trouble finishing the project.

Here are a few other verbs that follow this pattern:

--- This blue stone looks like a sapphire. (looks = appearance)

--- She's looking at the pictures in the album. (looking = directing her
eyes at something)
--- The boss feels that the staff doesn't respect him. (feels = has an
impression/opinion)
(feeling = physical health)
--- These cookies taste very sugary. (taste = the quality possessed
by the cookies)
--- Now the chef is tasting the sauce to see if it needs more
seasoning. (tasting = the action of eating the food to test its taste.2.
Mental state verbs that can be finished or in progress

With some verbs that describe a mental state, we can use the present
simple to imply that we are sure about something, and the present
continuous to imply that we are still considering it (we are not yet sure):
--- I think that taking an intensive English course is the best way to learn.
(= my opinion on this is formed; I am sure of my belief)
--- I'm thinking about taking a trip around the world.
(= I'm still in the process of considering it; I am not sure if I will go or not)
--- I realize that this is important to you. (= I am sure that this is important to
you)
--- Nowadays I'm realizing how much I still have left to learn !
(= my realization of this fact is currently in progress
--- I didn't use to have any pets, but now I have a cat.
--- I'm having dinner right now, could I call you back later?
--- We're having a great time on vacation!
--- He's having trouble finishing the project.
=======================================================
Special Situations

79
1. Using the present, not the past, in informal stories & jokes

When telling a story to friends, native speakers sometimes tell it using

present tenses, not past tenses – as if the story were happening at that
moment.
2. Using the present, not the past, when describing events in books or
movies
--- Similarly to the example above, when describing events in books or
movies,
we often use present tenses:--- At the end of the film, the father
and son finally forgive each other.
--- The main character discovers something surprising about his
family in Chapter 3.
---In the beginning of the movie, terrorists kidnap the president's
daughter.
3. Using the present, not the past, in newspaper headlines

In newspaper headlines, publishers often use the present tense rather the
present tense rather than the past tense to describe events that have
happened in the recent past. This makes them seem more "immediate," as if
the reader is in the middle of the action:

--- Company Opens New HQ in China

--- Deadly Factory Accident Kills 3, Injures 8
--- Veteran Tennis Champion Loses to 19-Year-Old Star
--- Cancer Study Reveals Surprising Results

Although all these events happened in the fairly recent past, in the
headlines we describe them with the present tense.

4. Using the present continuous when talking about an EXTREMELY

frequent action

The beginning of this lesson said that we use the simple present for regular /
frequent events, but that there is an exception involving the word "always."
When someone does an action so frequently that it is almost like a
continuous characteristic of that person, we can use the present
continuous
with always, continually, or constantly. This structure is often used when we
are annoyed with the frequent action:
--- My sister's constantly asking me for money. It's such a pain!
--- They're always changing their minds; they can't commit to
anything.
--- He has such a negative attitude. He's continually complaining
80
 about his job , his wife, his kids, his car, his neighborhood...
==========================================
Exercise ( 43 )
Simple Present or Present Continuous? Circle the correct option.

1. It rains / it's raining very hard - maybe we shouldn't go out.

2. I eat / I'm eating lunch with my coworkers every day.
3. My son hates / is hating vegetables. He never eats them.
4. William's not home right now. He travels / He's traveling.
5. These shoes don't fit / aren't fitting. I need a larger size.
6. From the tone of her voice, it sounds / it's sounding like she's angry.
7. My sister has / is having long black hair.
8. I usually go / I'm usually going to the gym in the morning.
9. My car is being repaired, so I rent / I'm renting a car this week

10-I confess / I'm confessing that I have a drinking problem.

11-I just finished the book. Now I understand / I'm understanding why
everyone loves this author.
12. They consider / They're considering buying the house; they said
they'll decide by the end of the week.
13. We currently know / We're currently knowing nothing about the
matter.
14. He approves / He's approving of your idea.
15- I've done my part. Now it depends / it's depending on you.
16- I have / I'm having a headache, so I have / I'm having trouble
concentrating today.

===========================================================
Exercise ( 44 )
Complete these sentences in the present continuous using the
suggested words: Always / Continually / Constantly + Present
Continuous
Example:

81
"My daughter can't go 5 minutes without her smart phone. She’s continually
checking it." (continually / check / it)

1. "You're going too fast ! Slow down !"

"Come on, Mom,
________________________________________________!"
( constantly / criticize / my driving )

2. "Henry said he's not going to finish the work on time."

"_________________________________________________________"
( always / miss / deadlines )
3. "They've just gone to McDonald's for the 5th time this week."
"____________________________________________."
(continually / eat / fast food)
4. "I can't find my keys!"
"__________________________________________________________."
( constantly / lose / things )
5. "She wants us to look after her dog while she's on vacation."
"__________________________________________."
(always / ask for / favors)
=======================================================

Summary of present forms of the verb

1 ) Present Simple & Continuous
A) Formulation
No Pronoun Present Simple ( do – Present Continuous ( am / is /
. s does ) are + doing )
1- I play tennis at school am playing tennis now
He ,
2- eats fish every week is eating fish at the moment
She , It
We –You walk to school every
3 are walking to school now
They morning

B ) Usage
Present Simple Present Continuous
Usage Example Usage Example
1 An action in
Facts It rains in winter I am watching TV
- progress now

82
 2 My father smokes Temporary We are building a
habits
- too much actions factory
3 Repeated We go to Mecca
- actions in Ramadan

C ) Time-words : The time-words guide you to the correct usage of

any verb tense . Let’s give examples of the two verb tenses of our revision :

N
Present Simple Present Continuous
o
Now – at the moment – right
1- Every day / week / year ,…etc.
now
Adverbs of frequency ( always – often At present – currently -
2-
usually –sometimes – rarely - never ) nowadays
3- In the morning ( afternoon – evening ) Look ! Listen ! Take care !
Temporary actions like :
4- On Sundays / Fridays , at weekends ( I am saying in a hotel )
( The king is visiting our city )
5- In summer / winter / spring / autumn

D) Common Mistakes
No Confused pairs of Examples Different in meaning
1- I live in
a London .------------------------------- It’s my residence
- I am living in On business or vacation
b London .----------------------
2- I come from
I am a Japanese
a Japan.---------------------------
I was in Japan and now I am
- I am coming from
coming back
b Japan.-------------------
3- Our company produces Glass is the main product of
a glass------------- our company.
Glass is being produced
- Our company is producing glass temporarily , not a main
b -------- product.
4- What do you
What’s your job ?
a do ?----------------------------
What are you busy in now ?
- What are you
b doing ?-----------------------

83
5- Our economy grows every
Permanent action ( every year )
a year.----------
Temporary action ( this year )
- Our economy is growing this
b year.-----

2) Present perfect and present perfect Continuous

A) Formulation
N Pronoun
Present Perfect Present Perfect Continuous
o s
have done six exercises so have been doing exercises
1- I
far since 8 o’clock
He – She has been doing exercises for
2- has done all the exercises.
It an hour
have been learning grammar
We –You have learnt the tenses of for
3-
- They verbs two years

B) Usage
Present perfect Present perfect continuous
Usage example Usage example
actions
A ) An action started in
I have studied five I have been studying
completed just the past
sections until now English for two years.
now and still
continuing
He has already = = =
B ) an action How long / Since when
done his =
completed have you been
homework.
without specific painting ?
= = =
time in the
Look at my room. =
past, but with a I have been painting
It’s
present since yesterday or for
beautiful now. I = = =
result . two days .
have painted it. =
C) Guide words
Just -- already -- until now --
Since -- for --- all day
So far -- not yet -- recently -- ever
( morning )
– never -- this year
He has driven 500 kilometers so far He has been driving since sunrise.

84
Common Mistakes
No
Wrong examples Correct examples
.
I have been waiting here for an
1- I have waited here for an hour
hour
He has been sleeping since 8
2- He has slept since 8 o’clock .
o’clock
It has been snowing twice this
3- It snowed twice this week.
week
4- He has been writing many books He has written many books.
I have been working here for two
5- I am working here for two years.
years.
I have been studying English for
6- I study English for six months.
six months.
We have been waiting since 2
7- We are waiting since 2 o’clock
o’clock.
He is doing his homework since He has been doing his homework
8-
he got up . since he got up .
Note :
There is some confusion in using the two perfect tenses we are discussing.
So in order to use the proper tense , we must be certain about the situation :
1) If the action is complete at the time of speaking , we use the present
perfect , but if the action is still going on , we use the present perfect
continuous. Let’s look at these pairs of examples:
a) I have lived here for ten years . It means ( I have moved to another
place )
b) I have been living here for ten years. It means ( I’m still living here )
2) Since & For can be used in both perfect tenses above. Let’s look at
these examples :
a) I have done 6 exercise since 8 o’clock, ( I completed 6 exercises).
b) I have been doing exercises since 8 o’clock .( I’m still doing
exercises ).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a) It has rained for two hours . ( It stopped raining )

85
 b) It has been raining for two hours. ( It’s still raining )
3) The present perfect continuous is not commonly used in the negative
form .
a) It hasn’t been raining since last month. ( incorrect )
b) It hasn’t rained since last month . ( correct )
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a) I haven’t been doing homework for a week . ( incorrect )
b) I haven’t done homework for a week. ( correct )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5) State verbs ( be – have – own – know , etc. ) , are not used in the
continuous
6) form of the verb. So the present perfect of state verbs replaces the
present perfect continuous. ( I have done replaces I have been doing ). A
state verb shows the state from the past to the present.

Ex. 1- He has been a writer for 20 years.

2- I have known him since 1990 .
============================================

Exercise( 45 )
Complete the sentences with ( present simple – present continuous or
present perfect ) of the verbs in brackets:
1- I ___________ not ____________ you today? (see)
Where ______________ you ________________ ? (be)

2- What ______________ you _______________ now? (do)

I ____________ ____________ a letter to my father. (write)

3- What ______________ your father ________________ ? (do)

He _____________ at a hospital. (work)

4- The earth ____________ round the sun once a year. (move)

5- How long ____________ you _____________ at this school? (be)

I ___________ _____________ here for three days. (be)

6- How much fish ____________ you ___________ till now? (catch)

I __________ ______________ a lot of fish. (catch)

86
7- We ___________ ___________ many exams lately. (take)

8- Look! What __________ ___________ over there? (happen)

I think some people ____________ ____________ (quarrel)

9- How often ____________ you ___________ at a restaurant? (eat)

I never _____________ out of my home. (eat)

10- My father is in Germany at present. He ___________ some heavy

machines.
(buy)
11- How much ____________ your father ____________? (smoke)
He ____________ too much; 50 cigarettes a day. (smoke)

12- Listen! What ____________ you ______________? (hear)

I _______________ a woman crying. ( hear)

13- Don't go to bed. ____________ your homework first. (do)

I ____________ just __________ it. Let me go to bed. (do)
14- All students __________ _____________ out now. (go)
They ___________ ____________ their exam. (finish)
15- I___________ _____________ you many times today. (call)
Why don't you reply?

=======================================
Unit ( 32 ) The Past Simple
A) Regular verbs:
Their past form is made by adding ( d or ed ) to the present simple form.
Irregular verbs:
No. Every day yesterday No. Every day yesterday

1- Walk walked 7- Carry carried

2- clean cleaned 8- Study studied

3- open opened 9- Try tried

4- like liked 10- Wash washed

5- Live lived 11- brush brushed

6- smile smiled 12- cross crossed

B ) Irregular verbs:

87
Their past form has no specific rules.
1- eat Ate 7- grow grew
2- drink drank 8- bite bit
3- catch caught 9- Sit sat
4- stand stood 10- give gave
5- write wrote 11- make made
6- sleep slept 12 cut cut

Pronouns Verb forms Questions Negatives

I / He
She / It
Did he eat, go --? He didn't eat (go)
you ate – went –
Did they try, They didn't try
we walked – tried
walk ------? (walk)
they
Use Examples Guide words
1- actions finished in a - I watched a great film last yesterday –
past time. night. last Sunday, week
2- repeated actions in - When I was a child, I often an hour,
the past played tennis. ( 2 days ) ago.
in 1960.
- First, he heard a noise, then
3- actions happened
he opened the window, In the past
one after the other in
looked out and saw a strange When I was a
the past.
car.
pupil
====================================================
Exercise 46
Complete the sentences with present simple and past simple:
1- It often ________________in the morning.
Yesterday it ____________________ in the evening. ( rain )

2- Every day I ______________ to school. Yesterday I ____________

to school early. ( walk )

3- I usually ___________ TV at night. Last night I ________________

a football match. ( watch )
4- We usually ____________ during the day. Last week we ________

88
 at night. ( work )

5- Hamad sometimes ____________ for us. Last night he __________

a nice meal. ( cook )

6- Yesterday, I ____________ long for the bus. I never ____________

so long. ( wait )
7- I ________________ tea an hour ago. I always _____________tea.
in the morning. ( drink )

8- We usually ___________ bread with a knife. I ________ my finger

when I was making salad. ( cut )
9- Every week I _________ birds. Last Friday, I __________ ten birds.
( catch )
10- This morning I __________ fish. I often ___________ fish at lunch.
( eat )
=======================================================
Unit ( 33 )
The Past Simple x the Present Perfect
I finished my work two -- The past simple ( finished )
1- happened at a specific time in the past
hours ago . ( Past simple
( two hours ago)
I have already finished my - The present perfect ( have finished )
2- work . ,happened at an unspecified time in
the past
3- Salem lived in America The past simple ( lived ) expresses an
3- for five years . He was action that began and ended in the
studying medicine. past.
Salem has lived in America The present perfect ( has lived )
4- for five years. He studies expresses an action that began in the
medicine past and still continues to the present
Simple Past vs. Present Perfect

89
There are two major differences between the simple past and the present
perfect:
1- Finished vs. Unfinished Time

Use the simple past with finished time:

--- I worked as a freelance writer from 1995-1998. (a time period that
started and ended in the past)
--- I lived in New York for three years. (implies that I do NOT live in
New York now)
--- I didn't take a shower this morning.
(spoken in the afternoon or evening; the morning is in the past)
--- How many pages did you read yesterday? (yesterday is finished)
Use the present perfect with unfinished time (time that starts in the
past and continues until the moment of speaking).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- I've worked as an editor since 2011.
(a time period that started in the past, and continues until now)
--- I've lived in New York for three years. (implies that I DO still live in
New York now)
---I haven't taken a shower yet this morning.
(spoken when it is still the morning; the morning has not yet ended)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- How many pages have you read so far today? (today is not yet finished)
2- Specified vs. Unspecified Time
Use simple past for events that occurred at a specific, defined time in the
past.
--- She opened several restaurants last year.
(the sentence gives a specific time for her action)
--- We left the office an hour ago.
(we say specifically when we left the office)
--- Back in January, I didn't have enough money to buy a car. (during
that specific month in the past, I did not have the money)

--- Did you try the caviar at the banquet yesterday? (asking about an
experience at a specific past event)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use the present perfect for events that occurred at an unspecified (or
unknown) time in the past - or at any time in the person's life:
--- She has opened several restaurants.

90
 (she has opened restaurants at some point in her life, but we don't
know or don't say exactly when)
=======================================

--- We've already left the office.

(we don't say specifically when we left the office. It could have
been an hour ago, five hours ago, or ten minutes ago )
--- I've never had enough money to buy a car. (never in my life have I
had the money)
(asking about an experience at any time in your life)
=========================================================
Signal words

Some of the "signal words" for using the simple past are:
---ago
---in 1998, on Monday, at 6:00 (when referring to past times)
---last week/month/year -------yesterday
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Some students ask, "Do you always need to specify the time when using the
simple past? Do you need a signal word in every sentence?"
The answer is "No." Often we'll define the past time period in the first sentence,
then continue talking about the past without using any more signal words,
since the other person understands when in the past these events are
happening:
"I had the most stressful day last Friday. I slept through my alarm and
was late to work, and my boss yelled at me. During the day so many
projects piled up that I missed several important deadlines and couldn't
even catch up on my e-mails. I stayed at the office until midnight and
when I got home, I just collapsed from exhaustion."
===============================================

91
After the first sentence defines the context as "last Friday," the other past
tense verbs continue to refer to that time period, without having to define
it again and again.

Some of the "signal words" for using the present perfect are:
---ever, never
--- already,* yet,* just,* recently*
--- since (points in time), for (periods of time)
--- today, this morning/afternoon/evening/week/month/year
--- so far, up to now

With the signal words already, just, yet, and recently, there is an exception
- many American English speakers use the simple past with these signal
words, even though the present perfect is technically more correct:
--- I've already finished my homework.
I already finished my homework.
--- We've just discovered the mistake.
We just discovered the mistake.
--- Have you taken out the garbage yet?
Did you take out the garbage yet?
--- She's recently written a book.
She recently wrote a book.

Finally, a quick note about since and for. You already know
that we use since with points in time, and for with time
periods
If I moved into my apartment in 2009 and it is now 2014...

--- I've lived in this apartment since 2009.

--- I've lived in this apartment for five years.
======================================================
We can also use since with a simple past event as our reference
point, not a specific date:

--- I've lived in this apartment since I graduated from college.

--- He's hated broccoli since he was a child.
--- They've been very busy since they got back from vacation.

Sometimes in sentences like this, we say ever since

instead of since. The meaning is the same.
=======================================================

92
Present Perfect Simple vs. Present Perfect Continuous

Let's quickly review how to form each of these tenses:

A ) Present perfect simple:
--- Subject + have/has + past participle of the verb
--- Barbara has worked here for six months.

B ) Present perfect continuous:

--- Subject + have/has + been + -ING form of the verb
--- Barbara has been working here for six months.

Now, when do we use each one?

With the verbs live and work, they are both used; there is no difference.
For other verbs and situations, the general rule is that we use the present
perfect simple to emphasize single events and results; and we use the
present perfect continuous to emphasize ongoing activities and continuing
processes.
Here are some examples to make it clearer:
--- She's stopped smoking recently. (single event)
--- She's been trying to stop smoking. (ongoing process)
--- He's played football in the state championships. (single event)
--- He's been playing football all afternoon.
(ongoing activity that continues until now)
--- I've typed up these notes. (single event. The result of the action is
that the notes are now completely typed)
--- I've been typing up these notes for the past two hours; my hands
are tired. (continuing process; the notes are not yet completely typed)
--- Have you seen the movie? (single event)
--- Have you been following this TV show? It's so exciting; I can't wait
for the next episode! (ongoing activity/process)

with the verbs believe, know, understand, like/dislike, belong, and own:
--- We've known each other since we were kids. We’ve been knowing
--- I've never understood math very well.
--- He's always liked sports.

with the verbs believe, know, understand, like/dislike, belong, and own:
--- We've known each other since we were kids. We’ve been knowing
--- I've never understood math very well.
--- He's always liked sports.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
93
Summary:
--- Use the simple past for finished time, and present perfect for
unfinished time.
--- Use the simple past for specified time, and present perfect for
unspecified time.
--- Use since with points in time, and for with time periods.
--- Use the present perfect simple for single events and results.
--- Use the present perfect continuous for ongoing activities/processes.
=======================================================
( Exercise ( 47 )
Simple past or present perfect? Circle the correct answer:

1- Did you pay / Have you paid the bills last week?
2- Did he ever go / Has he ever been to Paris?
3- We didn't go / We haven’t gone out this past weekend.
4- She didn’t make / hasn't made up her mind yet.
5- How many donations did we get / have we gotten up to now?
6- I called / I’ve called him a couple minutes ago.
7- When I was 9, I broke / I’ve broken my leg while skateboarding.
8- I took / I’ve taken a bunch of books out of the library yesterday.
9- I didn’t have / haven't had this much fun since I was a kid!
10- She was / She's been sick for the past three days.
11- They didn't go / haven’t gone on vacation last year.
12- Did / Have my kids cut class on Friday?
13- Did you see / Have you seen Lindsay lately?
14 We collected / We've collected 100 signatures for our petition so far.

15- He never flew / has never flown in an airplane before.

====================================================
Exercise ( 48 )
Present Perfect Simple or Present Perfect Continuous?
Write the verb in the correct form, for example:

--- He has repaired (repair) the oven – it’s working now.

94
--- He’s been watching (watch) TV all afternoon; I wish he’d get off the
couch!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remember:

Present Perfect Simple: have/has + past participle

Present Perfect Continuous: have/has + been + -ING form of verb

1- Have you ever ___________________________ (stay) at that hotel?

2- He's always __________________________ (hate) country music.
3- I've finally _________________________ (recognize) my error.
4- My computer has ________________________ (run) on battery power for
almost four hours; I’ll need to plug it in soon.
5- I'm so tired. I haven't __________________ (sleep) well these days.
6- We've _______________________ (look) for a good tutor; can you
recommend somebody?
7- I've ________________ (read) that book - I finished it in three days!
8- We’ve ___________ (think) about getting a cat. We’re not sure yet.
9- He's ____________________________ (travel) around Asia for the
past three weeks, and he's planning to spend three more in Australia
before coming home.
10- She's _________________ (exercise); that’s why she’s all sweaty.
11- I’ve _____________________ (miss) a couple of episodes of the series.
12- My country's team has ________________________ (win) the World
Cup four times.
13- We've ______________________________ (send) the letter; you should
receive it soon.
14- You've never ______________________ (need) my help with your
homework before.
15- I've __________________________ (stay) with a friend until I can
find my own apartment.
============================================
Unit ( 34 )

Past Continuous
95
 Pronouns Verb forms Questions Negatives
I / He / was eating Was he eating? He wasn't eating.
she / It
you / we / they were eating Were we eating? We weren't eating

Use Examples Guide words

1- an action was going - At 8 p.m. last night, I was
on at a past time. watching TV.
While –as – when
2- long past action -I heard an explosion
interrupted by a short when I was reading at 8 + past time – all
action. a story. day,
- We were doing our all morning, etc. ---
3- Long actions at the
homework, while you
same time.
were sleeping.
=================================================
Exercise (49 )
Fill in the spaces with past simple or past continuous:
1-We _____________ football when it __________ to rain. ( play – start )
2-I _________ my leg while I ____________ down the street. (hurt – run)
3- Ali ______ the swimming pool while I ________ the wall. ( clean – paint )
4- A car _________ a school boy as he _________ the street. ( hit – cross)
5- Mary _______ to work when she _______ a car accident. ( walk – saw )
6- All students ______exams when the police ____ to go out ( have – tell)
7- ______you ________ when your friend _________ you ? ( sleep – call )
8- It ________________________ heavily all day yesterday. ( rain )
9- What _______ you ________ at 6 o'clock yesterday evening? ( do )
10- He _______ to the ground while he _____ a bicycle. ( fell – ride )
=========================================================

I saw him do ( doing ) something

1) Look at these two examples:

a- I saw an Indian fall off a building.
b- I saw an Indian working in a building.

96
In the first example, you saw the whole action ( fall ) from the beginning to the
end. But in the second example you saw him in the middle of the action
(working ). He was working before and after you saw him. So there’s a
difference in meaning.
But in negative sentences, there’s little or no difference.
Ex. I’ve never seen him play chess.
I’ve never seen him playing chess.

2) We use the same structure with the verbs:

( hear – feel – smell – find – notice )
- I heard you come in. - I heard you singing.
- I heard you singing. - Can you smell something burning?
- Did you notice anyone go out ?
===================================================
Unit ( 35 )

Past Perfect
Pronouns Verb forms Questions Negatives
I / He / she / It had eaten Had I eaten? I hadn't eaten
You / we / they had painted Had I painted? I hadn't painted
Use Examples Guide words
1- action - Last night, I had done my
happened homework before I went to bed. before
before another - I left school after I had finished after
action in the past. my exams. already
2- the past of the - Hamad wasn't at home .He when
because
present perfect had gone out
=========================================================
Exercise 50
Fill in the spaces with the correct past simple or past perfect:
1- They _______ TV. after they ______ their homework. ( watch – finish )
2- Last night, I _______ a letter before I ________ to bed. ( write – go )
3- She ________ unhappy because she _________ the game. ( be – lose )
4- I _________the cake, your mother __________ today. ( not like – bake )

97
5- The match __________ already __________ when they ___________
at the stadium. ( start – arrive)
6- The kitchen ______ delicious when Mum _____ Mansaf. ( smell – cook )
7- They ________ tired because they _________ two matches. ( be – play )
8- Wendy _______ chess after she _______ the washing up. ( play – finish )
9- When the police arrived, they _________ that the thieves ____________
( find – escape )
10- The workman ____________ enter the factory because the
guard ____________ the gate. ( cannot – close )
=====================================================

Exercise 51
Complete the following with:( past simple, past continuous or past
perfect:
I caught the flight because I _________ at the airport on time. ( arrive )
2-The police ________ the thief while he ______ to escape. ( catch – try )
3-He _________ no car yesterday, so I _________ him a lift. ( have – give )

4- He ________100 copies when the photocopier ________.( make – stop )

5-He ____________ the flowers because his brother_________________

already___________ them. ( not water – water )
6- When I ______________ home at 2 p.m., I found that I_____________
the keys of my flat. ( come – forget )

7- Tim _______ for a walk after he ________ the news. ( go – watch )

8- I _____ the electricity bill yesterday. It ________ 500 SR. ( pay – be )

9- What ______ you _______ when I called you? I ______ for the exam.
( do – study )
10-He __________ his finger as he _________ the bread. ( cut – slice )
==========================================================
Unit ( 36 )
Past Perfect Continuous
.I was tired when I got home last night . I had been working hard all day -1
.The bus hasn't come yet. I have been waiting for an hour -2

98
 ) present Perfect Continuous (
The bus came at 10 am . When it came , I had been waiting for an hour -3
) Past perfect Continuous (

.When I got up in the morning , I looked out of the window -4

The ground was wet . It had been raining at night

We had been playing football when it started to rain in the -5

.morning
. When we went out , it wasn't raining. The sun was shining -6
. But it had been raining a long time before we went out

=========================================================
Exercise 52
.Read the situations and make sentences from the words in brackets
I was very tired when I arrived home. ( I / have / an exam / 3 hours -1
________________________________________________
.I was disappointed when I had to cancel my holiday -2
) I / look / forward to it / a year (

) When I came in ,my son turned the TV off. He / watch / a sexual film -3
____________________________________________________
He had the accident because he ( drive / all night ) -4

.The factory closed last week. I'm going to claim for my dues -5
) . I / work / in it / since 1990 (
____________________________________________________
6-I called the police, but they were busy . They / push / demonstrators
outside a busy street.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7-We left school at 4:00 p.m. We / take / final exams for six hours.
_____________________________________________________
================================================= -
Unit 37
Mixed Past tenses
Today we’ll look at the past simple, past continuous, past perfect, past perfect
.continuous, and things that were true in the past, but not now
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

99
Past Simple & Past Continuous

We can use the past continuous when two events or activities were in
progress at the same time in the past:

1-I was reading a book while my husband was watching TV.

2-The kids were playing with a ball and the dog was chasing
them around the yard.
3-It was a perfect day at the beach. The sun was shining and a
gentle breeze was blowing.
=======================================================
The past continuous is used together with the past simple when one
event happened at the same time another activity was in progress.

1) We were getting ready for bed when we heard a knock at t

he door.
2) I was trying to explain the problem, but she interrupted
me and didn't let me finish.
3) He got into an accident when he was talking on his cell phone
while driving.
4) They bought that artwork while they were traveling in Europe.

======================================================

When talking about two single events that happened one after another,
or two single events that happened at the same time, we use the past
simple for both.

--- A week after I learned how to drive, I got my first speeding ticket.
(two single events, one week apart)
--- She took off her jacket and hung it in the closet. ( two single
events, likely a few seconds apart)
--- As soon as he walked in the door, he knew something was wrong.
(two single events, one happening immediately after the other)
--- The reporter snapped a picture as the runner crossed the finish
line. (two single events happening at exactly the same time)

Put it into practice!

To practice the past continuous, you can answer these questions:

--- What were you doing 15 minutes ago? Ex) I was browsing Facebook.
--- What were you doing 3 hours ago? Ex) I was making lunch
100
--- What were you doing at this same time yesterday?
--- What were you doing one week ago at this time?
--- What were you doing one year ago on this date?
--- What were you doing a decade ago on this date?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When we want to refer to an event out of order - an event which
happened before the main event we are talking about - we can use the past
perfect.

--- When I woke up this morning (event #4), I saw that my

husband had made coffee (event #2).
--- My husband had already left for work (event #3) by the time
I woke up (event #4).

You can think of the past perfect as "the past before the past" - it describes
an event that happened before another event or reference point in the past.
Here are some more examples:

--- When I checked my cell phone, I saw that my mother had called
me fourteen times. (the calls happened earlier, checking cell
phone happened later)

--- As soon as I tasted the soup, I realized I'd added too much salt.
(adding salt happened earlier, tasting the soup happened later)
--- Last night it started to rain and we got wet because we hadn't
brought umbrellas.
(not bringing umbrellas happened earlier, starting to rain happened
later)
--- At yesterday's meeting, she made a great suggestion about
something I hadn't thought of before.
(not thinking happened earlier, making the suggestion happened later)
With the past perfect, it’s possible to have the structure “had had” and
“hadn’t had” in a sentence, when “had” is both the auxiliary verb and the
main verb. In these cases, it’s very common to use the short form: ‘d had.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- I‘d had five different jobs by the time I was 30 years old.
--- When I saw him, I could tell he‘d had too much to drink.
--- I told my boss that I hadn’t had enough time to finish the project.
--- We’d never had an argument until last week.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Past Perfect Continuous

101
The past perfect continuous is used in the same situation as the past
perfect – for an event that happened before another event in the past –
except in this case, the earlier event was continuous; an action in progress,
not a single event.

--- Before I lost my job, I had been working on some important projects.
(“working” was a continuous action until the point I lost my job)
--- I'd been hoping to get into the top university, but I was rejected.
--- We just found out that John got married and moved to Hawaii.
We'd been wondering how he was doing!
Signal Words for the Past Perfect Simple & Continuous

These words, when used about a situation in the past, often indicate the
use of the past perfect in the sentence:

1- By the time
I’d finished all the work by the time you called.
We'd been waiting for an hour by the time he finally showed up.
2- When
When we arrived at the airport, our flight had already left.
When she dropped out of college, she'd already been running
her own business for several years.
3- Before
Before we sold our car,
Before we sold our car
We had owned it for 12 years.
, we had been spending lots of money on gasoline.
4- Until
He’d never met a native English speaker until he visited London.
I'd been considering doing volunteer work in that country, until I found out it
was quite dangerous for foreigners.
---Said / told
She said that she‘d lost her wallet.
He told me he'd been thinking about me.

For mental states and things we had hoped to do (but didn't do them), we
can often use any of the following three tenses:

--- Past continuous

We were hoping to get tickets to the show, but they were too expensive.
--- Past perfect
We'd hoped to get tickets to the show, but they were too expensive.

102
--- Past perfect continuous
We'd been hoping to get tickets to the show, but they were too
expensive.

Verbs that can be used in this way include: hope, mean, consider,
expect, intend, plan, think about, and wonder.

Repeated Single Actions in the Past

For single actions in the

past that used to happen
repeatedly, but do not
happen anymore, three
tenses can
be used:

1. the simple past

2. used to
3. would (more informal, and only in the positive, not the negative)

1- Examples with the simple past:

--- When I was a child, I went to the beach every summer.

2 = 3 --- Examples with "used to" and "would":

Imagine your grandmother talking about life on a farm in the old days:

When I was a child, we used to walk to school. Every day we'd wake
up early to milk the cows, then we'd eat breakfast and head off to
school. We were very creative – we would invent such interesting
games to play. Kids nowadays have no imagination; they're always on
their computers and cell phones. Anyway, my family used to take one
vacation every year; we would go to the big city to see all the sights...

Used to and would imply that the situation in the past was different
from the situation now.

1) Back in my college days I used to party a lot, but now I'm always in bed
by 10!
2) Back in my college days I would party a lot, but now I'm always in
bed by 10!
3) I didn't use to read very much, but nowadays I love books.
103
 When we have a negative statement, we say didn't use to
and not "wouldn't."

We can also use used to / didn't use to talk about past states / feelings
that are not true anymore. We can't use would in this case, because would
is only used with repeated actions in the past.

--- He used to be a policeman, but

now he's a reporter.

--- I used to feel incredibly angry about what she did, but I've forgiven her
and now we're on good terms. ---- She didn't use to
enjoy exercising, but now she goes to the gym frequently.

1. We didn't use to have pets. We only recently adopted our dogs.

=====================================================

Exercise 53– Mixed Past Tenses

Choose the correct past form from the verbs in bold type :

1- The evidence from the scene of the accident showed that the

driver was speeding / had sped when he hit the telephone pole.

2- Bob made some great suggestions; he mentioned a number of

things I hadn't considered / didn't consider before.

3- My computer crashed while I used to put / was putting the finishing

touches on the report.

4- The only reason I didn't go to the party was because I didn't

know / wasn't knowing about it.

5- We had been waiting / used to wait for over three hours to get
tickets to the show - and when we got close to the front of the
line, they announced that it was sold out.

6- Gasoline wasn't being / didn’t use to be so expensive. I can't

104
 believe how much prices have gone up.

7- Last time I checked on the kids, they did / were doing their
homework.

8- By the time I got my camera out of my purse, the bird flew / had
flown away, so I wasn't able to get a picture of it.

9- My father worked / used to work in New York City, but he eventually

got tired of the commute and switched to a job closer to home.

10- Jen and I went to the movies, but she had already seen / had
already been seeing it, so she knew how it ended.

11- I felt terrible after ignoring her calls, so I stopped / had stopped
by her house later for a face-to-face chat.

12- I would really hope / had really been hoping to get the job, but
I just found out they hired someone else.

13- At the restaurant we went to last night, the portions were so big
that nobody finished / was finishing their meal.

14- My mother had eaten / used to eat a lot of red meat,

but now she's a vegetarian.

15- Before the training session, none of the employees had

been operating / operated the machinery correctly.

=========================================================
Unit ( 38 )
Summary of the past forms of Verbs
A) past simple ( did )
pronoun
Formulation usage Guide-words
s
did – opened –
Indicates a yesterday, last
I - He - It saw
completed action at a week a week ago –
She - We I did my homework
specified time in the in2010 ---
You-They last night . He left
past when I was young
school a year ago

B) Past Continuous ( was / were + doing )

I – He – was doing Indicates an action in while – when - as
She – It homework when you progress in the past all this morning /

105
 called.
either :
a) when s short action
were going to school
We – took place. all yesterday
at 8:00 a.m.
You b) at a specified time evening
caught the thieves
They in the past
while they were
stealing cars.

C) Past Perfect ( had done )

had done my
Indicates an action
I – He- homework before I
completed in the past
She –It went to bed . before -
either :
We – when the police after
a) before another action
You - came , the thief had when -
took place or
They escaped
b) before a precise moment

D) past Perfect Continuous ( had been doing )

It indicates an action that
I/ had started and continued
He had been
he/she for some time and was still
playing for 20 years Before –
We/you in progress in the past
for our team before when
they either :
he died.
a) before another action
b) before a precise moment
=============================================
Exercise ( 54)
Complete the sentences below with the right form of a past tense
( simple / continuous / perfect / or perfect continuous )
1-I ………..…….. the flight because I arrived at the airport on time. ( catch )
2-When I got home last night , I …………..out that I ………………the keys
In my office . ( find -- forget )
3-When the King passed , we ……………………….for hours on both sides
of the street. ( wait )
4-When you …………….me last night , I ………………………a war film.
( call -- watch )
5-Last night I …………………..five letters before I ……………….to bed .
( write -- go )
106
6- When I arrived at the party , all the people in the hall …………………
singing and dancing for an hour.
7-When the police came to catch the criminal . they ………………..him.
He ………………… ( not find -- escape )
8-The players …………very tired because they …………….. two matches
on the same day. ( be / play )
9-When the general manager ……………at the office , the CEO
………….......... applicants for three hours. ( arrive / interview )
10- Last night I …………………my homework before I …………..to bed.
( finish / go )
11- I ………………. my girlfriend when someone ………… hard at the door
( call -- knock )
12- When I …………… at the shop to buy a new Iphone to my son , I found
that all mobiles ……………….. out. ( arrive -- sell )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================================================
Unit ( 39 )

Past form used for Present meaning

1) had better ‫من األفضل أن‬ It's used to give advice
Had is the past form of ( have / has ).
But ( had better ) is used to express present meaning.
Examples :
a- You don't look well today. You'd better go to the doctor.
b- I'd better phone the police. You'd better not go to work today.
c- I'd better phone the police, hadn't I? ( question – tag )
d- Is the weather cloudy today?
Had we better take our umbrellas in case it rains?
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2)
It's time‫حان الوقت‬ It means ( time is late for ---------- )
a- Now, it's 1:30 a.m. It's time we went home.
The verb in the underlined sentence is in the past. But the
meaning is present. It means ( we have to go home now
because we're late.)
b- It's 10:00 a.m. and he's still in bed, It's time he got up, and went
to work.
c- You're a long time talking. It's time you took an action. ( criticism )
107
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3- I wish ‫ أتمني‬We wish something for somebody.
a- I wish you good luck ( every success, a happy stay, ----- etc. )
But if we wish something happens, we say (I hope you pass
your exams excellently.)
b- I wish I lived near the sea. I like fishing very much.
Here the verb ( lived ) is in the past. But the meaning is present
It means ( Now, my wish is to live near the sea )
c- I wish I could help you. It means I regret that I'm unable to help
you, now.
d- I wish it would stop snowing. I have to go to work now.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4- would rather ( you ) ‫أفضل‬
a- I don't like coffee. I would rather have tea.
Would rather = like better
b- You drive carelessly. I would rather you were more careful to
avoid accidents.
The form of the verb in the underlined sentence is past, but the
meaning is present. It means you should be always more
careful while driving.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5- If I were ‫ لو كنت‬:
a- If I were a king, I would spread justice among my people.
Although the verb (were) is in the past, the meaning is in the
present ( I am not a king. I'm just wishing to be a king. )
b- If I lived near the sea, I would go fishing every day. It means
that I'm sorry that I don't live near the sea.
c- if I was hungry, I would order pizza. It means that I'm not hungry
now.
6- As if ;
a- He lived in Europe for 40 years. Now he is back home. He looks as if he
were a stranger ( but he's a native )
b- He spends too much as if his father were a millionaire (but he's not)

c -He pretends as if he could repair the car. ( but he can't )

=====================================================

Exercise 55
Complete each sentence below with one of the following:

108
( it's time – had better – I wish – If I were – as if – would rather)
1-You're weak in English. You ______________ join an English
language institute.

2- Your father is ill. ________________ you took him to hospital.

3- ________________ I lived in Chicago to go up Sears Tower.

4- I don't have a car. It's very expensive. _____________ I had a car.

5- I need more money. I ______________ go to the bank.

6-If ____________ you, I would study medicine at the university

7-Your wound is bleeding. You ________ wrap it up with a bandage.

8-It's 12 midnight now. _______________ children were in bed.

9-If _______________ at the party, I would sing happy birthday.

10-English is a universal language. I can't speak it. ______ I were an

English citizen
=========================================

Unit ( 40 )
Using Time Clauses to express past time
1- After I finished my work , I went Both sentences have the same
home or I went home after I meaning. The time clause may come
2-
finished my work before or after the main clause.

3- Before I went home , I finished

my work
These words introduce time clauses :
4- I stayed up until I finished my ( after -- before -- until -- as soon as
work
-- when – while )
5- As soon as I finished my work , until = to that time / no longer
I went home
as soon as = directly after
6- The phone rang while I was We put a comma after a time clause
watching TV.
if it comes first.
When the phone rang , I was
7-
watching TV
8- When the phone rang , I The action in when clause happened
answered it . first . both actions are past simple
109
 When two actions were in progress at
While I was doing my work , my
9- the same time , they have the past
brother was watching TV
cont. form
I had finished my work before I
Two actions happened in the past ,
10 went to bed but the second one started after the
( first action ) second
first one finished
action
============================================
Exercise ( 56 )
[
Complete the sentences with the most suitable form in the past :

1- I …………a gift before I ………….to hospital yesterday.( buy - go )

2- When the police ………........ , they found out that the thieves
……………….. ( come -- escape )
3- The explosion …………………..while we …………………our exams
this morning ( happen -- have )
4- Last night I ………………….my homework while my brother …………
a meal. ( do -- cook )
5- I …………….my thumb while I ………………….a hammer .
It…………a lot now . ( hit -- use -- hurt )
6- As soon as we ……………..about the hurricane , we ……………..our
preparations for the storm . ( hear -- start )
7- While I ………………….in bed last night , I ……………….a strange
noise . ( lie -- hear )
8- When I ……..in Dubai last week , I …………..too much money .
I ………….. at an expensive hotel , and I………………..
new clothes .(be -- stay -- spend -- buy )
9- Yesterday we …………….for half an hour till the bus ……………,
we …….. Into it and ……………… a tour in London.
( wait -- come -- go -- take )
10- When I ………… work today , I ………………..my car . Someone
……………..it . I ……………… the police . They …………….for my
car and ………….…it in a garage.
( finish -- not find -- steal -- phone -- look -- find )
============================================
Unit ( 41 )
since – for – yet – ago – already
Term Use Examples
An exact time (date) when the I have written ten letters
1- since
action started. since 8 o'clock.
110
 a period of time from starting of He has written ten
2- for
action till now. letters for 2 hours.
Used with negatives, It means I haven't finished my
3- yet
( till now ) homework yet.
Period of time from the past till I visited Cairo two weeks
4- ago
now. ago.
An action completed before now Don't buy sugar. I have
5-already
with a present result. already bought some.
===================================================
Exercise ( 57)
Complete with ( since – for – ago – yet ) :
1- I haven't finished my homework _______________.
2- They have lived in Riyadh _______________ 1960.
3- She has worked in India ______________ 10 years.
4- I visited Qatar a year _______________.
5- How long have you been learning English? _________ 6 years.
6- When did you go to Syria? - 10 months _______________.
7- Have you done your homework? - Not _____________.
8- How long have you lived in Dammam? _____________12 years.
9- _____________ when have you left school?
10- How many exercises have you done _____________ 8 o'clock?
==========================================
( Unit ( 42 )
Future Simple
Pronouns Verb forms Questions Negatives
I
He, she, It Will I ------ eat? I won't eat.
will eat
You, we, they Will you --- eat? You won't eat.
Use Examples Guide words
1- expected actions in - It's cloudy today. I Tomorrow – tonight –
future times think it will rain soon.
111
 tomorrow. If – conditional 1
- If you don't next week, month ----
2- promises, hopes and
understand , I will in a week, month -----
decisions
explain again. in future time ( 1433 )
- Will you open the
3- requests
door, please?
=================================================
Exercise 58
A ) Choose the correct answer:
1- I feel sick, I ( go – will go – went )to the doctor this afternoon.
2- What are you ( going – go – will go ) to do tomorrow?
3- Your car is out of fuel. I ( give – will give – giving ) you a gallon of fuel
4- I'm having a party next Friday. I ( invite – invites – will invite ) all my
classmates.
5- Where ( will – are – have ) you study when you leave school?
======================================================
B ) Answer the following questions:
1- When will you join a university?
I ______________________ a university next year.

2- What will you do tonight?

I ___________________________ tonight.

3- Where will your father travel?

He ________________________ to New York.

4- When will students have a vacation?

They ______________________vacation next month.

5- Who will buy you a car?

My father ___________________________ a car.

C ) Make questions to these answers:

1- When _________________________arrive ?
The plane will arrive on time.
2 – Where _____________________at 8 :00 p.m.?
I will be at the party.
3-How____________________________there ?
I'll go there in my car
112
 4-Why ___________________so late for the party ?
Because I'm busy this afternoon.
5- What _____________________ for the party ?

I won't buy anything.

===================================
Unit ( 43 )

Future Continuous
Pronouns Affirmative Question Negative

I
Will you be I won't be
He, she, It will be working
working ------? working
You, we, they

Use Example Time – expressions

An action that will be Tomorrow evening I this afternoon – at 6
continuing at a future will be watching the p.m. tomorrow – tonight
time. football match on TV – all day tomorrow.
==========================================
Exercise 59
Complete the spaces below with future continuous of the verbs in
brackets:
1- I'll be busy this evening. I _______________ a party. ( have )
2- What will you be doing tonight? I ________ my homework. ( do )
3- A: Let's go camping next week.

B: OK. We ________________ tents all next week. ( put up )

4-This afternoon, I and my classmates __________________ a football
match.( play )
( play )
5- All students ___________ their exams tomorrow morning. ( take )

========================================
113
 Unit ( 44 )
Future Perfect
Pronouns Affirmative Question Negative
He, she, It Will you have I will not(won't)
will have eaten
You, we, they eaten ------? have eaten ----
Use Example Time – expressions
an action will be He will have done his by + future time –
finished before a time in homework by 8 p.m before + future time –
the future. this evening. by the time ---------
He won't have repaired
an action not finished this afternoon
the car until the
up to a future time. (evening)
evening.
===========================================
Exercise 60
[
Complete the spaces below with future perfect of the verbs in brackets:
1- I ___________ the shopping by the time you come back. (do)
2- I ______________ the car until this evening. (not repair)
3- We _____________ our exams by the end of this month. (finish)
4- I _____________ tonight until I finish my homework. (not sleep)
5- My father _______________ a new car by the end of this month. (buy)
6- My brother _________ from the university by next month. (graduate)
7- Most people ______________________ by midnight. (sleep)
8- Pilgrims ___________ their pilgrimage by 15th Thel- Hijja. (finish)

==========================================
Unit ( 45 )
Expressing future time
with present verb forms
A ) Present Continuous
This is the minister of Health’s diary for the next week.
114
 Day Date Time Schedule
12 He is visiting the college of medicine at
Saturday 1/6/2009
at noon King Saud university.
He is opening a new hospital in
Sunday 2/6/2009 10 a.m
Dawadmi.
He is going to Kuwait for a health
Monday 3/6/2009 4 p.m
conference.
As you see in the diary, the minister has already planned and decided to do
these things next week. In such situations we use the present continuous
form to give arranged future actions.
=========================================================
Exercise ( 61 )
Complete the answers using the present continuous form for a future
meaning:
1- What are you doing for your party next Friday?
I have arranged to do the following:
a) I’m inviting my school friends.
b) We’re singing and playing music.
c) We’re having cake and orange juice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2- What are you doing on Friday?
______________________________ to Mecca for Omra.

3- What time is our exam starting tomorrow?

______________________________ at 9 o’clock.

4- When are you getting married? I'm …….. …………next Friday

5- When is the Minister of Education visiting our school?

____________________our school next Saturday.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B ) Present Simple

1) The simple present can express future time when events are on a definite
timetable.
115
- My plane leaves at 7: 20 p.m. tomorrow.
- It arrives at Riyadh Airport 1: 40 after midnight.
- Our schools open on 15th Ramadan.
- The first semester ends in March.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2) Only a few verbs are used in the simple present to express future time.
The most common are: ( arrive – leave – start – begin – end – finish – open –
close – be )
- The annual national festival at Al-Janadriya begins in August
- Our final exams start next month and end in the same month.
3) Verbs that don’t express an event on a timetable, cannot be used in the
simple present to express future time.
- We cannot say: I wear my new suit to the wedding party next week.
- We can say: I am going to wear my new suit for the party next week.
======================================================
( Exercise 62 )
Complete the sentences using present simple or present continuous to
express future time: In some examples, both of them can be used.
1- _______________ pizza for the dinner tonight ( make )
2-The bus ______________ at 8:15 tomorrow morning ( leave )

3-I ___________ the championship game on TV. tonight. ( watch )

4-The game ______________ at one tomorrow afternoon. ( start )

5-My father’s plane ________at 10:15 tomorrow morning ( arrive )

6-The film ________________ at eight tonight. ( start )

7-I _______________ to school tomorrow morning. ( walk )

8-I _______________ my homework in an hour. ( finish )

==========================================
Unit ( 46 )
More about the future
A) Sureness about the future
1) If you are completely sure about a future action,( buying a car ), you
say:
116
- My father will buy a car next Sunday.
- My father is going to buy a car next Sunday.

2) If you are not quite sure, but you expect something to happen,
you say:
- My father will probably buy a car next Sunday.
- My father is probably going to buy a car next Sunday.

3) If you are not sure, and you don’t expect something, but you just
guess, you can say:
- My father may buy a car next Sunday.
- My father may not buy a car next Sunday. Or you can say:
- Maybe my father will buy a car next Sunday, and maybe not.
- Maybe my father is going to buy a car next Sunday, and maybe he
isn’t.
4) ( will ) and ( be going to ) have the same meaning when they are used
to make expectations about the future.
- She’s going to succeed because she studies hard.
- She will succeed because she studies hard.

5) We use only ( be going to ) to express plans made before the moment

of speaking.
- I bought spare parts because I’m going to repair my car.

6) We use only ( will ) to express a decision the speaker makes at the

moment of speaking.
- This exercise is too difficult for you to do. Now I will explain it to you.

7) We can use the present continuous form to give the same meaning of
( be going to ) for definite plans in the future before the moment of
speaking, but not for future predictions.
- Tom is going to come to my party tomorrow.
- Tom is coming to my party tomorrow.
=======================================================

Exercise 63

Complete the sentences using the verbs in brackets. The exercise is

based on items 1, 2 , and 3 above :
1- The bank ………………………..……… tomorrow. ( open )
117
 (The speaker is completely sure)
2- My friend …………………..…………me at the park tonight. (meet)
( The speaker is not quite sure but he expects that)

3- I …………………….……. at the market on my way home ( stop )

4- There are dark clouds in the sky. The sun …….……..today. ( shine )

5- Jack has got flu. He …………….………..to work tomorrow. (not go)

6- The businessman has to travel, but he hates flying. He ……………..

by bus or train. (travel)
________________________________________________________

B ) The Immediate Future

The idiom ( about to do sth ) expresses an action that will happen in
the immediate future , usually within minutes or seconds.
Ex. 1) Salem has started his car. He's about to drive to the airport.
2) The lights have been switched off .The movie is about to begin.
3) All students have handed in their exams. They are about to go out.
=====================================================
Exercise ( 64 )
Choose suitable phrases from the list to complete the sentences <
Leave for work --- pay the bill ---- take a picture --- go to bed ---
finish the test --- write a note ---
1- Sami is holding his camera to his eye. His finger in on the button.
He’s about to ………………………………………………………..
2- My father has switched off the light in his bedroom .
He’s about to ……………………………………………………….
3- Hamad is on the last question of the examination.
He’s about to ……………………………………………………….
4- My boss took a pen and some paper.
He’s about to ……………………………………………………….
5- Salma has closed the door of her flat .
She’s about to ……………………………………………………..
6- Turki is standing at the cash desk .

118
 He’s about to ………………………………………………………
===========================================

Unit ( 47 )
Mixed Future Tenses
Talking about the future in English can get a little complicated, because we
have at least seven different ways to do it:

--- Will = I'll call you tomorrow.

--- Going to = I'm going to buy a new computer soon.
--- Present simple (for future ) =
Our flight leaves at 8:30 Friday morning.
---Present continuous ( for future )
I'm getting together with my friends this weekend.
--- Future continuous
We'll be staying in New York for a week in July.
---Future perfect
By December, I will have sold my car.
--- Future perfect continous

I will have been living in this house for five years.

Instead of studying each type of future tense in isolation, this lesson is
organized by the types of situations when talking about the future – because
in some cases, more than one option is possible. Today we’ll cover four
future situations, and we’ll finish the rest of them in tomorrow’s lesson.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Situation 1 - PREDICTIONS

When making predictions, projections, and other guesses about the

future, it's possible to use will or going to.

--- I think the economy will improve this year.

I think the economy's going to improve this year.
--- Your father won't be happy when he finds out what you've done.
Your father's not going to be happy when he finds out what you've done.

119
Some teachers say that going to is more certain than will, and here’s why:
when making a prediction based on some immediate present evidence that
we can observe right in front of us, we usually prefer to use going to:

--- The sky is getting dark and I just heard thunder - it's going to rain.
--- I'm not feeling well. I feel like I'm going to throw up.
--- Gina's not going to win the race - the other runners are far ahead of her.
--- We're not going to have enough paint to finish this wall.

As you might have noticed, in fast spoken English, going to is pronounced

gonna, and not going to.

Predictions often start with I think, I bet, I'm sure, I imagine, I expect,
and I hope. There is one detail with "I think" - when making predictions
about something that will NOT happen, we usually say I don't think... We
don't say : I think it won't / isn't going to …….
--- I don't think the current president will be re-elected.
--- I don't think the current president is going to be re-elected.

It’s better to put the negative in front of think.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Situation 2 A – Plans & Arrangements

When talking about plans that we have already arranged – we have already
taken some action to make the future plan a reality – we can say it in three
different ways.

Imagine you are going on vacation next week,

and you have made a reservation in a five-star
hotel.

You could use either going to, future

continuous, or present continuous for
the future:

--- I'm going to stay at a five-star hotel next week.

--- I'll be staying at a five-star hotel next week.
--- I'm staying at a five-star hotel next week.

Here's another example. Let's say you want to meet your friend Larry for
some drinks after work tomorrow. You have already called him and agreed
to meet at the bar at 6 PM. Then you could say:

120
--- I'm going to meet up with Larry at the bar tomorrow evening.
--- I'll be meeting up with Larry at the bar tomorrow evening.
--- I'm meeting up with Larry at the bar tomorrow evening.

When using the last option, the present continuous for future use, we usually
include the specific time in the future (to avoid confusion with “actions
happening at the moment”):

--- I’m taking an intensive English course.

(right now, at this moment; the course is currently in progress)

--- I’m taking an intensive English course next month.

(in the future)
--- I'm picking up my kids from school.
(right now, at this moment; I am currently doing this)

--- I'm picking up my kids from school at 3.

(spoken in the morning, before 3 PM; the action is still in the
future)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Situation 2 B – Intentions / Goals

When you have a future intention or goal (but which is not a confirmed,
scheduled arrangement on your calendar), it's best to use going to:
--- I’m going to read more books.
--- I’m going to start doing some volunteer work.
--- I'm not going to eat so much junk food this year.
--- I'm not going to buy that TV; it's just too expensive.

You can also use phrases like I hope to, I'd like to, I'm planning to / I'm
planning on, I might, I'm thinking about, and I'm considering to talk
about future intentions or possible future goals.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Situation 3 – Promises, Offers & Decisions in the Moment
For promises, offers, and decisions made in the moment of speaking, we
always use will /won't:a) Decisions made in the moment:
b ) Ordering at a restaurant:
I’ll have the salmon with a side order of vegetables.
c ) While shopping:
"These T-shirts are on sale." "In that case, I'll buy three."
d ) Offers & Promises:
--- I’ll help you with your homework.
--- We’ll give you a ride to the train station.
121
--- I’ll call you at 5:00.
--- I’ll always love you.
--- I won't let you down.
=======================================================
What about "shall"?

In the past, shall was a more formal alternative to will. In British

English, shall is supposed to be used with I/we, and will is supposed to be
used in all other cases. In American English, shall is not commonly used.
Here are a few places where it is occasionally used - although again,
these all sound very "formal." The more common forms of the phrases
appear below italicized in blue:

a ) Giving & requesting suggestions with I/we:

--- Shall we start the meeting? Should we start the meeting?

--- Shall I open the window? Should I open the window?
--- Where shall we go today? Where should we go today?

b ) Offers/promises with I/we:

1- I shall make the necessary arrangements. I will make the

necessary arrangements.
2- We shall send you the information by Friday. We will send
you the information by Friday.
2. We shall not tolerate this injustice.
We will not (won't) tolerate this injustice.

c ) Formal / legal language - obligation/requirement:

--- All employees shall wear uniforms to work. All employees must
wear uniforms to work.
--- Students shall not enter the faculty lounge for any reason. Students
must not enter the faculty lounge for any reason.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Situation 4 – Scheduled / Regular Events

We use the present simple for “scheduled events” in the future:

--- Transportation schedules (flights, trains, etc.
Our flight leaves at 8:00.
--- Conferences and events (meetings, lectures, classes.
The conference starts next Thursday.

122
---Things that operate on a regular schedule (bank or store opening /
closing, etc.)
The supermarket closes in 15 minutes.
My favorite TV show is on tonight.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Situation 5 – Conditional Events in the Future
When one future event depends on another future event, we use the
present simple for the future condition, and will or going to for the
future result:
--- If it rains tomorrow, then we won't go to the beach.
---We'll have a big party if our team wins the championship next month.
---We're going to have to leave without them if they don't get here in
the next ten minutes.
=====================================================
Situation 6 – Actions Completed Before a Specific Time in the
Future
When a single event will be completed sometime between now and a specific
future time, we use the future perfect: will + have + past participle. Here’s
an example:
--- Imagine that right now it is 12:00 PM.
--- I will leave work at 5:00 PM.
--- Before I leave work, I am definitely going finish a project.

The future perfect is often used with by and by the time …..
So I can say: “By 5:00 PM, I will have finished the project.”

Or: “By the time I leave work, I will have finished the project.”

Note that I don't say exactly when we will finish the project. I might finish at
12:30, or we might finish at 4:59 – but it definitely will be finished before
5:00!

123
SITUATION 7 – Actions in Progress at a Specific /Time in the Future
Actions in Progress at a Specific Date /Time in the Future
When an activity will be in progress at a specific date or time in the future, we
use the date or time in the future, we use the
future continuous: (will + be + verb-ING )
Don’t call me at 6, because I’ll be driving home from work.
I can’t meet with you at 5 PM because I'll be teaching a class.
Next month I'll be working on a special assignment in China.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In each case we have a specific time in the future (at 6, Monday afternoon, and
next month) and an activity that will be in progress at that future time – I’ll be
driving, I’ll be teaching, I’ll be working.
Sometimes when looking forward to anniversaries

and special dates or

moments, we want to
comment on how long an
activity will have been in
progress by that time. In
this case we use the future
perfect continuous

--- By the time she graduates, she will have been studying for 7 years.
--- By 7 PM, I will have been working on this project for eight hours
straight.
--- By this time next year, they will have been living in Japan for t50 years
.

SITUATION 8 – The future as seen from the past

124
Sometimes when discussing past events, we want to talk about something
that was in the future at that time. We often use this structure when the
events came out differently from what we expected or planned. We can use
was/were going to in this case:

---I was going to stay at a five-star hotel, but they were totally booked,
so I had to stay somewhere else.
--- We were going to get a dog, but then we found out pets aren't
allowed in our apartment building.

We can also say it the opposite way - something we were NOT going to
do, but we ended up doing:

--- I wasn't going to join the soccer game, but the team needed an
extra player so I jumped in.
--- They weren't going to buy the new toy for their son, but he made
such a fuss in the store that they ended up buying it.

We can also use would / wouldn't to talk about the future as seen from
the past - usually after the verbs said, told, knew, hoped, thought, and
had a feeling:

--- Yesterday he said he would make dinner, but he ended up just

ordering pizza.
--- I knew she would like the present I'd bought for her birthday -
and she did!
--- I wasn't expecting to get a perfect score on the exam - I was just
hoping that I wouldn't fail.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- When an activity will be in progress at a specific date or time in the
future, we use the future continuous: will + be + verb-ING
--- Sometimes when looking forward to anniversaries and special dates
or moments, we want to comment on how long an activity will
have been in progress by that time. In this case we use the future
perfect continuous: will + have + been + verb-ING
--- For the future as seen from the past, use was/were going to,
would/wouldn't, or other verbs involving hoping and planning
=======================================================
Exercise 65 – Mixed Future Tenses
1-My summer vacation starts / will start June 15. I'm going to / I will
visit my grandparents in Florida.
125
2-Don't worry, I don't make / won't make the same mistake again.

3-I take / I'm taking the day off tomorrow, so I'll get / I'm going to
get back to you on Wednesday, OK?
4-After I finish this book, I read / I'm going to read the next one in the
series.
5-I prepare / I’ll prepare the salad while you make the soup.
6-I'm bored... I don't know what to do. Maybe I'll take / I'll be taking a
walk.
7-I want to be a happier person, so I've decided that I'm not going to
complain / I won't be complaining about the little things.
8-Paula says she's going to lose / she's losing 20 pounds by the
end of the year. She's very determined!
9-Randy speaks / Randy's speaking at the international event in
September.
10-Scientists say that climate change will be having / will have
serious consequences for the planet.
11-She's going to have / She will have twins next month - her belly is huge!
12-The exam is probably taking / will probably take an hour to finish.
13-What are you doing / will you do this weekend?
14-I 'm going to the dentist at 4 pm.. I’ll get / I’ll be getting my teeth
whitened.
15-“My class ends / is ending at 4:30.”
"In that case, I'll / I'm going to pick you up at quarter to five."
=====================================================
Exercise ( 66) – Mixed Future Tenses
Using the verbs in parentheses, fill in the blanks with the best option:
--- Future continuous (will + be + -ING)
--- Future perfect (will + have + past participle)
--- Future perfect continuous (will have been + -ING)
Ex) The wedding ceremony begins at 10. Hopefully all the guests will
have arrived (arrive) by then.
1- Do you think you ____________________________ (work) at the

126
 same company in ten years' time?
2- By noon, they _______________________ (play) that video game
for five hours. Don’t they ever get tired of it?
3- Henry _______________________ (not join) us tonight; he's not
feeling well.
4- Hopefully I _______________________ (pay) off my student loans
by the time I'm 40 !
5- I _____________________________ (write) a book over
the next six months. By December, I ________________( publish ) it .
6- It's our anniversary on Sunday. We __________________ (be)
married for sixteen years.
7- Over the course of the next week, we _____________________
(move) into our new apartment.
8- Politicians make a lot of promises, but I bet that nothing
__________________________ (change) by the next election.
9- Some foreign visitors are coming to my company tomorrow, and I
_______________________ (give) them a tour of the premises.
10- ______ you ___________ (use) the car tonight, or can I borrow it .
11- By the end of her trip around the world, she _____________
___________ (spend) time in 60 different countries.
12- Bring your kids over to my place around 7. My kids ___________
_________________ (finish) their homework by then.
======================================================

Unit ( 48 )
Summary of the Future Verb forms
A ) Formulation
pronoun
s Future simple Future continuous Future perfect
I Will ( I’ll) do it I ( I’ll ) will be doing it I will have done it
He / She Will do it ( he’ll – Will be doing it .( he’ll - Will have don it .
/ It she’ll - it’ll ) do it she’ll-- it’ll ) be doing it.
We / Will do it . ( we’ll Will be doing it .( We’ll - We will have done it
You / - you’ll – they’ll )
127
 You’ll – they’ll ) be You / They will have
They do it. doing it. done it .

B ) Usage
a) Future
( will do )
Simple…………….
To express possibility in the
It will probably rain tomorrow .
future, usually connected with
Hurry up ! or we’ll miss our flight.
1- expressions of possibility , such
I think he‘ll do his best to help you.
as ( hope – may –
I hope you will pass your test
think – possibly – perhaps , etc.
A : It’s very cold in this room .
When you make a decision at
B : OK. I’ll put the heater on .
the time of speaking .
This usually happens in
2- A : May speak to Mr. Fuad ?
dialogues and contracted forms
B : Sure ! Hold on .I‘ll put you
when you react to a certain
through.
situation.

b) future
( will be doing )
Continuous……….
Tomorrow afternoon our team
An action in progress at a
1- will be playing against the Brazilian
specific time in the future
team.
c) Future Perfect
( will have done )
………….
An action that will be completed a ) We will have left the restaurant by
in the future either : 10 o’clock.
1
a) before a specific moment b) Tonight I will have done all my
-
b) before another action takes homework before I go to bed.
place
d) Future Perfect Continuous ( will have been doing )
An action that will have started , continued
or some time and will still be in progress in We will have been working
1 the future on the project for a few
- Either : a) before a specific moment days by the time we finish
b) before another action takes it
place
=======================================================
4) Future with ( be going to )
128
 It indicates :--
a) an action in the future that has already been planned by the speaker.
I am going to have a meeting with the manager at 2:00 p.m. today .
My son is going to study medicine in America next year.
We are going to play the final match against the Syrian Team.

b) Something that is certain to happen in the near future .

The roads are all blocked. We are going to miss our flight .
The weather is windy and cloudy. It’s going to rain at any moment.

Comparison between usage of ( will ) and ( going to ) in the future .

a) ( Will ) expresses a decision at the time of speaking .
It’s cold in this room . OK. I’ll put the heater on.
( The decision was taken as a reaction after the time of speaking.)
b) ( going to ) expresses a decision before the time of speaking . I’m cold .
I’m going to put the heater on,.( I decided after I had felt cold )
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shall and gonna
a) ( shall ) is a very formal word used with ( I & we ) instead of ( will ) .
It's mainly used in formal discussions and written agreements.
b) ( gonna ) is a contracted and informal form of ( going to ) It’s used in
spoken English , such as informal conversation .
common mistakes
They may occur when using will instead of going to and vice versa
Practice
Which sentence sounds better
1) I’m sorry . I can’t hear you --- a ) OK. I’ll speak louder
b) OK . I’m going to speak louder
2) What have you planned for the weekend
a) Nothing . I’ll probably stay at home .
b) Nothing . I’m probably going to stay at home
3) Are you sure about this ?
a) Yes , I know it will work .
b) Yes , I know it’s going to work.
4 ) What have you decided about your flat ?
---a ) We’ll sell it . b) We’re going to sell it .
_________________________________________________________
Present Continuous with a Future Meaning
It indicates :
a) It’s a decision or a plan made already before the time of speaking ,

129
 and in the same time , it’s an arrangement or appointment that
you can put in your diary.
1 - Sam has invited me out , so I am having dinner with him tonight .
2 - She has now registered at college . She is studying medicine this year.
3 - I have an appointment with a dermatologist. I’m seeing him for my
skin Inflammation.
4 - They have scheduled a meeting . They are meeting at 2 p.m. tomorrow.

Future with ( going to ) and Present Continuous

Going to or
N. Usage Example
Present cont
Used for personal plans or
I am going to show him
1- Going to decisions made before the
around the town.
time of speaking.
Present Used to talk about plans or
I am showing him
continuous decisions made already ,
2- around the town this
+ future how and when they will be
afternoon.
Time- word arranged or fulfilled.

In a dialogue , you can ask people about their plans , arrangements or

decisions. . They can choose the form that best fits their answer. They’ll tell
you whether it’s just a plan or an arrangement. You can ask about a plan :
( What are you going to do tomorrow ? ) or about an arrangement :
( What are you doing tomorrow ?

If they have an arrangement , they will use the present continuous form :
( I am visiting my friend Sami .) or ( I am playing tennis with a colleague.)
But if they have personal plans or decisions they use the ( going to ) form :
a) I am going to do my homework or b ) I am going to tidy up my room
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note :
Avoid saying ( What will you do tomorrow ) unless it’s used with if –
sentence. ( What will you do tomorrow if you finish work early ? )
Timetables
--- If your arrangement involves an external timetable , then use the present
simple , not the present continuous.
--- What are you doing tomorrow , next week , etc. ?

130
--- I’m flying to Geneva . My flight leaves at 11:00 am
--- We’re going to a concert next Sunday. The concert begins at 8:00 pm
All these arrangements are external , not personal.
======================================================
Common mistakes
in using ( going to ) instead of ( present continuous ) and vice versa
Which sentence sounds better , a or b :

1-- Have you booked an appointment with your dentist ?

a) Yes , I’m going to see him tomorrow morning .
b) Yes , I’m seeing him tomorrow . ( )

2-- What are your plans for this semester ?

a) I’m going to decorate my house . ( )
b) I’m decorating my house .
3—What are you doing this evening ?
a) I’m going to have dinner with a friend.
b) I’m having dinner with a friend . ( )
============================================
Unit ( 49 )
Using How + Verbs
We already used (How) with adjectives. It’s also used with verbs as follows:
1- How did you get here? By car / I took a taxi / I walked / on foot
2- How can I get to the post office? Go straight ahead. At the
roundabout turn right. The post office is 100 meters on the left.
3- How do you spell your name, Hamad? H–a–m–a–d

4- How are you? I’m fine, thanks / I’m very well, thank you.

5- How was the weather? Very nice / cold …….

6- How is the meal at the restaurant? It’s delicious. I like to eat at

this restaurant.
7- How could you repair your car? A mechanic helped me.

8- How does a true Muslim fight his enemy? He sacrifices his life for
his country.
131
 ======================================================
Exercise ( 67 )
Complete the sentences with the completions suitable for the answers:
1- How ……………..……….. to school? I walked to school.
2- How …………………..….. the word ( nice )? n–i–c–e
3- How …………………….. father? He’s fine, thanks.
4- How …………………….. today? It’s rather cold.
5- How ……………….. your mother's cooking? It tastes very nice.
6- How …………………….. bacteria? With a microscope.
7- How …………….. diagnose an illness? He makes medical tests.
8- How …………………….. to the hospital?
Go straight on, then turn right. It’s 100 meters on the right.
9- How ………………….. find your lost car?
The traffic police found it for me.
10- How ………………….. fight his enemy? Very bravely.
=======================================================

Unit ( 50 )
The verb (to do)
1) It's used as an auxiliary verb as follows:
a- ( do – does ) are used to make negative and interrogative forms of
present simple, including short answers.
Ex. Do you play football? No, I don't.
Does your father work? Yes, he does.

b- (did) is used to make negative and interrogative forms of past simple,

including short answers
Ex. Did you get up early today? - Yes, I did
Did your father work yesterday? - No, he didn't
c- in question tags (ends)
Ex. They have a tourist visa, don't they?

132
 He speaks English well, doesn't he?
You don't stay at night, do you?
We had nice time yesterday, didn't we?

2) (do – does – did) are used as main verbs as follows:

a- with the meaning of (make – perform – work)
Ex. What do you do? - I am a teacher. – I teach students.
Did you do your homework? – Yes, I did or No, I didn't.
b- In some idiomatic expressions, such as ( do harm – do your duty – do
business – do good – do your best )
Ex. - I do my best to help my friends.
- My father does business in furniture.
- Always do good to others, Never do harm to anyone.
=========================================================
Exercise 68
Check if the underlined verbs are main or auxiliary:

1- She doesn't work in a hospital. ( auxiliary )

2- I do my homework in the evening. ( main )
3- I don't like frozen fish. ( ………………..)
4- Can you do me favour , please ? ( ………………..)
5- When does it rain in the Gulf Area? ( ………………..)
6- If you do good, you'll be honest. ( ………………..)
7- What did you do yesterday? ( ………………..)
8- Don't do harm to anybody. ( ………………..)
=======================================================
Exercise ( 69)
A) Make the following sentences negative:
1- Do your best to help lazy students.
___________________________ to help lazy students.

2- You lose your way in a foreign city.

____________________________ your way in a foreign city.
133
3- My father walks 10 kms. every day.
My father _____________________ 10 kms. every day.

4- I did what I could. I ________________________ what I could.

5- I saw 5 lions in the zoo. I _________________ 5 lions in the zoo.

B) Make the following sentences interrogative:

1- They learn English at school.
__________________________ English at school?

2- It gets very hot in summer. ____________________ hot in summer?

3- You do your homework at night.

___________________________ your homework at night?
4- Fahd bought a new car yesterday.
____________________________ a new car yesterday?

5- I do good to bad people. ___________________ to bad people?

=======================================================
Unit ( 51 )
Confusing pairs of verbs
No
Verbs Meaning Example sentence
.
Bear / bore / born Give birth to My son , Jehad was born in
‫تلد المرأة مولودا‬ a baby Kuwait in 1976
Bear / bore / borne Carry The winning team were born on
1- ‫يحمل‬ the shoulders of their fans.
No-one can bear the terrible life
‫ يتحمل‬/ ‫ يصبر‬Endure in a national war .
Bind / bound / Tie up He was bound hands and feet by
2-
bound‫يربط‬ the robbers.
Bind / bounded The lion bounded forward
jump
Bounded ‫يقفز‬ and sprang at the man
Cost / cost / cost Be of certain A new house costs too much
‫ قيمة الشراء‬/ ‫ يكلف‬price today
3- Cost / costed / The accountant and the engineer
Calculate
Costed costed heating system at SR one
the cost of
‫يحسب التكاليف المالية‬ million
Fall / fell / fallen Dropping Prices of oil have steeply fallen
4-
‫ يهوي على األرض‬/ ‫ يسقط‬movement this month

134
 Fell / felled / felled Cut down They felled the old trees to plant
‫ ( يقطع الشجرة‬trees ) new ones instead
While a farmer was digging under
Find / found / found Come by
5- a tree , he found some gold
‫ يلقى‬/ ‫ يجد بالصدفة‬chance
antiques
Found / founded / Establish My father founded this factory 50
founded ‫ ينتشئ‬/ ‫يؤسس‬ years ago
Crush into
Grind / ground / She has ground some wheat to
powder
ground ‫يطحن الحبوب‬ make bread for her family
6-
Ground / grounded / Compel to The airline decided to ground all
grounded remain on the planes until special checks
‫ يبقى جاثما على األرض‬the ground have been carried out.
Lie / lay / lain Be in a
The injured lay down on the curb
‫ يتمدد‬/ ‫ يستلقي‬horizontal
until the ambulance came.
position
7-
Lie / lied / lied Students often lie to their fathers
To not tell
‫يكذب‬ that they are treated severely at
the truth
school
Lay / laid / laid He laid the box on the ground
Put down
‫يضع على األرض‬ and called a taxi.
See / saw / seen He can't see well , so he wears
Insight for
‫ يبصر‬/‫يرى‬ special glasses
8- Saw / sawed / Two prisoners sawed through the
Cut with a
sawed bars of their cell window and
saw
‫ينشر بالمنشار‬ escaped
Strike / struck /
Hit hard Don't strike your donkey . It can't
struck ‫يضرب‬
9- walk faster.
‫بشدة‬

Strike / struck / Be attacked Thousands of people were

stricken by disease / stricken by avian influenza five
‫يصاب بمرض أو خوف‬ fear , etc. years ago
Wind / wound /
Twist Keep still and I'll wind a bandage
wound / ‫يلوي‬
round your wounded arm
10- ‫يلف‬
Wound / wounded / The police opened fire and
Injure
wounded ‫يجرح‬ wounded six of the demonstrators
11- Hang / hung / Attach to a We hang the washing on a line in
hung holder or a sunlight to dry
‫يعلق مالبس على حبل‬ line

135
 Put to death
Hang / hanged / Those who help enemies against
by a rope
hanged their countries must
round the
‫اإلعدام شنقا حتى الموت‬ be hanged .
neck
=====================================================
Exercise 70.-- ( confusing forms of verbs )
1-. All the mistakes in my essay have been ( rung – ringed ).
2- I don't trust him ,He's always ( lying – laying ) to me .
3- You should ( lie – lay ) down in bed for an hour .
4- How many soldiers were ( wound - wounded ) in the gun battle.
5- How long it is since you ( wind - wound ) this clock.
6- The business was ( found – founded ) by my grandfather.
7- The collaborators were ( hanged – hung ) last Friday morning.
8- How many trees have you ( fell - felled ) today
9-I have ( born -- borne ) a lot of troubles in my job. I must change it.
10-The police ( bind / hang ) dangerous criminal hands and feet .
===============================================
Unit ( 52 )
Questions (Part 1)
Questions are an essential part of the English language !
Not only are they used for requesting information in a practical sense, but they
are also important in conversation – to help keep the conversation going and
demonstrate interest in the other person.
Forming Questions in All Verb Tenses
[The main rule to keep in mind when forming questions is that the auxiliary

verb comes before the subject:

No. Statements Questions
1- He didn’t come to work today Why didn’t he come to work today?
2- They’re baking a cake. What are they doing?
3- She’ll help you. How will she help me?

Auxiliary
Question Word Subject Main verb
Verb

Why didn't he come to work today?

136
 What Are they doing?

How Will she help me?

This can be used with all verb tenses, including questions with modal verbs:
Auxiliary
Question Word Subject Main verb
Verb

What Would you do in this situation?

How Might this affect the community?

Where can I make some copies?

If the sentence has more than one auxiliary verb, only the first one comes
before the subject
--- How long has he been waiting?
--- What should I have told him?
-======================================================-
Exercise 71 = Put it into practice!
Re-arrange the words to make meaningful questions
1- how / do / information / much / they / need
____________________________________________________?
2- time / yesterday / what / you / did / home / get
___________________________________________________?
3- she / her / from / trip / getting / back / when / is
___________________________________________________?
4- the / on / you / talking / phone / were / to / who
____________________________________________________?
5- how / in / has / written / books / career / his / many / he
_____________________________________________________
6- lately / been / you / have / where / your / spending / time
____________________________________________________?
7- explain / they / are / going / to / how / this
____________________________________________________?
8- bracelets / of / these / will / she / which / like
___________________________________________________?
9- get / airport / can / the / from / to / here / I / how
____________________________________________________?
10- go / restaurant / we / to / which / should
_________________________________________________?
137
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Yes/No Questions
Questions that can be answered with “Yes” and “No” don’t include a question
word – but they still follow the pattern ASM: Auxiliary Verb – Subject – Main
Verb
Auxiliary Verb Subject Main Verb

Do you like marshmallows?

Is he sleeping right now?

Have you heard the news?

Will we regret this decision?

Could I borrow a pencil?

To answer yes/no questions, we can use “short answers.” These follow the
auxiliary verb in the original question:
--- Do you like Kebabs ? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
--- Is he sleeping right now? Yes, he is. / No, he isn’t
--- Have you heard the news? Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.
--- Will we regret this decision? Yes, we will. / No, we won’t.
One thing to watch out for is the verb have, which can be a main verb
(meaning possession) or a helping verb in the present perfect. For
example:
--- Do you have any pets? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
--- How long has he been waiting?
--- What should I have told him?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Question Words
Let’s review the question words in English, and clear up a few confusing
points and common errors. --- Who – people -- Who did you invite to the
party?
--- Whose – possession Whose backpack is this?
or: Who does this backpack belong to?

--- Where – location --- Where’s the nearest gas station?

138
--- When / What time / How long ago – time
When can we expect an answer?
What time should I pick you up? How long ago did he leave?

--- Why / How come (informal) - reason, explanation

Why are you angry? How come you’re angry?
--- What – object --- What’s inside this box?
--- Which - choice (small restricted number)
Which belt should I wear – the brown one or the black one?
The general rule is to use what when there are many (or an infinite number)
of options, and which when there are few (or a limited number) of options:
--- What’s the best way to learn English? general question; many
possible answers
--- Which course should I take?
while looking at a list of courses – limited number of options
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, native English speakers sometimes use what even when the
number of options is limited:
--- What country in Europe are you from?
--- Which country in Europe are you from?
We must use which before the words one and of:
--- Which of these courses should I take?
--- These courses look interesting. Which one should I take?
Finally, we have:
--- How = way, manner -- How did you find out about this?
--- How + adj./adv. - extent/degree

--- How much + uncountable noun o How many + countable noun o --- ---
How long – length of time
-- How far – distance o How old – age
-- How often – frequency
Another common error is using how much before an adjective. How much is
only used before uncountable nouns.
--- How much old is this statue ? ( X )
--- How much hungry are you ? ( X )
--- How much bread do you want ? ( OK )
139
--- How much experience do you have ? ( OK )
We also have the informal phrase what… like? – this is usually used to
ask for descriptions.
--- So you met the President. What’s he like? = What type of personality does he
have?
If we ask “How is he?” – this is more a question about his general health
and life:
--- I haven’t seen your brother for a while. How is he?
Here’s another example:
--- Wow – you went skydiving! What was it like?
Asking for a description of the experience
--- I heard you had a job interview. How was it?
Asking if it went well or badly
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subject vs. object questions

There are a few types of questions that don’t quite follow the rule. One of
these types is called subject questions, which don’t use the auxiliary
verbs do / does / did.

To understand what a subject question is, let’s look at this sentence:

--- Joe called Gina.
Joe = subject (doer of the action) Gina = object (receiver of the action)
When we are asking about the object, we ask the question like this:
--- Who did Joe call ? Answer: Gina (object)
When we are asking about the subject, we ask the question like this:
--- Who called Gina ? Answer: Joe (subject)

Another way to think about this is that when you are inquiring about the doer
of the action (because you do not know who/what it is), don’t use do / does
/ did.
--- Who wrote the play Romeo and Juliet? Who did write
--- Which bus goes to the city center? Which bus does go
--- What made you so upset? What did make
Subject questions can only begin with who (most common), what, and
which.
140
Questions with when, where, why, and how always contain an auxiliary
verb.

Summary
1- Most English questions follow the pattern:
Question Word -- Auxiliary Verb – Subject – Main Verb --
2- Yes/No questions don’t have a question word, but they follow ASM.
3- Yes/No questions can be answered with "short answers" which
match the auxiliary verb in the original question ("Yes, I do" /
"No, I don't.")

4- Question words in English include who, whose, where, when, what

time, how long ago, why, how come, what, which, how, how +
adj./adv.
4- With the words who, which, and what, if we are inquiring about the
subject (the doer of the action), we don't use do/does/did
=====================================================
Exercise 72 -- Making questions :
Change the following statement to the questions form beginning with
the given question words :
1-I can draw a plane . What…………………………………………..….?
2- It rains much in winter . When ………………………………………..?
3- My class has 20 students. . ? How many …………………………..…?.
4- I had sandwiches for breakfast. . What …………………………….......?
5- Jack will graduate next month. Who………………………….…….….?
6- He failed because he doesn't work hard. Why ……………………….?
7-My uncle lives in Bahrain . Where ……………………………………..?
8- That car is my father's . Whose ………………...…………… ………?
9- I like apples more than oranges. Which ……………………………….?
10- The school bell rings at 8 AM . What …………………………………?
==========================================

Unit ( 53 )
Questions ( part 2 )

Negative Questions
141
Here's a question for you - what's the difference between these two
questions?
--- Did you buy the tickets?
--- Didn't you buy the tickets?

We use a regular question - "Did you buy the tickets?" - to ask in a

neutral way, without expecting the answer to be yes or no.
We use a negative question - "Didn't you buy the tickets?" when we
assume, expect, or want the answer to be “Yes.”
Negative questions can begin with any of the auxiliary verbs:
don't / doesn't / didn't

--- Don't you like pizza? It's so delicious!

--- Doesn't he play guitar? I think I've seen a video of him playing before.
--- Didn't you buy the tickets? You said you were going to last Monday!
isn't / aren't
--- Isn't this the best coffee you've ever tasted?
--- Aren't your parents coming to the wedding?
wasn't/weren't
Wasn't that a spectacular performance?
Weren't you surprised when the winner was announced?
won't be
Won't we be seeing the Great Wall of China on the tour?
haven't/hasn't
Haven't you finished your homework yet? It's nearly midnight!
Hasn't the manager told you about the meeting? He was
supposed to let everyone know.
can't / couldn’t
Can't you go any faster?
Couldn't we try again if we don't succeed the first time?
shouldn't/wouldn't
Wouldn't she be upset if you forgot her birthday?
Shouldn't you shop around before making a
purchase?
Negative questions with “shouldn’t” are used to make suggestions.

Another type of negative question is Why don't - this is also used to

make suggestions.

Why don't we throw her a going-away party?

142
Why don't you make the cards yourself, instead of buying them?
We can also use Why not + verb as a short form:
Why not make the cards yourself?
If you're burned out, why not take some time off?
Finally, we have the expression "Why not?" by itself. This means it is
OK to do something; there is no reason NOT to do it.
Want to see a movie tonight?
Sure, why not?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Question Tags
Another way to form a question is by using a statement plus a question tag:
--- It's a beautiful day, isn't it?
--- You don't happen to have his number, do you?
Question tags can be real questions, or they can be statements that simply
invite the person to confirm it or agree with us. The way we differentiate is
through our tone of voice.
If we are just looking for confirmation, our voice goes down at the end:
--- It's a beautiful day, isn't it?
--- They aren't happy, are they?
If we are truly asking a question, then our voice goes up at the end:
--- You don't happen to have his number, do you?
--- She works in a bank, doesn't she?
When we have a positive statement, we use a negative question tag:
--- He's very tall, isn't he?
positive negative
--- I helped you, didn’t I?
When we have a negative statement, we use a positive question tag:
--- You're not going out in this rain, are you?
--- She doesn't have a chance of winning, does she?
The auxiliary verb in the question tag matches the auxiliary verb in the
statement:
--- That meal was delicious, wasn’t it?
--- These cables aren’t long enough, are they?
--- You’d love to win the lottery, wouldn’t you?

143
--- He speaks English, doesn’t he?
--- They trusted us, didn’t they?
If there is no auxiliary verb in the
subject, then we use do/does/did in the
question tag.
There's one irregular bit in question tags with I:

--- I'm not late, am I?

--- I'm late, aren't I? amn’t I?
--- I’m late, am I not?
(correct, but sounds rather formal)
Indirect Questions
We use indirect questions when we want to ask something in a slightly
more formal or polite way. Indirect questions can be used when talking to
people we don’t know very well, or when asking about sensitive topics.
--- Direct question: How long will this take?
--- Indirect question: Could you tell me how long this will take?
Indirect questions often start with phrases such as:
--- Could you tell me…?
--- Do you know…? / Do you have any idea…?
If we are not sure whether or not the person we are asking knows the
answer
--- I was wondering… / I’d like to know…
--- Would it be possible…? / Is there any chance…?
However, don’t just take these phrases and put them before a regular
question! The word order changes in indirect questions. Here are three main
rules to remember:

1. No do / does / did in indirect questions

Direct: What do you think about this?
Indirect: I was wondering what do you think about this.

Direct: Where does she live?

Indirect: Could you tell me where she lives?
Since we don’t use “does” in the indirect question, we use “lives”
instead of “live.”

Direct: How did he escape?

144
 Indirect: Do you know how he escaped?
Again, since “did” has been removed, we use “escaped” instead of
“escape”

2.) Auxiliary verbs come after the subject

Other auxiliary verbs – like is, are, was, were, has, have, can, should,
would, etc. – come after the subject in indirect questions, and before the
subject in direct questions.
Direct: What were you thinking?
Indirect: I’d like to know what you were thinking.
Direct: How should we proceed?
Indirect: Do you have any idea how we should proceed?
Direct: Why haven’t they been informed?
Indirect: Could you tell me why they haven’t been informed?
3 ) Indirect yes/no questions include if/whether
If it is a Yes/No question, it will include if or whether in the indirect question:
---Direct: Is there a bus stop nearby?
---Indirect: Do you know if there’s a bus stop nearby?
---Direct: Were you angry with me?
---Indirect: I was wondering whether you were angry with me.
or: whether or not you were angry
---Direct: Does the gym offer any kids’ classes?
---Indirect: Could you tell me if the gym offers any kids’ classes?

Summary

1- We use a negative question - "Didn't you buy the tickets?"

- when we assume, expect, or want the answer to be “Yes.”
2- To make suggestions, you can ask negative questions
beginning with shouldn't / why don't / why not.
3- We can use question tags to ask real questions - our voice goes
up. Or we can use them just to confirm the statement and invite
the other person to agree with it - our voice goes down.

4) A positive statement takes a negative question tag, and a negative

statement takes a positive question tag. The auxiliary verb in the
question tag matches the one in the statement.
5)Use indirect questions for extra formality or politeness. The three
main rules to remember are:
a) No do/does/did in indirect question.

145
 b) Auxiliary verbs come after the subject
c) Indirect yes/no questions include if/whether
==================================================

Quiz / Exercise 73
Complete each negative question with the correct auxiliary verb.

can't doesn't hasn't isn't weren't

didn't don't haven't shouldn't won't

1- Your friend, his wife, and five children are flying first class to
Disneyland. ___________________ that be expensive?
2- You read an article about adults who spend all day playing video
games.__________________ they have anything better to do?

3-- You hear about a new device that can do instant translations
between languages. ___________________ technology amazing?
4-You see somebody you think you recognize.
Excuse me - ___________________ we meet each other at the library
last week?
5-The airline agent tells you your suitcase is too heavy. What ?
___________________ I bring up to 50 kg?
6- Your brother says he studied so hard yesterday, he forgot to eat.
___________________ you hungry?
7- Someone starts talking about an "urban legend"
___________________ that been disproven?
8- Your friend gets into the car and starts driving.
___________________ you buckle your seatbelt?
9- Your coworker looks surprised during a conversation about current
events. ___________________ you heard about that?

10-Your neighbor is playing extremely loud music.

__ __________________ he know people are trying to sleep?!

============================================
Unit ( 54 )
Short Answers
146
 A ) Affirmative Questions
Verbs Question Affirm. answer Neg. Answer
Are you ----? Yes, I am. No, I am not.
1-To be Am I ----? Yes, you are. No, you aren't.
(present) Is there ----? Yes, there is. No, there isn't.
Is Hamad ----? Yes, he is. No, he isn't.
No, I wasn't.
Were you ----? Yes, I was.
2-To be No, she wasn't.
Was Huda ----? Yes, she was.
(past) No, you weren't.
Was I ----? Yes, you were.
Do you ----? Yes, I do. No, I don't.
3-Present
Do you need ---? Yes, we do. No, we don't.
simple
Does Ali ----? Yes, he does. No, he doesn't.
4-past Did you ----? Yes, I did. No, I didn't.
simple Did Salma ----? Yes, she did. No, she didn't.
Will you ----? Yes, I will. No, I won't.
5-auxiliary Must he ----? Yes, he must. No, he needn't.
verb Can you ----? Yes, I can. No, I can't.
Should I ----? Yes, you should. No, you shouldn't.
Have you ----? Yes, I have. No, I haven't.
6-Perfect
Has she ----? Yes, she has. No, she hasn't.
tenses
Had they ----? Yes, they had. No, they hadn't.

B ) Short Answers ( Negative Questions )

Negative Questions Affirm. answer Negative answer
1-Can't you swim? Yes, I can No, I can't
2-Don't you feel cold? Yes, I do No, I don't
3-Won't you attend the party? Yes, I will No, I won't
4-Didn't you see the thief? Yes, I did No, I didn't
5-Aren't you tired? Yes, I am No, I am not
6-Doesn't he smoke? Yes, he does No, he doesn't
7-weren't you late for school? Yes, I was. No, I wasn't.
8-Haven't they arrived? Yes, they have. No, they haven't.
9-Mustn't he come? Yes, he must. No, he needn't.
================================================
Exercise ( 74 )

147
Give short answers to the following questions:
1- Are you a student? Yes, ________________________.

2- Am I good at English? Yes, ________________________.

3- Is your father at home? No, _________________________.

4- Were you late today? No, _________________________.

5- Do you learn French? No, ________________________.

6- Does Salma drive her car? Yes, _______________________.

7- Should you help your friend? Yes, _______________________.

8- Have you got some money? No, ________________________.

9- Will you work overtime tomorrow ?No, _______________________.

10- Must we come to school at 6? No, ________________________.

=========================================

Unit ( 55 )
Question Tags
A )Negative
They are short questions at the end of statements, used to ask for
confirmation or agreement. An auxiliary verb is used in a tag question.
When the main verb in the sentence is affirmative , the tag question is
negative . When the main verb is negative , the tag question is affirmative.
In using a question tag , the speaker give his idea while asking a question at
the same time. Look at the following examples :

The speaker’s idea The speaker’s question Expected answer

1 ) I think you know the You know the
Yes , I do
mechanic. mechanic, don’t you ?
2 ) I think you don’t the You don’t know the
No , I don’t
doctor . doctor , do you ?

148
Compare the following two questions ( a yes/no question and a tag
question )
1) Do you know Professor
The speaker is simply looking for
Faheem ?
information . He has no idea before.
Yes , I do or No , I don’t
The speaker believes that the
2 ) You know Professor Faheem , listener knows Professor Faheem .
don’t you ? Yes , I do He wants to make sure that his idea
is true.
Question tags are usually used in spoken English . The speaker often uses
a rising intonation when he wants to know if his idea is true , as in the
examples above . He uses the falling intonation when he is making a
comment or an observation on something.
Examples :
1) A : It’s a beautiful day today, isn’t it ?
B : Yes , indeed . The weather is really fine.
In the example , the speaker is making a comment about the weather
to start a conversation a trip or something like that.
2 ) Your room is untidy , isn’t it ? Arrange your books and clothes now.
I’m sorry , Mum . I’ll tidy it right now .
In this example , the mother is making an observation about her son’s
untidy room .
Statements Question tags Answers
1-You can walk home,
can't you? Yes , I can
2-She is a teacher,
isn't she? Yes, she is
3-You have done the
haven't you? Yes , I have
exercise,
won't you? Yes, I will
4-You will come to my party,
5- You walk to school, don't you? Yes, I do
6- Hamad sleeps early, doesn't he? Yes , he does
7- He found his lost car, didn't he? Yes , he did
8- I'm kind to you, aren't I? Yes, you are
9- Be quite in class, won't you? Yes , I will
10- Let us go home, won't you? Yes , I will
11- Let’s play a game , Shall we ? Yes , we shall
============================================
149
 Exercise ( 75 )
Fill in the following spaces:
1) You are a Saudi, _______________ you?
2) He has got blue eyes, _____________ he?
3) They will arrive from America? - ______________ they?
4) You can speak French, _____________ you?
5) Leyla is a beautiful girl, _____________ she?
6) Your teacher helps you a lot, ______________ he?
7) Muslims pray 5 times a day, ______________ they?
8) Ali found his stolen car, _____________ he?
9) I'm telling the truth, _____________ I?
10) Stop making a noise, ______________you?
=========================================================
B ) Question Tags ( affirmative )

Statements Question tags

1-He can't play tennis, can he?
2-She isn't a nurse, is she?
3-You haven't understood , have you?
4-You won't buy a car, will you?
5-You don't like sweets, do you?
6-He doesn't get up early, does he?
7-They didn't pass the exam, did they?
8-I'm not unkind to you, am I?
9-Don't play here, will you?
=================================================
Exercise ( 76 )
Fill in the following spaces:
1) You haven't been to London, _____________you?

2) It isn't cold in winter, _____________ it?

150
3) The shop won't be open today, _____________ it?

4) You didn't call me yesterday, _____________you?

5) It doesn’t rain much here, ______________ it?

6)You don't like Turkish coffee, ____________you?

7) Women can't walk too long, ______________ they?

8) You aren't well today, ______________ you?

9) Don't play in the street, ______________ you?

10-Let's go out camping, _____________ we?

=============================================

Unit ( 56 )
Short Responses
Sometimes we don't want to repeat something if it's already mentioned and
understood. We use short responses instead.
Examples:
1- I heard the guests speak English. Are they from England? I think so.

2- Will you attend my party this evening? ---- I expect so.

3- Will your teacher reply to your enquiries? ---- I suppose so.

4- Is your father's operation dangerous? -------- I'm afraid so.

.
5- Do you think you'll pass your exams? ------ I hope so.

6- I'm sorry, I forgot to post your letter. ----- Never mind.

7- Don't drive so fast. It's dangerous. ----- Don't worry.

8- Can I sit on this chair? ------ Why not.

9- I'm thankful for your help. Not at all.

10- May I use your calculator, please ? ----- sure / with pleasure

151
Negative of short responses :
1- I hope so I hope not
2- I'm afraid so I'm afraid not
3- I suppose so I suppose not
4- I think so I don't think so
5- I expect so I don't expect so
6- Yes, with pleasure No, sorry
8 - 10 Are not used in the negative meaning.
=======================================================
Exercise 77
A ) Take the role of B. Then use the information in brackets to answer
with: I think ( suppose, expect ---- ) so
( You don't like rain )
1-A: Do you think it will rain? B- I _______________________( hope )

( You are the receptionist at a hotel. The hotel is full )

2-A: Have you got a room for tonight ? B : I _________________( afraid )

( The weather is windy and cloudy. )

3-A: Do you think it will rain this evening ?
B: I _________________________________. ( suppose )

4-A: Ali studies hard. Do you expect he'll succeed?

B: I __________________________________. ( think )

5-A: He's seriously ill. Do you think he'll stay in hospital for a long time?
B: I __________________________________. ( expect )

6-A: He's rich but miser. Do you think he'll buy a car for his son?
B: I ___________________________________. ( suppose )

7-A: Salman doesn't work hard at school. Do you expect he'll

pass his exams?
B: I ___________________________________. ( think )

8-A: I think your father is well today. Will he leave hospital soon?
B: I ___________________________________. ( hope )
======================================================

B ) Add suitable responses to the following:

152
1-Could I use your computer, please? _________________________
2-I'm sorry, I broke your glass. ________________________________
3-Take care of yourself. It's snowing. ____________________________
4-Can I help you repair the puncture?____________________________
5-Thank you very much for your present. _________________________
6- Do you need money to pay the bill ?________________
==========================================
Unit ( 57 )
verbs after ( and / but )

Affirmative verb + and + positive verb + but + negative verb

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
a- I'm rich, …………...and …... Hamad is…..…..but Fahd isn’t
b- Traders are liars,... and …… politicians are…. but teachers aren’t
c- I was in class,…….and …… you were ……...but the teacher wasn’t
d- Sue studies hard, .and …… Samira does …...but Huda doesn’t
e- We like movies, ….and …… they do ……..…..but your brother doesn’t
f- Alex came, ………..and ……Maria did ……….but Jamal didn’t
g- People can talk, ….and …....parrots can …….but animals can’t
h- Saly will come , … and …….Amna will ………but Ameera won’t
______________________________________________________
Negative verb + and + negative verb + positive verb
i- Mary isn't rich, … …….. and Huda isn’t either …… ….. but John is
j- Traders aren't honest, ....and politicians aren’t either… but teachers
are
k- You weren't in class, …and I wasn’t either ……….but the teacher was
l-Sam doesn't study, …… and you don’t either ……...but I do
m- They don't like cats, … and we don’t either ……...but your father
does

153
 n- Maria didn't come, ……and Alex didn’t either …….but Sam did
o- Animals can't talk, .. …..and birds can’t either ……but people can
p- Salma won't be there, …and Fatma won’t either…. .but Mariam will
======================================================
Exercise 78
Complete each sentence with an appropriate verb, affirmative or
negative.
1- Sara is at home, and her sons __are_ _too , but her husband isn’t
2- Fahid isn't at home, and his children__ ______either , but his wife_______
3- Beds are comfortable, and sofas ________too , but benches __________
4- I wasn't at home, and you ________either but my brother_____________
5- I was in class yesterday, and you ________too but Ahmed ___________
6- Jack goes to school by car , and his classmate _______too ,but other
students don't . They go by bus
7- I don't want to go out , and your brother _______ either but I __________
8- Pablo went to the party, and Jack _________too , but Steve__________
9- Ahmed can speak French, and Hamad __________ too , but I ________
10- Amanda will be at the party, and Amani _________too , but Helen ___
==========================================================

Unit ( 58 )
Inverted subject-verb word Order
By now, you know the typical word order in English sentences -(subject
( noun or pronoun + verb ( main or auxiliary ) . Today you’ll learn some
ways we can alter the wording order in a sentence to give particular
emphasis to certain elements.
Inversion
You already know that in English, the word order is different in questions and
statements. In statements, we put the subject before the auxiliary verb, and
when asking a question, we put the auxiliary verb before the subject:

--- He doesn’t live in the city. Does he live in the city?

--- She can swim. Can she swim?
154
 --- I’ve finished the work. Have you finished the work?
--- We should buy a new TV. Should we buy a new TV?
However, there’s another situation in which we can “invert” the normal word
order.
Here are some examples of phrases that typically begin inverted sentences:

1- Never / Never before

--- I had never felt so at peace. Never before had I felt so at peace

2- Not only... but also

--- I was late for the meeting and I spilled my coffee when rushing into
the room. Not only was I late for the meeting, but I also spilled my
coffee when rushing into the room.

3- Not until
--- After I moved out, I understood how dysfunctional my family was.
Not until I moved out did I understand how dysfunctional my family was.
4- No sooner
--- Right after I cleaned the kitchen, my son spilled juice all over the
floor.
---- No sooner did I clean the kitchen than my son spilled juice all over
the floor.
5- At no time
The president was not aware of the corruption at any time. At no time
was the president aware of the corruption.

6- Under no circumstances
My sister and I weren’t allowed to stay out past 10 PM.
Under no circumstances were my sister and I allowed to stay out past
10 PM.

7- Rarely; seldom
--- Pamela rarely offers to help. Rarely does Pamela offer to help.
--- I have seldom felt so conflicted. Seldom have I felt so
conflicted.
8- Only when; only after
--- After he left the house, he realized he’d forgotten his wallet.
--- Only after he left the house did he realize he’d forgotten his wallet.
Notice that when there is no auxiliary verb in the original sentence, we
actually ADD the auxiliary verb do or did in the inverted sentence:

Pamela rarely offers to help

155
--- Rarely does Pamela offer to help.

Right after I cleaned the kitchen…

--- No sooner did I clean the kitchen…

When to use this structure?

When you want to emphasize the negative expression at the beginning of the
sentence. For example, when we compare:

I had never felt so at peace.

Never before had I felt so at peace.

The first sentence focuses more on the feeling of peace, whereas the second
sentence focuses more on the fact that I had NEVER had this feeling before.

Here’s another example:

--- After I moved out, I understood how dysfunctional my family was.

--- Not until I moved out did I understand how dysfunctional my family
was.

The first sentence focuses more on the new understanding. The second
sentence places more emphasis on the timing before arriving at this new
understanding.

The phrase “not only… but also…” functions to emphasize the second
phrase as even better or worse than the first:

--- I was late for the meeting and I spilled my coffee when rushing
into the room.
In this sentence, both “being late” and “spilling the coffee” are treated
as approximately equal

--- Not only was I late for the meeting, but I also spilled my coffee when
rushing into the room.
In this sentence, “being late for the meeting” is the less bad action, and
“spilling my coffee” is the worse action – perhaps because it’s more
embarrassing.

You can also use “not only… but also…” for two good things, where the
second one is better:

--- Not only did my husband make lunch, but he also washed the dishes
without being asked !

156
 The latter action (washing dishes without being asked) are even better
and more impressive than the first action (making lunch).

Cleft Sentences with It and What

A “cleft sentence” is an alternative structure that can also be used to call
attention to a specific part of the sentence. There are two main types of cleft
sentences:

1) Cleft Sentences beginning with IT

Structure: ( It + (form of verb “to be”) + subject + relative clause starting
with that/who

Examples:

--- A co-worker of mine first introduced me to meditation.

--- It was a co-worker of mine who first introduced me to meditation.
--- John received the promotion.
It was John who received the promotion.
--- I can’t stand the cold weather.
It’s the cold weather that I can’t stand.

When to use this type of sentence?

We often use it to shift the focus, such as when the other person is
mistaken or is focusing on a different piece of information.
For example:

--- “Religion is just a bunch of crazy ideas.”

--- “Actually, in Judaism it’s a person’s actions that matter most, not
just their beliefs.” (shifts the focus from ideas to actions)

--- “How come you don’t like Canada? Is it a big culture shock?”
--- “No, it’s the cold weather that I can’t stand.”
(shifts the focus from the culture to the weather)

We can also use an it-cleft to distinguish one particular thing as standing

out from the rest:
Although all of her books are famous, it is her first novel that remains on
the bestseller list.

 Cleft Sentences beginning with WHAT

Structure:

157
What + less important part + form of the verb “to be” + [part to be
emphasized]

Normal: We really need a good night’s sleep.

Cleft: What we really need is a good night’s sleep.

Normal: I wanted to buy a poster.

Cleft: What I wanted to buy was a poster.

Normal: The music was great, but the dancers really amazed me.
The music was great, but what really amazed me were the
dancers.
Cleft:
Similarly to the cleft sentences beginning with IT, we can use cleft
sentences beginning with WHAT to shift the focus. Consider these
examples:

--- “Glad you arrived safely! Are you hungry? Do you want to go out to eat?”
--- “No thanks. What we really need is a good night’s sleep.”
(the cleft sentence changes the focus from eating to sleeping)

--- “What I wanted to buy was a poster, but I didn’t like any of the
designs, so I got a T-shirt instead.”
(the cleft sentence highlights the contrast between what I had
intended to buy and what I actually bought)

--- “He has many good qualities, but what’s most impressive is his
dedication.” (the cleft sentence calls special attention to his dedication
among his many good qualities)

We can also use an it-cleft to distinguish one particular thing as standing

out from the rest:
--- Although all of her books are famous, it is her first novel that remains
on the bestseller list.
We can also “invert” the order of the cleft sentence. There is no
difference in meaning or emphasis; it’s just an alternative way to
express it:
--- Regular sentence: He wanted money.
--- WHAT-cleft 1: What he wanted was money.
--- WHAT-cleft 2: Money was what he wanted.
--- IT-cleft: It was money that he wanted.

There’s no particular reason to choose an IT-cleft or a WHAT-cleft, it just

depends on which way you’d prefer to say the sentence.
158
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary
Inverted subject- verb order can be used With special expressions:
1- after special expressions of location
- On the beach were five big umbrellas.
- No where did the police find the criminal

2- after special negative words ( no – not – never ) and almost negative

expressions ( hardly – rarely –not only – at no time– only– seldom )
- Never had I seen such a beautiful landscape.
- Only after I explained did he understand.
3- after special expressions of agreement ( so – neither nor )
- So excited was the crowd when their team won the match.
- I like coffee, so does my father.
- I don't like tea, neither (nor) does my father.
4- In conditional sentences that do not begin with (if)
- Had he seen you, he would have greeted you.

=======================================================
Exercise 79
Check if the underlined subject – verb word order is correct or
incorrect. Write the correct order on the second line.
1- Corr. So tired was he that he fell asleep.
incorrect So tired he was that he fell asleep.
2- Incorrect = Scarcely I had opened the door when the cat ran out.
Correct-= Scarcely had I opened the door when the cat ran out.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3- ___________ Only once I had met Hamad before he died.
Only once _____________________ before he died.

4- __________ Hamad joined King Saud University, so his brother did.

Hamad joined King Saud University, so __________.

5- ___________ In the prison some terrorists were

In the prison _______________________________.

6- ___________ Nowhere I can find the hat I need for winter.

Nowhere _______________ the hat I need for winter.

7- ___________ We couldn't find your house, neither Hamad could

159
 We couldn't find your house, _________________.

8- ___________ In the garage, a very old car was.

In the garage,______________________________.

9- ___________ Never I had seen such a beautiful sight.

_________________ such a beautiful sight.

10- __________ On the beach there were big umbrellas.

On the beach ____________________________.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 80 ) -- Inversion after negative adverbs
Re-write these sentences using the words provided and making
necessary changes :
1 -We can't offer a discount for our services on any account.
On no account……………………… for our services on any account.
2- We had hardly left the house when we had to go back for our passports.
Hardly................................. when we had to go back for our passports
3- There have never been so many beggars on the streets.
Never…………………………… so many beggars on the streets.
4- We not only missed our plane, we spend a night at the airport .
.Not only ......................................... we spend a night at the airport .
5 -I had no sooner complained than the parcel arrived.
.No sooner....................................... than the parcel arrived.
6- You seldom see so many people trying to get tickets.
Seldom ………………………………… many people trying to get tickets.
7- You understand responsibility only when you are a parent .
Only when.............................................. You understand responsibility
8- They mustn't be allowed to come in on any condition.
On no account……………………… to come in on any condition.
9- You rarely see this variety of butterfly any more.
Rarely.................................................. this variety of butterfly any more.
10- You shouldn't reply to this letter in any circumstances.

160
 In no circumstance………………………. to this letter

=======================================================

Unit ( 59 )
Auxiliary verbs
A ) Auxiliary verbs are mainly the following:

1) The verbs to be ( am – is – are – was – were – will be )

They are used to make the continuous forms of the verb
( present – past – future ).
a- I am watching TV. now. ( present continuous )
b- We were studying all the morning ( past continuous )
c- Students will have exams next week.( future continuous )

2) The verbs ( do – does – did ):

They are used with main verbs to make the negative and question forms, and
the end-questions ( you come early, don’t you?)
a- I come early – I do not come early – Do I come early?
b- He eats fish – He does not eat fish – Does he eat fish?
c- I spoke English – I did not speak English – Did I speak English?

3- the verbs ( have – has – had ):

They are used to make the perfect forms of verbs ( present – past – future )
a- I have written a letter. ( present perfect )
b- She has lost her earrings. ( present perfect )
c- I had seen Hamad before I came. ( past perfect)
_______________________________________________

B )Modal Auxiliary Verbs

An Auxiliary is a helping verb. It comes in front

of the simple form of a main verb.
a- Anita ( can – couldn't –
The following helping verbs are called " modal
may – might – must –
auxiliaries ": can, could, may, might, must,
should – will ) go to
should, would.
school today.
They are followed by the simple form of a verb
(without to)

161
b- Anita ( is able to – is
Expressions that similar to modal auxiliaries
going to – has to ) go to
are: be able to, be going to, have to.
school today.

C ) Modal Auxiliaries and Similar Expressions

Auxiliary Meaning Example

a- can ability I can sing

Polite request Can you please help me?

b- could Past ability I couldn't go to class yesterday.

Polite request Could you please help me?

c- may Possibility It may rain tomorrow.

Polite question May I help you?

d- might Possibility It might rain tomorrow.

e- must Necessity You must have a passport.

f- should Giving advice You should see a doctor.

g- will Future happening My sister will meet us at the airport.

h- would Polite question Would you please open the door?

i- be able to Ability I wasn't able to attend the meeting.

j- be going to Future happening Tina is going to meet us at the

airport.
k- has/ have to Necessity I have to study tonight.

l- had to Past necessity I had to study last night.

======================================================
Exercise ( 81 )
Add to where necessary. If to isn't necessary, write " X ".
1- My sister can X play the guitar very well.

162
2- We have to pay our rent on the first of the month.

3- Could you please ______________ open the window? Thanks



4- I wasn't able ______ visit my friends yesterday because I was busy.

5- You shouldn't ____________ drink twenty cups of coffee a day.

6- Will you ________________ be at the meeting tomorrow?

7- Does everyone have _______________ be at the meeting?

[
8- You must not ______________ miss the meeting. It's important.

9- Jack might not _________________ be there tomorrow.

10- May I _____________ use your telephone?

==========================================
Unit ( 60 )
Modal Verbs (Part 1)
A modal verb is a type of auxiliary verb or helping verb that is used
to talk about ability, probability, permission, obligation, advice, and
requests.
Characteristics of Modal Verbs

First , let's learn five important characteristics of modal verbs:

1- They have only one form, so you cannot add -s, -ed, -ing or make any
other modifications.

2- Modals are used together with a main verb. You cannot put two modals
together (don't say "will can," for example). You also can't use helping
verbs like do / does / did with modals, because the modals themselves
already function as helping verbs!

3- Never use ( to ) between a modal verb and the main verb:

You can't say : must to play / can to come , ……

4-To make the negative form of a modal verb, add not immediately after it.
We often use the short form in spoken English, and the two-word form in more
formal writing
163
====================================================
negative negative
N Positive
( long form ) ( short form )

1- Can cannot can't

2- could could not couldn't

3- would would not wouldn't

4- should should not shouldn't

5- shall shall not shan't ( rarely used )

6- will will not won't

7- may may not ----------( not used )

8- might might not mightn't

9 must must not mustn't

5--To make a question with a modal verb, put it in front of the subject:
--- Can you look over this paper?
--- Will they be coming to dinner?
--- Should I get a tattoo?

You can also add a question word before the modal verb:

--- Where can I get some copies made?

--- When will they arrive?
--- How should we proceed?

--- We also have some expressions called "semi-modals" - these are not
exactly the same as modal verbs because they do not follow all of the rules
above - but they do perform some of the same functions .
. Semi-modals include: able to, ought to, had better, have to, need to,
got to - and we will cover these as well.

One thing that makes modals tricky is that many of these words have
multiple functions. The word could, for example, is used for ability,

164
probability, and for making requests. The word must is used for both
probability and obligation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In part 1, we'll cover modals for ability and obligation. In part 2 will
cover modals for requests, advice, offers, and permission. The final lesson
of this series will teach modals for talking about certainty, probability, and
deduction.
=======================================================
Modal Verbs for Ability --- Present ability

To describe ability in the present, we use can / can't or able to / not able to. In
everyday speaking, can/can't are more common.

She can speak six languages.

= She's able to speak six languages.
I can't move the couch alone; it's too heavy.
= I'm not able to move the couch alone; it's too heavy.

Can you do a handstand?

= Are you able to do a handstand?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
To talk about ability in the past, we use could /couldn't or was / wasn't
/ were/weren't able to:

--- When I was younger, I could eat anything I wanted without gaining
weight.
--- When I was younger, I was able to eat anything I wanted
without gaining weight.

There are some situations when we tend to prefer one or the other.

1. Use able to for a specific accomplishment (in contrast to general ability):

--- Last month we worked very hard, and we were able to finish
the project a week early.

--- Using could / couldn't is more common than was able to...

Verbs of the senses and of thinking (hear, see, smell, taste, feel, think, believe,
remember, understand):
165
--- From the top of the mountain, we could see the ocean miles away.

--- What did you say? I couldn't hear you because I was listening to
music.

---He said that he disagreed, but he could understand my point of view.

--- I knew we'd been introduced, but I just couldn't remember her name.

With the words almost and hardly:

--- The animals in the zoo were so close I could nearly touch them.
--- He was so shocked that he could hardly speak.

It’s not wrong to use was able to in these situations, it’s just a little less
common.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future ability

To talk about ability in the future, we only have one option

--- will/won't be able to.

--- When I move back to my hometown next month, I'll be able to

see my family more often.
--- I won't be able to go to the game tomorrow afternoon - I have a doctor's
appointment.
=====================================================
Modal Verbs for Obligation and Permission

Required / Not Required

When something is necessary, obligatory, or required, we can use:

must -- need to -- have to -- have got to
The word must is often used when explaining rules - but it can also be
used for a strong opinion that something is necessary.
--- Visitors to this country must have a valid visa. ((it's the law)

---If you want to excel in one thing, you must make sacrifices in other
areas. (strong opinion)
--- This cake is delicious! You really must have a piece.
(strong opinion)

In everyday English, we more often use ( need to, have / has to, and
the very informal ( have got to ) to express something that is
necessary or obligatory:
166
--- We have to write a 10-page paper for biology class.
--- You need to fill out these forms in order to open a bank account.
--- If you want to get better, you've got to practice.
When something is not required, we can use don't need to or don't have to:
--- You don't need to pay for this workshop - it's free.
--- My kids don't have to wear a uniform at their school
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prohibited / Permitted

When something is prohibited, we can use mustn't, can't, may not,

or some alternatives like not permitted and not allowed:

--- You mustn't park here - it's a no-parking zone.

--- You can't get on the train without a ticket.
--- 12-year-old kids may not buy alcohol.
--- Sharing confidential information outside the
company is not permitted.
--- We're not allowed to take pictures inside the
art museum – the flash can damage the artwork.

When something is permitted, we can use can, may, permitted, and

allowed:

--- You can take a free trial of the product before buying it.
--- Employees may take up to two weeks of personal vacation time.
--- My kids are allowed to stay up late on Friday nights.
--- Visitors to the hospital are permitted between of 2 and 5 PM.

function present Past future

can am / is /are Could - was /
Ability will be able to
able to were able to
Must / need to
had to will have to
Required have / has to
needed to will need to
have got to
don’t have to didn't have to won't have to
Not required
don’t need to didn’t need to won’t need to
can’t / mustn’t /
wasn't permitted won't be permitted
Prohibited not permitted
wasn’t allowed won’t be allowed
not allowed
167
 can /may is
was permitted will be permitted
Permitted permitted is
was allowed will be allowed
allowed

=======================================================
Quiz Exercise 82 – Modal Verbs (Part 1)
Fill in the sentences with the correct modal verb from the box:
can may were able to
can't must will be able to
could must not will be permitted to
don't have to couldn’t will need to
had to wasn't allowed to won't be able to
1- Restaurants __________________________ be inspected by the health
department in order to get a permit to serve food.
2- I'm really out of shape. I __________________________ climb a flight of
stairs without getting winded.
3- Students __________________________ leave the cafeteria during the
lunch hour, as long as they are quiet in the hallways.
4- Members of the audience __________________________ask the
speaker questions after she finishes her talk.
5- ___________ you _________________ find a parking space at the
stadium yesterday?
6- I saw that film twice but I just __________________________ understand
it.
7- This morning I spilled milk all over the table, so I
__________________________ clean it up before leaving the house.
8- You __________________________ drink alcohol while taking
antibiotics - you could get very sick.
9- Once I get certified, I __________________________ work as a massage
therapist.
10- We __________________________go to school tomorrow - it's a
holiday.
11- When I was a child, I __________________________ play computer
games for more than 30 minutes. My mom didn't want me to get addicted.
12- My cousin does karate, and she __________________________ break
a concrete block with her hand.
13- My son __________________________ read by the time he was
168
 he's 14 and now he's reading college textbooks!
14- When your baby is born, you __________________________ take some
time off.
15- If you don't train the new employee, then he
__________________________do the work
=================================================

Unit ( 61 )
Modal Verbs (Part 2)
Today you'll learn modals for requests, advice, offers, and asking
permission.
Modal Verbs for Requests

When asking somebody else to do something, we have three options:

--- Can you help me with my homework?
--- Could you help me with my homework? more formal / polite
--- Would you mind helping me with my homework? (extremely polite

The third option, "would you mind," is usually used when we are concerned
that our request might inconvenience the other person, or we suspect that the
other person might say "no" or have some objection.

Notice that after can and could, we use the base form of the verb
("help") - but after would you mind, we use the -ING form ("helping").
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Modal Verbs for Advice

When asking for advice, we use should:

--- Question word + should:
--- This is a serious problem. What should I do?
--- Where should we go on our vacation?

--- Should I do A or B?
--- Should I go to grad school, or just try to get a job?
--- Should I cut my hair or let it grow?
--- Do you think I should... [action]?
---- Do you think I should tell him how I really feel?
It seems like a good job. Do you think I should take it?

169
When giving advice, we can use should (for giving a strong
recommendation) or could (for simply suggesting a possibility).

Suggesting possibilities:

--- I just moved here, and I don't have any friends.

--- What should I do?

--- Well, you could join a club or sports

team .---. Or if sports isn't your thing, you
could get involved at the local community
center. --- You could also throw a party at your
house and invite all your new neighbors.

Giving a strong recommendation:

I've had a stomachache for the past week. What kind of
medicine do you think I should take?

You should go to the doctor - it might be something serious!

Two more expressions used for giving strong advice (which can be
used as substitutes for "should") are had better and ought to.

Ought to is often used to express some sort of duty, moral obligation.

--- That was a terrible thing you did. You ought to apologize.
--- He's an adult ! He ought to know how to behave well.

Had better is used for strong recommendations and warnings:

--- She's not breathing. We'd better call an ambulance, quickly!
--- Your car isn't starting . You'd better take a taxi.
--- It's raining really hard. I'd better take an umbrella. (making a
recommendation to yourself)
==========================================================
Modal Verbs for Offers

We often use Would you like...? to make a polite offer or invitation to another
person:

--- Would you like something to drink?

--- Would you like to join me for lunch?
--- Would you like me to help you with that project?

170
 This is a more polite way of saying "Do you want...?" - which could be
used among friends or in informal situations.

When talking about something that you want, saying "I'd like..." (short for "I
would like") is a more polite way of saying "I want." This is a good way to
express your desires in a polite way; sometimes "I want" can be a little too
direct .

--- I'd like you to make this project your top priority.
--- I'd like to reschedule our meeting, if that's all right with you.
--- I'd like us to plan ahead and stay organized.
An exchange student from another country has just arrived at your house; he
will be staying with you for several months and he knows nothing about your
country. Make him some offers and invitations using:

(offer a specific food/drink):

Would you like... ?
(invite him to go somewhere in your city):
Would you like... ?
Would you like... ?
=======================================================
Modal Verbs for Asking Permission

When asking permission, we have at least seven different options

1--Can I leave work early today?

2- Could I leave work early today?
3-- May I leave work early today?
4- Do you mind if I leave work early today?
5-- Would you mind if I left work early today?
6- Is it OK if I leave work early today?
7-- Would it be all right if I left work early today?

==================================================
asking permission with can is very informal. We usually use this with friends:
--- Hey, can I borrow your cell phone for a minute?

--- Asking permission with could is more polite. We can use this
with friends or in professional situations:
--- Actually, would you mind if I called them tomorrow?
I already have a number of urgent things to deal with.
--- Actually, do you mind if I call them tomorrow?

171
Notice that when we use "would you mind," the verb is in the past tense
("called") and when we use "do you mind," the verb is in the present tense
("call").

It is the same with the phrases "Is it OK if..." and "Would it

be all right if..."

Is it OK if I take these textbooks home? I'll return them tomorrow.

====================================================

Quiz Exercise ( 83) –Modal Verbs (Part 2)

Circle the correct modal verb to complete each sentence:
1- I can't seem to open this jar. Can / May you do it?
2- Could / Should we give him a soccer ball or a baseball bat for his
birthday?
3- Excuse me – may / should I have a word with you?
4- Do you mind if / Would you like I sit here?
5- Here are the books you asked for. Where should / would I put them?
6- Could / Would you mind taking these letters to the post office? If it's
not too much trouble.
7- Mom, can/ought I stay up late to watch the end of this movie?
8- You could / You'd better slow down, there's ice on the road.
9- I'm a big fan of yours! Could / Would I get your autograph?
10- I'd like / I mind you to keep me informed about your progress.
11- If you have a problem with someone, you ought to / had better
talk with them directly to resolve it.
12- Could / Should you pass the salt, please?

======================================================

Unit ( 62 )
Modal Verbs (Part 3)
Today's lesson will focus on using modal verbs for certainty, probability,
and deduction.

172
"Deduction" means using the information available to make a guess or draw a
conclusion about the facts.

Depending on the information available, you might be more certain that

your conclusion is true, or less certain that your conclusion is true –
and we use different modal verbs to indicate the degree of certainty.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
N0. level of certainty modal verbs used
100% - Completely or
1- must, can’t, couldn’t
almost certain
80% Expecting to be
2- should
certain
3- 50% Maybe certain might, may, could

Let's look at some examples.

=======================================================
Certainty ( Certainty about the Present )

When making deductions about the present, we use must if we are sure
something is true and can't if we are sure that something is impossible.

For example, if you see this guy, you can say:

--- He must be a chef.

(we are very certain, because of his uniform and
what he is doing)
--- He can’t be a policeman.
(we are very certain he is NOT a policeman)

Carla works every day from 9 AM to 5 PM. Right

now it’s 10:30 AM, so…

--- She must be at work. ---- --- She can't be at home.

Certainty about the Past

When we consider some present evidence and draw a reasonably certain

conclusion about what happened in the past, we use must have and
couldn't have plus the past participle of the verb
must have + past participle
when we draw the conclusion that something DID happen

173
--- Sheila got a tan. She must have spent a lot of time in the sun
lately.
--- There was one banana left, but now it's gone. My husband
must have eaten it.

must not have + past participle

when we draw the conclusion that something did NOT happen

--- The car is still dirty. Paul must not have washed it yet.
--- He barely touched his lunch. He must not have been hungry.

couldn't have + past participle

when we are certain that something was IMPOSSIBLE
--- Martha couldn't have taken your notebook; she wasn't even in
class yesterday.
--- The cookies are gone. But Eric couldn't have reached the
cookies on the top shelf; he must have asked his older
brother to get them.
Can’t have is also possible, but it is much less common than couldn’t have.
Here’s an example that illustrates the difference between must not
have and couldn’t have:

--- I don’t see the report here – she must not have printed it out.
(we draw the conclusion that she did not do it)
--- The printer’s been broken for the past week, so she couldn’t have
printed out the report.
(we know it was IMPOSSIBLE for her to do it)

You'll see five pictures accompanied by sentences. For each one, fill in
the blank with must have (if you think it happened), must not have (if
you think it didn’t happen) or couldn't have (if you think it's impossible).
=======================================================
Certainty about the Future

Making deductions about the future is the same as making predictions.

As you learned in the lesson about future tenses, we can use will or
going to for saying what we believe will happen in the future. When you
are quite sure that your prediction is correct, you can also add the word
definitely to emphasize your certainty:

--- She's definitely going to love this book - it's by her favorite author.
--- The kids will definitely be thrilled when we tell them we're going to
Disney World.
174
Two slightly more formal expressions that can be used for talking about
the future with certainty is saying that something is certain to happen,
or is sure to happen:

--- Engineers are certain to develop even faster computers.

--- The country is sure to come to the aid of its ally.

Present / Future Expectation

When you expect something to happen (although you are not

completely, 100% certain), you can use should/shouldn't for the
present or future:
--- Present:
I took my car to the mechanic yesterday and he said the problem
would be fixed in a day - so my car should be ready by now.
--- Future:
---Can you please type up these notes?
---It should only take about half an hour.
--- Present:
The weather is clear, so our flight shouldn't
be delayed.
--- Future:
I've written out all the instructions for this task
step by step, so you shouldn't run into any
problems when you try to do it
Past Expectation

For expectations about what was supposed to happen in the

past, you can use should have and shouldn't have plus
the past participle:
--- I sent the package three weeks ago with express mail. They should have
received it already. (I expect that they have already received it
--- This car is brand new. It shouldn't have broken down.
I expected it NOT to break down

Because should / shouldn't are also used for giving advice and
recommendations, we can also use should have and shouldn't have for
evaluating things in the past and declaring them to have been right or
wrong, good or bad:

175
--- Lindsay saw a woman who needed help, but did nothing. "Lindsay, you
should have helped her."
--- I said something mean to my best friend during an argument. "I
shouldn't have said that. It really hurt her feelings."
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Think of one thing you regret doing, and one thing you regret NOT
doing. Make sentences about them using should/shouldn't have + the
past participle:

--- I should have………... --- I shouldn't have…………..

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Possibility

Present / Future Possibility

We can use may, might and could to talk about things that are
possible in the present and future.

Present:
--- Where's Fred? He's not in his office.
He may be in the bathroom... or he might be in the conference room.
--- Don't eat that mushroom. It could be poisonous.
Future:
--- The weather forecast says it may rain tomorrow.
--- Your daughter is really smart. She could be very successful someday.
--- We might take a road trip this weekend.

Some people say that might is less certain than may, but in spoken English
there is really no effective difference. It’s probably best to use might. The
word may is less common, and we can only use could in the positive form,
not the negative form, for talking about possibility:

--- Are you sure that's a good idea?

The boss may not / might not like it when he finds out.
--- I may not /might not be the smartest person in the class, but I
definitely work the hardest.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Past Possibility
When talking about past possibilities, we can use... might have / may
have / could have + past participle (for positive possibilities) and might
not have / may not have + past participle (for negative possibilities).

Positive Past Possibilities:

176
 --- She's not home. She might have
gone to the store.
--- He may have misunderstood you
when you talked to him yesterday.
--- The person who stole the
documents could have been one of
the employees.
one of the employees.

Could have is usually used in unreal conditions -

when we are imagining a possibility if something in the past had been
different: "If we had started this project earlier, we could have finished on
time."

Negative Past Possibilities:

--- John’s not here. He might not have known about the meeting.
--- If she hasn’t called you back, she may not have listened to your voicemail
yet.

Remember that couldn't have is only used when we are certain that
something is logically impossible in the past:
--- She couldn't have taken the car; she doesn't have a key.

Summary
1- Use must (present) and must have (past) when you are very certain
that something is / was true
2- Use can't (present) and couldn't have (past) when you are very certain
that something is / was impossible
3- Use should / shouldn't (present) and should have / shouldn't have
(past) to talk about things you expect to be true, although you don't
have complete certainty
4- You can also use should have / shouldn't have for judging actions
in the past to be good or bad
5- Use might (most common), may, or could to talk about present and
future possibilities
6- Use might have, may have, or could have to talk about past possibilities
7- For a possibility that something did NOT happen, use might not have and
may not have
==================================================

Quiz/ Exercise 84 –Modal Verbs (Part 3)

177
Complete the blanks with must, can’t, or might
1-. Look at that guy's enormous muscles. He __________work out a lot.
2- Michelle ________________ want to participate in the festival -
it seems like the type of thing she'd be interested in. Why don’t
you ask her?
3- . She goes camping every weekend. She ________________ really
love the outdoors.
4- He worked hard on his report, then accidentally deleted the file
from his computer. He ________________ be upset.
5- You _____________ be right - but I'm going to check to make sure.

6- We're not sure if this painting is an original. It ________________ be

worth thousands of dollars.
7- I ________________ not be able to go to the football game. It
depends on whether I can get the afternoon off from work.
8-He's working full-time and studying for his Ph.D. That
________________ be easy.
9-You just ate a huge dinner! You ________________ be hungry
. again already!
10. Wow - look at that diamond necklace. It ___________ cost a fortune.
====================================================

Exercise 85
Now complete the blanks with must, should, shouldn’t, or couldn’t:
1- I'm so thankful for your help with this project. I ___________________
have done it without you!
2- The repairs I made ___________________ have fixed the problem, but
they didn't - so I'll have to take another look.
3- It ___________________ have rained a lot last night - there
are puddles everywhere.
4- I ___________________ have watched that horror movie; it gave me
nightmares.
5- We ___________________ have known about this; nobody told us
anything about it.

178
 6- If you’ve been trying to lose weight, then you really
___________________ have eaten all that ice cream.
7- He ___________________ have finished a 500-page book in a single
day!
8- She never showed up. She ___________________ have
forgotten about our appointment.
9- He broke two of the plates while washing the dishes. He
___________________ have been more careful.
10- They ate every bite of their dinner - they ___________________
have enjoyed the food
=====================================================
Unit 63 )
Modal Verbs Summary ( 1 )
1) Must
a) Something compulsory ‫ إجباري‬and obligatory ‫ ملزم‬.
Ex. You must obey strictly the laws of your state.
A Muslim must be committed to the principles of Islam.
b) Something you believe it is certain as a result.
Ex. You’ve been travelling all day, You must be tired.

c) Something necessary to do for interest, health, …. etc.

Ex. You’re too fat. You must get more exercise.
We’re too late. We must hurry.

2 ) Mustn’t
1- Something prohibited ‫ محظور‬or forbidden to do.
a - You mustn’t participate in illegal actions ‫ أعمال غير قانونية‬.
b - Something you are advised not to do it for health, interest, ….
Your blood pressure is high. You mustn’t eat salt foods.
c- Giving instructions or advice.
The film has started. We mustn’t make any noise.

3 ) Needn’t
1- Something you don’t need to do, but you can if you like.
Ex. We’re early for school. We needn’t hurry.

2- Something it is not necessary to do. It may give reassurance.

Ex. your father’s condition is stable ‫مستقرة‬. You needn’t worry.
179
3- For something you did already, but now you have known that it
was not necessary.
Ex. I got up at 4:00 a.m. to catch the 5 o’clock train. But the train changed
the time to 6: 30 a.m. So I needn’t have got up so early.
=======================================================
Exercise 86
Complete the sentences with must – mustn’t or needn’t ):
1- We haven’t got much time. We ____________ hurry.

2- We have much time. We _____________ hurry.

3- We have enough food. We __________ go shopping today.

4- My father gave me a letter to post. I ________________

remember to post it.
5- I _____________ forget to post the letter. It’s important.

6- This is a valuable book. You _____________ look after

it carefully. You _____________ lose it.

7- You ____________ take a taxi. Your home is very near.

8- You can stay with me in my flat. You _____________

stay at the hotel.

9- He has an expensive car. He ____________ be a rich man.

10- You ______________ talk politely with your father.

11- Your blood sugar is too high. You ____________ eat sweets.

12- Your operation is safe and simple. You ____________ worry.

======================================================
4-a ) Can = be able to
Verb tenses Examples
1 Present - I can carry this box =
can = am / is / are + able to I am able to carry this box.
He is able to carry this box.

180
 You are able to carry this box.
- I could learn English last year =
Past I was able to learn English last
2
could = was / were + able to
year.
- I can go shopping tomorrow =
Future I will be able to go shopping
3
can = will be able to
tomorrow
================================================
Exercise ( 87 )
Fill in the spaces with can – can't – could – couldn't:
1- I ______________ carry this bag. It's too heavy.

2- I was ill and tired. I ______________ swim in cold water.

3- In the past, we ______________ buy eggs. We had our own hens.

4- You ____________ answer all the questions. They're quite easy.

5- _____________ you pass your English test last week?

6- _________I borrow your calculator, please?

7- I ___________ understand what he said. He was talking very fast.

8-You __________ learn the Chinese language in a year. It's very difficult.

4- b) Can = be allowed to

Used to ask, give, or refuse permission according to the regulations of laws.

- Am I allowed to park my car here?
am allowed to - Is a student allowed to leave the exam
Present
is allowed to room after half an hour?
(can)
are allowed to - Students are allowed to go out in a break
time.
- When I lived in America, I was not
Past was allowed to allowed to work on Sundays.
(could) were allowed to -We had to pass an English test before we
were allowed to join the university.
Future will be allowed to -We will be able to graduate when we pass

181
 (will be
all our specialty subjects.
able)
=============================================
Exercise ( 88 )
Complete the sentences below with ( can ) and the right form of ( be
allowed to) as in number 1:
1) Can I play loud music? ( Be quiet )
No, you aren't allowed to play loud music.
You have to be quiet.

2- Can we eat in the classroom? ( eat in the cafeteria )

No, you ________________________ eat in the classroom.
You ____________________________ eat in the cafeteria.

3- Can my dog enter with me? ( keep outside )

No, your dog __________________________ enter with you.
You ___________________________ it outside.

4- Can I use your phone? ( use public phone )

No, you ____________________________ to use my phone.
You _____________________________ use a public phone.
5- Can we register for the next term? ( wait until the term starts )
No, you ____________________________ for the next term.
You _____________________________ until the term starts.

6- Could you get a driving license when you were 15 years old?
( wait until I'm 18 )
No, I ______________ to get a driving license when I was 15.
I _____________________________ until I was 18.

7- Could you use satellite TV 10 years ago?

No, we _____________________ use satellite TV 10 years ago.
We __________________________ use aerial TV only

======================================================
5 ) Have / has to
A ) Used to express necessity / need .
--- I have to wear glasses for reading You have to pay your bills in time.

182
 B ) Used for habitual self-obligations
--- As a waiter , he has to work from 9:00 am to 12 midnight every day.

C ) The past form of have to or has to is ( had to ) .

--- I had to do much homework yesterday

Don’t have to = something you do not need to do it , but you are allowed
to do it if you wish. ---You don't need to work overtime today.

D) had to = past for of have / has to

--- I had to arrive late this morning because of heavy traffic.
====================================================
Exercise ( 89 )
A ) Complete the sentences with ( have to / has to / had to and their
negative forms

1- Bill starts work at 5 a.m. . He ………………………..at four. ( get up )

2- I broke my arm last week . I ………………………..to hospital . ( go )
3- How old do you ………………………..to get a driving license . ( be )
4- I don’t have much time . I …………………….. ( hurry )
5- The bus was late again. How long …………………….. ( we / wait ) ?
6- I feel well today. I ____________ go to the doctor.
7- My father is a mechanic . He ______________send his car to an auto
workshop
8- My brother has two cars . That's enough for him as a single .He _______
_________________buy more cars.
9- Our school starts at 7:30 a.m. – We _____________go to school 6 a.m.
10-My father was too busy to come and pick me up from school , so I had to
take a taxi . I ___________________wait any longer.
==============================================
Unit ( 64 )
Modal Verbs Summary ( 2 )

183
 1- Shall – will – Would
A) Shall
1- We use Shall in the questions:
Shall I come tomorrow? or Shall we have a test soon?
2-To ask somebody’s opinion (in offers, suggestions)
- Shall I open the window? Yes, please or No, thanks
- Where shall we go this evening? Let’s go to the beach.
B) Will
We use will in the following situations:
1) To make requests:
- Will you send me a copy of your new book, please?
- Will you please close the door. It’s rather cold.

2) To agree to something:
A: I need your help to repair my car.
B: OK. I will help you. I’ll arrange with you next Friday.
3) To make offers:
- Will you have another cup of tea? Yes, please.
- Your bag look heavy. I’ll help you with it.
4) To decide something at the time of speaking:
- I can hear someone moving in the garden.
- I will go out and see who he is.
5) In conditional sentences, type 1:
- I will buy a new car if my father gives me SR. 20.000
- I feel hungry. I think I’ll have something to eat.
- I’m tired. I don’t think I’ll go out tonight.
6) To make a promise
- Thank you for lending me the money. I’ll pay it back next Sunday.
- Don’t tell anyone about what happened.
OK. I will not (won’t) tell anybody. That’s a promise.

7) We often use (will) with the following:

probably – I expect – I’m sure – I wonder – I think – I don’t think so.

- I feel hungry. I think I’ll have a sandwich.
- I’m tired. I don’t think I’ll go out tonight.

- Don’t stay up tonight, I’ll probably be home late.

- I wonder what will happen.
=======================================================
184
C) Would
We use would in the following situations:
1) To make requests:
Would you lend me some money, please?
2)To give advice:
If I were you, I would call the police.
3) To make invitations:
Would you like to come with me?
==========================================
Exercise ( 90 )
A ) Complete the sentences with I’ll and the verb in brackets:
1-I’m too tired to walk home. I think ___________ a taxi. (take)

2- It’s cold in this room, isn’t it?

Yes, it is. I _______________ the heating. (switch on)

3- Shall I do the washing up now?

No. I _________________ for you later. (do)

4- Would you like tea or coffee?

I think I _______________ coffee, please. (have)

5- I don’t know how to use this computer.

OK. I ________________ you how to use it. (tell)
=======================================================
B ) Write questions using: Do you think …… will ….? with the following
verbs: be back – cost – end – get married – clear up – rain :
1- The weather looks good today.
Do you _____________________________?

2- The meeting is still going on.

When do you _________________________?

3- My car needs to be repaired.

How much ___________________________?

4- Nouri and Noura love each other.

Do you________________________________?

5- I’m going out tonight.

OK. What time do you ________________________?

185
=========================================
2 ) Should + ought to

We use should and ought to in the following situations:

1) To give advice, or opinion:
You should see a doctor. You look really sick.
You ought to study hard. The exams may be difficult.

2) To express mild obligation:

You should confirm reservation in one hour before the flight
You ought to check out at the hotel before 2:00 p.m.

3) To talk about unfulfilled obligation:

I know you failed your exam. You should have studied hard
His chest was injured in the accident. He ought to have worn
his seat belt.

4) With ( I think – I don’t think – Do you think …..? )

I think the government should(ought to)build more hospitals
I don’t think you should (ought to) get up so early.

5) When we think something is not right, or not as we expect:

- The price of Lexus is too expensive. It should be much cheaper.
- The man on the motorbike should (ought to) wear a helmet.

6) To say that something is expected or known by others:

Students should (ought to) be aware of the exam ( regulations. ‫تعليمات‬
) They are already put on the notice – board. ‫لوحة اإلعالنات‬

B) Shouldn’t & Ought not to:

1) You ought not to go to bed so late. This is the reason for
your getting up late.
2) You shouldn’t believe( rumours. ‫ ) إشاعات‬Be sure of what you
read or hear.
3) I feel sick. I shouldn’t have eaten frozen food.

4) The telephone operators shouldn’t listen to our calls.

They’re private.
====================================================
Exercise ( 91 )
A) Write sentences with should or shouldn’t and the following sentence-
parts (go to bed late – look for another job - use her car so much– take a
photograph – fix more lights in it.

186
1- Your salary is very low. You _____________________.
2- What a beautiful view. You ______________________.
3- Jack always gets up late. He _____________________.
4- Jane drives everywhere. She _____________________.
5- Bill’s room is rather dark. He _____________________.

B) What should you do in the following situations?

1) When you have a birthday party
I should ……………………………………………..
2) When you have final exams.
I ………………………………………………………
3) When you feel sick.
I ………………………………………………………
C) What shouldn’t you do in the following situations?
1) When your blood pressure is too high
I shouldn’t …………………………………………………..
2) When our team plays a match
We ……………………………………………………………
3) When you have a car accident .
I ………………………………………………………………………..
=====================================================
3 ) must / can't / might + be

Must be : means that something is logically true.

Ex. Jack and Tom look the same. They must be twins.

Can't be : means that something is logically untrue.

Ex. Today is Thursday. Students can't be at school.

Might be: is used to express possibility.

Ex. Where's Turki? – He might be at home.
=======================================================

Exercise 92
Complete the sentences using ( must be – can't be – might be ):
1-The waiter at a restaurant ___________ polite to customers.

2-He's wearing rubbish clothes. He _____________ a teacher.

3-He didn't come to my party. He _____________ busy.

187
4-Fahid got full marks in all his exams. He ________ intelligent.

5-Ahmed didn't answer my call. His mobile __________ closed.

6-He ___________ happy because his father died a week ago.

7-Some students didn't complete the exam. It ______________difficult

8- Students aren't at school today. It _______________ a holiday.
9- He spend too much money travelling. He _________ a rich man.

10- A boy was talking unfriendly with that man. He _______ his son.

========================================================

Key Answers to Part 2 Exercises --

Verbs -- group( 1 ) -- Units 16 -- 64
uni
topic Ex. Answers
t
1-is / isn't 2-Are / are 3-are / am 4-aren't
Verbs (to be
16 26 5-will be 6-are / are 7-Are 8-Am / aren't
)
9-is / will be 10-were 11-was 12-were
1-main 2-auxiliary 3-main 4-auxiliary 5-
== ========= 27 auxiliary
6-main 7-main 8-auxiliary
1- it 2- There's 3- It 4- It 5- There 6- It
7- There's / it's 8- there's 9- there's 10-
There + verb
17 28 it’s /
( to be )
there are 11- it 12- there 13- there 14- there
15- It's 16- It’s
1-Is there / there are 2-are there / aren't
3-Was there 4-there were 5-There will be
== ========= 29
6-There aren't 7-What's there 8-There was
9-Are there / there aren't 10-is there
18 Verb to 30 1-main 2-auxiliary 3-auxiliary 4-auxiliary 5-
188
 main
have ( 1 )
6-main 7-auxiliary 8-main
A) 1-haven't eaten 2-doesn't have 3-hasn't lost
4-haven't / seen 5-didn't have
========= 31 B) 1-Do we have 2-Do you have 3-Has he
eaten
4-Have you made 5-Does she have
A) Now ( 1-I've got 2-has got 3-has got
Verb to
4-Have got 5-have got
19 have 32
B ) Ten years ago ( didn't have --- for all 5
(2)
examples )
1- haven't go a key 2-didn't have my glasses
Verb to have 3-hasn't got a ladder 4-hadn't got a camera
20 33
(3) 5-haven't got any money 6-didn't have enough
time
A ) 1-has to get up 2-had to go 3- have to
4-didyou have to wait
Have / has
B )1-mustn't 2-don't have to 3-have to 4-mustn't
21 = 34
C ) 1-have gone to 2-have been to 3-have been
( must )
to
4-has gone to 5-has been to
1-should have woken 2-could have won 3-shoul
Modal of lost Have left 4-could have got 5-wouldn't have got
22 35
opportunity 6-should have told 7-would have studied
8-could have caught
23 The 36 A )1-Don't make 2-Speak 3-Write 4-Don't
imperatives leave
5-Don't throw 6-Don't be 7-Don't call 8-Don't
B ) 1-shouldn't 2-should 3-shouldn't 4-
shouldn't

189
 5-should 6-should 7-should 8- shouldn't
1-sleeping / staying 2-to watch / go 3-make /
Expressing buy
24 37
advice 4-invite 5-wear 6-eating 7-go 8-take 9-drink
10-prefer
1-is examining 2-are running 3-is ringing 4-am
Present writing 5- doing 6-aren't 7-looking 8-are
25 38
continuous having
9-is waiting 10-is buying
1-tastes / is tasting 2-am thinking / think 3-am
looking / look 4-is sleeping / sleeps 5-builds / is
Present
26 39 building 6-see / are working 7-hear / asking
simple
8-rremember / want 9-does / contain 10-think /
costs

1-appears / is appearing 2-am having / have 3-

Action &
miss / am missing 4-see / am seeing 5-feel / am
27 non-action 40
feeling 6- weighs / am weighing 7-is admiring
verbs
/ admires 8-is smelling / smells
1-have….done 2-has not spoken 3-has called
Present 4-have not eaten 5-have….watered 6-have
28 41
perfect …..been 7-have…..put 8-have finished 9-
have …..smoked 10-have seen / have….been
1-have been cleaning 2-have…….been doing
3-has been repairing 4-has been blowing
Present 5-have been looking for 6-has not been feeling
29 perfect 42 7-have been waiting 8-have been
continuous B ) 1-for 2-since 3-for 4-since 5-for 6-
since
7-for 8-for 9-for 10-since
30 Mixed 43 1- It's raining. 2- I eat 3- hates 4- He's

190
 traveling. 5- don't fit 6- it sounds 7- has 8-
I usually go
present 9- I'm renting 10-I confess 11- I understand
tenses 12- They're considering 13- We currently know
14- He approves 15- it depends
16- I have …/ I'm having
1- you’re constantly criticizing my driving!"
2- He’s always missing deadlines."
=========
== 44 3- They’re continually eating fast food."
=
4-"You’re constantly losing things."
5-She’s always asking for favors.
1-have….seen / have…..been 2-are..doing / am
writing 3-does….do / works 4-moves 5-
have….
…been / have been 6-have….caught / have
Summary of
caught 7-have taken 8-is happening / are
31 present 45
quarrelling
verbs
9-do….eat / eat 10-is buying 11-does….smoke
/ smokes 12-do….hear / hear 13-Do /
have….done
14- are going / have finished 15-have called
1-rains /rained 2-walk / walked 3-watch /
watched
4-work / worked 5-cooks / cooked 6-waited /
32 Past simple 46
wait
7--drank / drink 8-cut / cut 9- catch / caught
10-ate / eat
33 Past 47 1- Did you pay 2- Has he ever been 3-We didn't
go
simple /
4- hasn't made 5- have we gotten up? 6- I
present
called

191
 7- I broke 8- I took 9- I haven't had 10- She's

perfect Been 11- didn't go 12- Did 13- Have you seen

14- We've collected 15 has never flown

1- stayed 2- hated 3 recognized 4- has been
running 5-been sleeping 6- been looking
7- I've read 8- been thinking 9- been traveling
== ======== 48 10- been exercising; 11- I've missed 12- has
won
13- We've sent 14- needed 15- I've been
staying
1-were playing / started 2-hurt / was running
3-cleaned / was painting 4-hit / was crossing
Past
34 49 5-was walking / saw 6-wwere having / told
continuous
7- were...sleeping / called 8-was raining
9-were doing 10-fell/was riding
1-watched / had finished 2-had written / went
3-was / had lost 4-didn't like / had baked
5- had….started / arrived 6-smelt / had cooked
35 Past perfect 50
7- were / had played 8-played / had finished
9-found / had escaped
10-couldn't / had closed
1-had arrived 2-caught / was trying 3-had /
gave
4-had made / stopped 5- didn't water /
== ========= 51
had….watered 6-came / had forgotten 7-went /
had watched 8- paid / was 9-were….doing /
was studying 10- cut / was slicing
36 Past perfect 52 1-I had been having an exam for 3 hours.
continuous 2-I had been looking forward to it for a year.
3-He had been watching a sexual film .

192
 4-He had been driving all night .
5-I had been working in it since 1990.
6-They had been pushing demonstrators
7-We had been taking final exams for 6 hours.
1-was speeding 2-hadn't considered 3-was
putting 4- didn't know 5- had been waiting
6- didn't use to be 7-didn't 8- had flown
Mixed past
37 53 9-used to work 10- had already seen 11-
tenses
stopped
12 – had rally been hoping 13-finished
14- used to eat 15- had been operating
1-caught 2-found / had forgotten 3-had been
waiting 4-called / was watching 5-had written /
Summary of sent 6-had been 7-didn't find / had escaped
38 54
past tenses 8-were / had played 9-arrived / had been
interviewing 10- had finished / went 11-was
calling / knocked 12-arrived / had been sold
1-had better 2-It's time 3- I wish 4- I wish
Past form
5- would rather 6-I were 7-had better 8-It's
39 for present 55
time
meaning
9-I were 10-as if
1-had bought / went 2- came / had escaped
3-happened / were having 4-was doing / was
cooking 5-hit / was using / hurts 6-heard /
Expressing
started
40 past with 56
7-was lying / heard 8-was / spent / stayed /
time clauses
bought 9-waited / came / went / took 10-
finished / didn't find / stole / phoned / looked /
found
1- yet 2- since 3- for 4- ago 5- for 6- ago 7-
41 Since / for 57
yet 8- for 9-since 10- since
193
 Yet / ago
A ) 1-will go 2-going 3-will give 4-will invite 5-
will
Future B )1-will join 2-will watch TV 3-will travel
42 58
simple 4-will have 5-will buy me
C ) 1-will the plane 2-will you be 3-will you go
4- will you be 5- will you buy
Future 1-will be having 2-will be doing 3- will be
43 59
continuous putting up 4-will be playing 5-will be taking
1-will have done 2-will not have repaired 3-will
Future have finished 4-will not have slept 5-will have
44 60
perfect bought 6-will have graduated 7-will have slept
8-will have finished
A ) 1-I'm buying cake and juice 2-I'm going
present
45 forms 61 3-Iti's starting 4-I'm getting married 5- He's
for future visiting
B )I'm making 2-leaves 3-am watching 4-
========= starts
== 62
= 5-arrives 6-starts 7-I'm walking 8-I'm going to
finish
More about A ) 1-is going to open 2-will probably meet
46 63
the future 3-stop 6-will have graduated 7-will have slept
B ) 1-taking a picture 2-go to bed 3-finish the
== ======== 64 test
4-write a note 5-leave for work 6-pay the bill
47 Mixed future 65 1-Starts / I'm going to 2-I won't make
tenses 3-I'm taking / I'll get 4-I'm going to read /
5- I’ll prepare 6-I'll take 7-I'm not going to
complain 8-she's going to 9- Randy's
10- will have 11- She's going to
12- will probably take 13- are you doing

194
 14- I'll be getting 15- ends / I'll
1- will be working 2- will have been playing
3- won't be joining 4- will have paid
5-will be writing 6 will have been 7- will be moving
== 66 8-will have changed 9-will be giving 10-Will you
be using 11- will have spent 12- will have
finished
No exercises on this unit
Summary of
48 future == No exercises
tenses

1-did you go 2-do you spell 3- is 4-is the weather

Using How +
49 67 5-is 6-can we see 7-does a doctor 8-can I go
verbs
9-did you 10-must a soldier
The verb 1-auxiary 2-main 3-auxiliary 4-main 5-auxiliary
50 68
( to do ) 6-main 7-auxiliary 8-main
A ) 1-Don't do your best 2-Don't lose 3-doesn't walk
4-didn't do 5-didn't see
== ========= 69
B ) 1-Do they learn Does it get 3- Do you do
4-Did Fahd buy 5-Do you do good
Confusing 1-ringed 2-lying 3-lay 4-wounded 5-wound
51 70
Pairs of verbs 6-founded 7-hanged 8-felled 9-borne 10- bind
52 Questions ( 1 )71 1- How much information do they need?
2- What time did you get home yesterday?
3- When is she getting back from her trip?
4- Who were you talking to on the phone?
5- How many books has he written in his career?
6- Where have you been spending your time lately?
7- How are they going to explain this?
8- Which of these bracelets will she like?

195
 9-How can I get to the airport from here?
10- Which restaurant should we go to ?
1-What can you draw ? 2- When does it rain
much ?
3-How many students does your class have ?
4- What did you have for breakfast ?
5-Who will graduate next month? 6- Why did he
== ========= 72
fail ?
7-Where does your uncle live? 8- Whose car is
that ?
9-Which do you like more , apples or oranges ?
10- What time does the school bell ring ?

1- Won't 2- Don't 3- Isn't 4- didn't 5- Can't

53 Questions ( 2 )73 6- Weren't 7- Hasn't 8- Shouldn't 9- Haven't
10-- Doesn't
1-I am 2-you are 3-he isn't 4-I won't 5-I don't
54 Short answers 74 6-she does 7-I should 8-I haven't 9-No , I won't
10-we needn't
Question-tags 1-aren't 2-hasn't 3-won't 4-can't 5-isn't 6-doesn't
55 75
a) negative 7-don't 8-didn't 9-aren't 10-won't

1-have 2-is 3-will 4-did 5-does 6-do 7-can

== b) affirmative 76
8-are 9-will 10-shall
A ) 1-I hope not 2-I'm afraid not 3-I suppose so
4-I think so 5-I expect so 6-I suppose not
Short
56 77 7-I don't think so 8-I hope so
responses
B ) 1- My pleasure 2-Never mind 3-Don't worry
4-Yes , please 5-Not at all 6-No , thanks
1-are / isn't 2-aren't / is 3-are / aren't 4-weren't /
Verbs after
57 78 was5-were / wasn't 6-does / don't 7-doesn't / do
And / But
8-did / didn't 9-cam / can't 10-will / won't

196
 1-so tired was he ……..2-surely had I opened………
3-had I met Hamad ……….4-so did his brother
Inverted
58 79 5-were some terrorists 6- can I find .7-neither could
subject-verb
Hamad 8-was a very old car 9- Never had I ………
10-were there big umbrellas
Can we offer a discount 2-had we left the house
3-have there been 4- did we miss our plane
== ========= 80 5-had I complained 6-do I see so …7-are you
a parent 8-must they be allowed 9-do you see …….
10-should you reply …..
Auxiliary & 1-X 2- to 3- X 4-to 5- X 6- X 7- to
59 81
Modal verbs 8- X 9- X 10 X
1- must be 2- can't 3- may 4- will be
permitted
Modal verbs 5- Were you able to 6- couldn’t 7- had to
60 82
(1) 8- must not 9- will be able to 10- don't have to
11- wasn't allowed to 12- can 13- could
14- will need to 15- won't be able to
1- Can 2- Should 3- may 4- Do you mind if
Modal verbs
61 83 5- should 6- Would 7- can 8- You'd better
(2)
9- Could 10- I'd like 11- ought to 12- Could
1- must 2- might 3- must 4- must 5-
Modal verbs
62 84 might 6- might 7- might 8 can't 9- can't 10-
(3) must

== =========== 85 1- couldn't 2- should 3- must 4- shouldn't

5- couldn't 6- shouldn't 7- couldn't 8- must
9- should 10- must

1-Must 2-mustn't 3-nedn't 4- must 5-mustn't

Summary of 6-must 7-neeedn't 8- needn't 9- must 10 must
63 Modal 86
11-Mustn’t 12- needn't
Verbs ( 1 )

197
 1-can't 2-can't 3-couldn't 4-can 5-could 6- can
== ========= 87
7- couldn't 8- can't
1-You aren't allowed to … / you have to be quiet
2- You aren't allowed to …./ can eat in the cafeteria
3-isn't allowed to …/ must keep it outside
== ========= 88 4-aren't allowed to …./ can use a public phone
5-aren't allowed to register / wait until the term starts
6-was not allowed to …../ I had to wait until I was 18
7- were not allowed to …../ had to use aerial TV
1- has to get up 2- had to go 3- have to be
4- have to hurry 5-do we have to wait 6-don't
== ======== 89
have to 7-doesn't have to 8-doesn't have to
9- doesn't have to 10- didn't have to
A ) 1-I'll take 2- I'll switch on 3- I'll do it 4-I'll have
5-I'll tell
Modal verbs
64 90 B ) think it will rain 2-think it will clear up ? 3-do you
Summary (2)
think it will cost 4-think they'll get married 5- think
you'll be back
A ) 1-should look for another job 2- should take a
== 91 photograph 3-shoulkn't go to bed late 4- shouldn't
use her car so much 5-should fix more lights in it
B ) I should have a party 2- I should study hard
3- I should go to the doctor
C ) 1- I shouldn't eat salt foods 2-I shouldn't make noise
3-I shouldn't leave before the police come
1-mustn't be 2- can't be 3- might be 4-must be
== ======== 92 5- might be 6-can't be 7-might be 8- must be
9- must be 10 can't be
===========================================================

Part ( 3 )-- Verbs -- Group 2-- Units ( 65 -- 90 )

198
 Unit ( 65 )
The infinitives
A ) To – infinitive: It’s used after the following verbs:
1- expect – want – ask – decide – agree – prefer – pretend –
can’t afford -- would like ( love, prefer ) – forget - seem – wish
– wait -- intend -- mean -- try -- help -- )
--- I want to go to bed.
--- He expected to arrive late.
--- I would like to have chicken.

2- After the verbs: ( offer – refuse – plan – hope – fail –– promise

arrange -– learn –– appear –– deserve – hesitate – manage )
--- I offer to help polite people.
--- He learnt to speak French.
--- I promise to help poor people.
3- After some words that can be used as question words:
( How – Where – What – When ……… )
--- I asked him how to get to the hospital.
--- I don’t know where to go next Friday.
--- You should learn when to take your medicine.
4- The following verbs have the structure:
( verb + object + to-infinitive ):
( tell – order – force – allow – advise – enable – teach – forbid -
encourage – invite – remind – challenge – instruct – persuade
permit – urge – warn -- want -- expect -- ask -- beg -- help
would like -- would prefer )
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- Who taught you to speak French.
--- Can you remind me to call the doctor at 8:00 p.m.
--- The police forced the thief to admit.
--- Hot weather makes me feel tired
5- After adjectives followed by ( for or to ) :
--- It is important to study hard
--- It is important for you to study hard.
--- It is much better to eat fresh vegetables.
--- It is necessary to be on time for work.
199
6- After modal verbs or phrases that end in ( to ) like
( have / has / had + to ---
ought to --- in order to --- so as to --- not to --- about to ,…..)
--- You have to stop at the red signal.
--- I study hard so as to get a good job when I graduate.

B) The infinitive without (to)

It’s used after the following verbs:
( help – make – let – modal verbs ( will – must – can -- may -- should )
--- The clown makes people laugh.
--- You must talk politely.
--- Please, let us leave school early.
========================================================
Exercise 93
Fill in the spaces with the correct infinitive form of verbs:
1- They decided _____________ their old house. (sell)
2- If you refuse ___________ your debts, you’ll go to prison. ( pay )
3- I would like ___________________ milk in my tea. (have)
4- My friend let us _______________ his flat for our party. (use)
5- What are you going ________________ tonight? (do)
6- The teacher made us ______________the dictation twice. ( write )
7- Don't forget ______________ off the lights when you leave. ( switch )
8- Could you help me ___________ this box, please? (lift)
9- The manager hesitated _____________some employees. ( fire )
10- You must ____________ carefully to your teacher in class. (listen)
11- We have a vacation next month, I'm going _____ abroad. ( travel )
12- Daddy : Let us _______________ in the sea. ( swim )
13 – The new boxer _______ the old boxer ____ a contest. ( challenge )
14- I’ll __________ all my friends ____ a party on my birthday. ( invite )
15- The police forced the thief ________ back what he stole. ( bring )
16- A poor man can’t ___________ buy a new house ( afford )
17- The weather is cloudy and windy . It may __________ today. ( rain )
200
18- I learnt how __________ a car when I was ten years old ( drive )
19- The teacher _______ us ____ be on time for all the exams. ( tell )
20- I’m sorry . I didn’t mean ________________ you. ( embarrass )
=============================================

Unit ( 66 )
The – ing form
The -ing form like ( eating – coming -,. etc. ) may be a verb, a noun, or an
adjective.
1 ) As a verb ( present participle ):
It is used to make the continuous tenses ( present – past – future )
after verbs to be ( am – is – are – was – were – will be )
I am learning English now.

2 ) As an adjective : It’s used to describe a noun.

I saw an exciting football match yesterday.

3 ) As a noun ( Gerund ):
It’s used to stand for nouns in their sentence- structure:
a) Subject of a sentence --- Eating salt foods is bad for health.
b) Object to transitive verbs ( avoid – enjoy – finish – deny – risk -- admit --
consider -- fancy -- imagine -- stop -- postpone -- suggest
You should avoid dealing with wicked people.
c) After prepositions:
I’m fond of watching old films.
d) After some phrasal verbs: ( ( don’t mind –can’t help – can’t stand……….)
I can’t help weeping when I see dead people.
e) In short warnings or prohibitions ‫ممنوعات‬
No smoking – ( in hospitals or schools )
f) As a compliment, to complete the meaning:
My favourite hobby is fishing.
=======================================================

Exercise 94

201
Fill in the spaces with the correct (-ing ) form of verbs:

1- I love ______________ to the Koran before I sleep. (listen)

2- The gardener remembered ______________ the plants before

going on a trip. (water)

3- It's hot here. Would you mind _____________ the door, please? ( open )

4- I'm _______________ to play chess. (go)

5- I look forward to _______________ a university degree. ( obtain)

6- I can't stand a man _______________ his hair. (dye)

7- I enjoy _____________ in a garden and watching flowers. (sit )

8- I have been ______________ English for 6 years. (learn)

9- I hate _______________ too fast on the road. ( drive )

10 - It’s no use _______________ after failure ( blame )

=======================================================
Exercise ( 95 )
Complete the sentences using the –ing form of the verbs in the list :
( play -- smoke -- do -- go -- rent -- make -- have -- listen ---
study -- open )

1- The porter’s house is too small . The family is thinking about ………….. a
new house .
2- We discussed …………………on a journey to Egypt to see the pyramids.
3- Lazy students put off ………………their homework.
4- I quit ………………….. when I knew that it causes lung cancer.
5- I enjoy ………………..sports when I have free time .
6- I’m thinking of …………………..medicine at the university.
7- Keep ……………………….to your teacher’s explanation to understand
well what he says.
8- Would you mind ………………….the window, please ?
9- Are you …………………a party on your birthday ?
10- Stop …………………a noise . The children are sleeping .

202
 =======================================================

Unit ( 67 )
The to - Infinitives or the ing – form
The to – infinitive or the ing – form may be used after the following verbs:
( remember – stop – begin – start – intend – try
– need – like -- hate -- continue -- love -- prefer -- help )

a) Please remember to buy me some sugar.

I remember giving you back your book.

b) I’ll stop to eat hamburger. It’s awful.

I stopped eating hamburger when I was 10 .

c) Look ! It has started to rain.

It started raining an hour ago.

d) I like living in Riyadh.

I don’t like to live in Jeddah. .
==========================================================
Exercise ( 96)
) Verb + to or Verb + -ing (
Complete the sentences with verbs in bracket followed by ( to or -ing )
Now the police won't allow anyone _____________ ( leave ) -1

Personally , I wouldn't dare ______________ my boss. ( criticize ) -2

They delayed ____________the date of the wedding 5 days. ( fix ) -3

The accused denied ___________part in the bank robbery . ( take ) -4

Visitors are directed ______ cameras into the museum. ( not carry ) -5
Arabs in the Gulf Area dislike ___________European clothes . ( wear ) -6
I can't imagine that anyone enjoys __________ in a queue. ( wait ) -7
No one can forbid you _________________a public toilet . ( use ) -8
It's hard to imagine ___________________without electricity. ( live ) -9
To be cautious , I keep ____________ all over the place . ( look ) -10
I have never managed ___________to the end of a long film. ( get ) -11
203
 Most people don't mind __________overtime on holidays . ( work ) -12
You can't prevent a disabled driver _____________here . ( park) -13
We don't _________________ business at weekends. ( discuss ) -14
We can't resist _____________such an attractive offer . ( accept ) -15
You risk _______ everything if you become self-employed . ( lose ) -16
I suggest _____________ a taxi to save us a bit of time . ---( take ) -17
If we wish ___________ Canada , We'd better start saving . ( visit ) -18
==========================================
Unit ( 68 )
Study how the verbs below are used in sentences
No Verb + infinitive Verbs +
Verbs + to Verbs + -ing
. Without ( to ) object + to
Advise -
Help -- make --
Agree -- dare allow Avoid --- delay
1- let - may -
Fail -- learn Promise - Miss -- prevent
might
ask
Must - can -
Suggest will Direct --- Like / mind - risk
2-
Manage Could - should forbid - warn enjoy - keep
-
Fancy - imagine
Want -- Daren't - resist – deny -
3- Order ---
wish needn't
face
=======================================================
Exercise ( 97 )
Now complete the sentences below with the right verb from the table
1- The police won't _________ anyone ______demonstrate . ( allow )
2- The accused denied ____ near the bank during the robbery ( be )
3- Most men dislike ________ the same shirt during a week. ( wear )
4- I can't imagine that anyone enjoys _________in a queue . ( wait )
5- I can't fancy __________ to work on an empty stomach. ( go )
204
 6- We keep ____________ until the date of the match. ( practise )
7- I promise _____________ you if you really need help . ( help )
8- Could you help me _________the cupboard to the right. ( move )
9- You needn't ___________an umbrella. It's sunny today. ( take )
10- It's cloudy this afternoon. It may __________very soon ( rain )
=========================================
Unit ( 69 )
Infinitive or -ING (Part 1)
1: Verbs about feelings, desires, and plans
Both enjoy and dislike are followed by the -ing form, as well as the
expressions feel like (which is an informal way of saying you are in the mood
to do something) and can't stand (meaning you strongly dislike
something, or it really annoys you).
1- I enjoy sleeping late on the weekends.
2- I dislike driving long distances.
3- Do you feel like seeing a movie tonight?
4- I can't stand being put on hold for 45 minutes when I try to call
my bank.
Like is different - it can be followed by the -ing form or the to form:
--- I like running. = I like to run.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The verbs mind and don't mind are also followed by the -ing form.
--- Do you mind turning down the music a bit?
--- I don't mind working late, as long as I'm paid for the extra hours.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The verb miss, when talking about the feeling you have when you're sad is
also followed by the -ing form:
--- My friends and I had a lot of fun in college. I miss hanging out with
them.
Finally, the expressions look forward to and be / get used to are
followed by the -ing form and NOT the base form:
--- I look forward to seeing you next week, Not ( to see )
--- I'm not very hungry yet. I'm not used to eating lunch so late in the day.
--- It took me a few days to get used to working with the new software.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

205
Note: There's a difference between "I'm used to eating" (talks about
current habit) and "I used to eat" (talks about past habit) –
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We use the infinitive after desires such as hope, expect, intend, plan, and
want:
1- I hope to get a good grade on the test.
2- My parents expect me to be successful.
3- We intend to open a new branch of the company next year.
4- They're planning to adopt a child.
5- I want to learn how to cook.
There are very few verbs in English that are followed directly by the
base form (we’ll learn these a little later).
The verbs hate, love, prefer, and like can be followed by either "to" or the
"ing" form of the verb. However, the expressions would hate, would love,
would prefer, and would like are always followed by the infinitive with “to”:
--- I like to play tennis. ( in a future time )
--- I like playing tennis. ( general practice )
==============================================
2: Verbs about Speaking
The verbs agree, claim, demand, offer, refuse, promise, and
threaten are followed by to-infinitive :
I blamed my kids after they refused to clean their room.
--- Thanks for lending me a book. I promise to take good care of it. ---- The
kidnappers threatened to kill the little girl unless her parents paid a
$100,000 ransom.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The common verbs regarding speaking that are followed by the -ing form are:
admit, deny, discuss, mention, recommend and suggest:
--- The student admitted cheating on the test.
--- The director denied stealing money from the company.
--- Are we going to discuss hiring someone to manage the project?
--- He didn't mention having a girlfriend.
--- I recommend taking a jacket; it's going to be cold.
--- Do you suggest applying early to that college?
Many English students make mistakes with recommend and
suggest. There are actually a few different correct structures we can use
with these verbs:
--- I recommend / suggest taking a jacket.
206
--- I recommend / suggest that you take a jacket.
--- I suggest you take a jacket.
(we don't usually use recommend with ( to )
======================================================
3: Thinking & State Verbs
Verbs involving "thinking" that are followed by the -ing form include
anticipate, consider, imagine, recall, and think about:
--- In our budget projections, we anticipate spending on additional
training for our staff.
--- Would you consider going back to school to get another degree?
--- Imagine winning the lottery and never having to work again!
--- I don’t recall meeting him before.
--- I'm thinking about dyeing my hair blonde.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Some state verbs are followed by "to": appear, seem, deserve,
need, can/can't afford:
--- He appears to be a soldier.
--- She always seems to know what to do.
--- You've worked hard. You deserve to enjoy your success.
--- We need to take action now!
--- We can't afford to lose this opportunity.
=======================================================
4: Other Actions
Some common verbs for actions that are followed by the -ing form are:
avoid, delay, can't help, finish, involve, keep (in the sense of
"continue" or "do repeatedly"), practice, risk, and spend time:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Examples
1- Try to avoid taking the bus after 11 PM; it's not safe.
2- She delayed going to the doctor until her symptoms got too serious to
ignore.
3- I can't help thinking that he's lying.
4- Let's finish writing the article tomorrow.
5- This job involves taking calls from customers.
6- My dog keeps chewing up my shoes!
7- Every morning, he practices listening to English.
8- You risk losing all your money if you invest it all in a single company.
9- We've been spending time volunteering at the local homeless shelter.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
207
Some common verbs involving that are followed by to + verb: attempt,
choose, decide, hesitate, manage, pretend, fail, learn, prepare, and
tend
1- The soccer player attempted to score a goal.
2- We chose/decided to go to the zoo instead of the park.
3- I hesitate to argue with him; I don't like conflicts.
4- Do you think she'll manage to break the world record?
5- He pretends to be an expert, but he’s not.
6- We failed to prepare adequately for the meeting.
= =======================================================
alarm.======================================================
Quiz / Exercise 98 -- ( Infinitive or ING ? )
Complete each sentence with the verb indicated – in either the infinitive
or the –ING form. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
1- We really enjoyed ______________ (chat) with you.
2- I don't feel like ______________ (go) out tonight.
3- Everyone was expecting you ______________ (arrive) on time.
4- When we switched on the machinery, the gears began
_________________ (turn).
5- If you confront him, he’ll deny _______________ (have) anything to do
with it.
6- Let's agree _______________ (put) this little problem behind us.
7- Why do you keep ______________ (ask) me? I don't know the answer!
8- I recommend _______________ (order) dessert. The chocolate cake is
delicious.
9- My son is thinking about ________________ (change) his major to
economics.
10- They intend ________________ (become) the best in the business.
11- I prefer _______________ (work) the early morning shift.
12- Make sure to write down the address. I can just imagine
_______________ (get) into the city and not knowing where to go!
13- He's difficult to work with because he always refuses
__________________ (cooperate).
14- Somehow, he managed _________________ (take out) a loan even
though he had terrible credit.
15- They finished _________________ (clean) the house at 4 PM.
16- She pretended ____________ (not care), but I know she was upset.
208
=======================================================
Unit ( 70 )
Infinitive or –ING (Part 2)
Today's verbs are all followed by indirect objects before the infinitive or -ING
form. For example:
--- I'll never forget my son winning first place in the science fair.
--- We invited them to sit next to us.

In the first sentence, the main verb forget is followed by an indirect object
(my son) and then the -ING form (winning). In the second sentence, the main
verb invited is followed by an indirect object (them) and then the infinitive
(to sit).
======================================================

Quiz/ Exercise ( 99 )
1-- I’d advise you seeking / to seek professional help.
2-- My mother doesn't approve of me watching / to watch TV al day .
3-- I just can't imagine her working / to work as a teacher.
4-- The boss doesn't allow us eating / to eat lunch at our desks.
5-- I remember her being / to be thrilled when she heard the news.
6-- She reminded him returning / to return the library books.
7-- I'll get my friends helping / to help me move into my new place.
8-- I resent him taking / to take credit for the whole team's work
9-- My teacher encouraged me studying / to study abroad.
10-- I appreciate you responding / to respond to my e-mail so quickly.
11-- The defect caused the machinery malfunctioning / to malfunction.
12-- I forced myself smiling / to smile, although I wasn't very happy.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Here's a quick summary of the verbs that follow each pattern.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ) Verbs + object + infinitive (with TO)
( advise, allow, remind, get, encourage, cause, force )

209
Verbs that follow this pattern tend to be verbs meaning we say something
that will have a direct influence on another person, and verbs where we
are permitting or forcing another person to do something:

A ) Persuading / influencing someone:

1- advise I’d advise you to seek professional help.

2- Command The judge commanded the witness to speak.
3- Order My boss ordered me to rewrite the report.
4- Encourage My parents are encouraging me to study abroad.
5- Urge I urged him to stop smoking
6- invite We invited them to sit next to us.
7- persuade She’s trying to persuade me to cut my hair.
Could you remind me to return the library books later
8- remind
today ?
9- teach My cousin is teaching me to sing.
10- tell The doctor told us to eat more vegetables.
11- warn He warned me to be careful

B ) Actions of permission and force:

Allow I don’t allow my kids to watch violent movies.
1-
She doesn't permit anyone to use her computer
permit
He authorized them to access the confidential
2- authorize
information.
3- cause The defect caused the machinery to malfunction.
4- force I forced myself to smile, although I wasn’t very happy.
5- get I’ll get my friends to help me move into my new place.
6- require The school requires all students to buy textbooks.

=======================================================
2 ) Verbs + object + ING

( approve of, imagine, remember, resent, appreciate )

210
Compared with the list of verbs + object + infinitive, there are relatively few
verbs that are followed by the object + -ING. They are often verbs we use
to talk about our thoughts or opinions about other people's actions.

For example: appreciate, detest, (dis)approve of, (dis)like, hate, love,

object to, forget, imagine, remember, and think of:

--- I approve of my wife quitting her job. She never liked the work,
anyway.
--- My sister hates getting dirty; I can't imagine her going on a week-
long hiking trip.
--- What do you think of Ryan proposing to his girlfriend after only
a month of dating?
--- My colleague objects to my getting promoted, because he
thinks he's more qualifiedWith these verbs, we can actually use
one of two structures:

verb + noun / pronoun + verb-ing (more common)

--- I resent him taking credit for the whole team's work.

verb + possessive + verb-ing (less common; more formal)

--- I resent his taking credit for the whole team's work.

====================================================
Exercise ( 100 )
Complete each sentence with the verb, in one of these three forms
1-Infinitive (to study 2- -ING form (studying 3-Base form (study)

1- He loves being right, and he always tries _______________ (force) others

to agree with him.

2- The non-profit is trying to persuade people _______________ (support)

their campaign.

3- I strongly object to my government _______________ (start) wars for

financial profit.

4- Can you help me _______________ (figure) out this math problem?

5- A terrible experience caused me _______________ (lose) faith in

organized religion.

6- You should charge more. I hate _______________ (imagine) you doing all
that work and not getting paid fairly.

211
7- She's always bragging about herself and making me _____________
( feel ) like I'm inferior.

8-I urged her ________ (reconsider), but she says her mind is made up.

9- We really appreciated them ___________ (take) the time to help us.

10- Hey! I told you _______________ (not touch) my laptop!

11- I didn't hire a professional photographer, I just I had my cousin

_______________ (take) all the pictures at my wedding.

12- The police officer ordered me _______________ (show) him my driver's

license.

13- My parents don't approve of my _______________ (get) a tattoo.

14- I don't have a tent, but I'll get my brother _______________ (lend) me his
for the weekend.

15- They let their kids _______________ (do) whatever they want.

======================================================
Verbs + different prepositions + ING

Some verbs can be followed by certain prepositions, and then the -ing form
of the second verb in the sentence. With some of these verbs, you can also
have an object (noun, pronoun, person's name).
BY + ( begin, close, end, finish (up), start (off/out) )

1- Let's begin the meeting by planning the timeline for the project.
2- He finished his speech by summarizing the main lessons.
3- In the early days of our business, we started out by selling door-to-door.

ON + ( concentrate, count, depend, focus, insist, rely )

4- Don't bother me - I need to concentrate on finishing my homework.

5- The research will depend on getting funding from the government.
6- She insists on taking a taxi rather than the subway.

FROM + ( deter, discourage, keep, prevent, prohibit, stop )

7- I'm trying to discourage my cousin from dropping out of school.

8- Your mother doesn't want to keep you from having fun; she's just
concerned for your safety.
9- Thank you so much. Your advice stopped me from making a big mistake.
212
=======================================================
A ) The following verbs and prepositions are usually used in
this structure :
( succeed in -- insist on -- think of -- dream of / about -
- approve of -- decide against -- feel like -- look forward to
1- He insisted on paying for the meal
2- I don’t approve of swearing
3- I’m looking forward to obtaining my MA degree .
4- Do you feel like going on a trip next Friday.
5- We have decided against agreeing on the new tax laws.
________________________________________________
B) The following verbs have the structure ( verb + object +
preposition +-ing )
( Congratulate on -- accuse of -- suspect of -- stop --
prevent from )
1- I congratulated him on getting a new job .
2- They accuse us of telling lies .
3- The police prevented us from demonstrating in the street.
4- I thanked them for helping me .
5- Excuse me for being so late.

=======================================================
Exercise ( 101)
Complete each sentence with the correct preposition:

at From on
by In to
for Of with
Note: They can be used more than once, and some are not used.
1- I'll arrange ___________ a taxi to take you to the airport.
2- This headband keeps my hair ___________ falling in my face while I
exercise.
3- The security guard prevents unauthorized people ___________
entering the building.
213
4- I'd like to start ___________ thanking you for the opportunity to speak
today.
5- Make sure to focus ___________ what's really important.
6- Can I rely ___________ you to get the job done right?
7- Let's finish up the class ___________ sharing one goal for the next week.
8- The magician motioned ___________ me to come up on stage.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================

Unit ( 71 )
Verbs + TO or –ING with a Change in Meaning
---This is the final part of our series on verb-verb combinations. In
Lesson 12, you learned that some verbs can be followed by either
TO or –ING with no difference in meaning. For example:
--- However, there are a handful of verbs for which the meaning or use
changes depending on whether the second verb is in the TO form
or the –ING form – and that’s what we’re going to study today.
--- First, you're going to hear a dialogue between Dora (who is British) and
Cathy (who is American) that shows seven of these verbs in action. Pay
attention to how each verb is used – then read the explanation of the
differences.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verb 1 – Forget

Use forget + to + verb for a task you are supposed to do:

--- Jim had forgotten to bring the key.
--- We forgot to close the window of the beach house.
--- Don’t forget to go to the bank tomorrow.

Use forget + -ING for an experience in the past. This is usually used in the
form “I’ll never forget ________ing” – for a very memorable experience.
--- I’ll never forget Mary dancing on top of the table.
--- We’ll never forget spending three weeks in Paris on our honeymoon.
---- My son will never forget winning first place in the karate
tournament – it was a huge accomplishment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verb 2 – Remember

This is very similar to forget.

Use remember + to + verb for a task:
214
 --- Please remember to turn off the lights when you leave.
--- Jim didn’t remember to put the key back on his keychain.
--- Thankfully I remembered to bring my umbrella – it rained all weekend

Use remember + -ing for an experience in the past:

I remember Mary saying she was looking for work.
Where are my sunglasses? I remember putting them
on this table.
He doesn’t remember receiving your letter – could
you send it again?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verb 3 – Go on

When we say someone went on to do something, it’s in the context of

something they did later in life (usually something positive):

--- Mary finished her degree and went on to get a job at the New York
Times.
--- After becoming famous as a singer, he went on to start an acting
career.
---- My daughter was lazy as a teenager, but then she went on to
become a very responsible adult.
Went on + -ing means “continued.”
--- Jim went on attempting to pick the lock even though I told him it
wouldn’t work.
---- I told him I needed to get off the phone, but he just went on talking
for another 20 minutes.
--- You shouldn’t go on thinking about your mistakes – just forget them
and move on with your life.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verb 4 – Mean

Mean + to + verb is used for intentions:

--- I’ve been meaning (intending) to call Mary, but I’ve been too busy.
--- Oops – I meant to say the company was founded in 1894, not 1984.
--- They’re saving up money – I think they mean to buy a house next year.
Mean + -ing is used when something will result in something else being
necessary
---- If we pick the lock, that means driving 5 hours back to get the key
failure to pick the lock will result in the need to drive 5 hours back)
--- Taking that job means moving to another country. (if you take that

215
 job, the result is that you need to move to another country)
--- When I became a vegetarian, it meant giving up hamburgers and hot
dogs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verb 5 – Regret

Regret + to + verb is typically used with “inform” or (less commonly)

“announce” – it is a polite or formal way to give unpleasant news:

--- We regret to inform you that the deadline has already passed
for applications to this position.
--- We regret to announce that this year’s festival has been canceled.
Regret + -ing form is used when you regret a past action; you wish you
had not done it:
--- Cathy regrets taking the trip to the beach house.
--- I regret dropping out of college – I wish I had finished my degree.
--- We regret moving to this city; it’s a rather boring place.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verb 6 – Stop
This time I’m going to switch the order and talk about stop + -ing first!

Use stop + ing to talk about an activity you were doing, but then stopped

216
--- Cathy and Jim stopped arguing with the police.

---- Stop looking at your cell phone when I’m trying to talk to you!

I stopped smoking two years ago.

Use stop + to + verb when you stop a different activity (which is not
mentioned) to

DO the second verb. For example

--- Jim and Cathy’s son stopped to get his car fixed. (technically,
he Stopped driving in order to get his car fixed –– although we don't
mention driving in the sentence; it is understood from the context)My exercise
class is really intense; I always have to stop to drink
some water. (you stop exercising in order to drink water)

--- Bob was working on the computer, but he stopped to help his
daughter with her homework.
(he stopped working in order to do the second action: to help)
Maybe seeing it visually will help:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Try is one of the most interesting verbs. When you say someone tried to
do something, it implies that they weren’t successful:

--- Jim tried to pick the lock of the beach house, but he couldn’t do it.
--- I tried to read the novel, but I found it boring.
--- We tried to call you, but your cell phone was turned off.

When you say tried + -ing, it simply means they attempted – and that
attempt could be successful or not:
--- I couldn’t figure out what was wrong with my computer, but I
tried restarting it, and that seems to have fixed the problem.
--- I tried reading the novel, but I found it boring.
--- We tried calling you, but your cell phone was turned off.

This difference only applies when using tried (the verb in the past). When
you use try in the present or future, then try to and try + ing are more or
less the same… although “try to” has more of the sense of “make an effort
to accomplish a goal, even though it’s difficult” and “try + -ing” has more of
the sense of “doing an experiment, to see if it will solve a problem.”

====================================================

217
 Quiz Exercise ( 102 )
Verbs + TO or ING with a Change in Meaning
Complete each sentence with one verb from the box, and put the verb in
either the TO or the ING form depending on which one fits in the context.
Two verbs from the box are not used!
become ignore Lose receive

break inform make return

clean let meet take

get lock pay update

1- She talks constantly. She barely ever stops _______________ a

breath!

2- We regret ______________ passengers that the flight will

be delayed approximately four hours.

3- Please remember ________________ the library books tomorrow.

4- Don't forget _______________ the bill on time, otherwise a late fee

will be charged.

5- If your credit card doesn't work, try ____________ the payment with
a debit card instead.

6+- He tried ________________ into the nation's top university, but he

was rejected.

7- I can't believe the quietest guy in my high school went on

__________________ a stand-up comedian. I guess he got over his
shyness!

8- When the new version of the software came out, it meant

________________ all 500 employees' computers.

9- I'll never forget _______________ my favorite singer. I even got a

picture with her!
218
10- I regret ______________ up with my first boyfriend. I wish
I'd given the relationship more of a chance.

11- He doesn't remember __________________ the package. Are you

sure you sent it to the right address?

12- I'm sorry - I didn't mean _________________ your calls, I just got
really busy and couldn't return them.

13- I'm not sure if I remembered ________________ my front door

when leaving the house this morning.

14- I wish you'd stop _______________ the dog eat out of your bowl. It's
gross
=======================================================
Unit ( 72 )
Gerunds ( verbs used as nouns )
The gerund is a present participle form , such as playing , swimming ,
used as a noun . The noun may come in a sentence as a subject ,
an object , or after a preposition .
A ) subject :
1 ) Exercising makes you fit for sports.------------
2 ) Eating fat foods is bad for health
3 ) Studying hard is the only way to pass your tests .
4 ) Smoking is a bad habit . -------------------------
5 ) Living in big cities is boring .
B ) After verbs ( object to the following verbs ) :
( avoid – enjoy – finish – deny – risk – admit – imagine – complete –
discuss – keep – practise – recommend – put off -- -- suggest
– appreciate – resist -- stop -- quit -- mind -- postpone )

1-- He admitted accepting bribes.

2— He avoids making mistakes

219
 3—We don’t allow smoking in the hall.
4 — I miss living on my farm
5 —Don’t put off going to the dentist
6—I suggest talking to the lawyer
7—I couldn’t resist buying these shoes .
8—They risk losing their jobs .
9-- The thieves denied trying to steal
10—She can’t stop talking
C ) After prepositions :
1-- I need spray for killing flies .
2—There’s no point in waiting so long .
3—He’s good at painting .
4—She’s fond of swimming
5- out boss insists on making the deal .
D ) After the following expressions : ( can’t stand -- don’ mind --
It’s no use ( good ) – What’s the use of -- It’s worth -- It needs
-- be ( get ) used to -- look forward to -- I can’ stand --
1—I can’t stand driving so fast
2—I don’t mind helping the poor
3—It’s no use buying a car if you can’t drive
4—He studies in America . He is used to living in cold climate.
5—I look forward to getting a good job.
E ) Compliment of the verb ( to be ) :
1—One of his duties is attending meeting .
2—My hobby is collecting old coins
3—My favourite occupation is reading stories .
4—He’s worried . He seems losing something .
F ) Gerund phrasal verbs :
1—He keeps on asking for money
2—She always puts off going to the doctor .
3—When will you give up smoking ?

220
G ) Gerund sentences :
1—No smoking ( in hospitals and public buildings )
2—No parking ( in places where it’s not allowed )
3- Waiting room 4—fishing area
H ) Gerund with the verb ( go ) : The verb ( go ) is followed by verbs used
as gerunds , such as : ( swim -- camp -- fish -- shop -- ride -- ski --
sightsee -- sail -- skate --- dance -- jog -- dive ).
1—We’re going camping this summer .
2—Sometimes I go fishing on Sundays .
3—I’m going shopping after lunch .
4—I like horses I go riding every week .
5— I ‘m not going swimming today.
I ) Verbs followed by a gerund or an infinitive :
1- begin: I often begin doing my homework at 8 pm.
I’ll begin to do my homework soon.
2- hate : I hate driving at night .
I hate to drive at night .
3- like : Do you like playing tennis ?
I don’t like to play tennis tonight .
4- love : I love playing chess .
I love to play chess with my father
5- prefer : I prefer watching TV at night.
I prefer to watch TV now.
6- start : It starts raining in November
I’ll go inside when it starts to rain
=======================================================
Exercise ( 103)
Complete the sentences with the infinitive or gerund from the words in
brackets :
1- I enjoy………………meals for my friends. ( have )
2- I’ll ……………….do my homework when you come back. ( begin )
3- Salem and Salma decided _____________married next June . ( get )

221
4- I’ve begun _____________ a film on TV. ( watch )
5- I’m considering _______________to a new apartment. ( move )
6- Lazy children hate ______________ to school ( go )
7- I won’t be late . I promise _____________on time . ( be )
8- The company will continue ______________new employees . ( hire )
9- I can’t stand ____________a noise after midnight. ( make )
10- I don’t mind _____________ in a county house. ( live )
11- Did you remember _______________the plants this morning. ( water )
12- My family discussed ______________on a journey to Turkey. ( go )
13- I’d like __________ chicken kabsa ,please . ( have )
14-Please stop __________ your car here . It’s a private place. ( park)
15- I prefer _________videos every night to reading a book . ( watch )
16- Every summer I look forward to_____________ a vacation ( take )
17- How do you stop someone _____________ something wrong. ( do )
18- Who’s responsible for _____________coffee on the carpet. ( spill )
19- I want to go __________this afternoon . What do we need ? ( shop )
20- I hated __________him when I knew that he scorned you. ( meet )
=============================================

Unit ( 73 )
Expressions followed by –ing
Then verb that follows these expressions usually ends in ( -ing )
1) It’s no use / It’s no good / There’s no point
a) It’s no use training a blind to drive a car.
b) It’s no good talking about politics to illiterate people.
c) There’s no point in having a car if you don’t use it.
d) What’s the point of having a car if you don’t use it.

2) It’s ( not ) worth

a) My work isn’t a long way from here. It’s worth taking a taxi.
b) The film is boring. It’s not worth seeing.
c) Your article about taxation is meaningless . It’s not worth considering.
d) The thieves didn’t take anything . There was nothing worth stealing.

222
3) Have trouble / difficulty +-ing :
a) I had no difficulty finding a flat to rent.
b) Did you have any difficulty getting a visa ?
c) I had no trouble renting a car with its driver.
d) Foreigners usually have trouble working freely.

4) A waste of time / money / spend / waste time

a) It was a waste of time reading such a rubbish book..
b) It was a waste of money buying things you don’t need.
c) He spent hours trying to repair the clock.
d) I couldn’t meet him. He was too busy doing housework.

5) Go + verbs ending in –ing : ( fishing / swimming / sailing / climbing

( skiing / shopping / sightseeing / jogging ,….)
a) How often do you go swimming ?
b) I’d like to go jogging on the seashore.
c) When do you usually go shopping ?
d) Mountaineers always like to go climbing as a sport.
6) Be / get used to :
a) I wasn’t able to get used to driving on the left in Britain.
b) I’m used to driving on the right in my country.
c) You’ll be used to working at night.

7) I can't help ‫ال أتحكم بنفسي عند‬

a- I can't help weeping when I see a funeral.
b- I can't help laughing when you tell jokes.
c- The child can't help sleeping while breast feeding.

8) would you mind ------ ?‫هل عندك مانع‬

a- Would you mind switching on the air – conditioner, please?
It's rather hot.
b- I don't mind your opening the window. Feel at ease.

9- Need ( want )‫يحتاج‬

a- The knife is blunt. It needs ( wants ) sharpening.
b- Your car is old. It needs ( wants ) changing.
10) I can't stand ‫ال أطيق‬
a- I can't stand crossing the red signal. It's very dangerous.
b- The teacher can't stand making a noise in class.

11) Be busy =
223
 a) I couldn’t meet him. He was too busy doing housework.
12) Look forward to
a) A University graduate looks forward to getting a god job .
=======================================================
Exercise ( 104 )
Use the expressions in brackets to make new sentences on the same
meaning:
1- Why do you work if you don't need money. ( It's no use )
___________________________ if you don't need money.

2- Don't study if you feel sleepy. ( What's the use of )

___________________________ if you feel sleepy.

3- These clothes are rubbish. Don't wear them. ( It's no good )

___________________________ these rubbish clothes.

4- I want to get a visa to Canada, but it is difficult. ( have difficulty )

I _______________________a visa to Canada

5- He's well – qualified. He can easily find a job. ( have trouble )

He's well – qualified. He has______________________.

6- Why do you spend a long time reading newspapers? ( waste of time )

It’s _________________________________________ newspapers.

7-Don't offer help to employees. They're not needy people.

( waste of money )
It's ________________________ They're not needy people.

8-I always shout for help when I see a snake. ( can't help )
I ___________________ when I see a snake.

9--I usually cry when I see people killed in terrible wars. ( can't help )
I _________________________ when I see people killed.

10- Don't buy this machine. It doesn't work. ( is / isn't worth )

This machine doesn't work. It's ________________.

11- Don't help beggars. They have the habit of beggary ( be used to )

Don't help beggars. They ____________________ beggary.

12- Don't try to persuade him to stop smoking. He's been 30 years
smoking cigars.
224
 ( spend time )
Don't spend ______________to stop smoking_ He smokes cigar.

13- Your coat is dirty. Clean it at the laundry. ( need )

Your coat is dirty. It __________________at the laundry.

========================================================

Unit ( 74 )
Agreement Rules
A ) With Affirmatives and Negatives

1) With affirmatives

1- Hamad is late for school today, so are you.

2-I have watched a film, so has my brother.
3-You can speak English, so can I.
4-I live in Dammam, so does my friend.
5-Tariq likes coffee, so do I.
6-My father bought a new car, so did my uncle.
2) With negatives:
1- Hamad isn't at school. Neither are his brothers.
2- I haven't watched a film, nor has Fahid.
3- You can't speak French. Neither can I.
4- I don't like horror films, nor does my friend.
5- He doesn't go to the beach. Neither do I.
6- Ahmed didn't go to school, nor did Fadi.
====================================================
Exercise ( 105 )
Agree with the following statements using ( so – nor – neither -- ):
1) I passed all my exams, _______________ Jazi.

2) I will go to the university, _______________ my brother.

3) Najwa hasn't got a car, ________________ I.

225
4) You're busy today, ________________ I.

5) They weren't at the party, _______________ I.

6) I live in Jeddah, ______________ my family.

7) I didn't do my homework, _______________ Hamad.

8) I won't go to Riyadh today, ______________ Ahmad.

9) He doesn't smoke, _______________ I.

10- I was early for school this morning, _____________ you.

B ) With subject – verb

1 - I am happy - He is my friend - We are ready to leave
- We play football - She plays tennis

2- Expressions of quantity and amounts

- many students - much sugar
3- Articles ( a – an )
- a book - an animal
4- Nouns and pronouns agree in number and gender
- That is Tom. He is a student.
- That is Nada. She is a teacher.
- These are classmates. They are hardworking.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special subject - verb agreement rules:
1- Phrases and clauses between the subject and the verb don't change the
number of the subject.
- The picture of my friends gives me pleasure.

2- Some pronouns take singular verbs even though the pronouns seem to be
plural in meaning. They include : every – each – either – neither – some
( body – one – thing ) – every ( body – one – thing )
- Hamad and Fahid are students.
- Either of them is a student. Neither of them is a teacher.
- Each student must write his name clearly.
- Everybody wishes to be rich.

3- When subjects are joined by ( either ……. or – neither ………. nor -

226
 not only ……….. but also ) the verb agrees with the closer subject.
- Either the teacher or the students are at school now.
- Neither the students nor the teacher is at home now.

4- When subjects are joined by ( and – both ) They take plural verbs.
- Both Hamad and Fahid are coming tonight.

5- Some identifiers take either a singular or a plural verb depending on the

noun that comes after them. They include (none – all–some –any –
most – majority )
- None of the fruit was fresh.
- None of the students were absent.
6- (several– both– many– few)are plural words which take plural verbs.
- Only few are absent. The majority of students are at school today.

7- (A number of) needs a plural verb.(The number of)need a singular

verb.
- A number of my friends were at the party.
- The number of my class is 60.

8- Expressions of groups ( pair – flock – herd …..) take singular verbs.

- That pair of scissors is mine.
- The flock of sheep is grazing in the field.
- There is a herd of cows on the farm.

9- The verbs in relative clauses agree with the nouns replaced by the
relative word ( who – which )
- The mechanic and the electrician who were working together
repaired my car.
10- Some words look plural but they are really singular and take
singular verbs, such as ( news – physics – linguistics – maths … )
- The news today is displeasing.
- Physics is a major university subject.

11- Some nouns have the same form for singular and plural ( deer –
sheep - fish – series – means )
- There is one sheep on the farm.
- There are many sheep on the farm.

12- Expressions showing quantities of time, money, weight and

volume look plural, they take singular verbs.
227
 - Three days is enough time to have rest.
- Five dollars is too much to pay for a sandwich.

13- Nouns which refer to a country or nationality can be singular or

plural. If the noun refers to the language, it is singular. If it refers to
the people, It is plural.
- English is easy to learn. ( language )
- The English are very loyal to their queen. ( people )
==========================================================
Exercise ( 106 )
Underline the right words in brackets:
1- Some money ( is – are ) enough to buy what we need.
2- Either of them ( have – has ) a car.
3- Both of them ( have – has ) cars.
4- Everybody ( wish – wishes ) to be rich.
5- Neither my brother nor my father ( is – are ) at home.
6- Some of the fruit ( was – were ) fresh.
7- The number of my family members ( is – are ) ten.
8- A number of my family members ( is – are ) at home now.
9- My shoes ( is – are ) made of leather.
10- There ( is – are ) some cows on the farm.
11- The English ( is – are ) loyal to their queen.
12- The news today ( is – are ) about war in Iraq.
13- Some deer are grazing in the field. The male deer ( has – have )
14- There ( is – are ) some sheep on the farm.
15- The fastest means of transport in Japan ( is – are ) trains.
=======================================================

Unit ( 75 )
Subject-Verb Agreement with Tricky Nouns
Sometimes when speaking English, you can run into problems with
structures that look like they should be simple... but they make you think
twice! For example:

---"Everybody has problems" or "Everybody have problems"?

--- "The police is investigating" or "The police are investigating"?
--- "The news wasn’t good" or "The news weren’t good"?

228
Today's lesson focuses on some of the tricky nouns in the English
language, and whether they are singular, plural, or both.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collective Nouns
"Collective nouns" are nouns that refer to a group of people.
Take a guess as to the best word to complete each of these sentences:
--- The committee are / is discussing the matter.
--- The population was / were growing.
--- The volleyball team has / have some good players.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The answers are is, was, and has. Collective nouns usually take the singular
form of the verb, because we are referring to the group of people
as a single unit. Other collective nouns that take the singular form include:

--- army, audience, class, club, committee, community, company, council,

crowd, department, electorate, family,* group, jury, orchestra, population,
press, public, school, team,* university

Exception: In British English, family and team often take the plural form of
the verb.
Non-specific expressions like everyone, anyone, someone, and no
one (and everybody, anybody, somebody, and nobody) also take the
singular form:

--- Everybody was laughing.

--- Does anyone know what time it is?
--- Somebody has been using my computer.
--- No one agrees with me.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exceptions & Special Cases

--- Although the words public and population are singular, the word
people is plural (it is the plural form of "person"):

--- Most of the people are happy with the decision.

--- Most of the public is happy with the decision.
---The people approve of the new president.
--- The population approves of the new president.

---The word police is usually plural:

The police are looking for the suspect.

Police have released a statement about the crime.
229
If we want to talk about an individual member of the police,
we can say policeman, policewoman, or police officer.

--- A police officer questioned the witness.

--- The words staff and media are somewhat ambiguous.

Although the word media is technically plural (the singular form is

medium), in recent decades, it is treated as singular when referring to the
group of journalists, reporters, photographers, etc.

--- The media is very interested in this story.

The word staff refers to the employees of a company. It is an uncountable
noun (so there is no such word as staffs) so it is usually treated as singular:

--- The staff is not pleased with the change in policy.

--- Our staff was trained in customer service.

Occasionally (and usually in British English) it is possible to use a plural

verb with staff when referring to individuals within the group:

--- Some of the staff are complaining about the change in policy.
--- Some of the employees are complaining...
--- Some of the staff members are complaining...

In American English, we would usually say "staff members" or "employees"

instead.

4. The words pair and couple can be singular or plural.

Pair is usually singular, especially when talking about one object:

--- This pair of pants is very elegant.

--- Did you take the pair of scissors that was on the
desk a minute ago?

However, it can sometimes be plural when talking about a set of two

separate objects:

A pair of horses were pulling

the carriage.

The word couple is usually plural,

when in the expression "a couple of (objects)":
230
--- A couple of kids are playing in the street.
--- Only a couple of the tasks have been completed.

However, when talking about a romantic couple (husband / wife, boyfriend /

girlfriend, or same-sex couples ), we can use the singular verb because
we consider the two people as one unit:

--- A very affectionate couple was sitting behind me at the movie theater.
--- If a couple starts fight a lot, then it's time to see a marriage counselor.
The word couple is usually plural, when in the expression "a couple of
(objects)":

Nouns that are only plural

The English language has a few interesting words that are only used in
the plural. For example, the word belongings when referring to
someone's general possessions or things:

--- She threw a suitcase of his belongings out the window.

The words glasses, pants, panties, and scissors are also always
plural - although we can say a pair of... if we want to talk about
only one:
--- Her glasses are blue.
--- I bought a new pair of pants.
--- I bought some new pants.

Clothes is always plural, and clothing is always singular:

--- His clothes were too casual for a job interview.
--- His clothing was too casual for a job interview.

When talking about money, we usually talk about the nouns

earnings, riches, and savings in the plural:

--- Their earnings were more than $100,000 last year.

Regarding location, the following words are always plural, and take plural
verbs:

1- Barracks = (a place where military people stay)

2- Headquarters = (the central facility of a company or organization)
3- Outskirts = (the outer parts of a city or town)
4- premises / grounds = (the property surrounding and
231
 belonging to a building)
5- stairs (each individual step can be called a stair, but the whole
sequence is called the stairs or “a flight of stairs
=======================================================

Irregular plural nouns

Be careful with irregular plural nouns - nouns that do not end in -S. These
also take the plural form of the verb!

--- The children are happy.

--- My feet were hurting.

You can find many more irregular plural nouns - such as stimuli,
crises, bacteria, and teeth - in this lesson:

Nouns that look plural but are not

So... what about the word news?
Although it ends with -S, it takes the singular form of the verb:
--- The news is on at 6.
--- I just heard some news that was very encouraging.

Note that news is also uncountable, so you can say "some news" or "a
piece / an item of news" but not "a news."
Some other examples of nouns that end in -S but are technically singular
include:
--- Diseases like… ( diabetes, measles, rabies )
--- Sports and games like. .athletics, gymnastics, billiards, dominoes,
darts, and cards
--- Academic areas like…( economics, statistics, linguistics,
mathematics, physics, and politics )
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Statistics" is only singular when talking about the area of academic study:

--- Statistics was my favorite subject in school. When talking about actual
numbers or data, it is plural:

--- The statistics were reported in the newspaper. Speaking of statistics...

what about the word data .
There is actually a debate about this in the English language. Technically,
data is plural (the singular form is “datum”).
. However, in common usage, people often treat “data” like “information” – as
an uncountable noun, which takes the singular form. So both forms are
correct
---The data is accurate. --- The data are accurate.

232
Finally, proper or official names of companies, organizations, countries,
books, films, and publications are always singular, even if they end in -s:

--- The United States has the world's largest economy.

Also: the Netherlands, the Philippines, the United Nations
--- The New York Times is an excellent newspaper.
--- Whole Foods is my favorite supermarket
--- The Birds was a great film.

Nouns with identical singular and plural forms

We have a handful of nouns in English whose singular and plural forms are
the same: ( Animals: sheep, fish, deer )

--- A deer is wandering around the meadow.

--- Five or six deer are wandering around the meadow.
There is no such word as “deers”

Species ( = types of animals)

--- This species is endangered.

--- These species are endangered.

Series (= sequence of various similar things)

--- This TV series is fascinating!
--- Several of my favorite series are no longer on TV.

======================================================

Summary

1. Collective nouns usually take the singular form of the verb

(except for police, people, and some other special cases)

2.Nouns like belongings, clothes, pants, earnings, headquarters, and stairs

are always plural

3.Irregular plural nouns (like children and feet) always take the plural
form of the verb even though they do not end in -S.

4.A few nouns end in -S, but take the singular form of the verb, such as
news, diabetes, gymnastics, and physics

233
5.Data can be singular or plural

1. Proper or official names ending in -S are always singular

2. The nouns sheep, fish, deer, species, and series are both singular
and plural
=======================================================

Quiz Exercise ( 107 )

Subject-Verb Agreement with Tricky Nouns
Circle the correct answer:

1- Physics was / were the only subject I didn't really understand in

college.
2- This pair of socks don't / doesn't match these pants.
3- Do / Does anyone have a pen I could borrow?
4- When the couple next door is / are arguing, everyone on the
street can hear them.
5- My glasses has / have special lenses that get darker when
they’re exposed to sunlight.
6- If no one has / have any questions, we'll finish up.
7- Half of the population is / are overweight.
8- Everybody want / wants to be happy.
9- Some of the women is / are community leaders.
10- A few of the people in the group was / were upset about the
change in plans.
11- All of the species on this list is / are extinct.
12- After I paid for the repairs to my car, my savings was / were
almost gone.
13- The stairs wasn't / weren't very well-lit.
14- Gymnastics is / are quite a challenging sport.
15- The children in the class like / likes to read stories.
16- A couple of my teeth has / have cavities.
17- The United Nations don't / doesn't approve of that action.

234
 18- None of the fish I caught is / are very big.
19- The school grounds is / are monitored by security cameras.
20- The audience is / are giving the singer a standing ovation.
21- These scissors isn't / aren't very sharp.
22- All of the news has / have been encouraging so far.

================================================
[

Unit ( 76 )
Subject-Verb Agreement with
Complex Subjects & Quantifiers

Now that you've got a good idea of how subject-verb agreement works with
some of the tricky nouns in the English language, let's look at a few more
confusing cases involving complex subjects, clauses, and quantifiers.!

Complex Subjects
Sometimes the subject of a sentence is not so clear-cut.
Which verb do you think is the right one in each of these cases?
--- The reason I bought these books is / are so that I can improve my
vocabulary.
--- The kids playing with the dog in the park is / are happy.
--- The best movie out of all the summer films was / were
Transformers.
--- All the friends that I made at the conference has / have kept in
touch.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The verb in each sentence is separated from the subject by a few
descriptive words. But the verb always matches the original subject
--- The reason I bought these books is so that I can improve
my vocabulary. reason = singular; is = singular
--- The kids playing with the dog in the park are happy.
kids = plural; are = plural
--- The best movie out of all the summer films was Transformers.
movie = singular; was = singular

--- All the friends that I made at the conference have kept in
touch. ( friends = plural; have = plural )
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

235
So if in doubt, just ask yourself, "What's the MAIN subject of this
sentence?" and make the verb match it.
Sometimes a clause describing the subject is set off by commas, so it's a
little easier to identify:
--- My parents' marriage, despite all its problems, has lasted for 30 years.
--- These shoes, which I got for my birthday last year, are made of leather.

Subject is a Clause
Here's another situation - what do you do if the subject itself is a clause?

Try to identify the correct verb in each of these sentences:

hoever Whoever made these cookies is / are very talented!
--- However you choose to solve these problems is / are fine
with me.
--- Having children has / have been a wonderful experience.
--- What I'd like to see is / are more effort on your part.
What at w
What we really needed was / were some volunteers

The correct verbs are ( is -- is -- has -- is -- was ) because the subject is

a clause or refers to a singular noun.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We use a singular verb when the following main noun is singular, and a
plural verb when the following main noun is plural:
--- What I'd like to see is more effort on your part.
--- What we really needed were some volunteers.
However, in informal spoken English, people sometimes use a singular
verb even when the main noun is plural:
--- What we really needed was some volunteers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quantifiers
Quantifiers are words that tell us something about "how much" (quantity) -
they are words like all, each, every, any, a lot of, none of, a number of,
both, either, and neither. The rules governing whether to use a singular or
plural verb with them are a bit complicated ! But I will break it
down into four main situations.

=======================================================
Situation 1
Guess the right verb for these sentences:
--- Both of my brothers is/are tall.
--- A lot of these apples is/are rotten.

236
 --- All of the students has/have passed.
--- Some of the people was/were upset.
In all cases, the correct verb is the plural one - are, have, and were. When
you have a quantifier + a plural noun or pronoun, the verb is plural:

There is one thing to be careful of regarding the phrase "a number of." When
you say "a number of" + a plural noun, the verb is plural. But when you say
"the number of" + singular verb because it is referred to as one group
--- A number of companies are going bankrupt.
--- The number of companies going bankrupt is increasing.

Situation 2

--- One of the pages in this book is / are missing.

--- Each of the winners was / were given a trophy.
--- Each gift was / were carefully wrapped.
--- Every product come / comes with a guarantee.

The answer, in every case, is the singular verb. The quantifiers one of,
each (of), and every are used with a singular verb. We are talking
about ONE out of many, or EACH member of a group, emphasizing
individuality - so we use the singular, regardless of whether the noun is
singular or plural:

We do have a slight exception in the expression "one of those [people] who /

that..." - when we are putting somebody into a general category of people -
we can use a singular or plural verb:

--- She's one of those people who take / takes everything too personally.
--- He's one of those people who never call / calls you back.

Situation 3

How about this situation? Which is the right verb in these sentences?

--- All of the furniture is / are new.

--- Some of my stuff is / are in the attic.
--- None of his advice was / were helpful.
--- A little bit of research has / have been done.
You might have noticed that all the main nouns - furniture, stuff, advice, and

237
research – are uncountable. With uncountable nouns, we always
use a singular verb. So some of the same quantifiers can be used with
different verbs, depending on the noun:

--- All of the furniture is new.

--- All of the chairs are new.
--- None of the stuff was valuable.
--- None of the items were valuable.

Situation 4

We'll end this lesson with what might be the trickiest case of all –
either and neither:
--- Neither of those athletes has / have ever won a gold medal.
--- Either Bill or Bob is / are going to teach the class.
--- Neither the employees nor the manager is / are at fault.
--- Neither the manager nor the employees is / are at fault.

Technically, the correct answer to the first one is "has" - either of and
neither of should take a singular verb. But in practice, many people use
the plural form, especially when it's a pronoun:

1. Neither of them are going to win.

2. Neither of us want to have an argument.

When you have either... or and neither... nor, the rules are:

When both items are singular, use a singular verb:

--- Either Bill or Bob is going to teach the class.

--- Neither the shirt nor the jacket was the right size.

When one of the items is plural, we often make the verb match the second
one:
--- Neither the employees nor the manager is at fault.
--- Neither the manager nor the employees are at fault.

========================================================
Summary

1- In complex subjects, the verb always matches the main noun

2- When the subject is a clause, we usually use a singular verb
3- When the subject is a "what" clause, then the verb matches the main
238
 noun that follows it
4- Quantifiers + plural nouns = plural verb
5- Exception: one of, each (of), every always take a singular verb
6- Quantifiers + uncountable nouns = singular verb
7- Either of / neither of are often used with both singular and plural verbs
8- When using either... or and neither... nor, the verb matches the
second item, which is closest to the verb
========================================================
Quiz – Exercise ( 108 )

Exercise 1 = Choose the correct verb to complete each sentence:

1- The men who fought in the battle was / were given awards for bravery.
2- Keeping animals locked up in tiny cages is / are cruel.
3- My kids' friends from summer camp is / are coming to our house for a visit.
4- A couple of the questions on my midterm exam was / were really hard.
5- The cost of basic food supplies has / have risen dramatically.
6- What would really help me pay for college is / are getting a scholarship.
7- Some of the violence in that area of the city is / are due to gang activity.
8- She has a great academic record, but what really impressed me was
were her artistic skills.
9- What I love about the film is / are the character development.
10- One of the reasons for his success was / were his persistence.
11- All of the food sold at the farmer's market is / are organic.
12- Traveling to many different countries make / makes you more open-
minded.
13- Several of the houses overlooking the lake is / are for sale.
14- Her research about meteorites was / were published in a scientific
journal.
15- Whoever invented this device was / were a genius!
16- The only explanation for all the mistakes is / are that somebody
wasn't paying attention.
17- All books that spoke out against the government was / were banned.
18- What's right for everybody else isn't / aren’t always what's best for you.

239
19- My parents' love of learning has / have led to many opportunities.
20- Working with superstar athletes has / have been one of the highlights
of my career
=======================================================

Unit ( 77 )
Time words and conditionals
A ) Time words :
We use the present simple after the following time words:
1-He will come back before I go out.
2-He will come back after I leave home.
3-I will wait here until you finish working.
4-I'll go with you when you tell me.

5-She will start cooking as soon as her mother brings tomatoes.

6-I will not go out unless I finish my homework.
=======================================================
Exercise 109
Fill in the spaces with the right form of the verbs in brackets:
1- I _______ painting when you _________ me a brush.( start – buy )

2- I ___________ here until you _____________ back. ( stay – come )

3- He ________ school unless the bell _________. ( not leave – ring )

4- If Jim _________ before I __________, let me know. ( call – leave )

5- They _______________ their exam, as soon as they

______________ the question papers. ( start – receive )

6- I ____________ your party if I ___________ time. ( attend – have )

7- I ____________ you after I __________ the goods. ( pay – receive )

8- _____________ me as soon as you ____________. ( call – arrive )

9- _______ the test unless the teacher _____ you. ( not answer – tell )

10- Who _________ you if the university fees __________ too high.
( help – be )
==========================================
240
 B ) Conditionals ( 1 )
Types of condition Use Examples
Something always If the temperature falls
happens as a result of below 0, water turns into
Conditional 0
another. ice.
a result is possible if If you study hard, you
Conditional 1
an action happens. will pass the exam.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 110 )
Choose the correct answer:
1-If it rains, I ( stay – stayed – will stay ) at home .

2-If I ( gets – get – got ) money, I will buy a car.

3-I ( invite – invited – will invite ) you as soon as I have a party.

4-I will call you when I ( come – comes – coming ) back home.

5-If we repair the boat, we ( will go – goes – going ) fishing.

6-If you have a vacation, where ( will – won't – did ) you go?

7-If snow ( falling – fall – falls ) heavily, it stops traffic on the road.

8-You will get high marks if you ( work – works – will work ) hard.

9-If water freezes, it ( becomes – will become – becoming ) bigger.

10- If you lend me some money, I ( am – was – will be ) able to buy

a car.

=======================================================

C ) Conditionals ( 2 )

Term Example Meaning

It's possible for you to pass
1- Conditional 1 You will pass the exam
the exam, on condition that
( possible ) if you study hard.
you study hard.
You would pass the It's improbable for you to
2- Conditional 2
exam if you studied pass the exam, because you
( improbable )
hard. don't study hard.

241
 You didn't pass the exam
You would have
3- Conditional 3 because you hadn't studied
passed the exam if you
( impossible ) hard. Now it's impossible to
had studied hard.
pass the exam.
Used to give advice. Here,
the advice is for those who
4-Unreal If I were you, I would
suffer from high blood
condition stop eating fat foods.
cholesterol.

================================================
Exercise ( 111 )
Complete the sentences using the right form of the verbs in brackets,
according to the type of the conditional:
1- If I won the lottery, I ________________ a new car. ( buy )

2- If she studies hard, she _______________ high marks. ( get )

3- If you had played loud music late at night, I ________ to the Police.
( call )
4- I ________________ my car, if the mechanic repairs it. ( take )

5- I would have got lost if the guide _______________________ me.

( not help)
6- If I won one million dollars, I ______________ working. ( stop )

7- I _____________the Statue of Liberty, if I go to New York. ( visit )

8- If I needed some money, I _________ my parents to give me.(ask )

9- If he had taken the map of Riyadh, he ________________in it.

( not get lost )
10- If I _____________ you, I would not help a lazy student. ( be )
================================================
Unit ( 78 )
Real Conditionals
There are two parts to a conditional sentence – the condition and the
result. The result depends on the condition.
In English, we have "real conditionals" (which talk about real possibilities)
and "unreal conditionals" (which talk about imaginary or impossible
situations). Here are some examples of each type:
242
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Real conditionals: ( Zero and First Conditionals )

A ) Zero Conditionals
If someone breaks a window, an alarm goes off.
This is the simplest conditional form - it describes things that normally
happen in daily life, when one thing depends on another, or is the result of
another:
--- If the weather is nice, then I walk to work. Condition: If the weather is
nice . Result : I walk to
work.------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- If it's raining, I take an umbrella.
--- If I get to class early, I spend a few minutes reading.
In the zero conditional, both verbs (the verb in the condition and the verb
in the result) are in the present simple tense.
The word if implies that a situation happens less frequently, and the word when
implies it happens more frequently:
--- If I have a day off from work, I usually go to the park. (implies that
having a day off from work is not frequent)
--- When I go to my favorite restaurant, the waiters greet me by name.
(implies that I go to this restaurant frequently)
We can use the words whenever and every time to say that a certain result
always follows the condition:
--- Whenever I stay up too late, I oversleep the next morning.
--- Every time I go to that store, it's crowded.
--- Who is one person you talk to whenever you need some advice ?
Whenever I need some advice, I...
B ) First Conditionals
If I miss the bus tonight, then I'll take a taxi instead.
Whereas the zero conditional talks about real present situations, the
first conditional talks about real future possibilities.
For example:
--- If it's sunny tomorrow, then we'll go to the beach. Condition = if it's
sunny tomorrow - (Result = we'll go to the beach )
--- If it rains tomorrow, then we'll go to the movies. Condition = if it rains
Tomorrow -- Result = we’ll go to the movies
We can also reverse the order of the condition and result in the sentence,
with no change in meaning:
--- We'll go to the beach if it's sunny tomorrow.
--- We'll go to the movies if it rains tomorrow.
243
Although both events (the condition and result) are technically in the future,
we use the simple present in the condition (the part that starts with "if"), and
will/won’t or going to/ not going to in the result. Don't make the mistake of
using will/won't in the condition:
--- If it rains tomorrow, we'll see a movie.
--- You’re going to miss your flight if you don't leave soon.
To ask questions about future possibilities, we can use this structure:

Question will subject base form of if condition

Word verb

What will you do if you are elected

president?

Question am/is/are subject going to + if condition

Word verb

going to
What are you if he asks for your
say
opinion?

For yes/no questions, we don’t need a question word:

--- Will you buy the TV if it goes on sale next week?
(result) (condition)
--- Are you going to move if you get the job in London?
(result)(condition)
Again, we ask questions like these when it is a real future possibility that
the condition will happen. A journalist could ask the question “What will you
do if you are elected president?” to a real candidate in the election.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If there is NOT a real future possibility of it happening (if we are only
imagining) or if it is not very likely, then we would use a different structure,
with "would" - you will learn this in tomorrow's lesson.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Words Besides "If"
In first conditional sentences, it is possible to use other words instead of
Let's study each case separately.
1- Alternative WHY USE IT? EXAMPLE
to “IF”
When When the “condition” When I die, I’ll leave all my
will definitely money to charity.

244
 happen.
This situation is very urgent. I’ll
As soon as To emphasize call you as soon as I have more
immediacy
information
You’ll fail the test unless you
Unless In place of “if not”
study = You’ll fail the test if you
don’t study.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When: When the condition will definitely happen in the future.
Look at the difference between these two sentences:

-- If I see Sam, I'll give him your message. (= I'm not sure if I will see him or
not)

--- When I see Sam, I'll give him your message. (= I will definitely see Sam
.As soon as: To emphasize immediacy; the condition will definitely happen
and the result will follow it immediately.
--- My feet hurt! As soon as I get home, I'm
going to take off these high heels.
Unless is a substitute for "if not” or another negative word:

--- Unless there's an emergency at work, I'll be home on time.

--- If there's not an emergency at work, I'll be home on time.
--- You won't lose any weight unless you start eating healthier food.
--- You won't lose any weight if you don't start eating healthier food.
--- I'm not going to dance unless somebody asks me
--- I'm not going to dance if nobody asks me.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With unless, we often say the result first, followed by the condition:
--- You’re not going to pass the test unless you study. (more common)
--- Unless you study, you’re not going to pass the test. (less common )
--- Unless you study, you’re not going to pass the test.
The word if implies that a situation happens less frequently, and the
word when implies it happens more frequently
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Whenever and every time mean a certain result always follows the condition.
Use the first conditional for things that are real possibilities in the future:
"If it's sunny tomorrow, then we'll go to the beach." Although both events are
technically in the future, we use the simple present in the condition, and will
/ going to in the result.
You can use when instead of if when the condition will definitely happen in
the future.
Use as soon as to emphasize that the result will immediately follow the
245
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercise ( 112 )
Choose the correct option for each verb:
1. If I don't / won’t find my watch, I have / I'll have to buy a new one.
2. I'm going to take a shower as soon as I get / will get home from the
gym.
3. If the surgery isn't / won’t be successful, he'll have just six months
to live.
4. You have / You’ll have a great time if you go / you’ll go to Rio.
5. We are / We’ll be disappointed if nobody comes / will come to our
party on Friday.
6. If you forget / you’ll forget your wife's birthday next week, she is /
she’ll be upset.
7. He's in a meeting right now, but I let / I'll let you know as soon as
he’s / he’ll be available.
8. As soon as she graduates / is going to graduate from college, she
starts / she’ll start looking for a job.
9. If we drive / we’ll drive into the city center tonight, we get / we’ll
get stuck in traffic.
10- give / I’ll give him the documents when I see / I’ll see him later
today.

11- When I get / will get married, I have / I’m going to have a simple
wedding.
12-We see / We're going to see the movie as soon as it comes / will
come out.

=============================================
Unit ( 79 )
Unreal Conditionals
Today we'll learn about unreal conditionals, which are used to talk about
imaginary, unlikely, or impossible situations in the present and past:
---Second Conditional:
If I owned a car, I would drive to work. (imagining things are different
246
 in the present)
--- Third Conditional:
If I had studied harder, I would have passed last week’s test.
(imagining things were different in the past)

Second Conditional - Imagining the present were different

One simple way to imagine that things in the present were different is to use
wish + simple past:

--- I live near the beach, but I wish I lived near the mountains.
--- I wish my mother knew how to use a computer, but she doesn’t.

My boyfriend is so busy that he has no time for me. I wish he didn’t work
so much. Getting a visa to travel to the U.S. is difficult. I wish the process
wasn’t so complicated.

Now we'll take those wishes one step further and imagine the result;
imagine what would happen if they were currently true. This is the second
conditional:

--- If I lived near the mountains, I would go

hiking every weekend.
--- If my mother knew how to use a
computer, she could e-mail me
instead of calling.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No
condition result
.
1- If he exercised more, he would be thinner.
2- I could play professional
If I were taller,
basketball
3- If the teacher spoke more slowly, we'd understand her better.

4- If your company went

what would you do?
bankrupt,
The verb in the condition is in the simple past. Then, in the result, we use
would, might, or could:

CONDITION: if + subject + past simple

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- If I was rich, I’d buy a boat.

247
--- If I were rich, I’d buy a boat.
--- If Dana was here right now, she’d agree.
--- If Dana were here right now, she’d agree.
Technically the correct answer is were in both cases… even though the
subject is singular, we use were when talking about hypothetical
situations.

However, informally, more and more people are saying sentences like these
with was when the subject is singular. It’s not correct, but it is common. To
be on the safe side, it’s best to stick with were!

One very common phrase for giving advice is in the second conditional:
--- If I were you, I would accept the offer.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Third Conditional – Imagining that the past had been different

The third conditional is used for imagining that things in the past had been
different. Let's start off by imagining a different past using wish. For
hypothetical past situations, use wish + past perfect:

--- I was late for work today. I wish I had woken up 15 minutes earlier.
--- I wish I hadn’t eaten that seafood stew yesterday – it made me sick.
stew yesterday – it made me sick.
--- Oh, hi – I wasn’t expecting you. I wish you’d called before coming

This is used to express regret (such as for eating that seafood stew) or past
situations you wanted to be different (such as wishing your friend had called
before arriving at your house).

Now we'll take those wishes one step further – imagining the result, in the
past, if that past situation had been different:

--- If I had woken up 15 minutes earlier, I would have arrived on time.

--- If I hadn’t eaten the fish yesterday, I wouldn’t have gotten sick .
--- If you’d called an hour later , I could have prepared some food.

--- Result: would /could / might + have + past participle

“…I would have arrived on time.”
========================================================
Summary

Use I wish + simple past to desire that present situations were different (I
wish I were rich)
248
Use the second conditional to imagine the results if present situations
were different (If I were rich, I’d live in a mansion)
Use I wish + past perfect to desire that past situations had been different
(I wish I had woken up earlier)

2-Use the third conditional to imagine the past results if past situations
had been different (If I had woken up earlier, I would have gotten to work
on time)
3-Use a mixed conditional to imagine conditions and results when these
are in different times (present/past, past/present, future/past)
====================================================

Exercise ( 113 ) -- Second conditional

Complete the sentences with the verbs in the correct tenses.

Condition: If + simple past | Result: would + base form
Ex) He ________________ (get) promoted if only he _____________ (show
up) to work on time.

He’d get promoted if only he showed up to work on time.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-If you _________________ (have) to start over, what
___________________ (you do) differently?
2-The world ________________ (be) a much better place if people 2-
________________ (be) more generous.

3-If she _______________ (not be) so stubborn, her co-workers

______________________ (like) her more.
4-If you ______________________ (eat) a healthy breakfast, you
____________________ (have) more energy.
5I _____________________ (call) him if I _______________________
(have) his number.
6-If he _______________ (be) more organized, he
__________________ (not forget) so many things.
7-We ___________________ (go) with you if we
____________________ (not have) other plans.
8-She's very honest; she ____________________ (not say) that if she
_____________________ (not mean) it.

249
9-How long ____________________ (it take) if we ___________________
(hire) someone to do this work?
10-If they ____________________ (not buy) so much stuff, they
____________________ (have) more money to travel.

========================================================
Exercise ( 114) : Third Conditional
Complete the sentences with the verbs in the correct tenses. Pay careful
attention to which part of the sentence is the condition, and which part is the
result! When possible, abbreviate “had” to ‘d.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Condition: If + past perfect (had + past participle)
Result: would have + past participle
Ex) We ________________ (go) to the party if we ________________
(be) invited. (We would have gone to the party if we’d been invited.
We would have gone to the party if we’d been invited.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- My son _______________________ (not clean) his room if I
_______________________ (not ask) him.
2- If he ________________________ (not step) in and stopped the
argument, a fight ___________________ (break) out.

3- If I __________________ (wait) any longer to see a doctor, I

_______________________ (end) up needing surgery.

4- I never _______________________ (develop) a love for learning if I

___________________ (not have) such great teachers.
5- Do you think you _________________________ (be) happier if you
____________________ (marry) your ex?
6- I _____________________ (not have) to rush if I
_____________________ (start) the assignment earlier.
7- We _______________________ (buy) more DVDs if they
______________________ (be) on sale.
8- If I ______________________ (know) about the problem, I
______________________ (help).
9- If the manager _______________________ (give) better instructions,
everyone___________________________ (understand) the task.

250
10- They _____________________ (learn) more about the city if they
______________________ (take) a guided tour.
[[

=======================================================
Unit ( 80 )
Used to / Be used / Get used to
Term Use Example
refers to past habits,
When I was a child, I used to ride a
1- used to or things no longer
bicycle.
happen.
My brother studies in Canada.
2- Be used refer to habits at a
He is used to cold weather.
to present time =
He is getting used to living in cold
Get used to ( accustomed to )
weather.
1) Be used to = am /
I am used to wearing a uniform.
Note: is / are / will be +
He is used to wearing a uniform.
used to
We are used to wearing a uniform.

She has got used to working at night.

2) Get used to =
We have got used to working at
has got used to
night.
have got used to
Negative I didn't use / used Or I never used to stay up at night
form to stay up at night

Question Did you use to play Or Did you used to play tennis at
form tennis at school school ?
=======================================================
Exercise ( 115 )
Complete with the right form of ( used to ) or ( be used to )

1- My father has been living in Italy for years. He _________________

eating macaroni.
2- He was always late for school, but now he ____________________
coming earlier.
3- When I lived in Dammm, I _______________ go to the beach every
week .
4- We will study in America next year. We ____________________to
eating fast foods.

251
5- They are studying at a university. Now they __________________
working hard.
6- He __________ to drink coffee in the past, but now he ________
___________ drinking tea.
7- When he was young, my father ______________ to play football.

8- When I was a child, I _________________ sleep ten hours daily .

Now I ___________________ sleeping only six hours.

9- A Canadian citizen studies with me at King Saud University. He

________________ living in hot weather.

10- Last year, I ___________ get up late. But now I ______________

getting up early.

======================================================
Exercise ( 116 )
Change the following sentences to the negative form:
1- Mursi used to be a president in Egypt .
Mursi …………………………a president in Egypt.
2- I used to live in Dammam 10 years ago .
I ………………………..in Dammam 10 years ago.
3- We used to go to school on bicycles .
We ………………………to school on bicycles .
4- My father used to spend too much on out family
My father …………………….too much on our family .
5-I used to watch cartoon films when I was a child.
I …………………………….cartoon when I was a child.
===============================================
Unit ( 81 )
Transitive and Intransitive verbs
Verbs in English can be transitive or intransitive. What does that mean?
Consider these examples and try to discover the difference:
Intransitive Verbs:
252
--- The book fell off the table.
--- An error message appeared on the screen. --- She
arrived in the morning.

Transitive Verbs

--- He's fixing the car.

--- I dropped the book on the floor.
--- I restarted my computer.

The difference is that transitive verbs have an object - a person or

thing that receives the action; the action is done to it - and intransitive
verbs do not. Intransitive verbs involve the subject only.
Some transitive verbs have two objects - a direct object (the action is done
to it) , and an indirect object (receives the action):

She gave me a birthday present.

She = subject
gave = transitive verb
me = indirect object
a birthday present = direct object

We will study this structure later in

the lesson.

What can follow transitive / intransitive verbs?

Transitive verbs are followed by a noun, pronoun, or possessive:

He keeps the dog in a cage. ( the dog = noun )

He has a dog. He keeps it in a cage. ( it = pronoun )

Where did you buy your bicycle?

your bicycle = possessive + noun
I'm looking for a new bicycle. Where did you buy yours?
yours = possessive

Intransitive verbs can be followed by nothing, or by a prepositional phrase or

adverb.

--- We waited. --- We waited for two hours. --- We waited patiently.

253
Sometimes, students make the mistake of forgetting the object after a
transitive verb
– this makes the sentence sound incomplete and unnatural in English. One
way to test your sentence is to ask "...what?" immediately after the verb. If
there is an answer to that question, then say the object or substitute it with
a pronoun:

We bought. -- Bought what ? -- We bought a car.

Verbs that can be both transitive and intransitive

A number of verbs in English are both transitive and intransitive -

meaning they can have a direct object, but it is not necessary for them
to have one. For example:

--- She's reading. --- She's reading a book.

--- I understand. --- I understand the lesson.
--- They've already eaten. --- They've already eaten lunch.

So how can you tell if a verb needs an object or not? You can check to
see if the sentence makes sense by itself, or if there appears to be
something missing (the "what" after the verb).
===============================================
Verbs with two objects

A number of verbs in English can have two objects - the indirect object
(the recipient or beneficiary of the action - usually a person) and the direct
object (the thing upon which the action is performed).

The typical structure is verb - indirect object - direct object:

--- We showed Rachel the pictures.
--- He bought me a necklace.
--- She gave my kids some cookies.

However, it is possible to say the direct object first if we add to or for

before the indirect object (the recipient/beneficiary):

--- We showed the pictures to Rachel.

--- He bought a necklace for me.
--- She gave some cookies to my kids.
--- I'll get a tissue for you.

254
Now, the big question is when to use to and when to use for. The rule
is fairly simple:

--- to suggests a direct transfer of the thing to the recipient

--- for suggests that the recipient gets and benefits from the action or thing

=======================================================
Special Cases

Some verbs can ONLY be used in a certain

sequence - either:

--- verb + indirect object + direct object

--- verb + direct object + to / for + indirect object

--- The verbs admit, describe, announce, demonstrate, explain,

introduce, mention, point out, prove, report, say, and suggest CANNOT
be followed immediately by the indirect object. You MUST say the direct
object first, then use to + the indirect object.
--- She explained the problem to me.

The verbs allow, ask, cost, deny, envy, forgive, permit, and refuse
MUST be followed immediately by the indirect object; you cannot use "to"
with these verbs:
--- I asked the teacher a question.
_________________________________________
Summary

1) Transitive verbs = are the verbs that take objects.

Ex. I drink tea in the morning.
Verb object
Some common transitive verbs
Find obey kill Feed Build
Hide Bend see Spend Lose
Shoot Win open Catch carry
Fight Cut Hit Put Shut
Let Write Drive Ride Break
Take Wear Drink Eat Bite
Tear Forget Sing Draw Know
arrange tidy clean mend close

255
=======================================================
2) Some transitive verbs take two objects.
Ex. The teacher gave me a present.
Indirect direct
object object

common transitive verbs with two objects

Pay Make Tell Lend Send
Bring Buy teach Do give
sell teach Call name

3) Intransitive verbs do not take objects.

Ex. He gets up early – I go to school by car.

agree become happen rise stay

appear exist laugh seem talk
arrive fall occur sit wait
come flow rain sleep walk
die go shine sneeze think
stand feel kneel leave escape
cost lie run look chat
4) Some verbs may be transitive or intransitive according to the meaning :
I feel happy today . ( intransitive )
I’m feeling the table . It’s smooth . ( transitive ).
_____________________________________________
Some verbs that may be transitive or intransitive
See Feel Taste Hear Smell
Keep leave win wake begin
Hide Grow Blow fly see
======================================================
Exercise 117
Say if the underlined verbs are transitive or intransitive:

Transitive / Intransitive Verbs + Objects

If the verb is transitive, add an appropriate pronoun (him, her, me, you,
us, them, it). If it is intransitive, leave the space blank.

Ex) Gary has been accused of fraud. The police arrested __him__ last week.
Ex) She’s a great swimmer. She swam ____________ across the lake and
back again.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- You seem to be avoiding __________ - are you angry at me?
256
2- That was a great show. I really enjoyed ___________!
3- I just ordered some new shoes online. I can't wait to get __________!
4- Wait here for the bus. It should come _________ in about 10 minutes.
5- This shirt is the wrong size. I'll take _________ back to the store tomorrow.
6- Something scared the cat, and it ran ______ away as fast as it could.
7- I hate it when pushy sales people try to force __________ to buy
something I'm not interested in.
8- He broke his arm after he tripped and fell ___________.
9- That old bridge isn't stable. It could collapse ____________ any day.
10- This isn't my book. I took ____________ out from the library.
11- For a moment I thought I'd lost my daughter at the playground, but then I
saw ___________.
12- Janet's not here. She already left ____________.
13- Our tour guide warned ______ about pickpockets in the city center.
14- I can't find my umbrella. Maybe I left ________ at work.
15- When we visit Australia, we'll be staying _____ at a friend's house.
16- I have a ton of work, but I just don't feel like doing __________.
============================================
Unit ( 82 )
Passive Voice ( affirmative sentences)
1) Simple tenses of verbs
Verb tenses Active voice Passive voice
1-she feeds the hens
1-Present every day. 1- The hens are fed
simple 2- The cleaner takes every day.
( eat – eats ) rubbish out daily. 2- Rubbish is taken out daily.
(do – does(eat) 3- My teacher helps me a 3- I am helped a lot in class.
lot in class.
1- We ate all the food at 1- All the food was
2- Past simple dinner eaten at dinner.
(ate – did eat) 2- The headmaster gave 2- We were given
us valuable prizes. valuable prizes.
3- Future We will make our uniforms Our uniforms will be made

257
simple
next week. next week.
(will eat)
1-He can build a new 1- A new house can be built
4- Modal verbs:
house. in a month.
(can – should–
2-You must obey your 2- Your parents must be
must – may )
parents. obeyed.

Using the by-phrase

1- Hyundai cars are made in
In passive sentences , it is not
Korea
important to know exactly who performs
2- Rice is grown in many
an action .
countries.
So the by-phrase in not needed in a
3- Spanish is spoken in Mexico
passive sentence.
4-Spanish is spoken by the
Sentence ( 3 ) sounds more natural
people of Mexico.
than sentence ( 4 )

The sweater was made by my

The by-phrase is used in passive
aunt. ( by my aunt ) is an
sentences when it is important to know
important
who performs an action
information here.
My aunt is very skilful. She made If it is important to know the doer of the
this sweater action , we usually use the active form .
A : I like your sweaters. Where
did The speaker uses the passive with a
you get them ? by-phrase because he wants to focus
B : The green one was made by attention on the two sweaters and on
my aunt and the blue one the two people who made them.
was made by my mother.
======================================================
Exercise 118

Change the sentences to the passive form:

A) Present Simple:--- take / takes change into ( am / is / are +

taken )

1- I pay the price in advance.

The Price _________________________________ in advance.

2- I read the newspaper every day.

258
 The newspaper ________________________________ everyday.

3- Our teacher tells us stories in class.

Stories ____________________________________ to us in class.

4- Your teacher helps you to pass the test.

You ____________________________________ to pass the test.

5- My father always gives me money.

I ________________ always _______________________ money.

=======================================================

B) Past Simple: took changes into ( was / were + taken )

1- The police took the thief to prison.
The thief _____________________________________ to prison.
2- I sold my car yesterday.
My car _______________________________________ yesterday.
3- We heard a noise in the neighboring house.
A noise _________________________ in the n house.
4- The farmer fed the cows an hour ago.
The cows ___________________________________ an hour ago.
c) Future Simple and Modal Verbs:
will take --– changes into ( will be taken. )
must take ---changes into ( must be taken )
1- I can drive my car at 200 kilometers an hour.
My car ___________________________ at 200 kilometers an hour.

2- You can't park your car here.

Your car __________________________________ here.

3- We must speak English in Britain.

English ___________________________________ in Britain.

4- I will take the children to the zoo tomorrow.

The children __________________________ to the zoo tomorrow.

5- You should keep your school clean.

Your school _________________________________ clean.

6- The cleaner will throw the rubbish paper soon.

The rubbish paper ____________________________ away soon.

259
7- We will do all our homework tonight.
All our homework _____________________________ tonight.

8- The farmer will cut down the old trees.

The old trees ______________________________________.

9- I think the guests will eat all the cake.

I think the cake ____________________________________.
=======================================================
Exercise 119
Complete the sentences below using the passive form of the underlined
verbs or the verbs in brackets :-
1- The mechanic will repair the car in an hour.
The car ______________________ in an hour.

2- Muslims perform their prayers mainly in the mosque.

Muslims' prayers ________________ mainly in the mosque.
3- He fed the cows an hour ago.
The cows ____________________ an hour ago.

4- I will open the new shop tomorrow.

The new shop ___________________ tomorrow.

5- Now, mountaineers can climb Mount Everest.

Mount Everest _____________________ now.

6- This house is quite old. It _______________ in 1920. (build)

7- Our housework _______________ once a day. (do)

8- The criminal ______________ and put in prison yesterday. (catch)

9- The cake for the party _____________ this afternoon. (make)

10- The school should ________________every day. (clean)

==========================================
Unit ( 83 )
Passive Voice( 2 )
2 ) Perfect tenses of Verbs
Verb tenses Active voice Passive voice

260
 - He has planted flowers - Flowers have been
1- present perfect
in the garden. planted in the garden.
- He had written some - Some letters had been
2- past perfect
letters before he came. written before he came.
- Mother will have made - A big cake will have
3- future perfect a big cake by this been made by this
evening. evening.
4- defective verbs
can – must – - I can climb Mount - Mount Everest can be
may – should Everest in a week. climbed in a week

======================================================
Exercise 120
Change the underlined verbs from active voice to passive voice:
1- The child has just broken the window.
The window ______________ just ___________________.
2- We had painted our new house before we moved to it.
Our new house ____________________ before we moved to it.
3- I will have obtained my B.A. degree by the end of this year.
My B.A. degree ___________________ by the end of this year.
4- I have written a poem on the love of my country.
A poem _____________________ on the love of my country.
5- He had eaten ten sandwiches before he slept.
Ten sandwiches ______________________ before he slept.
6- The thief had stolen the money before the police arrived.
The money _____________________ before the police arrived.
7- I will have finished my homework by 10 this evening.
My homework ________________________ by 10 this evening.
8- You must pass your final exam to join a university.
Your final exam _______________________ to join a university.
9- I may find my lost pen somewhere here.
My lost pen ___________________________somewhere here.

261
10- I have seen a strange animal in the zoo.
A strange animal ___________________________ in the zoo
==========================================
Unit ( 84)
The passive Voice ( 3 )
the progressive Forms of verbs
Verb formulatio
Active Passive
tense n
1-The
government is Passive
building A new school is being built in form of
Present a new school in our town. pres. Cont.
continuou our town. Some letters are being am / is /
are
s 2-The secretary copied + being +
is copying right now. past
some letters participle
right now.
3- Some builders
were building a Passive
A school was being built form of past
school during the
Past during the last year. cont.
last year
continuou Vegetables were being Was / were
4- We were
s bought + being +
buying past
when it began to rain
vegetables when participle
it started to rain,
The government
New schools will be being
will be building
built
new school next
Next year
Future year.
The matches of the Olympic
continuou The Olympic
football
s football teams
Teams will be being plated
will be playing
next
their matches
Week.
next week .
======================================================
Exercise ( 121)

262
Complete the sentences with the correct passive form of the present ,
past and future continuous ( progressive ) :

1- Mr George is teaching our class today .

Our class …………………………………….by Mr. George today.
2-The government is building new flats for its employees .
New flats ……………………..by the government for its employees.
3- Our farmers were growing vegetables to help with the war effort.
Vegetables………………………………to help with the war effort.
4- I was doing much housework when you called last night.
Much housework …………………………..when you called last night.
5- Dogs wag their tails when people are feeding them,.
Dogs wag their tails when they …………………………………
6- The hunter was hunting birds all day yesterday .
Birds ………………………………..……… all day yesterday.
7- I was spending much money during my stay in London.
Much money ……………………………during my stay in London.
8- I was writing some reports to the manager all this morning .
Some reports ………………………………………..…all this morning .
9- Our team will be playing two matches next Monday
Two matches _______________________________next Monday
10- I will be making a long journey through Europe all this month.
A long journey ____________________________through Europe
all this month.
================================================
Unit ( 85 )
Passive voice 4 (Questions )
Verb
Active voice Passive voice
tenses
1- present - Do you write letters to - Are letters written to your
simple your friends? friends?

263
 - Where does your father - Where's your father's
keep his money? money kept?
- Did you find your lost
2- past car? - Was your lost car found?
simple - When did you buy your - When was your car bought?
car?
- Who will you invite to
- Who will be invited to your
3- future your party?
party?
simple - Will you send the letter by
- Will the letter be sent by post?
post?
Exercise 122
Change the questions in the active voice to the passive voice:
1- Where did you buy your new car?
Where _____________________________________?
2- Why will you sell your old car?
Why _______________________________________?
3- When do you always do homework?
When ______________________________________?
4- Did you finish your work before 6 p.m?
_________________________________ before 6 p.m?
5- Can you learn English in a month?
________________________________ in a month?
6- Who invented the telephone?
Who _____________________________________ by ?
7- Will you open the new restaurant soon?
Will __________________________________ soon?
8- Does she always cook delicious food for us?
_______________ delicious food always ___________ for us.
9- Where did you see the huge elephant?
Where ________________ the huge elephant ____________?
10- What subject will you study at the university?
What subject ________________________ at the university?
=======================================================
B ) Summary
Verb tenses Active form Passive form
264
 The dog eats the
1- simple present The bone is eaten by the dog.
bone.
The bone was eaten by the
2- simple past The dog ate the bone.
dog.
The dog will eat the The bone will be eaten by the
3- simple future
bone. dog.
4- Present The dog is eating the The bone is being eaten by
continuous bone. the dog.
5- past The dog was eating The bone was being eaten by
continuous the bone. the dog.
The dog has eaten The bone has been eaten by
6- present perfect
the bone. the dog.
The dog had eaten The bone had been eaten by
7- past perfect
the bone. the dog.
The dog will have The bone will have been
8- future perfect
eaten the bone. eaten by the dog.
The dog must eat the The bone must be eaten by
9- modal verbs
bone the dog.
=====================================================

Exercise ( 123)
Re-write the sentences beginning with the underlined words. Note the
changes in questions:
1- I know your name.
Your name_____________________________ to me.
2- No one here can speak Chinese.
Chinese _____________________________ by anyone here.
3- I am driving my car to the garage.
My car__________________________________ the garage.
4- The mother feeds the children six times a day.
The children_________________________________ six times a day.
5- I was watching a film when you called.
A film_______________________________ when you called.
6- I will invite all my friends to my birthday party.
All my friends___________________________ to my birthday party.
7- The teacher gave me a present for my birthday.
A present________________________________ for my birthday party.
8- My mother made a big cake on my wedding.
A big cake_________________________________ on my wedding.
9- I can learn four foreign languages in a year.
Four foreign languages__________________________ in a year.
10- I had done my homework before I slept.
265
 My homework_________________________________ before I slept.
11- I have lost my keys in the school.
My keys_______________________________ in the school.
12- You should always obey your parents.
Your parents______________________________________.
13- Do you keep your money in the bank ?
_______________________________________ in the bank ?
14- When do you do your homework ?
When is your __________________________________________ ?
15- Did you understand the lesson yesterday ?
___________________________________ yesterday ?
16- Have you done all the exercises ?
_______________________________________ ?
=========================================
Unit ( 86 )
More About Passive Voice

A ) Personal / Impersonal
Passive

The verbs think, believe, say , report, know, expect, etc. are used in the
following passive patterns in personal and impersonal passive.
active = People say that he has won the lottery.
passive = a) It is said (that) he has won the lottery ( impersonal passive )
b) He is said to have won the lottery. ( personal passive )

active = People expect that Sue Peters will break the world record.
passive = a) It is expected (that) Sue Peters will break the world record.
b) Sue Peters is expected to break the world record.

active = People believe that he sold the painting.

passive = a) It’s believed (that) he sold the painting.
b)He is believed to have sold the painting.
=======================================================

Exercise 124
Rewrite the following sentences in the passive using personal and
impersonal passive, as in the example:

266
1- People say that she has millions in the bank.
It …. ………………. ……… millions in the bank
She …. ………………….. millions in the bank…..

2- The newscaster ‫ مذيع‬reported that the President resigned last night.

It …………………………… the President resigned last night.

The President …………………………………. resigned last night.

3- People believe that an electrical problem caused the fire.

It ………………………… an electrical problem caused the fire.
An electrical …………………………………………the fire.

4- Everyone thinks that he stole the money.

It …………………………… he stole the money.
He …………………………………….the money.

5- People know that she has lived in many countries.

It ………………………………. lived in many countries.
She …………………………… lived in many countries.

6- People expect that he will win a prize.

It …………………………… he will win a prize
He …………………………… a prize
===================================================

B ) Stativity Passive
( Using past participles as adjectives )
- I’m married - He is frightened - You are tired
Be bored with be qualified for be gone from
be excited about be tired of / from be satisfied with
be composed of be worried about be acquainted with
be frightened of / by be bored with be done with
be crowded with be related to be engaged to
be interested in be involved in / with be exhausted from
be disappointed with be devoted to be finished with
be made of / from be involved in / with be lost
be married to be divorced from be opposed to
be prepared for
267
 be shut in be scared with / by
be pleased with
be terrified of / by be broken
be located in
be hurt be spoiled
The verb (to be) can be followed by a past participle (the passive form), which
is like an adjective. It describes or gives information about the subject of a
sentence. Past participles are used as adjectives in many common everyday
expressions.
========================================================

Exercise ( 125 )
Complete the sentences with past participles used as adjectives from
the list ( interested -- devoted -- involved -- satisfied - tired
excited -- pleased -- qualified -- frightened -- prepare )
1-Children are always ………………………of snakes
2-I'm ……………………with your report . It's base on careful study .
3- The criminal who is sentenced to death is …………..in killing 10 children.
4-You obtained a high degree in accountancy . You're …………….for the job.
5- Soldiers are usually ……………….military service in the army
6-I'm very………………….with your present on my birthday.
7-I'm ………………………in drawing. I like drawing animals and cars.
8-I'm ………………….of too much homework in maths . the teacher gives us
difficult assignments.
9- The fans of our team are very ……………while our football team is playing
a game
10-Our army is always ……………….for any war against enemies.
=============================================
Unit ( 87 )
Reported Speech – 1 -- ( Statements )

Direct speech is the exact words someone said, put between quotation
marks." ----------------- ".
268
Ex. " I need the teacher's help." said Ahmed.
Reported speech is the exact meaning of what someone said; but not the
exact words.
Ex. Ahmed said that he needs the teacher's help.

A- Reported speech ( statements )

1) When the introductory verb is in the present tense, or if the sentence
expresses a general truth or habits, there is no change in the verb tenses in
reported speech.

Verb tense Direct speech Reported speech

Present " I want fried fish " says the The customer says that he
simple customer wants fried fish.
" I'm playing." says the The child says that he is
Present child. playing.
continuous " You are not studying hard." The teacher tells me that
said the teacher. I'm not studying hard.
Present Salman, " I've lost my Salman says that he's lost
perfect mobile." his mobile.
General truth He said, " It gets very hot in He says that it gets very hot
or habits summer." in summer.
" I'll write a letter tomorrow." Ahmed says that he will
Future simple
said Ahmed write a letter tomorrow.
" I can buy a car. " said Ali
Ali says he can buy a car.
He said, " You must be
Modal Verbs He says I must be careful.
careful.
He says he has to go now.
He said, " I have to go now. "
======================================================
Exercise ( 126 )
Turn the following direct sentences into reported speech as in the
example:
1) " I don't like milk," she says.
She says ( that ) __________________milk
2) " It will be sunny tomorrow." He says.
He says ( that ) _____________________tomorrow.
3) " We visited the zoo yesterday." said my classmates.
My classmates say ( that ) _____________the zoo yesterday

269
4) "Penguins ‫ البطريق‬can't fly," said the teacher.
The teacher said ( that ) ________________________.
5) " I'm doing my homework, " said Salem.
Salem says ( that ) __________________homework
6) " I always wake up early," said Hamad.
Hamad says ( that ) __________________early.
7) " It is my dictionary," Sami said.
Sami says ( that ) __________________dictionary.
8) " You are a clever student," said the teacher.
The teacher says ( that ) I _____________student..
9) " I have seen a terrible accident, " says Fahd.
Fahd says ( that ) ___________________a terrible accident
10) " I have sandwiches for breakfast, " says Ahmed.
Ahmed says ( that ) _________________for breakfast.

============================================
Unit ( 88 )
Reported Speech – 2 -- ( past forms )
2) When the introductory verb is in the past tense, the verb tenses in the
reported speech change as follows:

Direct Reported
Direct speech Reported speech
Verbs Verbs
Present Past " I want to go out." he He said that he wanted to
simple simple said. go out.
Present Past
" I'm drinking tea." Faleh said that he was
continuou continuou
Faleh said. drinking tea.
s s
Present Past " I have lost my car." Kamal said that he had lost
perfect perfect said Kamal. his car.
Future
Future " I will buy a new She said that she would
simple in
simple fridge." she said. buy a new fridge
the past

270
 Past Past " I found my lost car." Kamal said that he had
simple perfect said kamal. found his lost car.
" I smoke too much," He said he smokes too
Facts and Facts and
he said. much.
habits habits
" Water freezes at 0 The teacher said that water
(don't (don't
( zero )," the teacher freezes at 0 C.
change) change)
said.
Some time expressions also change
( Direct ) ( Reported )
tonight that night
today that day
yesterday the day before
tomorrow the next day
2 days ago 2 days before
this – these that – those
now – here then – there
==========================================
Exercise ( 127)
Change the direct statements into reported speech. Notice the changes
in the verb tenses and time expressions:
1) Rashid said, " My father is going to take me on a trip tomorrow."
Rashid said that his father ____________ on a trip ________
2) " I'll paint the room if I have some paint," said Ali.
Ali said he __________ the room if he _____________ some paint.
3) " I bought a new flat yesterday." he said.
He said he__________________ a new flat _______________.
4) " I have done the washing up." said the maidservant.
She said she ___________________________the washing-up.
5) " I want to study in England," said Hamid.
Hamid said he ______________________________ in England.
6) " Mary can't go to school today," Her father said.
Mary's father said she ___________________________________.
7) The teacher to the students, " You must answer the test now."
The teacher told the students that they ______________________.

271
8)The police to the demonstrators, "You must leave this place at once."
The police told the demonstrators they ______________________.
9) Hamza to his father, " I'm busy repairing my car. "
Hamza told his father he ___________________________car.
10) The teacher to the class, " Snow falls heavily in Russia. "
The teacher told the class _______________________________.
===========================================
Unit ( 89 )
Exercise ( 128)
Change the direct statements into reported speech. Notice the changes
in the verb tenses and time expressions:
1) Rashid said, " My father is going to take me on a trip tomorrow."
Rashid said that his father ____________ on a trip _________
2) " I'll paint the room if I have some paint," said Ali.
Ali said he __________ the room if he _____________ some paint.

3) " I bought a new flat yesterday." he said.

He said he__________________ a new flat _______________.
4) " I have done the washing up." said the maidservant.
She said she ___________________________the washing-up.

5) " I want to study in England," said Hamid.

Hamid said he ______________________________ in England.

6) " Mary can't go to school today," Her father said.

Mary's father said she ___________________________________.

7) The teacher to the students, " You must answer the test now."
The teacher told the students that they ______________________.

8)The police to the demonstrators, "You must leave this place at once."
The police told the demonstrators they ______________________.

9) Hamza to his father, " I'm busy repairing my car. "

Hamza told his father he ___________________________car.

10) The teacher to the class, " Snow falls heavily in Russia. "
272
 The teacher told the class _______________________________.
===========================================
Unit ( 89 )

Reported speech – 3 -- ( Questions )

We introduce reported questions with the verbs: (ask – want to know ). As in
statements, if the introductory verb is in the present tense, the verb tenses in
reported speech do not change. But if the introductory verb is in the past, the
same changes in statement will be applied.
Verb Reported questions
Direct questions
tenses a) present b) past
1-Present "Where do you live?" a-He asks me where I live.
simple he asks me. b-He asked me where I lived.
a-My father asks me what I'm
2-Present
"What are you doing doing, now.
continuou
now?" asked my father. b-My father asked me what I was
s
doing at that time.
a-My friend asks if I have finished
"Have you finished your
3-Present my work.
work?" asked my
perfect b-My friend asked if I had finished
friend."
my work
a-Hamad asks when I will have a
4-Future "When will you have party.
simple a party?" asked Hamad. b-Hamad asked when I would have
a party.
a-Salem wants to know if I can
"Can you come to
5-Defective come to his party tomorrow.
my party tomorrow?"
verbs b-Salem wanted to know if I could
Salem wants to know.
come to his party the day after.
======================================================
Exercise ( 128 )
Change the following direct questions into reported speech:
1- The teacher: " What time do you get up?"
The teacher wants to know _________________________.
2- The father: " Why are you laughing?"
My father asked me _______________________________.

273
3- My friend: " Will you lend me some money?"
My friend asked me ___________________some money
4- The police: " Who has written this note?"
The police asked ______________________ note.
5- The waiter: " What do you want for lunch?"
The waiter asked the customer _______________________.
6- Brother: " What are you doing now?"
My brother wants to know ___________________________.
7- Father: " Did you buy any bread?"
My father asked me ________________________________.
8- A friend: " How long will you stay in America?"
My friend wants to know _________________ in America?"
9-The reporter: " Who called the police?"
The reporter asked us ______________________the police.
10- The headmaster: " Why are you late today?"
The headmaster asked me __________________________.
=================================================
Unit ( 90 )
Reported Commands-- 4 -- ( Imperatives )
Introductor
Direct speech Reported speech
y verb
agreeing " Yes, I'll post the letters." He agreed to post the letters.
"Shall I drive you to
offer He offered to drive me to work.
work?"

promise " Of course, I'll lend you She promised to lend me the
the money." money.
Refuse " No, I won't give a reward My boss refused to give me a
reward
Threaten " Eat your food, or I'll
send you to bed." She threatened to send me to
bed if I didn't eat my food.
Could you help me , He asked me to help him
ask
please?
invite " Would you like to have He invited me to have dinner
dinner with me?" with him.

274
 " Tidy your room!"
Order He ordered me to tidy my room.
Don't forget to pay the
remind He reminded me to pay the bill.
bill."
" Don't forget to pay the
remind He reminded me to pay the bill.
bill."
" Don't skate on the frozen He warned us not to skate on
Warn
lake the frozen lake.
admit +--ing " Yes, I took the money." He admitted taking the money.
She agreed that it was a lovely
agree + that " Yes, It's a lovely hat."
hat.
complain " You are always He complained that I was always
+ that interrupting me." interrupting him.
"I didn't break your .He denied that he had broken
deny + that
watch." my watch.
=========================================================
Exercise ( 129)
Complete the sentences with reported speech :
1- " Please, Dad. Let me go out with my friends."
Huda __________________________________her friends.

2- " Will you come to my graduation party ?"

Fahid ___________ ___________graduation party.

3- The officer to the thief, " Put your hands up in the air."
The officer ____________ the thief __________up in the air.

4- The patient, " I have stomach pain, doctor."

The patient _______________ the doctor that ____________.

5-The thief," Yes, I broke into the bank, and stole the money."
The thief _____________ that he __________ the bank, and
________________ the money.

6- My brother said to me, " Could you help me with my homework?"

My brother ______________________________ homework.

7- Hamad said to me, " Don't forget your homework."

Hamad _________________________________ homework.

275
8- Ahmed said to his brother, " I didn't break the window."
Ahmed__________________________________ the window.

9- Mother to her son, "Shall I make you something to eat?"

Mother___________ her son _____________ something to eat.

10- She said, " I will call you as soon as I arrive."

She ___________________________________ arrive.

11- The mother to her daughter," I won't buy you an expensive watch."
The mother ____________ __________ an expensive watch.

12- the police to the driver," Don't park your car here or you will
pay SR 500 fine."
The police ___________ the driver __________or he would pay a fine.

13- The doctor to the patient, " Take this medicine once a day. "
The doctor __________ the patient ___________ medicine once a day.

14- The judge to the criminal, " Tell the truth or I'll keep you in prison. "
The judge ___________________ the criminal ___________ in prison

15- My friend to me, " Yes, I'll join you in your trip. "
My friend ____________________________________________.
=========================================================

Key answers to exercises in Part 3

Verbs – Group 2 -- Units 65 – 90
1-to sell 2-to pay 3-to have 4-use 5-to do
6-write 7-to switch 8-lift 9-to fire 10-listen
65 The infinitives 93 11-to travel 12-swim 13-challenged….to 14-
invite 15-to bring 16-afford 17-rain 18-to
drive 19- told….to 20- to embarrass
1-listening 2-watering 3-opening 4- going
66 The –ing form 94 5-obtaining 6-dyeing 7-sitting 8- learning
9- driving 10-blaming
== ========== 95 Renting 2-going 3-doing 4-smoking
5-playing 6-studying 7-listening 8-opening

276
 9-having 10-making
1-to leave 2-criticise 3-fixing 4-taking 5-not
to carry 6-wearing 7-waiting 8-to use 9-
To-infinitive or
67 96 living
The –ing form
10-looking 11-to get 12-working 13-parking
15-accepting 16-losing 17-taking 18-to visit
Verb +object 1-allow / to 2- bring 3-wearing 4-waiting
68 + 97 5-going 6-practising 7-to help 8- move
to or --ing 9- take 10 rain
1- chatting 2- going 3 to arrive 4- to turn /

Infinitive or turning 5- having 6- to put 7- asking

--ing form 8 ordering 9-changing 10- to become

69 98 11-working / to work 12- getting 13- to
(1)
cooperate

.14- to take out 15- cleaning 16- not to car

Infinitive or 1- to seek 2- watching 3 working 4- to eat

70 --ing form ( 2 ) 99 5- being 6- to return 7- to help 8- taking

9- to study 10 responding 11- to malfunction.
12- to smile
1- to force 2- to persuade 3- starting 4-
figure
5- to lose 6- to imagine 7- feel 8- to
10
== =========== reconsider
0
9- taking 10- not to touch 11- take 12- to
show
13- getting 14- to lend 15- do
10 1- for 2-from 3-from 4- by 5- on 6- on
== ==========
1 7- by 8- for
71 Verbs + to /- 10 1- to take 2- to inform 3- to return 4- to
ing 2 pay 5- making 6- to get 7- to become 8-
updating

277
 With change 9- meeting 10- breaking 11- receiving
in meaning 12 -to ignore 13- to lock
1-having 2-begin 3-to get 4-watching
5-to move 6-going 7-to be 8-hiring 9-
10 making
72 Gerunds
3 10-living 11 watering 12-going 1`3-to have
14-parking 15-watching 17-to do 18-spilling
19-shopping 20-meeting
1-It's no use working…. 2-what's the use of
studying 3-It's no good wearing… 4-I have
difficulty getting …… 5-no trouble finding a job
Expressions
10 6-It's a waste of time reading newspapers …
73 followed by
4 7-a waste of ,money helping employees
--ing
8-I can't help shouting … 9-I can't help crying…
10-isn't worth buying 11-are used to beggary
12-time persuading him…..13-it needs cleaning
1-So did….2-so will…..3-neither have I 4-so
am I
Agreement 10
74 5-nor was I 6- so does….. 7-nor did Hamad
rules - 5
8-neither will Ahmed 9-nor do I 10-so were
you
1-is 2-is 3-are 4-wishes 5-is 6-was 7-is
Subject –verb 10
== 8- are 9- are 10are 11are 12-is 13-are
agreement 6
14-are 15-ia
1- was 2- doesn't 3- Does 4- is 5- have
Agreement 6 has 7- is 8- wants 9- are 10- were
10
75 with tricky 11 are 12- were 13- weren't 14- is 15- like
7
nouns 16+- have 17- doesn't 18- are 19- are
20- is 21- aren't 22- has
76 Agreement 10 1- were 2- is 3- are 4- were 5- has 6- is
7- is 8- were 9- is 10- was 11- is 12- makes
with complex
278
 13- are 14- was 15- was 16- is 17- were
subjects 8
18- isn't 19- has 20- has
1-will start / by 2-will stay / come 3-will not
leave /
Time words & 10 4-calls /leave 5-start / receive 6-will attend /
77
conditionals 9 have 7-will pay / receive 8-call / arrive 9-
Don't
answer / tells 10-will help / are
1-will stay 2-get 3-will invite 4-come 5-will
Conditionals 11
== go
(1) 0
6-will 7-falls 8-work 9- becomes 10-will be
1-would buy 2-will get 3-wouldhave called 4-
Conditionals- 11 will take 5-had not helped 6-would stop 7-
==
(2 + 3) 1 will visit 8-would ask 9- would not have got
l.10-were
1- don't / I'll have 2- get 3- isn't 4- You’ll
have / you go 5- We’ll be / comes 6- you
forget / she’ll be 7- I'll let / he’s 8- graduates /
Real 11
78 she’ll start 9- we drive / we’ll get 10- I’ll
conditional 2
give / I see
11- get / I’m going to have 12- We're going to
see / comes
1-had / would you do 2-would be / were
3- weren't / would like 4- ate / would have
Unreal
11 5-would call / had 6-were / wouldn't forget
79 conditionals -
3 7-would go / didn't have 8-wouldn't say /didn't
2
mean 9-would it take / hired 10-didn't buy /
would have
== Unreal 11 1-wouln't have cleaned / hadn't asked 2-hadn't
conditionals - 4 stepped / would have broken 3-had waited /
3 would have ended 4-would have developed /
279
 hadn't had 5-would have been / had married
6-wouldn't have had / had started 7-would
have bought / had been 8-had known / would
have helped 9-had given / would have
understood
10-would have learned / had taken
1-is used to 2-is used to 3-used to 4- will
be used to 5-are used to 6-used to / is used
Used to / be 11
80 to
used to 5
7- used to 8-used to / am used to 9-is used to
10-used to / am used to
1-didn't use to be 2-didn't use to live 3-didn't
===( negative 11
== Use to go 4-didn't use to spend 5-didn't use to
) 6
watch
1- me 2- it 3-them 4____ 5- it 6-____
Transitive and
11 7-me 9- ____ 9-____ 10- it 11- her 12-
81 Intransitive
7 ___
verbs
13-us 14- it 15- ____ 16- it
Present simple :- 1-is paid 2-is read 3-are
told
Are helped 5-I'm …..given
Passive voice 11 Past simple :-1- was taken 2-was sold 3-was
82
Simple tenses 8 heard 4-were fed 5-were killed
Future and modal :- 1- can't be driven 2-can't
be parked 3- must be spoken -4-will be taken
Should be kept 6- will be done
== ========== 11 1- will be repaired 2- are performed 3-were
9 fed
4-will be opened 5-can be climbed 6- was built
7-is done 8-was caught 9-will be made

280
 10-be cleaned
1-has just been broken 2-had been painted 3-
will have been obtained 4-has been written 5-
Passive voice
12 had been eaten 6-had been stolen 7-will have
83 Perfect
0 been finished 8- must be passed 9- may be
tenses
found
10-has been seen
1-is being taught 2- are being built 3- were
Passive voice being grown 4- was being done 5- are being
12
84 Progressive fed 6-were being hunted 7-was being spent
1
forms 8-were being written 9- will be being played
10-will be being made
1-was your new car bought 2-will your old car
be sold 3- is your homework done 4-was your
work finished 5-can English be learnt ? 6-was
Passive voice
12 the telephone invented…? 7 will the new
85 Question
2 restaurant be
forms
Opened…. 8-is…………cooked 9-was
……..seen ?
10-will be studied ?
1-is known 2-can't be spoken 3-is being driven
4-are fed 5-was being watched 6-will be
12
== ========= invited
3
7-was given to me 8- was made 9- can be
learnt
10-had been done 11-haave been lost 12-
shoul …..be obeyed 13-are your money kept
14-homework done 15-was the lesson
understood
16-Have all the exercises been done ?
86 More about 12 1- It is said that she has……/ she is said to
281
 have…
2-It is reported that …….. / is said to
have………….
3-It is said that ………./ is said to have caused
passive ……
(personal / 4 4-It is said that………../ He is said to have
impersonal stolen…..
5-It is said that she ……. /She is said to
have……….
6-It is expected that …/ He is expected to win
a prize
1-frightened 2-satisfied 3-involved 4-qualified
Stative 12
== 5-devoted 6-pleased 7-interested 8-tired
passive 5
9-excited 10-paepared
1-doesn't like 2-it will be sunny 3-they visited
Reported
12 4-penguins can't fly 5-he's doing his 6-he
87 speech
6 always wakes up 7-it is his 8-I am a clever…..
( statements )
9-he has seen 10-he has sandwiches
1-was going to take him …….the next day
2-he would paint ………..had ……..
3-had bought ………the day before 4- had
Reported done
12
88 speech / past 5—wanted to study………6-couldn't go to school
7
tenses that day 7-had to answer the test at that time
8- had to leave that place immediately
9-was busy repairing his car 10-that snow falls
heavily in Russia
89 Reported 12 1- what time I get up 2-why I was laughing
speech 8 3-if I would lend him ….4- who had written that
( questions ) …
5-what he wanted for lunch 6-what I'm doing
282
 now
7-if I had bought any bread 8-how long I will
stay
9-who had called 10-why I was late that day
1- asked her father to go out with……….2-
invited me to his …….3-order ………to put his
hands ……
4-told ….he has stomach pain 5-admitted he
had
broken ……..had stolen …..6-asked me to help
him with his ……..7-reminded me not to forget
his……
Reported
12 8-denied that he had broken 9- offered…to
90 speech
9 make
( imperatives )
him……..10-promised that she would call me as
soon as she arrived 11-refused to buy her
daughter
12-warned ……..not to park his car there……..
13-told ……..to take that ……….. 14-threatened
…
To tell the truth or he would keep him ……..
15-agreed to join me in my trip

Part 4 – Prepositions -- Units 91 -- 131

Unit ( 91 ) Prepositions of Time
at -- in -- on -- or ( no preposition )
Use in for centuries, decades, years, seasons, and months
Or any periods of time
--- in the 17th century --- in the 1980s
--- in 2004 --- in the winter --- in the morning

283
 --- in July --- in an hour --- in a week's time
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exceptions : ( at night -- at the weekend -- at Christmas
============================================
Use on for days of the week and dates:
--- on Monday on the weekend ( Am. )
--- on September 1st
--- on the 15th of May
--- on my birthday

Use at for times of the day:

--- at 2:30
--- at ten o’clock
--- at half past six
--- at ten minutes to four
--- at midnight
There are some cases in which we use no preposition1- with ( this, that ,
next, and last: We got married last April.
2- I’ll be traveling next Tuesday. There’s an exam this week.
every day / week / month / year
3- The magazine is published in every month.
today, tonight, tomorrow, yesterday What are you doing on tomorrow?
=======================================================
During / While
The word during can be used:
--- Toduring
describe
thesomething
summer. that
Thelasts a period
crowd of time
was silent I stayed
during the home
speech.
--- When an event happens in the middle of a time period There were
many protests during the war.
--- I failed three classes during my college years.
--- We learned a lot during the study abroad program.

The word while can also be used when one thing happens in the middle of
another time period or activity. The difference is that during is followed by a
noun, and while is followed by a subject + verb:
--- He took notes during the class.
---He took notes while the teacher explained the issue.
When it is the same person doing both actions, we can use while + the ING
form:
--- She broke her leg while she was playing soccer.

284
--- She broke her leg while playing soccer.
But when it is two different people, then we must include the subject +
verb after a while:
--- I checked the map while my husband was driving.
--- I checked the map while driving.
(= I was driving AND checking the map at the same time)
We also have the words meanwhile and in the meantime. The word
meanwhile is usually used at the beginning of a sentence to introduce
something else that was happening at the same time:
while I was
--- My wife was cleaning up the kitchen.
--- My kids were watching TV .
while I was
The expression in the meantime can be used at the beginning or at the
end of a sentence, and it usually means “in the period of time when we
are waiting for something else to happen.”
--- We’re going to China in two weeks. In the meantime, we need to
find a hotel and pack our bags. (= while waiting for our departure
date)
--- Her baby is due in January. She’s been buying lots of baby clothes
and toys in the meantime. (= while waiting for the baby to be born.
Over / From / To
We can use the words over or during to describe time spans:
--- I’ll be taking care of my neighbor’s dog over/during the next couple
weeks.
--- There have been a lot of changes over/during the past year.
And we use from… to or from…until/till to define the beginning and end of
a time period:
--- The museum is open from 8 AM to 4 PM.
--- Jack will be on vacation from tomorrow until next Friday.
--- I dated him from 2001 till the end of 2004.
Until / Till / by
Use by for one specific event
that will happen before a
certain time in the future.
Use until (or the informal
word till) for a continuous
event that will continue

285
and then stop at and then stop
at a certain time in the future
--- Please send me the
information by Monday.
--- You could also say before Monday, but by is more common
--- He’s staying in London until the 30th.
After by, we usually use dates and times. After the word until we can
use dates, times, or specific events.
--- The construction will be finished by June 1st.
--- We can’t move into the new building until June 1st.
--- We can’t move into the new building until it’s finished.
=======================================================
Until Now / So Far / To- date
We have a few different expressions for talking about situations that have
continued up to the present moment – but there’s a key difference between
them.
When we use the expression until now, that means the situation in the
recent past will NOT continue beyond the current moment:

--- There hasn’t been much research in this area until now.
(This means that NOW the situation is changing – and there is some
research or will be soon)
--- This surgery has always been complicated and risky – until now.
Doctors have invented a new technique that could significantly reduce the
risks.
On the other hand, the expressions so far and to date (a little more formal)
mean the situation in the recent past will probably continue, and we are
simply reporting the current status:
--- Twelve people have signed up for the class so far.
(implies that there will probably be more people signing up in the future)
--- To date, approximately fifty thousand refugees have crossed the
border. (and there will probably be more)
We can use until now, so far, and to date at the beginning or
at the end of a sentence.
=======================================================
After/ Later
Use after + word / phrase, and use later alone (at the end of a sentence or
phrase).
286
--- I’ll call you later.
--- I’ll call you after work.
--- I’ll call you after I get home from work.
--- First he bought a new car. Two weeks later, he bought a new
motorcycle.
--- He bought a new motorcycle two weeks after he bought a new car.
=================================================
You can also say “later + time period” to refer to an unspecified time in the
future, for example:
--- I’ll finish the project later this week.
--- We’ll go on vacation later this year.
--- He’ll give you an answer later today.

Don’t end a sentence with “after.” Instead, you can use “afterwards”
--- “Did you go straight home after the baseball game
“No, we went out for drinks afterwards.”
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ago / Before / Back
--- Use ago to talk about past times in reference to the current moment.
--- Use before to talk about past times in reference to another moment
in the past.
--- Some people use the word back as an informal replacement for
ago: “I graduated from college 3 years back.”
=====================================================
Summary of Prepositions of time

Preposition Meaning Example

In the morning, afternoon, evening, in
‫خالل فترة من‬
holidays, January, a week, a month, a year,
‫الوقت‬
an hour, in spring, a season, 1998, the 10th
in ( – ‫ساعة – يوم‬
century, the past , the future
‫(شهر– سنة‬
On Saturday ---- Sunday night, on 15th Rajab,
summer's day, on that day, on new year's
‫في يوم أو تاريخ‬
on Day. – on a date - on a weekday -
‫محدد‬
-
At 2:30 p.m. , at noon , at night , at midnight
at breakfast, lunch ---- , at that time , at the
‫ عند ساعة أو وقت‬moment, at the beginning of -- at present
at
‫محدد‬ -- at the present time

287
 Note: We do not use prepositions of time
no before( today -- yesterday – tomorrow – next
preposition x x x x x x ( Monday ) – last ( month ---- )
– every day ---- - this / that year ------.

Other Time Prepositions

--- over / during - periods of time

--- from... to / till / until - defined start and end point

--- during / while / meanwhile - two things happening at

the same time o during + noun
--- while + subject + verb / while + ING -- meanwhile (to start
sentence)
--- in the meantime - while waiting for something to happen

--- by - single event before a certain date

--- until / till - continuous event up to a certain date

--- until now - situation in the past is now changing

--- so far / to date - situation in the past will continue

--- after + word / phrase

--- later (alone) --- afterwards (at end of sentence)

--- ago / back - in the past from now

--- before - in the past from another past point

=======================================================
Quiz / Exercise ( 130 )
Complete the sentences with IN, ON, AT, or with no preposition:
1- I'm working full-time and taking classes _________ night.
2- Your payment is due _________ July 5.
3- My contract ended _________ last November.
4- On Sunday afternoon, we had a picnic _________ the park.
5- There will be a special workshop _________ Saturday.

288
6- We checked out a new bar in the neighborhood _________ yesterday
night.
7- She likes to do yoga _________ every morning.
8- The traffic is terrible _________ the early evening.
9- It's so annoying when salespeople call _________ dinnertime.
10- We got a lot of new clients _________ April.
11- My whole family has dinner together _________ Christmas Day.
12- _________ next summer I'll be cycling across the country.
13- We'll break for lunch _________ noon.
14- Both of my grandparents were born _________ the 1930s.
15- The last bus leaves _________ 11:15.
=======================================================
Exercise 131
Choose the correct preposition:

1- You have to get to the airport by / until 11:30 in order to catch your flight.
2- Lots of people were taking pictures during / while the concert.
3- He says he'll pay me back by / until Thursday.
4- So far / Until now, we've been to Berlin and Rome, and next week we'll
be in Stockholm.
5- I was surprised when I heard his suggestion - I'd never considered that
idea ago / before.
6- They're no longer married. They got divorced five years ago / before.
7- I've taken 32 lessons so far / until now; there are 13 left.
8- I met some really nice people during / while I was working at a non-profit.
9- It's nine-thirty. The restaurant closed half an hour ago / before.
10- The library stays open by / until 8 PM on weekdays.
11- They were very considerate guests during / while they were staying with
us.
12- It's traditional to eat popcorn and peanuts during / while watching a
baseball game.
13- She got her doctorate by / until the time she was 25.

289
14- It was very interesting to read Einstein's autobiography. I didn't know
much about his life so far / until now.
15- The town was rebuilt during /while the late 19th century.
16- She bought a new pair of shoes because she'd gotten a raise the day
ago / before
==============================================
Unit ( 92 )
A) Prepositions ( in– at – on ( position )
A) We use ( in ) to express the following positions:
1- to mean (inside) as in these examples.
In a room –(a garden – a town – a country – the sea –a river – a hotel
in the bag / bedroom / forest / classroom / store / Garden / car park /
desert .. etc
2-Use in when sth is inside an enclosed space
The books are in the box / My keys are in my pocket
The rice is in the bowl / In a house / room / lab

3- to say that where somebody or something is:

In a line –( the sky – world – a book – the country – a picture – a letter )
4- To express a certain condition:
in hospital ( patient ) – in prison ( prisoner ) – in bed ( sleeping ) – in a
car / taxi ( passenger ) – in bad mood – in high spirits – in love with – in a
state of depression
5-Use (in) with seasons / months / years / period of time
I like to live here in winter / My birthday is in July
He was born in 1988 / He will leave in an hour

6-Use in with : neighborhoods, cities, sates

I want to live in Miami / Egypt is a country in Africa
Did you have a good time in Lebanon
In the world / in the united nations, in the sea / ocean / east west….
He lives in Manchester / He lives in a village

7-Use in for cars, trucks, vans, taxis

There were 4 people in the car / The boxes are in the van
Our group won't fit in one car
======================================================
290
B) We use ( at ) in the following positions:
1- At the bus-stop ––roundabout – corner – the traffic lights – entrance – gate
-- the front – the back of a house )
2- at a party – a concert – at home – the station – the airport – at the office –
at the barber’s – at work – at school

3-At: a specific point or place

At the top of the stairs / At the bottom of the stairs
The cat is at the window / At the door – at the end of the street)An 4- 4-an
exact address
He lives at 55 oxford street (we know the street number)
He lives on oxford street (str. No. is unknown)
5-Standard expressions (we do not use (the) )
He's at school / l home / work / university / reception / church
=====================================================

C) We use ( on ) in the following positions:

1- Use on with days and dates
'll see you on Thursday. / The school begins on September 15th.
They met each other on new year's day
2- Use on for buses, trains, plains - bicycle , ship , motorbike - horseback
3--For a surface
On the wall – on the ceiling – on the floor - On the page …etc
On the board – on the table – on the shelf - on the plate
a spot on the T-shirt On the roof

4-Attached to sth else

A ring on her finger – apples on the tree

5-The coast / rivers / roads

Jeddah is on the coast of the red sea / Cairo is on the river Nile
He lives on Oxford Street ….etc --- The bank is on main street /
I live on market avenue

6-Standard expressions
On a farm / on the right / left -- On the ground / first / floor
On the radio / on TV / television / on a ship / On a plane

- on the way – ( the right – left – first floor – a map – a list – a menu –the front
/ back of a letter – the road – foot – on sides of the street )
======================================================

291
D) In some positions, we may use two different prepositions
1- in or at
People in the shop – turn left at the shop
- in the front / back of a car – at the front / back of a building
- In the corner of a room – at the corner of a street
- in a restaurant (big) – at a cafeteria
- live in a city - village . We stopped at a city , village
2- on or in
- Water in the bottle – label on the bottle
- Jeddah is on the west, but Mecca is in the west.

3- at or on
stand at the door – a notice on the door
================================================
Exercise (132 )
Complete the sentences using ( in – on – at ) and the following ( your
coffee – Lebanon – that tree – the river – the island – the petrol station
– the right – the paper – the sky – this photograph – the end – cafeteria
– the cinema –- prison:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- Look at those people swimming …………………………..
2- Would you like sugar ………………………………………..
3- The leaves ……………..………….. are a beautiful colour.
4- Last summer we had a wonderful holiday in ………………...
5- There is nobody living on ……………………………………….
6- We have to stop at ………………….…… to get some petrol
7- It’s a lovely day. There isn’t a cloud in …………………………….
8- In most countries people drive on ……………………………..
9- Most soldiers who are involved in the rebellion are …………..…….
10- There’s a police station at …………………… of the street.
11- You can watch films at ………………………………………..
12- The food was delicious at …………………………………….
=======================================================
Exercise 133
292
Complete these sentences with ( in – on – at ) :
1- There’s a long line of people ……..………. the bus-stop.
2- She’s wearing a gold ring …………….…. her little finger.
3- There’s an accident …………….………. the crossroads.
4- There are many families ………….……………. the park.
5- My brother lives …………………………… a small village.
6- I like that picture ……………………………….…. the wall.
7- Write your name ……………………………….. this form.
8- My office is …………………………………. the top floor.
9- The hospital is 100 meters …………………….. the left.
10- The train stops ………………………. all the stations.
11- Shall we travel ………………………. your car or mine.
12- My brother studies …………….. King Saud University.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 134 )
Fill in the spaces with the right preposition ( at - in - on - by - to -
with ) where necessary :-
1- Did you come all this way _______foot ?
2- I didn't walk . I came here ________bus.
3- What time do you go ________ bed ?
4- I go _______ home after work at 8 :00 pm.
5- I'll be _______ home in an hour's time .
6- Who's that woman _______ red bag ?
7- What time do you go ________ work ?
8- I don't mind being alone _________ the house .
9- You can't call him now . He's ________ class
10-I won't go out tonight . I'll watch a film ______TV .
11- What happened _______the end of the story ?
12- I always go to Mecca ______ Ramadan .
13- We have a long school day ________ Saturdays.

293
 14- I am fed up _______ my job . I'm thinking of changing it.
15- I didn't do it . Don't shout _______ me.
=================================================
B ) Prepositions ( by -- with -- to -- for
Prepositions ( by and with )
a) You turn off the tape recorder
By + gerund is used to express how
by pushing the stop button
something is done.
b) Mary goes to work by bus.
--------------------------------------------------
c) I stir my coffee with a spoon.
By or with followed by a noun is also
By is used for
used to express how something is done.
A ) means of transport
-----------------------------------------------------
By plane / boat / bus / car /
With is used for instruments or parts
train / taxi / air / land / sea
of the body.
B )communication:
a) I cut down the tree with an axe.
By mail / telephone / fax / e-mail
b) I sweep the floor with a broom .
C )other words
c) She pointed to him with her finger.
By chance / choice / mistake /
d) I cut tomatoes with a knife.
hand / check / credit card
A) Examples ( by + gerund )
1- We clean our clothes by washing them in soap and water.
2- Khalid improved his English by practicing conversations.
3- I can figure out what a word means by looking it up in a dictionary.
4-You can satisfy your hunger by eating a sandwich.
5- You can help the poor by giving them some money.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B) With + these words :
( hammer - saw -- thermometer -- needle and thread -- pair of scissors)
1- I cut the wood with a …….…saw
2- I cut the paper with a ………… pair of scissors)
3- I took my temperature with a ………… thermometer
4- I sewed a button on my shirt with a …….… needle and thread
5-I nailed two pieces of wood together with a …….…..hammer
======================================================

294
 Expressing purpose with ( In order to and For )
Why did you go to the post office ? In order to expresses purpose . It
a) I went there in order to mail a letter answers the question ( Why…? )
b) I went there to mail a letter It is frequently omitted .
c) I went to the post office for stamps
For is also used to express
d) I went there to buy stamps
purpose , but it is a preposition and
e) I went there for buying some
is followed by a noun phrase
stamps
===============================================
Exercise ( 135 )
A ) Fill in the spaces with the right preposition ( by or with )
1- I opened the door ....................a key .
2- I went to from France to Istanbul ……………train .
3- She dried the dishes ………………. a towel.
4- I’m sorry . I called you at a late hour ………….mistake .
5- We draw straight lines ……………….a ruler.
6- The cake that is made …………..hand is very delicious.
=======================================================
B ) Complete the sentences by using To or For :
1- I went to Chicago ……………visit Sears Tower .
2- I’m going to school …………..get more education .
3- I’m going to school ………….a good education.
4- I’m not going to school just ………….. fun.
5- I’m not going to school just ……………have fun .
6- I helped him just …………….your sake
================================================

Unit ( 93 )
Prepositions of Position and Movement
Even many advanced English students make mistakes with prepositions –
those little words like in, at, of, from, for, to, and over. Today’s lesson will
be the first one in a series about prepositions.

295
We’ll study various types of prepositions in categories such as position,
movement, and time, as well as typical combinations of prepositions with
nouns and verbs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Across / Along
We can use the word across in two ways: to describe a position on the other
side of something, and to describe the action of moving from one side of an
area to another:
Position:
--- The playground is across the street from the school.
--- We could see a village across the river.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Movement:
--- I drew a line across the page. ------
He swam across the river.
--- The word along refers more to a line – two
dimensions instead of three:
--- We walked along the railroad tracks.
--- We walked across the railroad tracks.
--- There were guards stationed along the border of the country.
--- There were tiny flowers along the edge of the plate.

=======================================================
The word around can refer to:
something positioned in a circle around a central object

--- A crowd gathered around a magician playing his magic tricks :

--- We walked around the mall, but we didn’t buy anything.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Through / Throughout
The word through refers to three-dimensional space, similarly to across. It
also means to pass from one side of something to another, but whereas
across is usually used with fairly empty space, through often emphasizes
the surrounding objects:
--- We walked across the room.
296
--- We pushed our way through the crowd.
--- I went across the field.
--- I went through the forest.
--- We drove through the tunnel.
We can also use through when something passes to the other side of
some type of barrier:
--- The football went through the window.
--- He punched a hole through the wall.
Finally, we have the word throughout. This means “in every part of an
area” or “continuously in a period of time”:
--- There were celebrations throughout the city. = in every part of the city.
--- The cancer spread throughout her body. = in many places in her body
--- It continued to rain throughout the week. = during the entire week
=======================================================
Above / Over
We can actually use either above or over when one thing is at a higher
level than another. Over is a little more common.
--- There was an exit sign over / above the door.
--- A chandelier hangs over / above the ballroom.
When the two things are touching, we often prefer to use on, or on top of:
--- My cat is sitting on my lap.
--- The blender is on top of the refrigerator.
Over is also used in many phrasal verbs of movement:
--- I jumped over the puddle.
--- The tower of blocks fell over.
--- Be careful not to knock over that glass of water.
Although both above and over can be used to mean “more than,” we
typically use over:
--- Both of my parents are over 60.
--- The temperature was over 90 degrees Fahrenheit.
--- Over 10,000 families have benefited from this program.

Below / Under

297
Below is the opposite of above, and under is the opposite of over. Similarly,
we can use either one to refer to something at a lower level – but under is
more common. We always use under when the two things are touching.
--- The subway runs below / under the building.
--- The backpack is below / under the desk. (two objects not touching)
--- Your pajamas are under the pillow. (two objects touching)
We tend to use below when the word is at the end of a sentence:
---I looked out of the airplane window at the ocean under below.
The words underneath and beneath are alternatives to under and
below. The word beneath is more formal.
--- The contract is underneath that pile of papers.
--- She could feel the grass beneath her bare feet.
======================================================

AT / IN / ON
We use in with areas and enclosed spaces:
--- in a city/country
---- in London / in England
--- in an indoor space
--- in a building/house/room
--- in an outdoor area
--- in the yard / in a park / in a square
--- in a car/taxi
--- in an enclosed space
--- in the closet / in a box / in my pocket
--- in a book / in the newspaper
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use the preposition on with surfaces, streets, and certain forms of
transportation and media:
--- on a street
--- on Market Street / on the highway
--- on a surface
--- on a shelf / on the floor / on the T-shirt / on page 30
--- on the wall / on the door
--- on the floor of a building
--- on the fifth floor
--- on some forms of transportation
--- on a bus/train/plane/shi
--- on a bicycle/ motorcycle/horse
298
--- on the left / on the right
--- on the radio / on TV / on a website / on the internet
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, we use the word at with specific points:
--- at home/work/school/college
--- at a party / at the gym / at the mall
--- at the bus stop / at the train station
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Confusing Cases
1- We say in the corner when talking about the corner of a room, but at
the corner or on the corner when talking about a street corner.
2- We say in the office, but at work.
3- We say in the house, but at home.
-- If you say you are in the airport, it means you are inside the airport
terminal. If you say you are at the airport, it could mean one of two
things:
---You are inside the airport terminal (same meaning as “in the airport”)
---You are just outside the airport terminal (for example, if you are
waiting to pick up a friend who is arriving soon)
--- It is the same for other locations – at the restaurant can mean
inside it or at the door of the restaurant; in the restaurant only
means inside the restaurant.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Near / Next To / Beside

The prepositions near and close to are the
opposite of far away from. They mean that
two things have a short distance between
them.
The expression next to is more specific
– it means that two things are
immediately side by side.
A more formal word for this is beside.

--- My house is near / close to the university.

--- There is a table next to / beside the bed.

The preposition ( by ) is sometimes used to describe two things that are

near or next to each other .

299
----There's a table by the bed.

Finally, we can use the preposition nearby as a substitute for near when it is
at the end of a sentence:
--- Do you know where the university is? I live nearby.
--- I live near / close to it.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Front Of / Behind
When you are looking at two objects, the one
closer to you is in front of the other. The one
farther from you is behind the other.
--- The elephant is in front of the chair.
--- The chair is behind the elephant.
Some people use “in back of” for behind, but
this is very informal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Towards / Away From
The prepositions towards and away from describe movement.
Towards is movement in the direction of something, and away from
is the opposite.

--- The girl ran towards her mother. (distance decreasing)

--- The girl ran away from the bully. (distance increasing)

You can actually use either toward or towards. They are

completely interchangeable, and both are considered correct.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Into / Out Of / Onto / Off
The word into implies movement from outside to inside an enclosed space or
area:
--- He came into the room.
--- The animal ran into the bushes.
With some common verbs such as put, drop, throw, and fall, you can use
both into and in for the movement:
--- I put the note into/in my pocket.
--- Please throw the trash into/in the wastebasket.
The opposite of into is out of:

300
--- He went out of the room.
--- I took the note out of my pocket.
We move onto and off surfaces and certain forms of transportation.
Sometimes we can simply use on for the movement:
1. The cat jumped onto the table.
2. The cat jumped off the table.
3. We got on / onto the bus.
4. We got off (of) the bus.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================================================
Summary
--- across - from one side of
an area to another

--- along - following a line

--- around – in a circle,

or in various places in
an area

--- through - from one side of

an area to another,
with surrounding objects

--- throughout - in every part

of an area

--- in - areas and enclosed spaces

--- on - surfaces, streets, transportation and media
--- at - specific points
--- near / close to / by / nearby - short distance
--- next to / by / beside - immediately side-by-side
--- in front of – closer to you than
another object
--- behind – farther away from you
than another object
--- towards - moving in the direction
of something
--- away from - moving farther
from something
301
--- into - outside to inside
--- out of - inside to outside

--- onto - movement onto surfaces/

--- transportation
--- off (of) - movement off surfaces/
--- transportation
=======================================================
above / over - one thing higher
than another.
on / on top of - one thing higher
than another
below / under / underneath /
beneath – one thing lower than another
=======================================================
Quiz / Exercise ( 136 )
A ) – Complete each sentence with AT, ON, or IN
1- Please fold those towels and put them _______ the bed.
2- The corkscrew is _______ the drawer under the sink.
3- We went for a swim _______ the lake.
4- I hate it when my boss calls me _______ home.
5- The doorbell just rang - there's someone _______ the door.
6- There were no chairs, so we sat _______ the floor.
7- You need to get off the train _______ the next stop.
8- Her picture is _______ the cover of the magazine.
9- Turn right _______ the end of the street.
10- He'll be _______ prison for a very long time
11- Did you see the special report _______ channel 5 last night?
12- Several people got trapped _______ an elevator when the power went
out.
13- I met a lot of people _______ the conference.
14- The championship was held _______ Germany.
15- He has a scar _______ the back of his neck.
=======================================================

302
 Exercise ( 137 )
B ) – Choose the correct option:

1- If you want to go shopping, there's a mall near/nearby.

2- The child is hiding behind/in front of a tree.
3- I peeled the band-aid out/off my skin.
4- She sat beside/towards me and held my hand.
5- We all got into/onto the car.
6- My relatives live all the way through/across the country.
7- Everyone ran away from/out of the explosion.
8- We had a picnic over/under the trees.
9- Put your suitcase in the compartment above/on top of your seat.
10- The player managed to get through/throughout the defense and
score a goal.
11- The audience applauded as the singer stepped next to / onto the stage.
12- There's a path that runs across/along the riverbank.
13- The guests stood along/around the table and sang "Happy Birthday."
14- The dog is laying on/over the carpet.
15- There are thunderstorms above/throughout the entire region.

==========================================

Unit ( 94 ) Summary of
Prepositions ( movement and Position )
A ) Movement
Preposition Meaning Example
The plane fell onto a house.
1- onto ‫حركة فوق‬

‫يتحرك مبتعدًا‬ He fell off a tree – We got off the bus.

2- off
You boys! Get into your classrooms.
3- into ‫إلي الداخل‬
At 12, students go out of their schools.
4- out of ‫إلي الخارج‬
5- past ‫يمر عن‬ I walked past a mosque to my school.
303
 He came back from America.
6- from ‫من‬
I go to school by car.
7- to ‫إلي‬
I saw you walking towards the police
8- towards ‫باتجاه‬ station. What's the matter ?

He walked through the forest.

9- through ‫خالل – داخل‬
Cars go along the street.
10- along ‫باتجاه طولي‬
People walk across the street.
11- across ‫باتجاه عرضي‬
The pilot flew up in a moment.
12- up ‫إلي األعلى‬
He flew up and down many times.
13- down ‫إلي األسفل‬
=======================================================
Exercise ( 138 )
Fill in the spaces with the correct prepositions:
1- She went _______________ the kitchen to make tea.
2- Go ______________ this street. The hotel is on the right.

3-I walked _______________ the park to reach your house.

4- Walk straight ______________ the bus station. The hospital

is 300 meters on the left.

5- He fell _____________ the tree and broke his leg.

6- I can walk _____________ here to the hospital in ten minutes.

7- Don't walk ____________ the forest. It has fierce animals.

8-Walk _____________ the street at the traffic signal.

9- When I shoot at the birds, they fly ____________.

10- The old man fell _____________ the stairs.

11- The plane fell ___________ the building, and caused a great fire.

12- Don't stay in. Go ______ the classroom and have your breakfast.

304
========================================================
B ) position ( place )
Preposition Meaning Example
1- in
‫في‬ in the classroom – in hospital
The houses in New York are below the sky
2- below ‫أسفل‬
scrapers. ‫ناطحات السحاب‬
inside a house – a hotel – a room
3- inside ‫داخل‬
4- outside ‫خارج‬ outside the school – outside the playground
above the city – above the building
5- above ‫أعلى‬
I'm sitting in class next to Hamad
6- next to ‫بجانب‬
stand one by one
7- by
‫بجانب‬ My house is beside a school.
( beside )
Our school is opposite the hospital.
8- opposite ‫مقابل‬
Put the book on the table.
9- on ‫على‬
under the table – sit under a tree.
10- under ‫تحت‬
The light is over the table.
11- over ‫فوق‬
My brother is among those boys.
12- among ‫بين مجموعة‬
Ahmed is sitting between Sami and Badir.
13- between ‫بين اثنين‬
Sit near the fire to get warm.
14- near ‫بالقرب من‬
Stand in front of your house.
15- in front of ‫أمام‬
My house is behind the hospital.
16- behind ‫خلف‬
======================================================
Exercise ( 139)
Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions of place between
brackets:
1-Put the books _______________ the table. ( in – on – over )

305
2-My house is _____________ the fire station.
( opposite – under – above )
3-Sit on that chair ___________ Hamdan. ( beside – next to – by )

4-Look ! Some policemen are _____________ a crowd of people.

( between – behind – among )
5-Over is the opposite of ___________.( under – below – outside )
6-The plane flew ______ Riyadh towards the airport. ( inside – outside – over
)
7-Our school is __________ two high buildings. ( below – over – between )

8-He sat _____ the tree to shelter from hot weather. ( below – under – beside
)
( below – under – beside )
9-Our institute is ____ to the fire station on Sultan Road. ( near – by – next )

10-The father is sitting ______________ his family members.

( between – near – among )
=================================================

Unit ( 95 )
Expressions with prepositions ( 1 )
( in – on – at )
A) In:
1- With natural phenomena ‫ظواهر‬
Sit in the dark ( cold – sun – shade – rain )

2- To express personal impression towards a situation

- ( interest – delighted – involved – specialized ) + in
- in difficulties – be in doubt – in debt – in ruins – in good repair
- in my opinion – point of view – hearing

3- to describe a position ( place and state )

in front of – in a hurry – in lines – in groups – in sight – in public –
in private – in progress – in writing – in the middle – in advance –
in and out – walk in per-suit of – killed in battle ( defence of …. )

306
4- To describe personal condition:
She's in blue – in her thirties – superior in strength – We're equal in
wealth - ability – He's in power – in bad mood – in good health – in
high spirits
5- with nouns of price and measurement
- ( increase – decrease – fall – rise ) in prices

6- write in ink ( pencil – block letters )

7- pay in cash - length in meters – weight in kilos

8- With expressions that give new meanings:

in general ‫بوجه عام‬ - in vain ‫بدون فائدة‬ - in short ‫باختصار‬

in fact ‫في الحقيقة‬ - in case ‫في حالة ما‬ - in terms of .. ‫بعبارات‬

instead of ‫ بدًال من‬- in order to ‫لكي‬ - in line with‫تمشيًا مع‬

in spite of‫بالرغم من‬ - in the short (long) run)‫على المدى القصير(الطويل‬

in return for ‫مقابل‬ - in favor of ‫لمصلحة‬

in contact (touch)‫على اتصال‬ - in reply to‫ردًا على‬

in other words ‫بعبارات أخرى‬ - in addition to ‫باإلضافة إلى‬

in comparison with‫بالمقارنة بـ‬ - in cold blood ‫بدم بارد‬

in search of ‫بحثًا عن‬

B) On: It is used in the following positions:

1- To express a state of life of activity:

on holiday / ( business – a trip – a tour – a journey – an errand –
duty – foot – hand )

2- To refer to specific time as a condition:

on delivery / ( arrival – demand – sale – time – call )

3- Expressions with (on):

on purpose ‫ عمدًا‬-on receipt of ‫عند استالم‬ -on one hand ‫من الناحية األولى‬

on the other hand ‫من الناحية األخرى‬ -act on your advice ‫أعمل وفق نصيحتك‬

and so on ‫ وهلم جرًا‬- from now on ‫ ً من اآلن فصاعدا‬- on behalf of ‫نيابة عن‬

307
 on the alert ‫في حالة الحذر‬ - on the contrary ‫على العكس‬

on the occasion ‫بمناسبة‬ - on the safe side ‫على الجانب األمن‬

on condition that ‫شريطة أن‬ - get on with work ‫يسير في العمل‬

draw a sword on ‫ يشهر السيف على‬- march on the enemy ‫يزحف على العدو‬

C) At :
1- to refer to a specific time: at sunrise (sunset) )‫– عند الشروق (الغروب‬

at the same time ‫نفس الوقت‬ - at intervals ‫على فترات‬

at present ‫في الوقت الحاضر‬ - at first ‫أوًال‬

at a high price ‫بسعر عال‬ - at once ‫فورًا‬ - at last ‫أخيرًا‬

2- To express a position (place and state)

at a loss‫في حالة ارتباك‬ - at hand ‫في متناول اليد‬ - at length ‫بالتفصيل‬

at random ‫جزافًا‬ - at best ‫في أحسن الظروف‬ - at worst ‫في أسوأ الظروف‬

at peace ‫في حالة السلم‬ - at war ‫في حالة الحرب‬ - at leisure ‫في وقت الفراغ‬

at ease (rest) ‫في حالة ارتياح‬ - at the top ‫على القمة‬

at full speed ‫بأقصى سرعة‬

3- With the following adjectives:

- ( surprised – shocked – disappointed – agree – angry )
at something - ( good – bad – brilliant – hopeful – hopeless) +
at something

4- at all‫أبدًا‬ - at any rate‫على أية حالة‬

at least ‫على األقل‬ - at his own risk ‫على مسئوليته الخاصة‬

at most ‫على أكثر تقدير‬ - at the expense of - ‫على حساب‬

at the mercy of ‫تحت رحمة‬ - at all events ‫ال بد‬

at the top of ‫على رأس‬ - at all costs ‫مهما كلف األمر‬

at the request ‫بناء على طلب‬ - at odds with ‫على خصام مع‬

308
 at first sight ‫ من أول نظرة‬-
=======================================================
Exercise 140
Complete the sentences with ( in – on – at ) :
1- If you go out …………… the rain, you’ll get wet.
2- You have diabetes. You must go ……………. a diet.
3- We work by day and sleep ……………. night.
4- Write your name and address ……………… block letters.
5- I always have a party ………………my birthday.
6- I’m disappointed ………………your failure in the exams.
7- Write your name ………. the top of examination papers.
8- We have our long holidays ……………. summer.
9- My father went to Dubai ……………… business.
10- Slow down. You’re driving ……… a speed of 150 miles.
11- There’s 30 % rise ………….. the prices of rice.
12- Water freezes …………. Zero and boils ………. 100 C.
13- ………….. my opinion, you have to pay back your debt.
14- Is there a film …………….. TV. tonight?
15- I can’t buy a car ……………. a high price.
=======================================================
Exercise 141
Use the expressions with (in) above, to complete these sentences:
in short - in general - in vain - in search of - in spite of - in return for -
in contact - in cold blood - in order to - in reply to - in case - in the short
run - in private – in advance – in fact
1- _______________, the weather in summer here is very hot.
2- We went out on a journey ___________ the cold and rainy weather.
3- The murderer killed ten school children _________________.
4- I owe Hamad 10.000 dollars. I gave him my car ______ for his debt.
5- The police spread in the city _______________ some terrorists.
6- Will you please come out with me, I want to talk to you __________.

309
7- The criminal escaped and hid somewhere. The police tried _______
to catch him.
8- Fahid respects his father and teachers. ________, he is very polite.
9- Drive carefully at normal speed, ___________arrive home safely.
10- When you buy a car at installments, ‫ أقساط‬you have to pay a sum
of money ________________.
11- I received a call from my friend in USA. I will send him a letter
_________________ his message.
12- ______________ it rains, we took our raincoats with us on the trip.
13- Hamdan is always late for school. He never does his homework.
_______________ he is careless.
14- Mobiles made it easy for us to keep ______________ at all times.
15- _____________, 5 years or so, all cities of Saudi Arabia, will have
universities.
======================================================

Exercise 142
Complete the sentences with suitable expressions from the following:
on purpose – on the alert – on the occasion – on condition that –
on behalf of – on the contrary – on the safe side – on diet – on strike –
on business
1- The manager of the company went __________________ to Japan.
He is going to buy electrical appliances. ‫أجهزة كهربائية‬
2- I don't eat meat and salt foods. I am _________________ upon the
instructions of the doctor.
3- A: You look upset today. What's the wrong?
B: Nothing. _________________ I'm very happy today.
4- The Prime Minister attended the summit conference ‫حضر مؤتمر القمة‬
________________ of the king.
5- The police released the thief _____________ he will never steal in
future.

310
6- The car factory has stopped working. The workers are __________
claiming for better wages.
7- Drivers have car-accidents by mistake, not ___________________.
8- We celebrate every year, __________________ the Kingdom's
establishment. ‫تأسيس المملكة‬
9- Our soldiers are always ____________ for possible enemy attacks.
10- You have to check your car thoroughly before travelling, so as to
be ___________________.
=======================================================

Exercise 143
Use the following expressions with (at ) to complete these sentences:
at loss – at leisure – at least – at the request – at present – at intervals –
at once – at best – at random – at all costs – at first sight – at war/ at
peace – at full speed – at first – at the mercy of
1- You're driving at 240 kilos an hour. Don't drive ________________.
2- The terrorist ran in the street shooting people _________________.
3- I don't know what to do or say. I'm really _____________________.
4- After school, we are always ____________. We have no work to do.
5- The patient's blood pressure has risen suddenly to 200 /130; He fell
down _____________________.
6- We will never be ______________ with the Jews. We will be always
___________________ with them.
7- Avian Influenza isn't a permanent disease. The virus attacks
thousands of people ______________________.
8- Students are having their final exams ___________. The exams will
take another week from today.
9- If you want to buy my car, you have to pay _________________
SR 10.000 as an advance payment.
10- Our soldiers will shoot any trespassers ‫________________ متسللون‬.
11- The generals of the army hold a meeting ___________ the king to

311
 discuss war plans.
12- What are the procedures of medication? ____________ you make
blood test. Then you take x- ray and go to the doctor.
13- The Egyptian team decided to win the African football
championship ______________________.
14- The exam is very difficult. Most of the students will fail, or _______
half of them may pass.
15- The victims of the earthquake were left homeless _____________
of the cold.
========================================================

Unit ( 96 )
Expressions with prepositions( 2 )
( by – for – with )

A) ( By ) = It is used in the following positions:

1- not planned or expected before
- I did it by mistake - I met him by accident / by chance

2- before / not later than

- I’ll be home by 7 o’clock.

3- through doing something

- get in touch with me by phoning my mobile

4- in multiplication
- 10 multiplied by 6, the answer is 60.

5- for measurement
- This room is 6 meters by 5 meters
6- with regard to
- He is French by birth.
- He’s a doctor by practice.
7- period of time:
- We work by day and sleep by night – rent / pay by the week / the
month.
8- with emphasizing pronouns .( - I wrote it by myself ( himself / herself
……….)
312
9- sell / buy – by the kilo / pound / meter / dozen / piece / dollar
10- beside ( stand by Hamad )
11- means of travel = by air / land / plane / bus / ship / car.
12- with the following expressions:
by the way -----‫بالمناسبة‬ - by way of‫بقصد‬-----------
by all means --- ‫بجميع األحوال‬ - by no means‫ وال بأي حال‬-------
by long odds‫بفارق كبير‬---- - by law ---------------‫بحكم القانون‬
- by mistake ‫بالخطأ‬---------- by virtue of-------------- ‫بفضل‬
by hand ‫يدويًا‬----------- - by authority of-------‫بتفويض من‬
by force ----------‫بالقوة‬ - by negotiating------- ‫بالمفاوضات‬
by heart----------- ‫غيبًا‬ - by turns ‫ بالتعاقب‬/ ‫بالدور‬--------------
by means of----- ‫بواسطة‬ - by chance/ accident ‫بالصدفة‬----

B) For = It’s used in the following positions:

1- to show who will receive something
- This is a letter for you.
- She made lunch for us.
=======================================================
2- to show purpose
- Let’s go for a walk.
- I need Panadol for my headache.

3- Showing where somebody / something is going

- The train for Baghdad leaves at 10 a.m.

4- intended to be used in a certain way or purpose

- This chair is for dentistry.
- That flat is for sale.
- A book for children.

5- in order to help somebody / something

- What can I do for you?
- Take care of her for my sake.

6- to show the price of something.

- I bought my car for SR. 15000 – a cheque for SR. 2000.
- He gave me a Sony TV. for nothing.

7- to show a reason for – a demand for oil – reason for failure – for fear of
for the benefit of – for the sake of – for further information - He was
taken to prison for robbery.
313
8- On the occasion of
- He gave me a present for my birthday.

9- support of somebody / something

- The spectators cheered for the winner team.
- Are you for or against a holiday on Saturdays?
- Love for the King.

10- meaning of
- What’s the Arabic for honesty?

11- as a representative of somebody / something

- Hamad plays for Al-Ahli team.

12- To show approval or necessary

(fit – suitable – necessary – sufficient – thankful – happy ) + for
13- ( sorry – famous – responsible – suitable – qualified – enough + for
- I’m sorry for shouting at you – He’s famous for hospitality.

14- read / good / bad for

- I read for pleasure – Panadol is good / bad for you.

15- for ( ages – example – ever – good – sure )

16- but for – once and for all – He's big for his age – It's now for you to
--It's time for a change – anything for me to do – for the time being –
The crime is too horrible for words – 10 marks for each question –
It's warm for February – for the best interest of – for the last time.
17- Be ready for a trip - thirsty / hungry for knowledge – wait for a bus -
admire him for honesty – Thank you for your help – I hope for a job
________________________________________________________
C) ( With ) is used in the following positions:
1- in company of
- I live with my parents – Are you with me or with him?
- Come with me – Talk with a friend – the decision is with me.

2- having or carrying something

- A girl with golden hair – a cake with eggs – a coat with buttons
- A house with a garden – He came with a gun.
3- using something
314
- Cut the rope with a knife.
- I did it with the help of a knife – with these words, he ………….

4- ( charged – satisfied – angry – pleased – annoyed – acquainted -

friendly with sb for doing sth – careful with the glass – tired with
homework - familiar with customs – infected with malaria - pleased
with your success – charged with a crime. patient with children – compare
with- What's the matter with you ?

5- against ( on the other side )

- He always argues ( talks / plays ……. ) with me.

6- agreeing with/ supporting

Everybody is with us against terrorism – curtains go with armchairs.

7- because of
- We were shaking with cold
- I’m fed up with my job. I’m bored with it.

8- how something is done

Treat with mercy – Down with the headmaster
Handle the glass box with care.
9- concerning
- There’s a problem with my visa.

10-(delighted – pleased – satisfied – disappointed– happy ) + with something

you receive or the result of something.
- I was delighted with the present you gave me.

11- relationship – contact – connection + with

12- crowded ( with spectators )
13- friendly / patient with children.
14- with + distinction – open arms – regard to – effect from – great
difficulty
===================================================

Exercise 144
Fill in the spaces with suitable prepositions ( by – for – with ):
1- I’m sorry. I took your camera ………………mistake.
2- I am a Saudi ……………..birth.
3- Let’s go……………..a walk on the seashore.
315
4- A nurse must treat patients ………………mercy.
5- I did the work ……………myself. No-one helped me.
6- I bought a new computer ……………… SR. 4000.
7- Everyone is familiar …………the customs and laws of his country .
8- You can pay the rent of the flat ……………the week.
9- The bus …………… Riyadh leaves at 10 a.m.
10- Warm yourself. You’re shaking ………………cold.
11- I’m satisfied ……………… your drawings. I’ll give you extra marks.
12- Don’t be late tonight. No, I’ll be back ………… 10 p.m.
13- Would you like to go …………….. me to the National Day Festival.
14- He was taken to prison …………. driving on at the red traffic light.
15- You can save yourself …………….admitting your fault.
=======================================================

Exercise 145
Complete the sentences with suitable (by – expressions):
1- We can stop the aggressions ‫ اعتداءات‬of the enemy _____________,
not by negotiations.‫مفاوضات‬
2- I met an old friend in Jeddah _________. I didn't expect to see him.
3- I'm very sorry. I hit you _________________.
4- I'm _______ convinced that you are not innocent. I'm sure you're guilty.
5- True Muslims learn the Koran ____________________.
6- Members of the court give their judgements __________________.
7- What arrangements do we have to make for our party tomorrow?
Oh, ___________, a friend of mine will play the oud and sing at
the party.
8- We put out the fire in the hotel _______________ fire extinguishers.
9- Stand one by one, please. You can meet the minister only _______.
10- People in the past used to make their pottery ________________.
=======================================================
Exercise 146

316
Use the following expressions with (for) to complete the sentences
below:
for ages – for example – fore ever – for sure – for all – but for – for the
time being – what for – for the sake of – thankful for
1- _______________ his money, he never helps poor people.
2- I will leave my country ___________. I'm going to live the rest of my
life in London.
3- I've been waiting _______________ to meet the minister of health.
4- I'm _____________ the doctor who offered me a high level medical
care in hospital
5- I will help you _______________ your father who is brave and kind.
6- Some languages, the Chinese _________ are very difficult to learn.
7- We were about to be involved in civil war, _____________ our army
who strictly took hold on the situation.
8- _______________ did the minister make this strong declaration ?
9- I'm staying in this city ____________, but in future I am planning to
move to Riyadh.
10- The patient's case is very critical. He's got Leukemia , _________
He will die in a month's time.
=====================================================

Exercise 147
Complete the sentences with suitable (with – expressions ) from the
following:
with them – with words – tired with – go with – with difficulty – with
open arms – with distinction – with effect from – patient with – in
contact with – satisfied with – charged with
1- I obtained my M.A degree ___________ from King Saud University.
2- While the manager is out of the Kingdom, he keeps _____________
his company.
3- The new traffic rules will be put into action __________ next month.
4- Your shirt is blue and your trousers are red. The shirt doesn't
_________________ the trousers.
5- Some students like to have a holiday on Saturday instead of
Thursday. Are you _______________ or against their view?

317
6- The minister of education started his speech _______________ of
praise to the first students in their schools.
7- The King was received _____________ from all the soldiers at the
camp.
8- All our class got high marks in the final exams. The headmaster is
__________________ us.
9- I'm really ____________ the lazy and careless students. They must
double their classes.
10- Children usually make a lot of noise at home. Their parents must
be __________________ them.
11- The police have caught a dangerous criminal. He is ___________
many crimes.
12- The final chemistry test was very difficult. I passed it __________.

===========================================
Unit ( 97 )

Expressions with prepositions ( 3 )

( to – of – about - from )
A) ( to) = It is used in the following positions:
1- direction: Turn to the right / left, north, west, ……
This road goes to Mecca. Jeddah is to the west of Mecca.

2- with infinitives: I want to leave – I asked him to answer

I know how to repair my car. Tell me what to do – Nothing to what I expected

3- after some adjectives: married to / engaged to – common to – exposed to /

faithful to / grateful to – kind / loyal / similar / allergic / adapted / familiar -
entitled to - sensitive – afraid – anxious – determined – eager – happy –
lucky – ready – proud – willing – surprised / / clear to ………

4- in order to / about to / prefer to / would like to ... / so as to

I prefer orange juice to Pepsi. The book belongs to me

5- You were kind / friendly / cruel to him – inferior / superior / indebted to

somebody
6- from Sunday to Friday – from beginning to end – face to face – one to one
-- from first page to last page – We sell from chips to electric machines –
limited – related – liable – subject – glad – conductive -- + to

318
7- To me, it was a bad conduct. It doesn't matter to me - compare my
answer to yours – I look forward to be an officer - to my surprise –
pleased / sorry to…..
8- It’s easy / difficult to … - It’s known to me – It's 2 hours to the
meeting to.
9- equal / nice / polite / clear / accustomed to …….

10- with the following expressions:

-- pay attention to ‫يصغي ل‬ – be able to ‫يستطيع‬
-- to and fro ‫ذهابًا وإيابًا‬ – to some extent ‫إلى حد ما‬
-- have the right to ‫له الحق في‬ – to the best of ‫بناء على أفضل‬
-- too …… to ‫زائد عن الحد‬ – enough to ‫كاف ل‬
-- about to ‫على وشك‬ – in order to‫حتى‬
-- would like to ‫يحب أن‬ – get used to ‫معتاد على‬
-- have to ‫ – يجب أن‬used to ‫كان معتاد على‬
-- to my surprise ‫مما أثار دهشتي‬ – to be honest ‫ولألمانة أقول‬
-- to me ‫بالنسبة لي‬ – to the point that ‫إلي الحد الذي‬.

B) of = It’s used as follows:

1- with some adjectives: ( It’s kind of you to help me )
It’s nice / good / generous / polite / unfair / stupid / silly / rude / … ) of
you ( him – them … ) to do something.
- It’s rude of you to shout at your father.

2- After other adjectives: ( afraid / terrified / frightened / ashamed / shy /

jealous / proud / fond + of
- Are you afraid of snakes?
- I’m proud of my country.

3- after: ( aware / conscious / sure / certain / tired / sick / convinced /

guilty/worthy /ignorant / afraid / innocent / jealous / envious / proud + of
- The teacher is worthy of respect.
- I’m aware of the exam regulations.
- love of God / word of praise / hour of prayer / a girl of 12 / confident
of / 4th of July / poems of a poet / arrival of passengers /by means of/
patient of

319
4- possession: legs of the table, feathers of a bird – result of exams – days
of the week – a house of 6 rooms – a dress of silk – a bag of potatoes – a
man of ability

5- possessive pronouns: a friend of mine / yours … / blue eyes of hers

6- some of – one of / none of / a number of … / majority of / most of / best

of / worst of all / part of / full of

7- directions: north / east / + of / made of metal / city of Paris / a glass of

milk

8- description or quality: a man of noble character / of English origin / of

good family / a man of no importance / a student of intelligence / of no use
9- at the rate of / at the age of

10- in search of / a feeling of stress / full of / composed of / empty of /

of course

C) About:
1- A little more or less
They are about 50 people. The distance is about 100 miles
I’ll be back at about 8.

2- very soon: Be careful. You’re about to fall.

The film is about to start, I’m about to leave.

3- on the subject of:

He talked / spoke about politics.

4- offer: What about a cup of tea? / what about him?

5- after some adjectives: sorry about something / worried / upset / happy /

sad / nervous / displeased / excited /careful / careless / anxious /
enthusiastic / curious / crazy + about a situation. Are you worried about
your failure in the exams?

D) from: It’s used as follows:

1- different from – made from – free from – absent from – apart from
The tiger is different from a leopard. Bread is made from flour.

320
2- from A to Z – from No. 1 to No. 10 / from 1420 to 1430 – working hours
from 8 to 12 - from time to time – from now on
3- The bus from Riyadh has arrived – He fell from the 6th floor.
4- I got a letter / card / present / + from somebody
5- Where are you from? – I’m from Canada, England / Oman, …etc.
6- A man from the bank – a teacher from Najd School / a friend from my
town.
7- My house is 4 miles from here / It’s 70 kilos from Mecca to Jeddah.
8- prices are from SR. 1000 to SR. 5000 / Tickets cost from $ 1000 to $ 2000.
9- Translate from English into Arabic / Changed from bad to worse.
10- Separated from / far from - to hide from the police
11- shelter / protection / prevention / suffering + from – shelter from the
rain – prevention from diseases. / subtract 10 from 60
12- absent from school – apart from what happened ……
=======================================================

Exercise 148
Fill in the spaces with suitable prepositions ( to – of – about - from ):
1- Look ……………. the north. You’ll see my town in sight.
2- It’s polite …………… you to help that disabled boy.
3- The climate here is different ……………. that in England
4- My sister is married ……………wealthy man.
5- It’s unfair …………. you to use my computer.
6- I’ve got a present …………… my teacher on my birthday.
7- I prefer meat ……………fish.
8- He went out in search …………….his lost car.
9- Patients of malaria are isolated ………… other people.
10- I waited for you from sunrise …………… sunset.
11- Poor people are often jealous ………… rich people.
12- ………. my surprise, he couldn’t answer any question.
13- What …………. playing a game before going to bed.
14- Dammam is east …………… Riyadh.

321
15- I’m worried ………….. my father’s illness.
=======================================================

Exercise 149
Complete the sentences with suitable expressions from this list:
proud of - polite of – afraid of – of no use – in search of – worthy of –
means of – man of – made of – patient of – most of – arrival of – of mine
1- Children are _______________ explosions.
2- A _________ an infectious disease must be separated from others.
3- The King is ______________ love and loyalty. He's careful about all
his people.
4- A ________________ high characters is a true Muslim.
5- It's _________________you to respect your parents and teachers.
6- 18 students out of 20 passed the final exams. _________________
these students are successful.
7- Tables, cupboards, and doors are ____________________ wood.
8- The police spread everywhere in the city __________________ the
prisoners who escaped.
9- Buses, trucks, trains, and planes are ________________ transport.
10- Hamad is now at the airport waiting for the ___________________
his father from America.
11- Fahid and I have been friends for a long time. He's the best friend
_____________________.
12- Everyone must be _________________ his state and country.
13- My car doesn't work, and it cannot be repaired. It's now ________.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 150)
Complete the sentences with suitable expressions from the list:
What about – nervous about – worried about – careful about – about to
– sorry about – pleased about – about – playing about – enthusiastic
about
1- I slept last night at ________________ 12 midnight.
2- Don't worry. The children are _________________ in the garden.
3- I'm going to have children. _______________ you?
4- I'm _____________ the result of my father's medical tests. I'm afraid
he is infected with hepatitis.
5- The teacher must be ______________ his students. He must do his

322
 best to make all of them understand their lessons.
6- I am ______________ your father's injury in an accident. I pray God
to save him.
7- I'm _____________ the quietness in the examination hall. Thanks to
all of you.
8- Get ready, and stand in a line. The boarding time is ______ start.
9- The teacher was _________________ the loud noise in the class.
10- The spectators at the stadium were ______________ their teams.
They were shouting for encouragement.
==========================================

Unit ( 98 )
More Prepositions
List 1
Time Place Movement Others
after against -- near towards as
before around -- over round like
since above -- up through unlike
for across down besides
during among upon beyond
until behind into despite
till beside out except for
within beneath / under off without

List 2
Some prepositions are composed of two or more words. They are called
( Multiple word prepositions ). Below is a list of the common ones.
-- according to ‫بناء على‬ - ahead of ‫في مقدمة‬ - along with ‫بالتوازي مع‬

-- as a result of ‫كنتيجة لـ‬ - away from ‫بعيدًا عن‬ - because of ‫ بسبب‬-

-- by means of ‫بواسطة‬ - contrary to ‫مناف لـ‬ - due to ‫يعزى إلى‬

-- for fear of ‫خوفًا من‬ - in case of ‫في حالة ما‬ - take care of ‫يعتني بـ‬

-- in addition to ‫ باإلضافة إلى‬- in contact with ‫على اتصال مع‬

-- instead of ‫بدًال من‬ - together with ‫معًا‬ - next to ‫بجانب‬

323
-- in front of ‫في مقدمة‬ - in spite of ‫بالرغم من‬ - prior to ‫سابق لـ‬

-- on account of ‫ على حساب‬- on behalf of ‫ نيابة عن‬on equal terms ‫على قدم المساواة‬

-- regardless of ‫بغض النظر عن‬ - pay attention to ‫يصغي لـ‬

-- with regard to ‫بالنسبة لـ‬ - with the exception of ‫ ما عدا‬-

-- take advantage of ‫يستفيد من‬ - take control of‫يتولى األمر‬

-- have difficulty with ‫يجد صعوبة في‬

=======================================================

Exercise 151
Fill in the spaces with suitable prepositions from List 1 above.
1- I have been living in Riyadh ______________ 1426 Hijri.
2- All of us must fight _____________ the enemies of our country.
3- Can you tell us something _____________ the wives of Prophet
Mohammed ( God bless him )
4- You have to obtain your diploma degree _____________ you apply
for a position.
5- The earth goes ______________ the sun once a year.
6- Don't go ______________ the forest. It has wild animals.
7- I visited many tourist places ______________ my stay in America.
8- The pharmacy is open _____________ 8 a.m. to 12:00 midnight.
9- Six friends will go on our trip _____________ you and me.
10- Most of people don't go on working _____________ the age of 70.
11- ___________ having little money, a farmer enjoys life on his farm.
12- I did well in the final exams ________ English. It was very difficult.
=======================================================
Exercise 152

Complete the sentences with suitable expressions from List 2 above:

1- ______________ to Islamic Legacy, a Muslim is not allowed to
marry more than four wives.

324
2- When you travel abroad, keep _____________ me in case I need
for some inquiries.
3- The hospital treats all patients on equal terms________ their nationalities..
4- A hardworking student does his best to be _____________ of his
classmates.
5- Fahid failed his final exams _______________ his laziness and
absence.
6- All the class must ____________ their teacher when he explains
to them.
7- The thief got into the house from a backdoor, ____________ the
guards at the entrance.
8- Students park their cars _____________ the school, not behind it.
9- ____________ of the discount on car sales, and buy a new car.
10- I can speak five foreign languages _____________ English.
11- Malaria spreads in Africa _____________ of dirty and still waters.
12- The prime minister will sign the agreement __________ the King.
================================================
Unit ( 99 )
Prepositions after Verbs
The game show format is back in today’s lesson! The first round has
twenty questions – try to guess the correct preposition after each verb.
Give yourself one point for each correct answer.
=====================================================

A ) -- Exercise 153
1- I often dream about / with flying.
2- Your success depends of / on your effort.
3- I need to concentrate in / on solving this problem.
4- This movie is based from / on a true story.
5- The lab instructor provided us by / with safety goggles.
6- He confessed for / to stealing the money.
7- They could benefit from / of some counseling.
8- Something is interfering on / with the transmission.
9- The accident resulted at / in a lawsuit.
10- Why do you always insist in / on getting your own way?
325
 11- We object for / to that on principle.
12- I felt like everyone was staring at / to me.
13- The kit is composed of / with ten tools.
14- I borrowed these shoes from / of my sister.
15- I forgave her for / from what she did.
16- That type of work really appeals for / to me.
17- Would you like to participate in / with the workshop?
18- My kids believe about / in Santa Claus.
19- My grandmother doesn’t approve from / of tattoos.
20- He apologized about / for being rude to me.
=======================================================
Typical Preposition / Verb Combinations
About
The word about usually refers to a topic or issue, so it appears after a lot
of verbs for communication:
--- talk about --- hear about --- write about --- complain about
--- joke about --- argue about --- warn someone about something
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One exception is “discuss” – we don’t “discuss about” the topic, we simply
discuss the topic.
Some verbs involving thoughts and feelings are also followed by about:
--- think about --- worry about --- feel about --- wonder about
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One exception is “consider” – we don’t “consider about” something, we
simply consider it.
IN
There aren’t too many verbs followed by in, but some of the main ones are:
--- believe in --- trust in --- involve in
For
The word for often appears after verbs that indicate we want to get
something, for example:
--- ask for / beg for --- arrange for --- hope for / long for --- pray for
--- prepare for --- look for / search for --- vote for
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
It is also used after some verbs referring to things that happened in the past:

326
--- blame for --- She blamed me for the mistake.
--- apologize for --- We apologize for the delay.
--- forgive for --- I forgave him for lying.
--- thank for --- They thanked us for the gift.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
From
The word from often refers to the source or origin of something:
--- benefit from --- borrow from --- differ from --- escape from --- hide
from --- resign from --- suffer/recover from an illness
---------------
We also use from with some verbs involving preventing or making
something more difficult:
--- stop /prevent someone from doing something
--- deter someone from doing something
--- distract someone from doing something
--- discourage someone from doing something
(but we encourage someone to do something)

OF
The common verbs followed by of include:
--- approve/disapprove of
--- accuse/suspect (someone) of (doing something)
--- composed of / consists of / made of
--- cure (someone) of (a disease)
--- remind (someone) of (something)
but we say remind (someone) to (do an action)
ON
The words depend, rely, and count are all followed by on. These all have
essentially the same meaning. We also concentrate on or focus on
something. When something great happens, we often congratulate a person
on it. We often use the form “congratulations,” and we can say:
--- Congratulations on (a noun) --Congratulations on your engagement!
--- Congratulations on (-ING form) ----Congratulations on finishing the course!
If you want to add your opinion to a topic, you comment on it. And if you feel
very strongly about something, you’ll insist on it. Finally, we work on our
projects.
TO

327
A few of the verbs followed by to are:
--- (something) belongs to (someone)
--- compare to
(we can also say compare with)
--- contribute to --- object to --- react to
--- listen to always include “to” after “listen”!
--- lend (something) to (someone)
--- reply / respond to (but not “answer .to”)
With
The word with implies togetherness, so the verbs it follows often
contain two people or things:
--- collide with --- compete with --- deal / cope with an issue
--- communicate / correspond with --- agree / disagree with
--- meet with --- share with

====================================================
( Exercise 154)
B ) More than one possible preposition
This round is a little more difficult! Some verbs can be followed by different
prepositions, which change the meaning of the phrase a little bit.
You’ll see two sentences and several possible prepositions. Try to put the
correct one in each sentence. Remember that some of the prepositions
will not be used ! There are 22 possible points in this round.
1- for / on / to / with
My parents can’t agree ___________ each other ___________
anything. He agreed _____________ mow the lawn for $20.
2- at / in / to
If we leave now, we’ll arrive _____________ the restaurant in about 15
minutes. I was very cold when I arrived _____________ London in
December.
3- for / on / with

328
 You can’t blame all your problems _____________ your ex-husband.
The boy blamed his friend _____________ breaking the window.
4- for / from / to
She asked me _____________ a cup of coffee. They asked us
_____________ keep quiet.
5- about / for / with
Everyone was talking _____________ the World Cup. I’d like to talk
_____________ you for a moment.
6- on / to / with
I don’t trust him _____________ my money. We trust you
_____________ do the right thing.
7- about / of / to
We’ve been thinking _____________ buying a new car. What do you
think _____________ this design?
8- about / for / to
I totally forgot _____________ the meeting.
Don’t forget _____________ finish your homework!
9- against / for / from / over
The rebels are fighting _____________ the army.
My kids are fighting _____________ the remote control. We need to
fight _____________ equal rights.
10- against / between / for
I’m trying to decide _____________ these two English schools. He
decided _____________ flying – he’ll take the train instead.
======================================================
Quiz / Exercise ( 155 )
Complete each sentence with a preposition. You can use them more than
once.
( about - from - of - to - for - in - on - with )
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1--- Pollution contributes ___________ global warming.
2--- The spy was captured and accused ___________ treason.
329
3--- This law aims to deter people ___________ throwing trash on the streets.
4--- You did a great job - I knew I could count ___________ you!
5--- Acupuncture finally cured me ___________ my back pain.
6--- It was terrible for them to joke ___________ the tragedy.
7--- Have you heard ___________ the policy change?
8--- This course focuses ___________ Greek mythology.
9--- How did he react ___________ the news?
10--- We're very involved ___________ our church.
11--- The mouse managed to escape ___________ the trap.
12--- Who did you vote ___________ in the last election?
13--- I share an apartment ___________ two friends.
14--- I'm not sure how to deal ___________ this problem.
15--- She's preparing everything ___________ the birthday party.
==================================================

Unit ( 100 )
Verbs + prepositions (1) ( to – at – about - from )

A) To
explain – talk – speak – write – apologize – tell – describe – shout + to
somebody
1- Note: We don’t use (to) with these verbs.
(phone – answer – call – ask – thank) - Answer my question – call me when
you come back
2- challenge to a contest – devote your time to your work.
I’ve got used to living in Russia. I’m used to living in Russia.
3- (prefer – reply – respond – belong – agree) + to – throw to ( for catching )
contribute – react – stick – turn – point to
4- apply to somebody or a company – offer to
5- happen to (me) – tend to ( laziness ) – sorry to (say)

330
6- I want something to eat / we use a thermometer to check temperature. Tell
me how to / where to / when to
7- send to prison (criminal) – invite to (a party) – get to school
8- stay from …… to …… explain to me ……………..
9- seem to be – look forward to – have access to – adapt + to
10- introduce / listen / matter / compare / add + to
11- appeal to a court – object to – beat to death

B) At
1- look – stare / glance – have a look + at
2- laugh – smile – shout (when you’re angry)
3- arrive at ( a place / a station )
4- sell at high price – store at 20 C stay at a hotel.
5- point – aim – fire – throw + at
6- stand at the door.
7- study at a college ( university – school )
C) About:
1- talk / hear / read / know / tell / inquire / think / forget + about
Did you hear about the sad news?
2- have discussion about – do something about
3- care about children
4- dream about being a boxer – think about going to Canada.
5- remind me about the meeting.
6- warn about a danger.
7- complain about the food.
8- look / turn / play + about
9- argue / wonder about – ask about plans
D) from
1- free / isolate / prevent / suffer / dismiss / escape / exclude / expect + from
2- protect from / come / separate / rescue + from

3- graduate / borrow / excuse me / escape / hide / subtract from –

hear from someone / isolate
======================================================
331
 Exercise 156
Fill in the spaces with suitable prepositions ( to – at – about - from ):
1- You must apologize ………………….. the teacher if you are late.
2- Have a look ………..your answers, then give me back your papers.
3- Who are you talking ……………….…… on the phone?
4- What are you laughing ……………….……..?
5- Every mother cares ………………….……. her children.
6- Devote some of your time ……………….…..your family.
7- What time will the train arrive …………………... the station?
8- Let’s play. Throw the ball ……………….…..me.
9- Don’t forget to remind me ………………………..the meeting.
10- I’m used …………………..…..getting up early.
11- People often have discussions ……………………..their future.
12- I’m sorry …………………….…..say that you are careless.
13- My father suffers ……………………..……..hypertension.
14- Do you know how ……………..………… repair the car?
15- Where do you come …………………….? I’m an American.
16- We use a balance …………………..….. weigh things.
17- We store medicines …………………..…….20 C.
18- Have some rest. You seem ………………………..be sick.
19- Patients with infectious diseases are separated ….... other people.
20- The armed forces of a country protect it ……….…….. the enemies.
=========================================================
Unit ( 101 )
Verbs + prepositions (2) ( of – in – into - on )

A) of
1- hear of -- know that he (it) exists.
- I’ve heard of a famous Arab Cardiologist.
2- think of ( the idea comes to mind) – think of joining a university.

332
- What do you think of the film? I didn’t like it.
3- complain of a difficult exam. (disease)
4- accuse of / beware of
5- cure of – consist / die / empty / get rid of
6- rob / suspect – take care of / take leave of – take control of – take
advantage of -
7- approve / fear / remind of something / dream of
8- admit of ( doing wrong )
B) in
- believe – specialize – confide / trust – indulge + in
- Pay in ( cash) – arrive in ( city / country )
- invest / participate / succeed / fail / excel + in
- fall in love – laugh in delight – run in pursuit
- stand in a row – write in pen / pencil / block letters
- get in / come in – join in / fill in (a form)
C) into
- break / crash / divide / drive / translate
- cut / split – burst into tears – fall into
- A car crashed into a tree – a book divided into parts
- get into trouble , go into a room
- look into the digestive system
D) on
1- come on ! hold on – walk on !
2- live / rely – depend / congratulate + on
3- speak / write on ( public health )
4- concentrate / insist / spend / focus
5- comment – influence / swear on ( Quran )
6- keep on – turn … on – go on / put / switch the light on / try / put on
(clothes) / drive / walk / play + on (continue)

=====================================================

333
 Exercise 157
Fill in the spaces with suitable prepositions ( of – in – into - on ):
1- I’m going to the doctor. I’m complaining ……..headache
2- The thief is accused …………stealing a car.
3- She burst ………… tears when a car ran over her son.
4- Panadol can cure ………… severe headache.
5- The Sultan of Oman arrived ………..Riyadh yesterday.
6- You should take care ………….your car. Keep it clean.
7- He lost control over his car, and it crashed ………..a wall
8- What do you think ……….black and white films?
9- Write your name and address……….block letters.
10- Don’t insist ………your opinion. Always consult others.
11- You must get rid ……….rubbish paper in your room.
12- At the university, each student specializes ………… one specialty.
13- It’s rather dark. Put the lights…………..
14- Did you hear …………the Saudi spaceman? Who’s he?
15- All Muslims believe …………the teachings of Prophet Mohamed.
16- Please, stand one by one ………. a row.
17- Students pay their fees …………cash, not by cheque.
18- Come in. Don’t stay outside ………..the cold.
19- The match is about to start. Put …………. your sportive uniform.
20- Don’t swear …………the Koran if you are not sure.
=============================================
Unit ( 102 )
Verbs + prepositions (3) ( by – for – with )
A) by = It is used in the following situations:

1- to say how we do something.

send by post – pay by cheque – by credit card
contact by phone ( e-mail – fax – telex )
make by hand / by machine

334
2- to say how somebody travels
Travel by car ( bus – train – plane – ship )
Travel by land ( sea – air – rail – road )
Note: If the name is defined, we don’t use (by)
Ex. I travelled in my car / on the train

3- in the passive form to show the doer of the action:

- I was bitten by a dog.
- The door was opened by a thief.

4- to mean (beside) – My villa is by the sea.

-stand one by one – wait by the door –I saw him passing by

5- to show an amount , quantity , percentage ……

- prices have gone up by 10%
- My salary increased by SR 500
- We won the match by 5 – 2 goals.

B) for
1- care for hot weather – look for a lost pen – care for children
2- ask him for something – apply for a job – qualify for a post
3- wait for somebody – leave Riyadh for Mecca.
4- search the house for a lost key – arrange for a meeting
5- claim– exchange– struggle – feel sorry– long–thank – long
6- act / apologize – blame – prepare – head + for
7- pay for the meal – but ( pay the bill / rent )
8- He was punished for thievery – curse sb for his rudeness.
9- read for pleasure – go for a walk
10- buy it for 10 dollars – unable to work for illness.
11- vote for somebody – like him for his politeness.
12- excused him for a mistake / admired him for bravery / forgive him
for an error / thank / hope for
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C) with
- fill / provide / supply / catch up / cope (comply) + with
mix with butter ……
335
- keep in touch / be in contact / shake hands + with
- agree with (somebody) / deal / begin / fill + with / shake with cold
charge – conflict – trust him with a secret – acquaint
- equip / sympathize ( with )
- mix with / he came with a book in his hand
- He began with an introduction…….
- argue with me / help me with / discuss / disagree / compare / what’s the
matter (wrong) with – be in love with – we became unwell with ……….
=======================================================
Exercise 158
Fill in the spaces with ( by – for – with ):
1- Send the letter to America………………air mail.
2- I don’t care ……….. the cold . I’m wearing heavy clothes.
3- Please, wait …………me outside. I’ll call you very soon.
4- The Ministry of Health supplies hospitals ……………….. drugs and
medical equipment.
5- Nowadays, people can contact ………………..email.
6- The festival started …………verses from the Holy Quran.
7- Do you come to school on foot or ………….car?
8- Please, fill this jar…………orange juice.
9- The bank was attacked …………a band of robbers.
10- I’ll apply …………. the job of an English teacher.
11- Prices of rice have risen up ………….100%.
12- I bought a car …………….SR.20.000.
13- Big amounts of money are paid ……………cheques.
14- What are you looking …….? Have you lost something?
15- You should sympathize……….your friend on his father’s death.
16- Have you ever travelled …………..train?
17- I blame you …………not paying back the amount you borrowed.
18- Do you agree …….....me that our English teacher is very helpful.
19- I saw him passing ………….I didn’t know where he was going.
20- You can pay the mobile bill .…check , but you pay for the meal ….cash
==========================================================
336
 Exercise ( 159)
Match verbs in the box on the left with prepositions in the box on the right
and use them to complete the sentences below.
Some verbs require no prepositions . The first two sentences have been
done for you.
answer - stare -- approach --demand --
as - about - at -- with
approve -- succeed begin -- borrow
against -- between --
-- comply -- defend
by -- for -- from --
differentiate -- discuss -- divide -- divorce --
to
face wait -- enjoy -- enter -- match -- rely --
In -- into -- of -- on
object
0 ) Children should be taught never to stare at strangers.
0) Please answer my questions . No preposition needed
1- We could …………...the room ……………..two parts with a curtain.
2- I'm afraid you have to …………………these new regulations.
3- I've heard that Jackie is going to ………………….her husband.
4- What do you think this letter will …………….……its destination.
5- I don't know how I'll find a color that will ……………….these curtains.
6- You want to ……….politics , so we end up shouting at each other.
7- I wonder if I could …………this matter in private with you;
8- Don't let her ………any money …………….you because she'll never
repay it .
9- I wonder if I could ………asking you a few questions.
10-I don't think your mother would ………………such bad language.
11- don't make eye contact with people who …………you in the street.
12- I've noticed how heads turn when you ………..a crowded room.
13- these days , a lot of people ……………..smoking in public places.
14- It isn't surprising that I should……..my twin sister in so many ways.
15- I'm afraid the bank is going to ………………repayment of the money
16- They 're so alike. It's sometimes impossible to ……………..them.
17- Than goodness . I can always …………………..my colleagues !
18- Life will change for me if I ………………..passing my driving test .
337
 19- Learn judo to be able to …………….yourself …………….attack.
20- You must ………………..me faithfully you will never do that again..
21- We're preparing to ………………..the biggest challenge of our lives .
22- I can hardly …………..him………………..a serious competitor .
23- I know we'll ……….……your company if we all go on holiday together.
24- Don't worry if you're a bit late . I'll…………………………you.

Answers to Exercise 188

1-divide……into 2-comply with 3-divorce 4-reach 5-match

6-argue about 7-discuss 8-borrow…..from 9-begin……by

10-approve of 11-approach 12-enter 13-object to 14-resemble

15-demand 16-differentiate between 17-rely on 18-secceed in

19-defend………against 20-promise 21-face 22-regard…….as

23-enjoy 24-wait for

=======================================================
Revision on Prepositional Phrases
1 ) Of :- accuse of afraid of approve of ashamed of aware of
confident of consist of in danger of dream of (sth) fond of heard of
jealous of proud of take care of think of(sth) sick of

2 ) To : - addicted to accustomed to allergic to attached to belong to

love to cruel to familiar to(sb) nice to kind to married to polite to
used to grateful to apply to harmful to

3 ) With : agree with angry with (sb) belong with ( each other ) bored
with disappointed with familiar with(sth) fed up with pleased with
popular with busy with
4 ) At : - arrive at bad at good at laugh at look at angry at (sth)

5 ) On :- agree on based on concentrate on congratulate on count on

me depend on hooked on insist on keen on spend on

6 ) In :- arrive in count me in increase in interested in involved in

succeed in

338
7 ) For :- blame for famous for responsible for suitable for

7) About :- anxious about dream about ( sb ) excited about heard about

worried about think about (sb)
8 ) Others :- different from count me out
=======================================================
Exercise ( 160 )
Complete the sentences with suitable prepositional phrases from the
list
dreaming of -- disappointed with -- count on -- bored with -- blamed
….for -- belong to -- aware of -- ashamed of -- arrive in -- arrived at --
applied to -- anxious about -- angry with -- allergic to -- afraid of --
addicted to -- -- accused .....of --- agree with
1- Sorry ! I don't ……………………you on stealing sth from the office.
2- I'm ………………………snakes. They are poisonous.
3- Anyone who's………………………..drugs cannot control himself.
4- Are you …………………………..driving in mountainous areas.
5- The police ……………… the suspect ……. stealing my car.
6- The police ………………..me ………….the accident .
7- This umbrella doesn't ……………………..you . It's mine .
8- I'm not ………………………….the problem . Tell me about it.
9- I'm ………………………coming to school an hour late.
10- What time did you ……………………New York.
11- I ………………………….the airport an hour late
12- I ………………..……….the company for a job.
13- I feel ………………… the interview . I didn't do well in it. .
14- My father was ………………….me because he saw me smoking.
15- I'm ………………….. dust storms because I have asthma.
16-I was …………………..……….the film . it's boring .
17- I'm ………………….of becoming a minister of education
18- You can ……………………me if you need help
========================================================

339
 Exercise ( 161 )
Complete the sentences with suitable prepositional phrases from the
list
( used to -- suitable for -- responsible for -- pleased with -- jealous of --
interested in -- grateful to -- worried about -- succeed in -- proud of --
polite to -- married to -- think of -- spend …on -- insisted on )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- I'm ……………..…my son's health . He's diagnosed with lung cancer.
2- When I was young . I …………………to go to school on a bicycle.
3- I have to …………………an excuse for being late.
4- Horror films are not …………… children. They feel horrified.
5- Will you ……………………….passing your driving test ?
6- Do you …………………..money ……. expensive clothes ?
7- Who's …………………………… damaging your father's car ?
8- Everyone must be ……………………of his country ?
9- All students must be ………………………..their teachers.
10- I'm very ………………………..with my prize in the race.
11- Jack has been …………………….. Jackie for 10 years.
12- You shouldn't be …………………………..other people when they
do better than you .
13- We had dinner out and I …………………….paying for the meal.
14- Are you ……………………any TV series in Ramadan ?
15- I'm ……………………………you for helping me with homework
============================================

Key Answers to Exercises in Part 4

( Prepositions -- Units 91 -- 102 )
Exe
unit topic Key answers
.
Prepositions 1- at. 2- on 3- X last 4- On 5- on
91 130 6- x yesterday 7- x every 8- in 9- at
of time
10- in 11- on 12- x Next 13- at 14- in 15
== ======== 131 1- by 2- during 3- by 4- So far 5-

340
 before. 6- ago 7- so far 8- while 9- ago
10- until
11- while 12- while 13- by 14- until now.
15- during 16- before
1-in the river 2-in your coffee 3-on that tree
4-in Lebanon 5-on the island 6-at the petrol
Prepositions
92 132 station 7-in the sky 8-on the right 9-in prison
of place
10-at the end 11- at the cinema 12-at the
cafeteria
======== 1-at 2-in 3-at 4-in 5-in 6-on 7-in 8-on
== 133
In – at - on 9-on 10-at 11-in 12-at
===== 1-on 2-by 3-to 4-x 5-at 6-with 7-to 8-in
== 134
+ by – with 9-in 10-on 11-at 12-in 13-on 14-with 15-at
A ( by – with )1-with 2-by 3-with 4-by 5- with
== + to -- for 135
B ( to – for )1-to 2-fo 3-for 4-for for 6-for
1- on 2- in 3- in 4- at 5- a 6- o 7- at
Preposition
93 136 8- on 9- at 10 in 11- on 12- in 13- at 14- in
of position
15- on.
1- nearby 2- behind 3- off 4- beside 5- into.
Preposition
6- across 7- away from 8- under 9- above
== of 137
10- through 11- onto 12- along 13- around
movement
14- on 15- throughout
Preposition 1-into 2-along 3-past 4-towards 5-off
94 of 138 6-from 7-through 8-across 9-off 10down
movement 11-onto 12-out of
1-on 2-opposite 3-nexxxxxxxt to 4-among
Expressions 5-under 6-over 7-between 8-under 9-next
== 139
of position to
10- among
95 Expressions 140 1-in 2-on 3-at 4-in 5-on 6-at 7-at 8-in 9-

341
 with in/on/at on 10-at 11-in 12-at 13-in 14-on 15-at
1-in fact 2-in spite of 3-in cold blood 4-in
return for 5-in search of 6-in private 7-in vain
======== 8-in short 9-in order to 10-in advance 11-in
== 141
Expressions reply to
with ( in )
12-in case 13-in general 14-in contact 15-in
the short run
1-on business 2-on diet 3-on the contrary
Expressions 4-on behalf of 5-on condition that 6-on strike
== 142
with ( on ) 7-on purpose 8-on the occasion of 9-on the
alert 10-on the safe side
1-at full speed 2-at random 3-at loss 4- at
leisure 5-at once 6-at peace / at war 7-at
Expressions intervals
== 143
with ( at ) 8-at present 9-at least 10at first sight at the
request of 12-at first 13-at all costs 14-at best
15-at the mercy of
1-by 2-by 3-for 4-with 5-by 6-for 7-with
prepositions
96 144 8-by 9-for 10-with 11-with 12-by 13-with
by- for - with
14-for 15-by
1-by force 2-by chance 3-by mistake 4-by all
Expressions
== 145 means 5-by heart 6-by law 7-by the way
with ( by )
8-by means of 9-by turns 10-by hand
1-for all 2-for ever 3-for ages 4-thankful for
Expressions
== 146 5-for the sake of 6-for example 7-but for
with ( for )
8-what for 9-for the time being 10-for sure
1-with distinction 2-in contact with 3- with
Expressions effect from 4-go with 5-with them 6-with words
== 147
with ( with) 7- with arms 8-satisfied with 9-tired with
10-patient with 11-charged with 12-with difficulty

342
 Expressions 1-to 2-of 3-from 4-to 5-of 6-from 7-to
97 with to / of / 148 8-of 9-from 10-to 11-of 12-to 13-about
about / from 14-of 15-about
1-afraid of 2-a ptient of 3- worthy of 4-man of
Expressions 5-polite of 6-most of 7- made of 8- in search of
== 149
with ( of) 9-means of 10-arrival of 11- of mine
12-proud of 13-of no use
1-about 2-playing about 3-what about
4-worried about 5-careful about 6- sorry
Expressions
== 150 about
With (about)
7-pleased about 8-about to 9- nervous about
10- enthusiastic about
More 1-since 2-against 3-about 4-before 5-round
98 prepositions 151 6-through 7-during 8- from 9-besides 10-until
List -1 11-despite 12-except
1-according to 2-in contact with 3-regardless of
More
4- ahead of 5- as a result of 6-pay attention to
== prepositions 152
7- in spite of 8-in front of 9-take advantage of
List -2
10-together with 11-because of 12-on behalf of
1- about 2- on 3- on. 4- on 5- with 6- to

Prepositions 7- from. 8- with 9- in 10- on 11 to 12- at

99 153
after verbs 13- of 14 from 15 for 16- to 17- in 18- in

19- of 20 for.
1-with / about / to 2-at / in 3-on / for 4-for / to
More than 5-about / with 6-with / to 7- about / of
== 154
one preos. 8-about 9-against / over / for 10-between /
against
Variety of 1- to 2- of 3- from 4- on 5- of 6-about
== possible 155 7- about 8- on 9- to 10- in 11- from
prepositions 12- for 13- with 14- with 15- for 15- for

343
 1 ) Verbs + 1-to 2-at 3-to 4-at 5-about 6-to 7-at 8-to
10
prepositions 156 9-about 10-to 11-about 12-to 13-from 14-to
0
(1) 15-from 16-to 17-at 18-to 19-from 20-from
Verbs + 1-of 2-of 3-into 4-of 5-in 6-of 7-into 8-of
10
prepositions 157 9-in 10-on 11-of 12-in 13-on 14-of 15-in
1
(2) 16-in 17-in 18-in 19-on 20-on
1-by 2-about 3-for 4-with 5-by 6-with 7-by
Verbs +
10 8-with 9-by 10-for 11-by 12-for 13-by 14-
prepositions 158
2 for 15-with 16-by 17-for 18-with 19-by 20-
(3)
by / in
1-divide……into 2-comply with 3-divorce
4-reach 5-match 6-argue about 7-discuss
8-borrow ….from 9-begin……by 10-approve of
Match verbs
== 159 11-approach 12-enter 13-object to 14-resemble
with prepos.
15-demand 16-differentiate between 17-rely on
18-secceed in 19-defend……against 20-promise
21-face 22-regard…….as 23-enjoy 24-wait for

== 1-agree with 2-afraid of 3-addicted to 4-bored

with 5-accused ….of 6-blamed….for 7-belong
Prepositiona to 8-aware of 9-ashamed of 10-arrive in 11-
160
l phrases (1) arrived at 12—applied to 13-anxious about
14-angry with 15-allergiv to 16-disappointed
with 17-dreaming of 18-count on
1-worried about 2-used to 3- think of 4-
Prepositiona suitable for 5-succeed in 6-spend ….on 7-
== l phrases ( 2 161 responsible for 8-proud of 9-polite to
) 10pleased with 11-married to 12-jelous of 13-
insisted on 14- interested in 15-grateful to
========================================================
Part 5 -- Adjectives & Adverbs
344
 Units ( 103 -- 131 )
_________________________________
Unit 103
Demonstrative adjectives & pronouns
1) The demonstratives ( this -- that -- these -- those ) are used as
adjectives if they are followed by nouns :
This book is mine That man was a teacher
These books are mine Those men were teachers
2) The same demonstratives are used as pronouns if they are followed
by the verb ( to be )
This is my book That was my car
These are my books Those were my cars.
_________________________________________________________
A) ( This – That )
1- We use ( this ) when we refer to something we are touching.
This is a pen. --- Is this a pen? Yes, it is.
Is this a book ? No, it isn’t. It’s a pen.

Or when we refer to people in conversations .

--- Hello, Jack . This is George.
--- Hi , George . How are you ?

2- We use ( that ) when we point to something or somebody .

What’s that? It’s a wall.
Who is that ? It’s Salem , my best friend .
Is that your new car ? Yes, it is. or No , it isn’t.
Is that your teacher ? Yes , he is or No , he isn’t .

Or when we talk about something we are thinking about .

--- What do you think of that accident which we saw yesterday ?
--- That was a terrible accident .

B) ( These – Those )
3- (These ) is the plural form of ( this ) :
These are 6 pens.
Are these pens ? – Yes, they are.
Are these pencils ? – No, they aren’t

4- (Those ) is the plural form of ( that ) :

345
 Those are cars.
Are those cars? – Yes, they are.
Are those motorcycles? – No, they aren’t.
=======================================================
( Exercise ( 162 )

Complete the sentences with the right words in brackets :

1- (This, These ) are my books .

2- ( That, Those ) is your book .
3- ( This, These ) is my new car.
4- ( That, Those ) are our teachers' cars.
5 - ( This, These ) are easy exercises .
6 - ( That, Those ) is an easy exercise.
7 - Whose car is ( this , that ) in the garage ?
8 – Hi , Hamad, ( this -- that ) is my schoolmate , Hassan
9-Who is ( this -- that ) with black uniform ?.
10- What's ( this -- that in your pocket ?
===========================================

Unit ( 104 )
Possessive ( adjectives and pronouns )
An adjectives comes before a noun, A pronoun stands instead of a noun.
Study the following table, then do the exercises below .
Possessive adjectives Possessive pronouns
1- That's my car. The car is mine.
2- This is your car. This book is yours.
3- She found her bag. The bag is hers.
4- He lost his mobile The mobile is his.
5- I saw tiger. Its body is spotted. -----------------------------------------
6- These are our books. The books are ours.
7- Those are their bags. The bags are theirs.

346
Questions with whose:
We use the question word (whose) to ask questions about possession.
Whose is often used with a noun (e.g., whose book), as in (a) and (b).but it
can be used without a noun if we point to something.
a- Whose car is that? Or Whose is this?
It's my car / It's mine / Mine.

b- Whose books are these? Or Whose are these?

Hamad's / They are Hamad's / They're his books
Study this table carefully
Subject Possessive Object Possessive
pronouns pronouns pronouns adjectives
I Mine Me My
He His Him His
She Hers Her Her
It ====== It Its
We Ours Us Our
You Yours You Your
They Theirs Them Their
Used at the Used after verb Used after
Used before nouns
beginning of (to be) often at the transitive verbs
( adjectives )
sentences end of sentences or prepositions
==========================================================
( Exercise 163 )
Express possession using:
A) Possessive adjectives:
1- We have chairs. They're __________________.
2-You own a car. It's _______________________.
3- They are at school. It's ___________________.
4-That is a leopard ______body is spotted
5-That woman is my boss . _______father is the manager.
B) Possessive pronouns:
6 - Salma has a handbag. The bag is _____________.
7- Hamad has a computer. It's ________________.
347
8- I own a house. The house is ________________.
9-We have 10 cars . They are all __________
10-My mother has a car. It's ___________
====================================================
Exercise ( 164 )
Complete the sentences. Use the possessive adjectives, and
possessive pronouns:
1- I own this book.
This is my book. This book is mine
2- They own these books.
These are ________ books. These books are _________.
3- You own that book.
That is _________ book. That book is _________.
4- She owns this pen.
This is _________ pen. This pen is __________.
5- He owns that pen.
That is ___________ pen. That pen is __________.
6- We own those books.
Those are __________ books. Those books are ___________
=======================================================
Exercise (165 )
Fill in with the right possessive adjectives ( my – your – his – her – its –
our – their )
1- That’s Hamad. _______ father is a teacher.

2- You are a student. _______ school is big.

3- That’s Linda. ________ phone number is 4563210.

4- I come from Kuwait. _______ name is Jasim.
5- Those are my friends, and these are _______ books.
6- Watch the tiger. ________ teeth are sharp.
7- I have two brothers. ________ names are Hamad and Fahid.

348
8- What’s ________ phone number? I may call you.

9- You have a pen. _________ pen is black.

10- Sara and I have cars. __________ cars are new.

11- Sara and you have laptops. _______ laptops are on your desks.
12- Mr and Mrs Khalaf have a baby. _______ baby is 8 months old.

10- Where does your uncle live ? ________ uncle lives in Tabuk.
==========================================================

Unit ( 105 )
Kinds of Adjectives
There are many kinds of adjectives:
1) Demonstrative adjectives: (this – that – these – those )
2) Adjective of quantity:
some – much – many – little – few
3) Possessive adjectives:
my – your – this – her – its – our – their
4) Opinion adjectives, which show what a person thinks of other people or
things. Ex. Lovely – beautiful – great – cheap, -----
5) Fact adjectives, which give us true information about:
1- size ( long – short, large - small ----- )
2- weight ( heavy – light, ----- )
3- shape ( round – square, ----- )
4- colour ( blue – green ----- )
5- material ( cotton – leather ----- )

6) comparative adjectives :- better -- best -- more -- most -- higher

Note: 1- Opinion adjectives go before fact adjectives except for
(size) adjectives which come first.
Ex. an expensive silk shirt.
2- When there are two or more fact adjectives in a sentence, they
usually go in the same order of item 5 above.
Ex. An expensive red leather bag.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

349
Note : You'll learn more about kinds of adjectives later in unit 113.
======================================================

Exercise ( 166 )
Write the kind of each adjective in the list :
1- beautiful 2- exciting
3- some 4- funny
5- delicious 6- this
7- few 8- heavy
9- much 10 Chinese

11 short 12 busy

13 big 14 best

15 large 16 colourful

17 these 18 higher

19 red 20 clean

===========================================

Unit ( 106 )
Position and order of Adjectives
A ) Position
Adjectives are words that describe nouns. We can use adjectives before the
noun, or following a linking verb such as appear, be, become, get, feel,
look, seem:
--- Her eyes are blue. --- She has blue eyes.
--- This bread looks fresh. --- Fresh bread is delicious.
Some adjectives are never used before the noun; they are only used after
the linking verb:
--- The boy was alone in the room. Not The alone boy ….
--- The baby is asleep. Not The asleep baby …….
--- The leaders seem to be aware of the problem. ( aware leaders ( X )
These include a number of "a" words like afraid, alike, alive, alone,
ashamed, asleep, awake, and aware. Usually these adjectives
have another version that we can put before the noun
350
--- The child was afraid. ---The frightened child ran to his mother.
--- The boy was alone. --- A lonely boy sat in the classroom
--- These books seem alike. --- I've read similar books lately.--- ---
The baby is asleep. --- The sleeping baby's name is Ali
One exception to the “adjectives before nouns” rule is that adjectives
come after words like something, anybody, nothing:

--- I want to go someplace warm on vacation.

--- There's nothing interesting in the news.
And a few nouns ending in -able/-ible can used before and after nouns:
--- We're prepared for every situation imaginable.
--- We're prepared for every imaginable situation.
--- He took the last seat available.
--- He took the last available seat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B ) Arrangement of adjectives
1) Sometimes we use two or more adjectives together.
- My brother lives in a nice big house.
- In the kitchen, there is large round wooden table.

a) Adjectives like ( new – large – round – wooden ) are fact adjectives.

They give us factual information about age, size, colour,
material, etc.
b) Adjectives like ( nice – beautiful ) are opinion adjectives. They tell
us what somebody thinks of something.
c) Opinion adjectives usually go before fact adjectives.
( nice – beautiful – delicious, ….) go before ( long – young – hot –
large -- round – wooden, ….etc. )
2) If we have two or more fact adjectives, together, we usually put
them in this order.

2- how 3- what 4- where

1- how big 5- what is it made of
old colour from

a tall young man ( 1 – 2 ) big blue eyes ( 1 – 3 )

a large plastic bag ( 1 – 5 ) an old white cotton shirt ( 2 – 3 – 5 )

351
---Adjectives of size and length ( big – small – large – tall – short – long, ….
etc. ), usually go before adjectives of shape and width ( round – fat – thin
– wide, …. ). --- a large round table – a tall thin man.
---When there are two or more colour adjectives, we use (and) a black and
white film – a red, white and green flag.

3) We use adjectives after verbs ( be – get –become – seem )

Be careful – I’m tired – he’s busy
I’m getting hungry – The film became boring
He seems happy ( angry – depressed, ….etc. )

4) We also use adjectives to say how somebody or something looks

( feels – sounds – tastes – smells )
You look tired - I feel cold – It sounds great – The food tastes awful –
It smells strange.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 167 )
A ) Put the adjectives in brackets in the correct position:
Remember – opinions before facts
Example : A beautiful table ( wooden – round ).
Answer : A beautiful round wooden table.
1- an unusual ring (gold) ……………………………………….
2- a black jacket ( leather ) …………………………………….
3- An American film ( old ) ……………………………………..
4- big clouds ( black ) …………………………………………..
5- a sunny day ( lovely ) ……………………………………….
6- a wide street ( long ) ………………………………………...
7- a red car ( old, small ) ……………………………………….
8- a new sweater ( green, nice ) ………………………………
9- a metal box ( black, small ) ………………………………..
10- a small village ( old, lovely ) ………………………………
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B ) Put the adjective in the correct order
1- __________________ _______________ food delicious / Mexican

352
2- a __________________ _____________ flower yellow / beautiful
3- a(n) __________________ ______________ theory important / new
4- a __________________ _________________ coin silver / valuable
5- a(n) __________________ _____________ man interesting / young
=======================================================
In general, the correct order of adjectives in English is this:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0pinion size shape age colour origin material
big / old, Italian,
precious round, red, silver,
small new, Japanese,
lovely large, circular, old, new red, Italian, gold

good large, square, young, blue, German, cotton,

pretty short, flat, ancient green, French wooden,

cheap little, triangular tall yellow Japanese, metal

opinion adjective: The first rule to remember is that opinion adjectives

usually come before fact adjectives.
Some other examples of opinion adjectives include:
--- good / bad / great / terrible
--- beautiful / pretty / comfortable
--- ugly / awful / strange / uncomfortable
--- delicious / disgusting / tasty / nasty
--- important / excellent / wonderful / brilliant
--- funny / interesting / boring
=================================================
“Purpose” adjectives are almost like part of the noun itself. They
describe its function or what it is used for:
--- running shoes --- a sleeping bag ---- a flower vase
--- a frying pan ---- a tennis racket

It’s rare to use more than 3 adjectives. But the adjectives you do use should
follow this order approximately. There may be some exceptionsWith time
adjectives, we put first / next / last or past before the number:
--- the first two weeks not the two first weeks

353
 --- the past ten minutes not the ten past minutes
=======================================================

Whether or not to use and

When there are two or more color adjectives, use and:
--- yellow and orange flowers
--- a red, white, and blue flag
We usually don't use and with other adjectives if they are before a noun:
--- a round wooden table

--- long brown hair

However, we can use and with other adjectives if they are after the noun:
--- The day was hot and humid.
--- The clouds were big, white, and fluffy.
There are other adjectives that don’t fall into the categories above. For
these, the essential rule to remember is that opinion adjectives always
come before fact adjectives (appearance and other descriptive
adjectives):
--- delicious (opinion) organic (fact) food
--- crazy (opinion) religious (fact) people
--- interesting (opinion) cultural (fact) traditions
--- confusing (opinion) financial (fact) data

Although studying the order of adjectives in English can help… there reaches
a point where you’ll learn them best simply by seeing and hearing them in
action.
Most native English speakers don’t know the rules of adjective order at all –
we just know that it “sounds right” to say “the big red ball” and “sounds
wrong” to say “the red big ball.”
======================================================

Exercise 168– Order of Adjectives

Put the adjectives in the most natural order!

1. Put the bottles in the ____________bin. green /large / recycling

2. There's a(n) ___ stain on the floor of the garage.( black / oil / nasty)
3. I'll be taking the _________________ days off . ( next / two )

354
4- We had a ____________ vacation. ( Hawaiian / relaxing / nice )

5- Please buy some ________ cups at the store. ( clear / plastic / small
6- I can't figure out where to put this ______strip. ( flat / metal / tiny )
7- Could you bring me the _________ cord ? ( long / power / orange )
8- All the girls went crazy when they saw the ________________guy .
( handsome / Italian / young )
9- He married a _________________ woman. ( French / tall / thin )

10- They drive a(n) ________________truck. ( old / pickup / rusty )

11- I made a _________ mistake in my paper. ( little / silly / spelling )

12- He was wearing a(n) ________shirt. ( blue / button-down / elegant )

blue / button-down / elegant

13- We ate some _____________ mangoes. ( Brazilian / juicy / sweet )

14- You can get _________ supplies at that store . ( art / cheap / great )

15- I've just finished reading a(n) ______ book. ( intriguing / new / sci-fi )

16- He's been in the hospital for the ___________ days.( three / past )

17- The food was served on ______ dishes. porcelain / square / white )

18- The necklace had a(n) ___________ pendant. ( big / ivory / round )
======================================================

Unit ( 107 )
Gradable & Non-Gradable Adjectives
Some adjectives in English are gradable - that means you can have different
degrees or levels of that quality. For example, the weather can be:
a little cold -- rather cold -- very cold -- extremely cold.
Other adjectives are non-gradable – meaning we can’t have different
degrees or levels of that quality. There are three types of non-gradable
adjectives.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A- Extreme adjectives = are words that mean “extremely + adjective” – for
example, freezing means “extremely cold.” The weather can’t be “a little bit

355
freezing” or “very freezing” – because the word “freezing” itself automatically
means “extremely cold.”
“Huge” means “extremely big.” Again, it’s not possible for something to be
“slightly huge” or “very huge” – the definition of the word “huge” itself is
“extremely big.”
=======================================================
B ) Absolute Adjectives
Another type of non-gradable adjective is called an absolute adjective.
These are words that are either “yes or no.” For example, the word dead –
you can’t be “a little bit dead” or “very dead” – either YES, you are dead, or
NO, you’re not dead. Here are a few other examples:
1- unique / not unique 2- perfect / imperfect
3- impossible / possible 4- pregnant / not pregnant
=======================================================
C ) Classifying Adjectives
Third type of non-gradable adjective is a classifying adjective, which
describes what type or category something is:
--- an electric stove or gas stove
--- a daily meeting or a weekly meeting
--- a wooden chair or a plastic chair
Again, we can’t have a “slightly electric stove” or a “very plastic chair.”
=======================================================
Exercise ( 169 )
A ) Which one is the extreme adjective?
1- bad / terrible ……………___________

2- clean / spotless…………____________

3- fascinating / interesting..____________

4- hilarious / funny………,.____________
5- hungry / starving………____________

6- ancient / old……………____________

7- exhausted / tired……….____________

356
 8- astonishing / surprising..____________

==================================================
Exercise ( 169-B)
B ) Which one is the absolute adjective?
1- mysterious / unknown…….______________
2- essential / important………______________
3- common / universal……….______________
4- equal / similar……………..______________
5- ideal / useful………………_____________
================================================
C ) Which one is the classifying adjective? )
1- a dangerous weapon / an atomic weapon ( )
2- a pine tree / a tall tree ( )
3- a government worker / a well-paid worker ( )
4- a comfortable shirt / a silk shirt ( )
5- an American tradition / an interesting tradition ( )
=================================================
Differences in using Gradable and Non-Gradable Adjectives
1) No comparatives / superlatives with non-gradable adjectives
With regular adjectives, we can use comparatives and superlatives to
compare two or more things:

1--- My house is big.

--- My neighbor’s house is bigger than mine. (comparative)

--- My parents’ house is the biggest house on the street. (superlative)

2-- His idea is important. --- Her idea is more important.

--- My idea is the most important of all.
With extreme adjectives, we usually don’t use comparatives and superlatives:
--- My parents’ house is enormous.
--- My parents’ house is more enormous / the most enormous.

357
It's the same for absolute and classifying adjectives. It's impossible for one
dead person to be "deader" than another, or for one plastic chair to be "more
plastic" than another.

2) Use different adverbs with non-gradable adjectives.

With gradable adjectives, we can use adverbs of degree like these:
--- Small degree: a little, a bit, slightly
--- Middle degree: fairly, rather, somewhat
--- Large degree: very, extremely, immensely, intensely, hugely, quite
For example:

--- I’m rather hungry. I’m very hungry.

--- Your shoes are slightly dirty. This room is extremely dirty.

--- We’re a little tired. We’re immensely tired.

We can use the adverbs absolutely, completely, and utterly to give

additional emphasis to the non-gradable adjective:
--- I’m absolutely furious.
--- We’re completely exhausted.
--- The movie was utterly terrifying.
These are often used with extreme adjectives. With absolute and
classifying adjectives, they can be used with some, but not others:
--- That’s absolutely impossible. They’re absolutely married.
--- This car is completely electric.-- The conference is
completely annual.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The more informal words pretty and really, can be used with gradable
adjectives and with SOME non-gradable adjectives – again, usually the
extreme ones, but not the absolute or classifying ones:
--- This room is pretty dirty. (gradable)
--- This room is pretty filthy. (extreme)
--- The party is really crowded. (gradable)
--- The party is really packed. (extreme)

Other words that can be used with some non-gradable adjectives include
( totally, nearly / almost, virtually, quite )
--- He was nearly dead.

358
--- That's totally impossible.
--- This technology is virtually unique.
--- This philosophy is quite universal.
You can see that these are absolute and extreme adjectives, not classifying
adjectives. With classifying adjectives, we can sometimes use the words
entirely, completely, fully, largely, and mainly to say that all or most of
the things fall into that category:

--- This food is completely organic.

--- This system is fully digital.
--- The staff is entirely American.
--- The staff is largely Chinese.
--- The material is mainly cotton.
Now, with that said... these rules are not 100% and occasionally you will
encounter native speakers using combinations that don't seem to follow
them, like "most unique," “very pregnant,” "rather exhausted," or "somewhat
true."
====================================================

Both Gradable and Non-Gradable

Few adjectives have both gradable and non-gradable meanings:

This is a very common problem. common = frequently found (gradable --- We
have a lot of common interests (. common = shared )
--- That vase is very old. (old = created a long time ago (gradable)
--- I saw my old teacher yesterday. old = former
Other adjectives sometimes function as a descriptive (gradable) adjective,
and other times function as an absolute or classifying adjective:
1- It was a rather wild party. (descriptive & gradable)
2- A lion is a wild animal. (classifying)
3- He takes a very scientific approach in his article. (descriptive & gradable)
4- We need more funding for scientific research. (classifying)
5- She had a slightly guilty expression on her face. (descriptive & gradable)
6-The criminal was found to be guilty. (absolute)7- We have a lot of common
interests. common = shared
8- That vase is very old. (old = created a long time ago (gradable)

359
9- I saw my old teacher yesterday. old = former
======================================================
We have four types of adjectives:

1. Gradable adjectives (warm, tall, comfortable)

2. Extreme adjectives (freezing, tiny, ancient)
3. Absolute adjectives (dead, pregnant, impossible)
4. Classifying adjectives (wooden, digital, annual)
--- We can use adverbs of degree (slightly, rather, very) with gradable
adjectives.
--- With extreme adjectives, we can add emphasis with absolutely,
completely, and utterly.
--- We can use really, fairly, and pretty with both gradable and extreme
adjectives.
--- Other words that can be used with some non-gradable adjectives
include totally, nearly / almost, virtually, and quite.
--- With classifying adjectives, we can sometimes use the words
entirely, completely, fully, largely, and mainly.
--- Some adjectives are gradable in some situations, and non-
gradable in others
=======================================================

Quiz /Exercise ( 170 )

Complete five of the sentences with the word very, and the other five
with one of the following words: entirely / almost / absolutely /
practically / completely. Sometimes more than one answer is
possible.
1. Your explanation was ______________ clear; I understood everything
perfectly.
2. My neighbor drives a Ferrari. He's __________________ rich.
3. I was ____________ thrilled when I received the award.
4. The renovation of the school is ______________________ complete
- there are only about two more weeks of work left.

360
 5. He responded to the situation in a(n) _____________________
immature way.
6. The whole experience was ___________________________
humiliating.
7. The medicine has some ___________________________ strong side
effects.
8. Until last year, the company's board of directors was _____male

9. The unemployment rate is ___________________________ high

due to the global economic crisis.
10. This hearing aid is so small that it's ____________ invisible.

======================================================

Exercise ( 171 )

Are these sentences correct or incorrect? If they are incorrect, try to

replace the adverb with a more appropriate one. More than one right
answer is possible.
1- It was an extremely horrible crime.
2- This equipment is completely valuable.
3- Our clothes were totally soaked after we got caught in a thunderstorm.
4- The customer service at that store is perfectly awful.
5- She has a very successful career as a consultant.
6- I found the lecture nearly boring.
7- The information is out of date, so it's slightly useless.
8- Unfortunately our dishwasher is rather noisy.
9- His suggestion was absolutely clever.
10- I can't talk right now - I'm a bit busy.
=====================================================
Unit ( 108 )
Nouns Used as Adjectives
And adjectives as Nouns

361
A ) Nouns used as adjectives
A ) Some nouns are used as adjectives to give the meaning what
something is made of . If we add ( y ) the meaning will change to
what something is like.
Examples :
1- My office has a glass door .( means the door is made of glass )
2- She has glassy eyes , (means her eyes are shining like glass )
Some nouns end in ( -en ) to change the meaning in the same way :
3- I bought a gold watch for $5000. ( the watch is made of gold )
4- Who is that woman with golden hair. (The colour of her hair is like gold.
====================================================
Exercise ( 172 )
Now complete the sentences with the right words in brackets , based
on the changes in meaning of the adjectives when we add (- y ) or –en )
as explained
above. Each two sentences have two different forms :
1- She fixed me with a ________stare .
2- A _________ table may be broken easily. ( glass -- glassy )
3- My mother has a lovely ___________teapot.
4- We sat in the park by the light of the ________moon . ( silver -- silvery )
5- There's a ____________wall at the end of the park.
6- It's impossible to cultivate such ____________soil . (stone -- stony )
7- I always buy ____________ for my cloth factory.
8- We wear ______________ clothes in winter ( wool -- woollen )
9- Malaysia produces _____________ from its forests . ( wood -- wooden )
10- It's famous for its _____________ furniture . ( wood -- wooden )
11-How much did you buy your ____________ watch ?
12-My girlfriend is white with ____________ hair. ( gold -- gold )

B ) Sometimes words that are usually used as nouns are also used as
adjectives. For examples : I have a flower garden.

362
The word ( flower ) is usually used as a noun. But in the example, it is used
as an adjective to modify the word ( garden ). When a noun is used as an
adjective, it is always used in the singular form.
=====================================================
Exercise ( 173)
Use a noun in the first sentence as an adjective in the second sentence:
1-This book is about grammar. It’s a grammar book.
2-My garden has vegetables. It’s a ……………….……......
3-The program is on television. It’s a ………………..……….
4- soup has beans. It’s a …………………………
5-The factory makes ships. It’s a ……………….……….
6-The lecture was about history. It was a …………….………
7-The villages are in the mountains. They are …………………...
8-I read articles in newspapers. They are …………..……….
9- A cup used for coffee is called a…………………...…………
10- Vases used for flowers are called …………………….………….
=======================================================

B ) Using Adjectives as nouns

A ) Groups of people
We use the + adjective ( without a noun ) to talk about groups of people , so
they are used as plural nouns . The rich means the rich people ,
the young means the young people , and so on . Not any of the nouns in the
list denotes to one person.
Each of them denotes to a group of people . If we mean one person , we
can say ( the injured woman - the young man , …. ) Here is a list of the
common ones in English :

The young‫الشباب‬ The old ‫كبار السن‬ The elderly‫الكبار في العائلة‬

The poor‫الفقراء‬ The homeless‫المشردون‬ The sick ‫ألمرضى‬

The rich‫أألغنياء‬ The disabled‫ألمعاقون‬ The unemployed ‫العاطلون عن‬

363
 ‫العمل‬

The blind ‫العميان‬ The deaf‫المصابون بالصمم‬ The injured‫المصابون من الحوادث‬

The dead ‫الموتى‬

Examples :
The poor are increasing in our society. The unemployed have no jobs
The injured were taken to hospital in an ambulance.
B ) The + nationality
We can use the + nationality adjectives that end in –ch ( the French )
or –sh ( the English ) to mean the people of that country .
Examples
----The French are famous for perfumes .
---- The English are famous for their universities.
So the French and the English are plural in meaning.
We do not say :
--- A French or an English to mean one person.
--- We have to say : ( a French man / an English woman) .
---We can also use the + nationality words ending in –ese ,
( the Chinese / the Japanese / the Lebanese , the Sudanese ,…etc.)
--- But these words can also be singular (a Japanese , a Sudanese
a Lebanese …etc ).
---Also ( Swiss ) can be singular ( a Swiss or the Swiss = the people
of Switzerland ) .
--- With other nationalities , the plural noun ends in –s.
For example ( an Indian or the Indians / a Mexican or the
Mexicans / an Egyptian or the Egyptians )
=============================================================
Exercise ( 174 )
A) Choose the right answer from the box. Don’t forget to use ( the )
Animals Birds inventions Currencies

364
 Tiger /
Eagle / penguin Telephone Dollar / ruble
elephant
Kangaroo /
Parrot / owl Telescope Rupee / yen
giraffe

1- Which of the animals is tallest ? The giraffe is the tallest.

2- Which animal can run fastest ? ……………………………………….
3- Which of these animals lives in Australia ? …………………………….
4- Which of these birds cannot fly ? ……………………………………...
5- Which bird flies at night ? ………………………………………………
6- Which of these inventions is oldest ? ……………………………………
7- What is the currency of India ? ……………………………………………
8- What is the currency of Canada ? ………………………………………
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B) Put in ( a , an or the ) where suitable in these sentences :
1- When was ………telephone invented ?
2- Can you play ………….musical instrument ?
3- Can you play …………piano ?
4- ……….apple is a kind of fruit.
5- Martin comes from ………….. large family .
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C ) Complete these sentences using the + the following words :
( injured --- rich --- young --- unemployed -- sick
homeless -- elderly -- deaf )
1- ……………….have the future in their hands .
2- The ambulance came in time and took the ……………to hospital .
3- Life is all right if you have job , but it’s difficult for …………………..
4- A nurse spends her life caring for ……………………….
5- Robin Hood was a famous robber in England. He used to rob
………………… and give the money to ……………………..
6- Modern inventions helped ………………..to hear normally .
7- In America , you see …………………sleep at the side of streets.
365
8- We have special hospitals for ………….. who are over 65 years of age .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D ) What do you call the people of these countries ?

One One The

country the people country
person person people
1-Canada 5-Germany
2-France 6-Spain
3-China 7-Brazil
4-England 8-Lebanon

========================================================
Unit ( 109 )
Get + adjectives
Some adjectives or nouns have no verbs derived from them. In such
situations
1) We use get + adjectives to express actions instead of original verbs. Here
are examples:

No Noun adjectiv Verb Example

. e
1- anger angry get angry I get angry when I see you
2- bigness big get big smoking
3- darknes dark get dark Water gets bigger when it freezes.
4- s dirty get dirty It gets dark when the lights are off
5- dirt fat get fat Streets get dirty if they’re not
6- fatness hot get hot cleaned
7- heat cold get cold You get fat if you eat fat foods.
8- coldness hungry get hungry It gets very hot here in summer .
9- hunger nervous get It gets very cold in winter
10- nerves thirsty nervous We get hungry while we are
thirst get thirsty fasting.

366
 I get nervous when you disobey
me
You get thirsty in hot weather

Other adjectives with get :

( bald – busy – close – quiet – rich – serious – sick – sleepy – well – wet )
2) We can also use get + past participles to express the action instead of
derived verbs:
No Noun Past Verb Example
. participl
e
1- boredom Bored get bored I get bored when I watch TV
for an hour

2- confusion confused get I get confused when I use

confusing words in writing
confused
3- interest intereste I get interested while listening
to
d get
religious men giving advice.
4- loss interested
You may get lost in a foreign
lost
city
5- marriage get lost If no-one guides you
married
Salem and Salma are
6- tiredness get married engaged .
They are getting married in
tired
July.
7- crowd get tired
We get tired when we work 12
crowded
hours without break.
8- engagemen get crowded
Malls get crowded in
t engaged
Ramadan every year
9- get
The couple fell in love with
excitement excited engaged
each other and got engaged
10
We get excited while we are
worry worried get excited
watching out team playing .

Some students get worried at

get worried
the beginning of their final
367
 exams.

other past participles with ( get ) :

( acquainted – divorced – arrested- dressed - frightened – hurt – involved –
scared – embarrassed – worried )
=======================================================
Exercise ( 175 )
Complete the sentences using get + adjectives or past participles from
the list :- ( fat – cold – tired – lost – hungry – nervous – hot – thirsty –
dark – married )
1- In winter, the weather __________ ___________________.
2- In summer, the weather ___________ _______________.
3- I haven’t eaten for ten hours. I’m ___________ ______________.
4- I’ll ______ ___ next Friday. I’m inviting you to my wedding party.
5- Let’s stop working. I’m __________ _________________.
6- Don’t drive on a desert road. You’ll _________ _____________.
7- Calm down ! Take it easy. You shouldn’t _________ _________.
8- You must lose weight. You’re ___________ _______________.
9- I want some water. I’ve __________ _______________ .
10- Switch the lights on. It’s ____________ __________________.
=========================================

Unit -- 110
( Adjective + to )
1) We can use the same structure with these adjectives:
( hard – impossible – safe – dangerous – expensive – cheap - interesting –
exciting )
- Is this water safe to drink?
- Was it impossible to answer all the questions?
- A football match is exciting to watch.
- This is a difficult question to answer.
368
2) It’s nice of you to:
We can use other adjectives in the same way.
( clever – mean – silly – careless – unfair )
- It was nice of you to take me to the airport.
- It’s kind of you to pay my debts.
- It’s silly of Jim to refuse the job when he is unemployed.

3a) I’m sorry to:

We can use other adjectives in this way: (happy – pleased – sad –
disappointed – surprised – relieved)
- It was surprised to meet you by chance in Italy.
- It was a dark sandstorm. We were glad to get home safely

3b) I’m sorry for:

- I’m sorry for shouting at you yesterday.
- I’m sorry for the delay in your order.

4)The first / The next to ……..

We can use (to) after ( the first – the second – the next – the only etc., )
- You’ll be the first person to know my wedding day.
- The next train to arrive today is 4:50 p.m.

5) We can say that something is sure ( certain – likely ) to happen.

- I’m sure to pass all ( It’s easy ( nice – good ) to – I’m sorry (afraid) to ):
- Jim doesn’t speak clearly. He is difficult to understand.

6) Afraid to – afraid of
- I’m afraid to drive in the desert.
- Jim was afraid to tell his father about the accident.
- We had to walk on ice. We were afraid of falling.
- I was afraid to go near the dog because I was afraid of being bitten.

7) We use ( interested to ) when we react with what we

hear / see / read / know / find )
- We are interested to know that oil prices are rising.
- I was surprised to hear that you lost your job.

======================================================

369
 Exercise ( 176 )

Write these sentences in another way beginning as shown:

1- It’s difficult to understand him.
He’s …………………………………………………………......
2- It’s easy to use this machine.
This machine ……………………………………………………
3- It’s impossible to translate the Koran literally.
The Koran is …………………………….…… literally.
4- It’s expensive to buy a Rolls Royce ..
A Rolls Royce ……………………………………………………………...
5- It’s not safe to swim in the sea.
The sea ………………………………………….....in.
=======================================================
Exercise 177
Complete each sentence using the verb in brackets ( to or –ing ) form:
1- We wanted ……………………. the building. ( leave )

2- You failed ……………………… the problem. ( solve )

3- I’m afraid of ……………………. an accident. ( have )

4- I’m afraid ………………………. through a forest. ( go )

5- I’m interested ………………. about your success.( hear )

6- I’m sorry ……………. you at a late time. ( phone )

7- I’m sorry for ……………… your pen. ( lose )

8- It’s unfair of you ……………… my car. ( hit )

9- Lexus is an expensive car ………………… ( buy )

10- I’m disappointed ………………. that you can’t pay me

back my money. ( hear )
=======================================================

Exercise ( 178 )
A ) Adjective + preposition -- Supply suitable prepositions
1. Make sure the label is properly attached ........... your suitcase.
370
 2. John is ashamed ........... his bad spelling.
3. Jamal looks stunning dressed ........... black.
4. I'm getting pretty fed up ........... my present job.
5. My computer is similar ........... the one in your office .
6. George became interested............ sports, especially tennis
7. Some businessmen are always successful .......... business.
8.The lords in Britain are related ........... noble and wealthy families .
9. You must be very proud............your successful son.
10. Anyone would be worried ............having an operation.
==========================================================
) Exercise 179
) Adjective + preposition B
1-It's time you ceased to be so dependent .................. your parents.
.Don't get involved.............business before you do a feasible study-2
3-When you get married, you will be independent........... your parents.
4-He was convicted..........burglary and sentenced to a year in prison.
5-Students are indebted …… their teachers for good education.
6-How long has your sister been married...................Mr. Wilson?
7-We were surprised …..…. The sudden resignation of our boss.
8-Jane is really jealous ……….. her younger sister , Amal.
9-The committee is composed mainly...................local tradesmen.
10-Some English teachers are incapable …….. writing a short essay .

==================================================

Unit ( 111 )
Adjectives ending in ( -ing and –ed )
1) Hamad is a bus driver. He drives from morning to evening every day. He
has been in this job for 30 years. He doesn’t like it any more.
We say: Hamad’s job is boring. He is bored with his job.

2) Compare these adjectives ending in (-ing) and (-ed):

371
- My job is boring. I’m bored with it.
- The film is interesting. I’m interested in watching it.
- Your failure was disappointing.–I’m disappointed to hear it
- Your work is satisfying. – I’m satisfied with your work.
a) As you see in the examples , the (-ed) adjectives tell you how
somebody feels about something ( job – film –failure – work).
b) the ( -ing) adjectives tell about something They describe the cause
of the feeling

3) Our boss decided to fire employees. The news surprised them.

--- They were surprised by the news . The news was surprising to
them.
--- The word ( surprised ) describes how employees felt .
= Were surprised
---- Carries a passive meaning . The news was the cause of the surprise

4) Did you hear the surprising news ? Jack fixed the broken window.
Like other adjectives , present participle ( boring ) and past participle
( bored ) adjectives may follow verb ( to be ), as in the examples
above.
=========================================================

Exercise ( 180 )
Choose the correct word in brackets:
1- He works twelve hours every day. It’s not ………………… that
he is always tired . I'm …………………… how he can endure his
job. ( surprising – surprised )

2- I’ve got nothing to do. I’m really………………… ( bored – boring )

Staying at home without doing anything is really …………….

3- The kitchen hasn’t been cleaned for ages. It was really ……………..
Everyone will be ………………………to see such a dirty kitchen .
( disgusting – disgusted )

4- Are you …………………. in football matches? Yes , of course .

Football is a very …………………game .
( interesting – interested )
5- The football match was very ………………… I enjoyed it. All the
spectators were very …………….. to watch it .
( exciting – excited )
372
6- The clown makes people laugh. He is an ……….………… person.
We are ………………….. with his jokes. ( amusing – amused )

7- War films are …………… Children are ……………… of war films.

( terrifying – terrified )
8- The death of my friend was …………. I was ………………... when
heard the news. ( shocking – shocked )

9- Life in poor countries is ………………… People are often ……….

with their miserable life. ( depressed – depressing )

10-The teacher’s explanation was …………………… Most of the

class were …..…………………, and didn't understand.
( confused – confusing )
11- The rise in crime is ……………………….. to any society.
The parents were extremely ……………….while their son was in
the intensive care unit ( worried -- worrying )
12- Working out here in summer is very ………………. All workmen feel
hot and ………… while working in summer. ( tired -- tiring ).
==============================================
Exercise ( 181 )
Complete the sentences with an( –ed of -ing ) adjectives formed
from the the bold-type verbs :
1- If you spoil children , they become ……….. children,
2- If a door revolves , it is called ………………door
3- If someone steals a car , it is a ……………….car .
4- If people crowd into a room , it a …………………..room.
5- If prices rise continually , they are ……………….prices.
6- If a danger exists , it is an ……………………danger.
7- If you dry fruit , it becomes ………………fruit.
8- If water is boiling , it is ………………water.
9- If you freeze vegetables , they are called ……………vegetables.
10- If the weather is extremely cold , we say it's …………weather
11- If you break your pencil , you have a ………………..pencil .
12- A football match is exciting . We feel ……………….when we watch it
=======================================================

373
 Unit ( 112 )
Confusing Adjectives
A ) Adjectives that end in ( –ic or -ical ) .
adjectiv Example Arabic
No Meaning
e sentence Equivalent
Setting diamonds in
Beautiful paintings / / ‫الفن‬
1- art gold pieces is a great
drawings / high skill ‫المهارة‬
art
Connected with art / An artistic director of ‫ذو أعمال‬
2- artistic showing a high skill in a theatre / artisitic ‫فنية‬
art painter / ‫فنان‬
Most of
Typical / a book / play
Shakespeare's plays ‫نموذج أو أثر‬
3- classic / or painting of great
are classics ‫خالد مدى الدهر‬
value

Serious / traditional I prefer classical

/ ‫جدي‬
4- classical have a value that music to jazz ,
‫تقبيدي‬
lasts classical Arabic
Producing or using an electric kettle or
5- electric ‫كهربائي‬
electriciy electric current
An electrical
‫له عالقة‬
6- electrical of or about electricity appliance
‫بالكهرباء‬
or electrical engineer
The National day in
Famous or important ‫له أهمية‬
7- historic the KSA is a historic
in history ‫تاريخية‬
occasion
The Roman
Connected with / ‫تاريخي‬
8- historical antiquities have
history or its study ‫متعلق بالتاريخ‬
historical interest
The magician can
The power of making
Magic use magic to take ‫السحر‬
9- extraordinary things
out your wallet
The magical box is
10 That uses magic or
magical made by a magician ‫سحري‬
- produces it

11 dramatic Noticeable / sudden Dramatic change in / ‫مفاجيء‬

- politics, dramatic
374
 exciting / impressive
scene
A well-known
A person who writes
12 dramatist writes ‫كاتب‬
dramatist plays / novels /
- dramas for TV ‫مسرحيات‬
dramas
channels
13 That causes great Tragic accidents / ‫مأساوي‬
tragic
- sadness causes many deaths ‫محزن‬
=====================================================
Exercise ( 182)
The adjectives in the box end in ( –ic or -ical ) . They fit into the spaces
below .
Choose the right word for each sentence :
art -- artistic -- classic -- classical -- electrical --
dramatic -- magic -- tragic historical
electric -- electronic -- historic magical --
1- Between you and I is a ………………..mistake in grammar.
2- ……………….accidents occur daily on our motorways.
3- Salma can paint, but I have no ………………...talents at all.
4- Many people believe the fire was caused by an ……………..fault.
5- This photograph of Arab kings captures ………………moment.
6- ………………….music is appreciated by a very wide audience.
7- You can control the whole system with this ……………….button.
8- The ………………records of the pre-war period are now available
to the public.
9- You can't keep warm with a small ………………fire .
10-Many of the …………………treasures stolen during the war have
never been recovered.
11-They use lights to create ……………..effects on the stage .
12-It was a …………………win in the last two minutes of play.
13-You can play amazing music on an ………………keyboard .
===============================================
B ) Adjectives confused with nouns
Exercise ( 183 )
375
 Complete the sentences with the right words in brackets :
1a ) She fixed me with a ________stare . (glass -- glassy )
1b )A _________ table may be broken easily.
2a) My mother has a lovely ___________teapot. ( silver -- silvery )
2b) We sat in the park by the light of the __________moon
3a)There's a ____________wall at the end of the park. stone -- stony )
3b) It's impossible to cultivate such ____________soil .
4a) I always buy ____________ for my cloth factory. ( wool -- woollen )
4b) We wear ______________ clothes in winter
5a) Malaysia produces __________ from its forests .( wood - wooden )
5b) It's famous for its _____________ furniture .
6a) -How much did you buy your ________ watch ? ( gold -- golden ) )
6b) -My girlfriend is white with ____________ hair.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1a) glass 2a) glassy 2a) silvery 2b) silver 3a) stone

3b) stony 4a) wool 4b) woollen 5a) wood 5b) wooden

6a) gold 6b) golden

==========================================
Unit ( 113 )
Compound adjectives
Compound adjectives are made of two words connected by a hyphen
( - ), and they often contain the past or present participle:
( well-known, long-lasting )

Examples :
1- The journey took ten hours. It was a ten-hour journey .
2- Salwa made these chocolates by hand .
These chocolates are hand-made
3- Her dress caught everyone's eyes.
She wore an eye-catching dress.
376
4- Our teacher is tall and thin .
He is a tall-thin teacher.

--- a well-known author

--- an English-speaking country three-hour movie
--- a part-time job
--- a middle-aged woman
These are called compound adjectives. When they are before a noun, we
use a hyphen – but when they are after a noun and the verb “to be” or
another linking verb, we do not:

--- This is a world-famous museum. This museum is world famous.

--- It was quite a thought-provoking book. The book was quite thought
provoking.

The exception is with adverbs ending in –LY. These do not require a hyphen:
--- He is a widely recognized expert.
--- His work is widely recognized.
=======================================================
There is an additional detail with compound adjectives ::

A ) Compound adjectives with numbers :

1- Let's take a ten-minute break.

2- We attended a two-hour presentation

3- He went on a five-day trip.

4- The penalty for cheating is a one-month suspension.

5-two-year = I have a two-year contract with IBM .

6- four-year-old = I have a four-year-old son.

7- There are many 60-storey towers in Dubai.

8- I wrote a 20-page report on advertising.

Note :

Don't use ( s ) at the end of compound adjectives with numbers

______________________________________________________
377
B ) In addition to numbers, compound adjectives often include the past
participle or present participle:
With past participle With present participle

well-known author a fast-growing economy

ready-made meals far-reaching effects
old-fashioned furniture a never-ending process
a tree-lined path a time-saving tool

4--- Dr.Jacob is a widely-recognized expert in cardiology.

5--- He works with a lot of energy. He's really high-spirited.
6--- Some well-educated people have trouble finding jobs
7--- My father is a highly-respected English teacher.
8--- We live on a brightly-lit street in the city center.
9--- Most middle-aged teachers are dissatisfied with the job.
10--- A kind-hearted man helps poor people.
11--- I can't stand narrow-minded people who are against development.
12--- They have three well-behaved children.
--- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D ) Adjective / Adverb + Noun + Present participle ( --ing ) :
1--- Who is that good-looking guy over there ?
2--- Buy a long- lasting make-up that always keeps you attractive.
3--- The athlete's record-breaking won him the gold medal.
4--- Learning new languages is a never-ending process.
5---We had a lot of mouth-watering desserts at the wedding reception.
6--- I was stuck in slow-moving traffic for over an hour .
7- Accounting programs are really time-saving for accountants.
8--- The economic law will have far-reaching effects in the future.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E ) Other Compound adjectives
1--- Drinking ice-cold lemonade is refreshing in hot summer days.
2--- I hate it when my boss makes last-minute publications.
378
3--- We had dinner at a world-famous Italian restaurant.
4--- These fat-free cookies are delicious.
5--- He conducted a report in 100 pages. It was his full-length report.
=======================================================
Note : Use a hyphen when the compound adjective comes before
The noun it modifies, but not when it comes after the noun.
======================================================
Summary
1- Adjectives describe nouns. They can be placed immediately before the
noun (blue eyes) or after the verb "to be" or another linking verb (Her
eyes are blue).

2- Some adjectives, such as afraid and alone, cannot be placed

immediately before the noun - they must be after a linking verb.
3- A few words ending in -able and -ible can be placed either before or after
the noun, for example: the last seat available / the last available seat
4- When there are multiple adjectives, opinion adjectives come before
fact adjectives.
5- The fact adjectives usually follow the order of Size, Shape, Age, Color,
Nationality/Origin, Material, Purpose
6- When adjectives come before the noun, we only use the word and
between two color adjectives:
( a red and yellow jacket --- the old, run-down house
7- When they come after the noun, then we can use and
---The jacket was red and yellow.
---the house was old and run-down
=====================================================
Examples :
1- The journey took ten hours.------------------
It was a ten-hour journey .
2- Salwa made these chocolates by hand .
These chocolates are hand-made
3- Her dress caught everyone's eyes.
She wore an eye-catching dress.
4- Our teacher is tall and thin . ------------------
He is a tall-thin teacher.
379
 =====================================================
Exercise ( 184 )
Rewrite the sentences below forming compound adjectives from the
underlined words
1- That animal looks dangerous .
It's a ____________________________animal.
2- The secretary dresses smartly .
She's always __________________________
3- That lady has eyes like a cat .
She has __________________________eyes.
4- Dr. Jacob is a famous doctor all over the world.
He's a ________________________ doctor.
5- We wrote a composition of 200 words .
It was a ___________________________composition.
6- The meal tasted awful .
It was an ____________________meal .
7- Only a plane with a single engine can land here .
Only a ________________________ plane can land here.
8- This machine is operated by hand.
It's a __________________________machine .
9- The tower has a shape like a pyramid.
It's a ____________________________tower.
10-Our teacher is satisfied with himself .
He's a ___________________________ teacher.
11- We'll have a guide who speaks French.
He's a ____________________________guide.
12- The deer is an animal that eats grass.
It's a _____________________________animal.
13- Our manager always has bad tempers.
He's _____________________________teacher.
14- My wife always spends money freely .
380
 She's a ___________________________woman.
15- The prices of these cars are very high.
They are __________________________cars
16- Jamal writes with his left hand .
He's a ___________________________person.
=============================================

Unit ( 114 )
Uses of How + Adjectives
Used to ask
Examples Replies
about
1- tallness How tall is a palm tree? about 10 meters
2- height How high is the Kingdom 300 meters
Tower?
3- length of time How long will you stay 2 hours
or space here?
4- distance How far is Riyadh? 300 kilometres
5- bigness – size How big is New York? It's the biggest city in
the world.
6- depth How deep is a water – well 200 meters
here?
7- weight How heavy is a whale? about 3000 kilos
8- amount How much sugar have we about a kilo.
got?
9- price How much is your watch? It's 300 SR.
10- number How many people live in 4 million
Riyadh?
11- age How old are you? 25 years
How often do you drink
12- frequency 5 times a day.
tea?
381
 ======================================================

Exercise 185
A ) Complete with (How tall – much – long – big – far – heavy – deep –
high – often – old )
1- How_____________ are you? – 1 meter 70 cm.

2- How _____________ is your little brother? 25 kilos.

3- How _____________is your suit ? – 500 SR.

4- How ____________is Riyadh? It's 50 × 50 kilometres.

5- How ____________ is the ruler? It's 30 cm.

6- How ____________is Mecca from here? It's 800 kilometres.

7-How ____________ is an oil well? – It's more than 3000 meters.

8- How ____________ is Mount Everest? – It's 8000 meters.

9- How ____________ do you go to Riyadh? – Once a week.

10-How ____________ are you ? – I'm 25 years old.

=======================================================

B ) Complete the sentences with: How much or How many:

1- ____________________ oil would you like?

2- ____________________ apples have we got?

3- ____________________ books are there on the table?

4- ____________________ time do you need to do homework?

5- ____________________ cake did your mother make?

6- ____________________ lemons do you need to make salad?

==========================================

Unit ( 115 )
382
 Comparison of Adjectives ( 1 )
A ) Comparing 2 Things
Basic Rules
Type of word Example Sentence

One-syllable words: -er faster, smarter, taller, My brother is taller than

older me.

Two-syllable words gentler, simpler This task is simpler than

ending in –le or –ow: -er narrower, shallower the last one.

Two-syllable words easier, luckier, friendlier, These earrings are

ending in -y: -ier prettier prettier than those.

All other 2-3+ syllable more difficult, more Actions are more
words: more important, more formal important than words.

Adverbs ending in ly: more slowly, more She types more carefully
more carefully, more quietly than he does.

We do have a few exceptions to these rules:

--- often  more often
--- fun  more fun
--- real  more real
--- One-syllable past participle adjectives:
( bored, pleased, worn = more pleased / bored / worn )
A few common adjectives have irregular forms:
--- good / well = better = bad/badly = worse
--- far = farther

383
Avoid this common error! Don't say more faster, more better, more easier,
etc.
It’s one or the other: -er for short words, more for longer words – but not both.
=======================================================

Exercise ( 186 )
Make the comparative form of each adjective using –er, -ier, or more.
1- The debate club is _______________ (active) than the chess club.
2- We live ________________ (close) to the subway than they do.
3- As the temperature changed, the glass got ____________ (foggy).
4- This computer is ______________ (modern) than mine.
5- The second movie was _________________ (long) than the first one.
6- Flowers are much _________________ (lovely) than bushes.
7- I was ______________ (productive) today than I was yesterday.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Using “than”
When you compare two things in a sentence, we use the word than:
--- An elephant is bigger
--- Your room is messier
--- This painting is more
than a horse.
than mine.
colorful than that one.
Make sure to use than, not then when you write – although they are
essentially pronounced the same in spoken English.
We have two ways to finish the phrase after ( than ) . You can say:
--- You’re taller than me.
--- You’re taller than I am.
--- He can run faster than her.
--- He can run faster than she can.
--- She works more than him.
--- She works more than he does.
We use the subject form (I, she, he, we, they) when there is a verb after the
word, and we use the object form (me, her, him, us, them) when there is no
verb after the word. The verb afterwards can be a form of the verb to be, an
auxiliary verb like can or have, or the words do/does/did
With you and objects, there is no change:
384
 --- He was more interested than you.
--- He was more interested than you were.
--- The necklace costs more than the bracelet.
--- The necklace costs more than the bracelet does.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Put it into practice!
1- They have more luggage than us / we do.
2- He can speak English better than them / they can.
3- You’re more qualified than I / me.
4- She participates more than he / him.
5- He’s friendlier than her / she is.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Answers
1. we 2- they 3—me 4- him 5- she
=====================================================
Equal, Less and Multiples
To say that one thing has less of a quality than another, we have two forms:
--- slower = not as fast as
--- cheaper = not as expensive as
--- cheaper = less expensive than
Note that we can use not as… as with all comparatives; however, we can
only use less… than with the longer adjectives.
If two things are equal, then we use as… as or just as… as:
---- The university has 20,000 students – it’s as big as a town!
---- This restaurant is just as good as that one.
And for multiples of a quantity, we can say twice as… as… or five times
as… as…:
--- This car is twice as expensive as that one.
--- This town has grown five times as much as that one.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Four Additional Comparative Structures
---Before comparatives, you can use these words to express the
degree of difference:
Small difference a bit / a little / slightly The beer is slightly more

385
 expensive than the soda.

My sister’s a little older than me.

Great difference a lot / much / far The villa is much more

expensive than the apartment

My brother’s a lot older

than me.

--- You can repeat comparatives to say that something is changing

continuously:
--- It’s becoming harder and harder to find a job these days.
--- It’s becoming more and more difficult to find a job these days.
--- Your English is getting better and better!
--- More and more people are moving into the city nowadays.
--- The (comparative), the better – this structure means that we want a
greater level of that quality:
We need this project done fast. The sooner, the better.
I want big balloons for the party – the bigger, the better.
We can use a similar structure when one quality depends on another:
The fancier the hotel, the more expensive it is.
The more you practice, the easier it becomes.
We can use as many as / as much as / as few as / as little as to say
that a quantity or amount is surprisingly large or small:
The software allows for as many as 10,000 users.
There are as few as 100 speakers of that language remaining in the world.
We use many / few before numbers, and much / little before dollar
amounts, percentages, time, and distance:
--- As much as 30% of high school students drop out.
--- You can learn how to do this in as little as two weeks
=======================================================
B ) Superlatives – Comparing 3 things or more

386
 No
adjective Positive Comparative Superlative
.
cheap cheaper the cheapest
one- syllable
1- large larger the largest
adjectives
big bigger the biggest
happier
adjectives of 2 short happy happiest
gentler
2- syllables ending in gentle gentlest
narrower
( y – le – ow ) narrow narrowest

Adjectives of 2 most careful

careful more careful
3- syllables ending in most helpful
helpful more helpful
(ful)
more expensive
expensive most expensive
Adjectives with 3 more
4- dangerous most dangerous
syllables or more dangerous
exciting most exciting
more exciting
good the best
better
bad the worst
worse
many / the most
5- Irregular adjectives more
much the least
less
little the furthest /
further/ further
far farthest
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remember that you must always use the with superlatives, but
never with comparatives:
--- This is the most interesting book I’ve ever read.
---This book is more interesting than that one.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
What to use after superlatives
Use in for places and areas (physical areas or areas of influence):
--- She’s the smartest student in the class.
--- This is the largest stadium in the country.
--- He’s the fastest runner in baseball.
387
Use of for a period of time:
--- Yesterday was the hottest day of the year.
--- Breakfast is the most important meal of the day.
--- This is the most influential idea of the decade.
--- She’s the most famous singer of all time.
We also use of when naming the items:
--- My cousin is the craziest of my relatives.
--- This is the best one of the three.
--- Out of all the designs, I liked this one the most.
Finally, you can use the superlative with the present perfect for
comparing something to your past experience:
--- It was the hardest thing I’ve ever done.
--- This is the most advanced course I’ve ever taken.
--- That was the most fun I've had since I was a kid.
--- That’s the dumbest thing you’ve done ever since you spent your life
savings on lottery tickets.
If you use ever, then you are comparing it to your entire life. If you use
“since,” then you are saying it is the most intense thing since that previous
experience.
========================================================
Exercise ( 187 )

- Put the correct verb into each sentence and use either the
comparative or the superlative. You will need to determine from the
context of the sentence if it is comparing two things, or more than two
things.

bad Fast pleasant shallow

concerned Interesting powerful wealthy
far Large recent

1- I don't care so much about the price; I'm ___________________ about

the quality.
2- We don't particularly like traveling by bus. Taking the train is
____________________________- and it's ___________, too.
3- That was the ____________________________ performance I've

388
 ever seen - a total waste of time and money.
4- This is the ____________________________issue of the
magazine - it just arrived today.
5- Germany is slightly ____________________________ than Poland
.6- - He is a very successful businessman. In fact, he's the ______________
man in the country.

7- Which one of these courses do you think is the ________?

8- Let's cross the river over here - this is the ___________ part.
9- When you reach the shopping mall, keep going - the stadium is
just a few miles _______________________.
10- A car's engine is ____________________________than a
motorcycle's.

====================================================
Exercise ( 188 )
Write two comparative phrases using "not as...as" and the comparative:
Ex) metal / wood / strong
Metal is stronger than wood. --- Wood is not as strong as metal.
1- a dog / an elephant / heavy

2- the pyramids / the Empire State Building / old

3- French fries / salad / nutritious

4- the sun / the moon / bright
5- a plastic cup / a wine glass / fragile
6-- gold / silver / precious
7-- Brazil's weather / England's weather / warm
8- a friendly person / a mean person / likeable
9- a lake / an ocean / deep
10- basic math / nuclear physics / complex
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
as complex as nuclear physics.
======================================================

389
 Exercise ( 189 )
Fill in the blanks with the superlative, and then choose ( IN or OF:)
1- Our company has the __________________________ (advanced)
technology in / of the industry.

2- Christmas is the _______________ (festive) day in / of the year.

3- Brian is the __________________ (young) in / of my children.

4- This is the __________________________ (trendy) neighborhood

in / of New York City.

5- I thought you gave the __________________________ (good)

presentation in / of the day.

6- She's had many ridiculous ideas, but this is the ________________

_______________________(crazy) in / of them all.

7- My bedroom is the ____________________________ (small) room

in / of the house.

8- We ate at the ___________________________ (popular) restaurant

in / of the region.
================================================
Exercise 189- answers

1. most advanced ……. in 2- most festive …… of

3- youngest of 4- trendiest …….. in 5-best ……… of
6- craziest of 7-smallest ….. in 8-most popular …….. in

========================================================
Unit ( 116 )
comparison of adjectives ( 2 )
1) We can use (er) or more with some two- syllable adjectives.
( clever – narrow – shallow – simple – quiet )
It’s too noisy here. Can we go somewhere quieter? ( more quiet )?

390
2) Before comparatives, we can use the words:
( much – far – a lot – a bit – a little )
- let’s go by bus. It’s much cheaper.
- Could you speak a bit more slowly?
a little more difficult – far more serious

3) We can use (any) and (no) + comparative

- Hurry ! I can’t wait any longer ( more )
- Their house is no bigger than ours.
- Gold isn’t any more expensive than Platinum.

4) Sometimes we use double comparatives:

- Your English is getting better and better.
- People learn English more and more these days.

5) We also use two comparative parts of a sentence ( double comparative )

to say that one thing depends on the other.
- The warmer the weather, the better I feel.
- The sooner we leave, the earlier we will arrive.
- The more electricity you use, the higher your bill will be.

6) The comparative of old is older.

- David looks older that he really is.
We can use elder and older when we talk about people in a family, not other
people.
- My elder (older) sister is a teacher.
- My sister is older than me. ( not elder than me )
==========================================================
Exercise ( 190 )
A ) Use the words in brackets to complete the sentences. Use
( much, a bit ……. ) + comparative form. Use than where necessary:
1- Her illness was( much ) serious than we thought. )
Her illness was ………………………….. than we thought.
2- This bag is too small. I need one ___________________. ( much big )
3- I’m afraid the problem is ____________ it seems. ( much / complicated )

4- It was very hot yesterday. Today it’s __________________. ( a bit / cool )

391
5- I enjoyed our visit to the museum. It was __________________________
I expected. ( far / interesting )
6- You’re driving too fast. Can you drive _________________________?
( a bit / slowly )
___________________________________________________________

B ) Use the words in brackets in the correct form to complete the

sentences:
1- I like warm weather.
The warmer the weather, ___________________ I feel (good)

2- I didn’t really like him when we first met.

But the more I got to know him ________________ I like him. (much)

3- If you’re in business, you want to make a profit.

The more goods you sell _______________ profit you make. ( much )

4- It’s hard to concentrate when you’re tired.

The more tired you are _________________ you concentrate. ( hard )

5- Jane had to wait a long time.

The longer she waited _________________ she became. (impatient)

6- If the fruit is fresh , it tastes good .

The ___________the fruit is , ____________it tastes .

7- We got close to the fire , so we felt hot .

___________________we got to the fire , ______________we felt .

8- If a knife is sharp , it is easy to cut fruit with .

_____________________ a knife is , ____________it is to cut fruit with.

9- The party was noisy next door . We got angry

_______________the party was , ________________we got .

10- He drove fast . I became nervous .

_______________he drove , ______________________I became.
============================================

Unit ( 117 )

Derived forms of adjectives

1) Some adjectives have original language forms such as:
Fact adjectives: ( big – heavy – round – red )
392
Opinion adjectives: ( good – cheap – sad )

2) Some present and past participles are used as adjectives:

a) – ing form: ( interesting film – amusing TV. program – changing
weather – closing date- following day )

b) – ed form: ( I'm surprised – terrified boy – educated people –

closed window – cancelled terms – corrected papers )
c ) Irregular past participle form : ( broken glass – burnt house –
frozen food – written orders – lost car
3) Some adjective forms are derived from verbs and nouns by
using the following suffixes.
(1) __ive meaning (2) able meaning
Action active ‫نشيط‬ Avail available ‫موجود‬
Aggress aggressive ‫عدواني‬ Comfort comfortable ‫مريح‬
Compete competitive ‫تنافسي‬ Fashion fashionable ‫عصري‬
Effect effective ‫فعال‬ Hospital hospitable ‫كريم‬
Extend extensive ‫توسعي‬ Value valuable ‫ قيم‬/ ‫ثمين‬
Impress impressive ‫مؤثر‬ Misery miserable ‫فقير‬/ ‫بائس‬
Intense intensive ‫مركز‬ Pay payable ‫مستحق الدفع‬
Excess Excessive ‫مفرط‬ Reason reasonable ‫معقول‬
Create Creative ‫إبداعي‬ Rely reliable ‫يعتمد عليه‬
_________ _________ _______ Suit suitable ‫مناسب‬
(3) ful _ Favour favorable ‫مقبول‬
_________ _________ _______ _________
Awe _ _______ (4) _
Care awful _ _______ -ic
Cheer careful ‫كريه‬ Drama _________ ‫مثير‬
Hope cheerful ‫مهتم‬ Energy dramatic ‫مفعم بنشاط‬
Faith hopeful ‫مرح‬ Optimism energetic ‫متفائل‬
Grace faithful ‫لديه أمل‬ Base optimistic ‫أساسي‬
Help graceful ‫مخلص‬ magician Basic ‫سحري‬
Beauty helpful ‫رشيق‬ _______ magic ______
Law beautiful ‫يساعد الغير‬ (5) _________

393
 Skill lawful ‫جميل‬ _______ _ _______
Success skilful ‫قانوني‬ Convenienc ient / ‫مالئم‬
Wonder successful ‫ماهر‬ e ________ ‫مناسب‬
________ wonderful ‫ناجح‬/ ‫موفق‬ Efficiency Convenient
(6) ________ ‫رائع‬ Frequency ‫كفؤ‬
________ less _______ Impatience efficient ‫متكرر‬
Care ________ less obey frequent ‫عديم الصبر‬
Hope careless _______ ________ Impatient ‫مطيع‬
Use Hopeless ‫مهمل‬ (7) obedient
Value Useless ‫ال أمل له‬ _______ ________
Help Valueless ‫ال فائدة منه‬ Friend --ly
penny Helpless ‫ال قيمة له‬ Live _________ ‫يحب الناس‬
Regard Penniless ‫يفتقد‬ Love friendly ‫حيوي‬
wire Regardless ‫المساعدة‬ __________ lively ‫محبوب‬
________ wireless ‫مفلس‬ ( 8 )______ Lovely
(9) ________ ‫دون اعتبار‬ _ _________
________ ous ‫ال سلكي‬ Horror _
Ambition _______ Credibility --ible ‫بشع‬
Curiosity ambitious Access _________ ‫يصدقه الناس‬
Danger curious Terror _ ‫ممكن‬
Caution dangerous ‫طماع‬ __________ horrible / ‫مخيف‬
Luxury cautious ‫محب‬ ( 10 ) credible ‫سيء‬
Religion luxurious ‫للمعرفة‬ __________ accessible _______
Vary religious ‫خطير‬ Health terrible _
Ambiguity various ‫حذر‬ Stick ________
Anxiety ambiguous ‫فيه الرفاهية‬ Spices y _______
Continue anxious ‫ديني‬ Greed _________ _
Miracle continuous ‫متنوع‬ __________ healthy ‫ سليم‬/ ‫صحي‬
________ miraculous ‫غامض‬ ( 11 ) sticky ‫الصق‬
( 12 ) _________ ‫قلق‬ __________ spicy ‫حار البهارات‬
_________ ent ‫مستمر‬ Accuracy Greedy ‫جشع‬

394
 _________
_
‫إعجازي‬
--ate
_______
_________ _______
________
_ _
confidence confident _______
Accurate
Difference different _ Passion
Passionate _______
Evidence Evident ‫واثق بنفسه‬ Fortune
Fortunate _
Innocence Innocent ‫مختلف‬ Obstinacy
Obstinate ‫دقيق‬
Excellence Excellent ‫واضح‬ __________
_________ ‫عاطفي‬
_________ _________ ‫بريء‬ ( 13 )
_ ‫سعيد الجظ‬
- --al ‫ممتاز‬ __________
--ial ‫معاند‬
( 14 ) ________ _______ Confidence
_________
_________ Coastal _ Essence
_
Coast Historical Race
Confidential
History Legal _______ Province
Essential ‫سري‬
Legacy Moral _ _________
Racial ‫جوهري‬
Morality National ‫ساحلي‬ ( 15 )
Provincial ‫عنصري‬
Nation Manual ‫تاريخي‬ __________
_________ ‫خاص بمنطقة‬
Manu Logical ‫شرعي‬ Japan
_
Logic Professiona ‫أخالقي‬ Lebanon
--- ese
Profession l ‫ وطني‬/ ‫أهلي‬ China
_________
Accident Accidental ‫يدوي‬ Sudan
_ ‫ياباني‬
Origin Original ‫منطقي‬ Portugal
Japanese ‫لبناني‬
Sex Sexual ‫مهني‬
Lebanese ‫صيني‬
Fate Fatal ‫عرضي‬
Chinese ‫سوداني‬
‫أصلي‬
Sudanese ‫برتغالي‬
‫جنسي‬
Portuguese
‫ مميت‬/ ‫قاتل‬

=============================================
395
 Exercise ( 191 )
Fill in the spaces with adjectives derived from the words in brackets:
1- I like watching _____________________ TV. programs ( amuse )
2- The child was ___________ when he heard an explosion. ( terror )
3- ______________________ people are often polite. ( educate )
4- I don't like _______________ foods. They're not healthy. ( freeze )
5-The doctor gives ________ instructions on how to use a drug. (write)
6- The traffic police looked for my __________ car and found it. (lose)
7- _____________ drivers never cause car accidents. ( care )
8- Everyone must be __________ to his religion and homeland. (faith)
9- Gold is a _____________ metal. We buy it at high prices. ( value )
10- I like to buy this chair. It's the most ______________. ( comfort )
11- ____________ people in our country preach about Islam. ( religion )
12- An __________ student quarrels with his classmates. ( aggress )
13- The hardworking student is always ______________. ( success )
14- Don't be __________ in eating and spending money. ( excess )
15- Always be ________ . Expect good things to happen. ( optimism )
16- A ________________ driver always causes car accidents. ( care )
17- You must be ____________________ to your parents. ( obey )
18- The cat is a _______________________ animal. ( love )
19- Karam is ______________. He's got a scholarship to study
medicine in America. ( fortune )
20- Indian food is hot and _____________. I don't like it. ( spice )
21- The AIDS is a ______________ disease. ( sex )
22- The goat is a __________ animal. It climbs high mountains. ( grace )
23- Why are you sad. Cheer up ! Always be _____________. ( cheer )
24- A student's ____________ absence affects his study. ( frequency )
25- Eating fruit and vegetables makes you _______________. ( health )

==========================================
Unit ( 118 )
396
 Other Adjective Structures
To start this lesson, let's review the position of adjectives - they can be
located before a noun or after a linking verb:
--- It's a difficult problem.
--- This problem is difficult.
--- This problem seems difficult.
The adjective difficult describes the noun problem, and it can be located
right before the word problem, or after the word “is” or “seems.” Both is and
seems are “linking verbs.”
What is a linking verb? It's a verb that does not describe an action, but
instead gives us some information about the subject.
Linking verbs include the verb "to be" in all its forms:
--- She is beautiful. --- We were tired.
--- I've been sick lately. --- Your mother will be worried.
Again, there’s no action in these sentences – the verb “to be” simply
links the adjective to the subject it describes.
Linking verbs also include verbs of perception (the five senses), like
appear, look, seem, sound, smell, taste, and feel.
--- The clients appear satisfied. (most formal)
--- These photos look very nice. --- Your friend seems upset.
---This milk tastes sour. --- The soup smells delicious
--- The towel feels damp.

Verbs of becoming or staying the same are also linking verbs: become,
get, turn, grow, remain, and stay.
--- The program has become obsolete.
The technology industry became more competitive in the 1990s.
(become is the more formal word)

--- The kids got really excited when they won the game. Rent in this city is
getting more expensive.
(get is the less formal word)
--- The banana skins turned black. (we use turn for changing colors)
--- She grew impatient as she waited.
(we can use grow to describe a change by a gradual process)
--- The door remained open. (remained = more formal)

397
--- I stayed awake until 3 AM. (stayed = less formal)
=======================================================
[
What comes after a linking verb + adjective?
Now let's continue building our sentences by learning what can come after a
linking verb + an adjective.

1) TO form
Adjectives that use this structure include: careful, crazy, easy, difficult,
free, good, hard, impossible, inclined, nice, prepared, ready, stupid,
welcome, and willing.
I'm willing to overlook this mistake.
She was careful to check her answers.
It's hard to make friends in this city
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2- ING form
Adjectives that use this structure include busy, feel stupid, feel awful, feel
awkward, feel bad, feel good, feel guilty, and feel terrible.
My family is busy preparing for the wedding.
He felt awkward asking her for her name yet again.
I feel good knowing that I've helped somebody in need.
 3- THAT + subject + verb (that clause)
Some of the “feel + adjectives” can also be followed by “that”:
--- I feel bad that I let her down.
--- I feel great that we have such a talented team.
Adjectives that use this structure include: afraid, alarmed, amazed, angry,
annoyed, ashamed, astonished, aware, concerned, disappointed, glad,
happy, pleased, shocked, sorry, upset, and worried.
--- I'm amazed that she got the work done so quickly.
--- We were shocked that he swore during the interview.
--- He's worried that he won't pass the test.
--- I'm glad that you called.
Adjectives of certainty like certain, confident, positive, and sure are
also often followed by a “that” clause:
He sounds confident that he can do the job.

--- Are you sure that you want to do this?

--- I'm positive that I turned off the lights before leaving.
398
 --- They seem certain that they’ll succeed.
Sometimes we can eliminate the word "that." We'll be studying this topic
later in this course:
I’m glad (that) you called.
Are you sure (that) you want to do this?

I'm positive that I turned off the lights before leaving.

They seem certain that they’ll succeed.
=========================================================
Question Word Clause
A couple of adjectives can be followed by a question word like who, what,
when, where, why, or how. These are usually “uncertainty” adjectives,
such as not aware/unaware, not certain/uncertain, doubtful, not
sure / unsure.
--- I'm not sure why she's late.
--- They were unaware of what their son had done.
--- We're not certain where the event will be held.
_____________________________________________

Using it + linking verb + adjective

Sometimes we change the sentence structure around:
--- This book is hard to understand.
--- It's hard to understand this book.
We often do this when the subject is long:

--- The fact that he left without saying goodbye was strange.
It was strange that he left without saying goodbye.
--- Getting recognition for your work is wonderful.
--- It's wonderful to get recognition for your work.
After some specific adjectives, we often start the sentence with it and
include of + subject:
--- You were nice to help that stranger.
= It was nice of you to help that stranger.
--- He was rude to refuse the gift.

= It was rude of him to refuse the gift.

399
Other adjectives that use this structure include brave, careless, kind,
generous, greedy, mean, thoughtful, silly, unprofessional,
unreasonable, and wrong – usually words that pass some sort of
judgment on the person’s action.
We have other adjectives that are followed by for + subject:
--- Finishing this project on time is important.
It’s important for you to finish this project on time.
--- Assembling the bookshelf was easy for him.
It was easy for him to assemble the bookshelf.
Adjectives that can be used in this structure include easy, essential,
hard, important, impossible, necessary, unacceptable, vital, and
difficult.
=================================================

Exercise (192)
Exercise 1 – Put the correct adjective into each sentence:
careful glad not sure upset
concerned inclined prepared welcome

1- My cousin is ________________________ that she wasn't invited to go on

our trip.
2. We're always ________________________ to follow the safety
procedures, so that nobody gets injured.
3. She's ________________________ to do whatever it takes to reach
her goal.
4. I'm ________________________ that the new employees aren't
receiving enough training.
5. You're ________________________ to stay with us next time you're in
town.
6. From the way his story is constantly changing, I'm
________________________ to think he's lying.
7. They’re ________________________ how long it’s going to take.
8. John is ________________________ that he won't have to work this
weekend.
==========================================================

400
 Exercise ( 193 )
Choose OF or FOR to complete each sentence:

1. It's very important of / for us to do our best at work.

2. It was hard of / for him to understand my point of view.

3. It was so kind of / for them to send me flowers when I was in the

hospital.
4. It's completely unacceptable of / for students to submit plagiarized
work.
5. She insists that everyone else change their plans to accommodate
hers. It's so selfish of / for her.
6. I shouldn’t have called you an idiot. It was stupid of / for me and I’m
sorry.
7. It's easy of / for me to strike up conversations with strangers.

8. We left our car unlocked – that was careless of / for us

=============================================

Unit ( 119 )
Expressing possession ( the possessives )
We can express possession in the following ways:
1 ) Using possessive adjectives, followed by the nouns possessed.
my – your – his – her – its – our – their.
This is my book – your computer – our class – their school.

2 ) Using possessive pronouns. They come at the end of sentences.

This book is mine ( yours – his – hers )
These books are ours ( ours – theirs )

3 ) Using apostrophe ( 's – s' ) at the end of possessor )

possessive nouns.(
a) If the possessive noun ( the possessor ) is a singular noun not
ending in ( s ) , we use ( 's ): ( My father's car – Hamad's brother --
my son's name

b) If the singular possessive nouns ends in ( s ) , it has two possible

possession forms : using apostrophe ( ‘ ) only like ( James’ car
or using apostrophe ( ‘s ) , like ( James’s car

c) If the possessor is a plural noun ending in ( s ), we use apostrophe

401
 ( ' ) only. :-- ( girls' school – teachers' college –
trainees' names -- robbers' plan.

d) If the possessor is a plural noun that is not ending in ( s ) , we use

apostrophe ( ‘s ) to express possession like ( men's clothes –
-- children's school -- women’s handbags )
4) We usually use possessive nouns for people only ; but if pets like
dogs have names , we use the same form of possession as people .
Ex. I have a dog . My dog’s name is Solo or his name is Solo.
I have two dogs . My dogs’ names are Solo and Polo or their
names are Solo and Polo .
.
5 ) Whose is used to express possession in adjective clauses.
That's the man whose car is parked over there.
The tiger whose body is spotted lives in Africa.

6) We use the preposition ( of ) to express possession for animals and

things . ( the skin of a leopard -- the neck of a giraffe ,-- the legs
of the table -- the walls of the city.

Confusing Cases in Possessives

Confusing Case ( 1 )
What if the noun is two words?
We put the ‘s only after the second word:
--- the vice-president’s speech
--- the assistant director’s career
--- my hair dryer’s cord
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Confusing Case ( 2 )
What’s the difference between these two expressions?
--- my brother’s friends
--- my brothers’ friends
In the first case, I only have one brother. In the second case, I have two
or more brothers. To make the possessive of a plural noun ending in S,
we simply add an apostrophe without an extra ‘s:
--- my parents’ house
--- the students’ textbooks
For irregular plural nouns (those not ending in S), then we include the ‘s:
402
--- the children’s toys
--- the women’s soccer team
--- the men’s clothes
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Confusing Case ( 3 )
What do you do if the original word or name already ends in S?
There’s actually a debate about this among native English speakers, and
people do it different ways.
Most people put ‘s, but there is a minority of people who put only the
apostrophe:
--- Chris’s computer / Chris’ computer
--- my boss’s desk / my boss’ desk
--- Jesus’s words / Jesus’ words
--- Kansas’s population / Kansas’ population
Confusing Case ( 4 )
Can you have two possessives in a row?
Yes ! You can say, for example:
--- Sarah’s mother’s friend
--- My cousin’s husband’s ex-wife
This structure is not especially common, but it is possible. You can also say:
--- A friend of Sarah’s mother
--- The ex-wife of my cousin’s husband

Confusing Case ( 5 )
What about when you have two people?
Well, then we need to ask the question – do they share possession, or do
they each have their own?
If they share possession, then we put ‘s only after the second name:
--- Shared possession: Peter and Jack's house
For example, if Peter and Jack are married and living together in one house.,
and each person has their own thing, then we put ‘s after each name, and
make the thing plural:
--- Separate possession: Peter's and Jack's houses

403
In this sentence, Peter has his own house, and Jack has his own separate
house. We are talking about two houses.
_______________
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Possessive word vs. “of”
What about situations like “my country’s flag” or “the flag of my country”?
Unfortunately there are no definite rules that cover every situation – but
here are some guidelines.
The first thing to ask is if the "possessor" is living or not living.
If the possessor is living (a person or animal) then we usually use 's:
--- My sister's car broke down.
--- The party is at the Johnsons' house.
--- My dog's name is Muffin.
--- Peter's reputation is worldwide .

There is an exception if the living thing is a long phrase and not just one
or two words. In these cases, we would probably rephrase the sentence
using different words instead of a possessive:
--- That girl with blonde hair has / is wearing a pretty necklace.
--- The car belonging to that guy over there won’t start.
We also typically use ‘s with time and money, even though these are
not living things:
--- three hundred dollars' worth of jewelry
--- two years' experience
--- Monday's meeting
--- yesterday's discussion
--- next week's festival
If the possessor is not living, then we usually use "of," although the 's form
can be used for some nouns:
--- the roof of the house
--- the price of this product
--- the edge of the table

--- the cover of the book / the book's cover

--- the border of the country / the country's border---

404
the economy of Australia / Australia’s economy / the Australian
economy

We often try to avoid too many "of the"s in a row, so for example, instead of
saying: ( the repair of the plumbing of the building ) We say :

( the repair of the building's plumbing )

There is an exception if the living thing is a long phrase and not just one
or two words. In these cases, we would probably rephrase the sentence
using different words instead of a possessive:

--- That girl with blonde hair has / is wearing a pretty necklace.
--- The car belonging to that guy over there won’t start.
We also typically use ‘s with time and money, even though these are
not living things:
--- three hundred dollars' worth of jewelry
--- two years' experience --- Monday's meeting
--- yesterday's discussion --- next week's festival

If the possessor is not living, then we usually use "of," although the 's form
can be used for some nouns:
--- the roof of the house --- the price of this product
--- the edge of the table

--- the cover of the book / the book's cover

--- the border of the country / the country's border---

the economy of Australia / Australia’s economy / the Australian

economy

We often try to avoid too many "of the"s in a row, so for example, instead of
saying: ( the repair of the plumbing of the building ) We say :

( the repair of the building's plumbing )

When relating a part of an object to the whole, when the part has no meaning
except as it relates to the whole, we always use of :

--- the top of the stairs --- the side of the house

--- the middle of the room --- part t of the problem

405
Now, when the part is a distinct object itself, then we can often say it either
way, or even using compound noun:
--- the windows of the hotel or the hotel's windows
--- the crust of the pie / the pie's crust / the pie crust
--- the antenna of the radio / the radio's antenna / the radio antenna

We also use of when talking about units in a group:

1- a collection of paintings 2 ) the group of buildings
3- a bunch of markers 4 ) half of my family

What about titles, like the President of the United States or the Queen of
England?
Many of them use of, although some may have alternatives:
--- the President of the United States
--- the Queen of England
--- the Prime Minister of India / the Indian Prime Minister / India's
Prime Minister
--- the Director of Marketing the Marketing Director
=======================================================

Exercise ( 194 )
Are these sentences correct or incorrect? If they are incorrect, try to fix
them:
1- Move that cup away from the table's edge.
2- Let's make a list of tomorrow's tasks.
3- My shoes' bottom is dirty.
4- The colleagues of my husband are very competitive.
5- Sally and Gina's hats are both very stylish.
6- You can take notes on the other side of the paper.
7- This should be resolved in a time of ten days.
8- My friend's father's company is hiring.
9- Have you seen Fred and Leo's new project? They worked on it
together for months.
10- My cat's favorite place to sleep is on the couch.

=======================================================
Summary
1- Some possessive pronouns have different forms depending on
whether they are used before a noun, or after it / by themselves.
406
 Ex) That's my book / That book is mine
2- It's is short for "it is," and its signifies possession
3- If a noun is two words, add 's to the main part of the noun.
4- If a noun is plural and ends in S, add only an apostrophe ( --' )
5- If a singular noun ends in S, we sometimes add 's and sometimes
only '
6- For two people sharing possession, put the 's after the second
name. Ex) Bill and Jen's house
7- For two people with separate possessions, put an 's after both
names. Ex) Doug's and Steve's houses
8- With people, animals, time, and money, we typically use 's and not of.
9- With inanimate objects, we usually use of (although there are
exceptions).
10- With people’s titles, we often use of (although there are
sometimes alternatives).
=======================================================

Exercise ( 195) Possessives

Exercise 1: Form the possessives of these nouns. Sometimes you will
need to use 's and sometimes of (and sometimes both are possible). You will
often need to add the word “the” once or twice:

Ex) driveway / neighbors ( the neighbors’ driveway )

last page / contract ( the last page of the contract )

1- title / article _________________________________________________

2- contents / boxes
_________________________________________________
3- newspaper / Monday
_________________________________________________
4- tracks / wolves
_________________________________________________
5- cause / crisis
_________________________________________________
6- door / closet _________________________________________________
7- branches / tree
_________________________________________________
8- uniforms / men
_________________________________________________

407
9- summit / mountain
_________________________________________________
10- part / hypothesis
_________________________________________________
11- orbit / earth _________________________________________________
12- agreement / Henry and Jane (shared)
_____________________________________________
13- meeting / directors
_________________________________________________
14- cat / Jess _________________________________________________
15- reaction / people
_________________________________________________
16- kids / the Browns
_________________________________________________
17- speeches / Barry and Diane (separate)
____________________________________________
18- work / artists
_________________________________________________
19- sleeve / jacket
_________________________________________________
20- result / investigation
_________________________________________________
=======================================================

Exercise ( 196 )
Rewrite these sentences with the underlined word first:

Ex) The weather was terrible yesterday.

Yesterday's weather was terrible.

1- The employees of the telephone company are on strike.

_____________________________________________________
2- Sales in December are bound to be high.
_____________________________________________________
3- The class this afternoon should be fun.
_____________________________________________________

408
4- The search engine developed by Google is easy to use.
_____________________________________________________
5- The subway in New York is quite extensive.
_____________________________________________________
6- The conference next year will be even bigger.
_____________________________________________________
7- The internet connection in Korea is very fast.
_____________________________________________________
8- The fundraiser on Saturday collected $10,000.

========================================

Unit -- 120 -- ( Determiners -- 1 )

Determiners are pronouns or adjectives used to determine an amount or
quantity . Here are some common ones :
( much – many – little – few – some – any – no – none – all – both. –
most – plenty - half ,..etc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
N
Determiner Meaning Example
o
used with
I like sports very much .
1- much uncountable nouns.
Don't eat too much. How
‫كثير الكمية‬ much time / food
much time do you exercise ?
/ money , etc.
used with plural
nouns How many people were in the
2- many
many people , meeting ? Too many cooks
‫كثير العدد‬
animals /ideas / car / spoil the meal.
exams.
little
3- used with non-count We have little food .It's not
‫كمية قليلة ال تكفي‬
nouns / not enough enough for us. We need more
‫حاليا‬
a little not much , but I'm a little tired . I need a little
4- ‫كمية قليلة ولكن‬ enough at the help .Move the sofa a little
‫تكفي حاليا‬ moment. back
5- few not many / not few people live to be 100. The
‫ ال يكفي‬/ ‫قليل العدد‬ enough books are few , not enough for
409
 all the students.
a few not many , but no We've got a few oranges . We
6- ‫ عدد قليل ولكن يكفي‬need for more at the need more in the future. we
‫حاليا‬ moment. need only a few sandwiches
some Some people in our city are
7- a number or quantity
some of very poor. Some of the
of a whole
‫بعضا أو جزءا من‬ students were late for school.
8- none of no one of the group or
None of these bags is mine
‫ال أحد من المجموعة‬
amount
9- any of Have you read any of these
not one of sb. or sth.
‫؟‬... ‫أي من‬ books ?
everyone or
10 all / all of All my friends help me or
everything in a group
‫ الجميع‬/ ‫الكل‬ All of my friends help me.
or amount
most ‫معظم‬ Most shops close on Fridays.
11 most of ‫األكثر‬ the majority of some
( in general ) .Most of our
people or things
problems can be solved
half of
Half of this money is mine.
12 ‫نصف‬ one part of two parts
Half this money in mine.
half ‫نصف‬

Note : a)The words above used with ( of ) can be followed by objective

pronouns :
--- All of us were late -- All of them left school
--- Do you like music ? Only some of it .
--- None of you answered all the questions .
b ) We can use some / most / all ,…etc. without ( of )

--- Some cars have three wheels.

--- Most restaurants work until midnight
--- All the class have got high scores

=====================================================
Exercise ( 197 )
Complete the sentences with suitable determiners from the list above :

1-He isn't popular . He has only …………………friends.

2-She is very busy . She has ……………………..free time.

3-I'm not very busy today. I haven't got …………..work to do.

410
4-This is a modern city. There are …………………..old houses.

5-The weather has been dry recently . We've got …………….rain

6-Do you know Rome today ? No , I haven't been there for………years.
7-I have ………………..money . I can't buy things for the party.
8-How ……………..time will you wait for the flight to London ?
9-There are too ……………..cars in the streets of Riyadh.
10-I don't need much sugar . Just ……………………
=======================================================
Exercise ( 198)
Complete the sentences using (all of -- some of -- none of ) and the
pronouns ( us -- you -- them -- it )
1-This money isn't yours. …………………. belong to me.
2-I have read every book here. I have read ……………………
3-We all got wet in the rain because ……………………..had an umbrella.
4-Some of this money is yours , and ……………………is mine.
5-I asked some people for directions , but …………………could help me.
6-We know she invented the whole story , …………………believed her.
7-Not all of the tourists were Spanish. ………………….….were French.
8-I watched most of the film, but not ……………………………
================================================

Unit -- 121 -- ( Determiners ( 2 )

Both -- Either -- Neither
These three determiners are used for two people or things . We can use them
with nouns.
Both McDonald's and
1- both used with two people
Hardees's serve junk food.
‫كالهما‬ of things together
Both I and my father have cars.
either The two restaurants in my town
2- ‫أي واحد من‬ anyone of two people
offer delicious meals.
or things
‫اإلثنين‬ Either of them is really good
3- neither no-one of two people The two restaurants above
‫ال أحد منهما‬ or things don't serve healthy food.

411
 Neither of them is good.
Both Jeddah and Mecca are in
4- both and each one of the two
the west of KSA
‫كال منهما‬ people of things
I was both tired and hungry
either Either Saudi Arabia or Kuwait
5- ‫هذا أو ذاك‬ anyone of the two exports oil
‫ الشيء‬/ ‫الشخص‬ I like either tea or coffee.
neither.
Neither Jordan Nor Palestine
6- ‫ال هذا وال ذاك‬
No—one of the two produces oil. He neither called
‫الشيء‬/‫الشخص‬
me nor sent an email
[

Notes :
1-We can use ( both – either – neither ) alone , without nouns after them.
--- I want to buy these two shirts, .I liked both .
--- Is your English teacher British or American ? Neither. He's Irish
--- Do you want tea or coffee ? Either. I don't mind.
1- We can use ( both – either – neither ) with other words to make different
terms used in language structures. They are the following:

( both ……and ….. / either….or …… / neither ……nor ….)

They are explained with examples in the table above
2- No or None are used with affirmative sentences to make them negative .
No is followed by a noun. None comes at the end of a sentence , or at
the beginning followed by the preposition ( of )

--- I have no guests at home today.

--- They have some money , but I have none
=====================================================
Exercise ( 199 )
A ) Complete the sentences with ( both – either- neither )
1- Do you want tea or coffee ? ………………. It's the same to me.
2-Is today Sunday or Monday ? ………………..Today is Tuesday.
3-Shall I call you in the morning or afternoon ?.................I'll be in all day.
4-…………………….my parents are from London.
5-I tried twice to phone you , but …………………..time you answered.

412
6-I have two brothers . ……………………of them has a job. One of them
is a teacher and the other is an accountant.
7-…………….of my parents is English . They are …………from London.
8-The accident was one car drove into the back of another . Fortunately ,
……………..driver was injured , but ……………. cars were damaged.
======================================================
B ) Complete the sentences with ( both - either – neither ) + of +
pronouns ( us – you – them – it )
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- I asked two people the way to the station , but …………….could
help me.
2-I was invited to two parties last week , but I couldn't go to ……..
3-The two windows in the room were closed , I opened ……………..
4-I and my brother play tennis regularly , but ……………..can play well.
5-You and Hamad answered well in the exam. ………………have got
high marks.
6-I tried two shops for the book I wanted , but ………………..had it .
===================================================
C ) Write sentences with ( both….and…./ either….or…/ neither……nor….
1-Sabri was late for school. So was Kamal
Either ……………………………………………………………………
2-He didn't phone and he didn't answer my call.
He ………………………………………………………………………
3-I haven't got a car . Khalid hasn't got a car , either.
Neither……………………………………………………………………
4-It was a long film . It was horrible , too .
The film …………………………………………………………………..
5-He doesn't watch TV , and he doesn't read newspapers.
He …………………………………………………………………………
6-Is that man's name Robert or Richard ? I'm sure it's one of them.
That man's name is ……………………………………………………..
=======================================================
413
 D ) Complete the sentences with ( no – none )
1-I'm sorry . There is ……………….food left.
2-…………………of the students did the homework.
3-Have you got any money ? Sorry . I've got ……………….
4-Is there any milk left ? No , …………………..
5-We have …………………..sugar to make tea.
6-I have many friends , but ……………..of them lives here.
7-…………………one likes to have an accident.
8-Careful drives have …………….accidents on the road.
============================================

Unit ( 122 )
Position and Usage of adverbs
1) Adverbs describe verbs, other adverbs or adjectives.
Ex. He works hard. He runs very fast. He is extremely polite.
v adv. adv. adv. adv. adj.

2) Adverbs usually go after verbs.

Ex. A careless driver drives carelessly.

3) Adverbs of frequency go before full verbs, but after defective verbs.

Ex. I always get up at 6 o'clock.
He is always busy.

4) Adverbs are usually formed by adding –ly to the adjective.

Ex. I'm happy now. I'm working happily.

5) some adverbs have the same form as adjectives.

Ex. It's hard work. I work hard.
The train arrives at a late time. The train arrived late.
The fast train runs fast.

6) Some adverbs have different forms from adjectives.

Ex. He is a good driver. He drives well.

Position of adverbs in a sentence

Adverbs are words that describe verbs, adjectives, other adverbs .

414
 Adverbs often answer the questions "how" and "in what way"

Examples
--- She sings beautifully. In what way does she sing? Beautifully.
--- He runs very fast. How fast does he run? Very fast
--- I occasionally practice speaking English.
--- How frequently do I practice? Occasionally
--- The position of an adverb depends on what type of adverb it is.
--- Here are some general guidelines:

1) Do not place an adverb between the verb and its object.

Example
--- I carefully painted the house. (correct)
--- I painted the house carefully . (correct)
--- I painted carefully the house . (incorrect)
Because the adverb is placed between the verb and its object

--- I sometimes read a book before bed. (correct)

--- Sometimes I read a book before bed. (correct)
--- I read sometimes a book before bed . (incorrect) - because the
adverb is used between the verb and its object.

2) There are three normal positions for adverbs

a- Front position: at the beginning of a clause.
--- Suddenly we heard explosion
--- Fortunately, nobody was injured
--- Maybe. I'll go for a walk

b- Mid position: directly before or after the verb

--- I always exercise before work
--- They have completely forgotten about our appointment
--- He was probably late for the interview
--- She slowly began to recover

c- End position: at the end of a clause

--- You speak English well
--- Who is standing there?
--- They ate dinner quietly

3) The position of adverbs depends on their type, and some can be used in
several positions.
a) Adverbs of manner that do not end in --ly come after the main verb.
415
 ---They play tennis well --- He studies hard --- The tiger runs fast.
--- The tiger runs fast.

b) Adverbs of time and frequency usually come at the front or end position.
--- We went to Australia last year
--- Last year we went to Australia
---- We can't say "we went last year to Australia"

c) Adverbs of time and frequency that end in …

(- ly ) usually come at the mid or end position
--- Let's meet weekly to discuss this
--- I call my mother daily when I'm away

d) The adverbs always and never go in the mid-position before the verb
- I always wake up early
- He never goes to school on foot

e) Other adverbs of time and frequency can go in various positions

- Soon you'll be finished with school . /You'll soon be finished with school.
- You'll be fished with school soon.
Occasionally we go fishing / We occasionally go fishing
We go fishing occasionally

4) Adverbs of place come at the end or mid position

- The children are playing outside
- They drove south / southward on the highway
- He walked towards the police station.
5) Connecting adverbs show the relationship between events or ideas
Ex. (however – anyway – then – next – similarly – additionally –– otherwise --
furthermore -- first )
Connecting adverbs are usually in the front position
- First I went to the bank. Then I went to the post office
- The test will be difficult. However, the students are well prepared
- He doesn't have a job. Furthermore, he's not interested in finding one
[

6) Commenting adverbs: show us the speaker's attitude or opinion

Ex. (fortunately – surprisingly – stupidly – personally – honestly)

416
 Commenting adverbs are usually in the front position
- Surprisingly, an honest person found my lost wallet and gave it to me
- Honestly, I didn’t like any of the fruit he offered me .
- Fortunately , the test was easy , so all the students passed.
7) Adverbs of certainty
Maybe and perhaps are usually used in the front position
- Maybe we'll go out to eat tonight
- Perhaps I should explain further
Other adverbs of certainty usually go in the mid position.
- We'll probably go out to eat tonight
- I should definitely explain further
- He clearly made a mistake
- That's certainly not the case
8) Emphasizing adverbs like (very – really – extremely – terribly – quit – pretty
– almost ) usually go in the mid position, before the word they describe
- Their new house is really impressive
- He plays the piano extremely badly
- The lesson is pretty easy to understand
- The employees are terribly underpaid
- That's quite generous of you.
- =======================================================

Exercise ( 200 )
Complete the sentences. Use the adverbs:
1- Fareed was a beautiful singer.
He sang _________________________.
2- The horse is a fast animal.
It runs very _______________________.
3- Salem is always late for school.
He always comes _________________.
4- Mr. Ahmed is a good English teacher.
He teaches English _________________.

417
5- Maher is a polite student.
He behaves ______________________.

6- The donkey is a slow animal.

It walks _________________________.

7- The dog is a friendly animal.

It lives _________________ with people.
8- I'm always early for school.
I get up __________________ every day.

====================================================

Quiz /Exercise ( 201) – Position of Adverbs

Put each adverb in the right position in the sentence. Occasionally, more
than one correct answer is possible.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- The kids are playing. ((outside)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2- I took some time off from work. (recently)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3- He finished his breakfast. (fast)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4- He speaks French and German. (fluently)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5- She dropped her phone, but it didn't break. fortunately)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6- I don't think he's qualified for the job. (frankly)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7- We're having a party. (next week)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8- I find this situation ridiculous. (completely)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9- My parents won't approve of this. (definitely)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10- The patients in this hospital are children. (mostly)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11- There must have been a mistake. (obviously)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12- We stay up past midnight. (rarely

418
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13- The classroom was silent during the exam. (totally)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14- He isn't recovered from the surgery yet. (fully)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15-She took my jacket instead of hers. (accidentally)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16- I fell off the bike when I turned the corner. (nearly)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17- The wedding invitations are ready. (finally)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18- The board of directors reviews the financial statements. (yearly)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19- He cleans up after himself. (never)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20- You guys go ahead; I'll join you. (later)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

=======================================================

Unit --123
Kinds of Adverbs
1) Adverbs of time : ( today – yesterday – tomorrow – now – then –
lately ----- etc. ) They tell us the time when the action happens,
in answer to the question ( When -------- ? ).
Ex. When did you buy car? – I bought it yesterday.

2) Adverbs of place: ( here – there – out – upstairs – down – near –

--- etc. ) They tell us about the place of the action in answer to
the question ( Where ---? )
Ex. Where did Hamad go? – He went out.

3) Adverbs of manner: ( quickly – well – easily – politely – badly – quietly

------ etc. ) They tell us how the action happens, in answer to the question
( How ------- ? )
Ex. How does the teacher talk to you? He talks politely.

4) Adverbs of degree: ( too – very – enough – much – a little )

They tell us the degree high or low at which the action happens.
Ex. Don’t talk too much.
419
 5) Interrogative adverbs: ( Where – When – How – Why – Which –
---etc. ) They are used to make questions, so they come at the beginning of
the sentences.

6) Relative adverbs: ( where – when – how – therefore – otherwise –

however ----- ) They are used to join parts of sentences.
Ex. I will go where you tell me.
Ramadan is the month when Muslims fast.

7) Adverbs of frequency:
a- They tell us how often something happens, The most common are:
always usually often sometimes rarely never
xxxxxx xxxxx xxxx xx x 0
Ex. How often do you play football? I always play football.

8) Connecting adverbs : show the relationship between events or ideas

Ex. (however – anyway – then – next – similarly – additionally –
furthermore – otherwise)

9 ) Commenting adverbs : show us the speaker's attitude or opinion

Ex. (fortunately – surprisingly – stupidly – personally – honestly)

10 ) Adverbs of certainty : ( maybe -- perhaps -- probably -- definitely

-- clearly -- certainly -- possibly --
Perhaps I should explain further
We'll probably go out to eat tonight
That's certainly not the case

11 ) Emphasizing adverbs like (very – really – extremely – terribly – quite –

pretty – almost ) usually go in the mid position, before the word they descr
- Their new house is really impressive
- He plays the piano extremely badly
- The employees are terribly underpaid

=======================================================
Exercise ( 202)
Write the kinds of the underlined adverbs
1- I found my lost car yesterday. ( time )

2- Where’s the teacher? - He went upstairs. ( ______________ )

420
3- It will probably rain this evening. ( ______________ )

4- Honestly , I don't like co-education in ( ______________ )

our schools .
5- Our team played strongly. ( ______________ )

6- I'm terribly sorry for the accident . ( _______________)

7- Come here ! Why are you late? ( ______________ )

8- We have our school exams monthly. ( ______________ )

9- Park your car there, not here. ( ______________ )

10- It usually rains all over the year in Brazil. ( _____________ )

11) Which one of your cars are you going to sell ? (______________)

12) First I watch TV , then I do my homework . ( _____________)

13) You must behave well at school . ( ______________ ) 14)

Where do you live? (_______________ ) 15) You
must arrive on time , otherwise you (________________)
Will be fired .

16) You spoke enough. ( ________________ )

==========================================

Unit ( 124 )
Adverbs of frequency
A ) They are used in the middle of a sentence , usually before the present
simple form of verbs, but after verbs (to be) :
Ex. I always go to school early.
I am always early for school.
He never comes to school late.
He is never late for school.

421
 But some of them like ( always , usually , sometimes ) may come
at the beginning of a sentence :
Ex.- Sometimes I stay up at night until 2:00 am.
Always it rains in a little in the desert area.
B ) They are to give advice, instruction, warning, ------ etc.
Always do exercises to relieve your blood pressure.
Never eat salt foods, They increase your blood pressure.

C ) Frequency adverbs are classified into two parts :

1) positive ( always -– almost always -– usually -– often -– generally
-- sometimes -- occasionally )
2) negative ( seldom -- rarely -- hardly ever -- almost never --
not ever / never )

D ) They express the period of actions frequency ( always - almost always

-- usually -- generally -- normally -- most often -- often -- frequently --
sometimes -- occasionally -- now and then -- once / twice a week -- every
day / week -- rarely / seldom -- hardly ever -- never

Ex. How often do you play football? I always play football.

3 ) Some frequency adverbs are used after main verbs , at the end of
sentences.
Ex. I go abroad once a month .
I go to Mecca twice a year .
I exercise every now and then --
I eat at McDonald's most often .
I visit my aunt once in a while .

4 ) The negative form of frequency adverbs comes…

a) after the subject :
Ex. I don't usually go to a Chinese restaurant.
We don't normally eat out .
She doesn't often see war films.
b) or at the end of a sentence
Ex. I don't have hamburger very often .
He doesn't eat out normally
5 )- D ) In a question , frequency adverbs come directly after the subject

422
 Ex. Do you always get up early ?
Does it usually rain a lot here ?
a) How often / frequently do you eat out ?
How regularly do you exercise at the gym ?
b) What do you usually have for dinner ?
Where do you normally study a foreign language ?
When does your father regularly go to Mecca ?
c) Do you normally watch games on TV ?
Do you ever surf the internet ?
Does she often iron her clothes ?
d) Do you have fish very often ?
Does he play the piano normally at parties ?
Does her maid clean the house regularly ?
=================================================
Questions
How adverb do/does subject verb object
How often do you relax at home?
How frequently do they take a vacation?
How regularly do you eat at restaurants?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
What do you usually have for dinner?
Where do you normally study English ?
When does Hamad regularly go to Mecca?
How does he usually go to work?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Do you normally watch TV?
Do you ever surf the internet?
Does she often iron her clothes?
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Do you have it often?
Does he play the piano at parties?
Does she clean the house regularly?
- How often do you ?
- Where does she usually?
423
 - Why do you go to New York often?
- Where do you normally practice?
Yes / No Questions
- Do you go to New York often?

- Do you often go to New York?

- Do you usually rent a car?

- Does he normally get up early?

- ===================================================

Exercise ( 203)
Add the FREQUENCY ADVERBS in italics to the sentence :

1- always Anne X is always on time for class.

2- always Anne always comes X on time for class.
3- often Sue ___________is ___________ late for school.
4- often Sue ___________comes ____________ to class late.
5- never Ron ___________is _____________ happy.
6- never Ron ___________smiles _____________.
7- usually Fuad ________stays ________at home in the evening.
8- usually He _________is __________ at home in the evening.
9- seldom Tom ______studies ______at the library in the evening.
10- seldom Tom _______is _________ at the library in the evening.
11- rarely I _____________eat _____________breakfast.
12- often I __________take _______________ the bus to school.
13- usually The weather ____________is ____________hot in July.
14- never Sue ____________drinks _____________ coffee.
15- sometimes She _______________drinks _____________tea.
16- often We ___________have ___________easy English tests.
=======================================================

Unit 125 - A ) How + adverbs

1-How soon will you get ready? In an hour – Very soon.

424
2-How well can you speak English? Very well – Like a native
speaker.
3-How quickly can you run? 1000 meters in 5 minutes.
4-How fast do you drive? 200 kilometres in an hour.
5-How often do you go to Riyadh? Once a week – Twice a month.
6-How perfectly do you cook? As perfectly as chiefs do.
7-How far did you travel in your vacation?
I reached the Far East countries. ( China – Korea and Japan )
8-How much do you memorize from the Koran?
I learnt by heart all the Koran.
======================================================

B ) as … as
with adverbs

a- Bob doesn't study as hard as his Notice the pattern in the

brother (does). examples:
b- I didn't finish my work as quickly
as + adverb + as
as Sue (did).
c- Yoko can speak English as well as
Tony (can).
d- I'm working as fast as I can. Notice the pattern in the
e- I'm working as fast as possible. examples:
f- Alex came as quickly as he could. as + adverb + as is frequently
g- Alex came as quickly as possible. followed by subject + can / could
or by (possible).

=======================================================
Exercise ( 204 )
A ) Complete the sentences with adverbs that correspond to the
answers:
1-How …………….. can you throw a stone? About 500 meters.
2-How …………….. will you come back? In 10 minutes.

425
3-How …………….. do you get your hair cut? Once a month.
4-How …………….. can you walk? 6 kilometres in an hour.
5-How …………….. can you draw picture? I’m perfect in drawing.
6-How …….. can you buy a carton of orange juice? It’s SR. 15.
7-How ………….. do you drive? 120 miles per hour.
8-How ……….. do you eat out ? On Thursdays and Fridays.
=====================================================
B ) Complete the sentences. Compare John to others, using
as ……… as:
1- John is lazy. He doesn't work _________________ I do. ( hard )

2- John is reckless. He doesn't drive ____________ his father.(carefully)

3- John's handwriting is bad. He doesn't write ___________you do ( nearly)

4- John goes to bed late. He doesn't go to bed __________ we do.( early )
5- John finished the test late. He didn't finish it _____________. all the
class. (quickly)
6- John speaks softly. He doesn't speak _________ his brother.( loudly)

7- John is restless. He doesn't sit _____________ the others.( quietly )

8- John rarely studies. He doesn't study _____________ all the ( hard )

students.
================================================
Unit ( 126 )
Comparison of adverbs

Adverb form Positive Comparative Superlative

- He runs fast - He runs faster. - He runs fastest.
One or two
- He comes - He comes - He comes
syllables
early. earlier earliest.
- He drives - He drives more - He drives most
three or more
carefully. carefully. carefully.
syllables
- happily - more happily - most happily
irregular - John plays well. - He plays better - He plays the best
adverbs than Jim of all players
- He writes badly. - He writes - He writes worst
worse.
426
 - It takes much
- more time. - most time.
time.
========================================================
Exercise 205
A ) Fill in with the right comparison of adverbs in brackets :
1-Don’t walk ______________across the street. ( quickly )
2-The deer runs ___________ than a wolf. ( fast )
3-It rains ___________in Lebanon than in Jordan. ( heavily )
4-I did the ____________ in the final exams. ( well )
5-He spends ____________ on clothes. ( much )
6-An old man drives ___________ than a young man. ( carefully )
7-Our teachers treat us ____________than our fathers. ( politely )
8-You answered _________ than anyone in your class. ( badly )
9-Jack speaks very little at home .He speaks the __________ among his
brothers and sisters. ( little )
10-Lazy students take the____________time to finish the exams.( much )
======================================================

B ) Complete the sentences by using the correct form (comparative or

superlative) of the adverbs in italics:
1- late Karen got home later than Alice (did).
2- quickly I finished my work _____________________ Tom (did).
3- beautifully Ann sings ______________________________ of all.
4- beautifully Gina sings _________________________ Suzan does.
5- hard My sister works __________________________ I (do).
6- hard My brother works ________________________ of all.
7- early We arrived at the party ____________ the Smiths (did).
8- carefully My husband drives _______________________ I (do).
9- early I arrived at the party _______________________ of all.
10- well You can write ____________________________ I can.
=========================================================

Unit ( 127 )
427
 Relative adverbs

Relative
Use Example
adverb
Used for places
- Marriott is the hotel where I
1- Where ( house – hotel – town
usually stay at.
– country -----)
Used for time
- January is the month when it
2- When ( period – day –
is coldest in the year.
moment –year -----)
I don't know the reason why he
3- Why To give reason
hasn't come to the party.
to give the way an Do you know how you can get to
4- How
action is done the bank?
========================================================
Exercise 206

Fill in the spaces with the right relative adverbs ( where – when ):
1-Do you know the date ________________ you were born
2-The Language Lab ___________ we practice English is large.

3-Summer is the season __________ students have vacations.

4-The reason _________ he hasn't replied my calls is unknown.

5-Can you tell me ___________ the teacher keeps our exams?

6-The theatre is the place _______________ plays are acted.

7-Abha is the city _______________ people go to in summer.

8-Do you know ___________ the teacher was angry yesterday?

9-Could you explain to me ___________ you repaired the car?

10- I don't know ___________ to answer the questions I don't

understand.
=================================================

428
 Unit ( 128 )
Adjectives & Adverbs ( 1 )
Adjectives are used to describe nouns (things or people).
Adverbs are used to describe verbs or adjectives:
--- That was a terrible game. (adjective – describes the noun “game”)
--- The team played terribly. (adverb – describes the verb “played”)
--- Her speech was incredible. ((adjective - describes the noun speech”)

--- Her speech was incredibly insightful. (adverb - describes the adjective
"insightful")

Another way to think of it is that adjectives answer the question “What kind?”
and adverbs answer the question “How?” or “In what way?

--- She is a graceful dancer. ( What kind of dancer is she?

A graceful dancer.)

--- She moves gracefully. (How does she move? Gracefully.)

--- The test was easy. (What kind of test was it? An easy one.)

--- I passed the test easily. (In what way did I pass the test ? Easily.

=====================================================

Forming Adverbs

1) by adding –ly to the adjectives 2) by changing y into i and adding -ly

Adjective adverb adjective adverb
Bad badly Angry angrily
Clever cleverly Happy Happily
Perfect perfectly Easy Easily
Sudden suddenly

429
 thoughtful thoughtfully

For adjectives that end in –LE, we simply change the E to Y. But for
other adjectives ending in –E, we keep the E:
-LE  -LY -E  -ELY

subtle  subtly rude  rudely

terrible  terribly brave  bravely

Incredible incredibly loose  loosely

What about when the adjective already ends in LY? (friendly, lovely, lively,
etc.) – for these adjectives, we don't add -LY, we usually say "in a
_______ way/manner/fashion."

--- They greeted us in a friendly way. They gave us a friendly greeting.

--- We walked in a leisurely manner. We took a leisurely walk.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

What about adjectives ending in –ED and –ING?

For most adjectives ending in -ED, we can’t add –LY, so we often use the
structure “in a _______ way”:
--- He behaved in a dignified manner.
--- She teaches in an inspired way.
Another way is to use a preposition and related noun (often “in”):
I swore in annoyance.
He collapsed from exhaustion.
There are some exceptions – some adjectives ending in –ED can become
adverbs with –LY. Here are some of the most common:
--- distractedly --- excitedly --- hurriedly --- repeatedly
--- unexpectedly --- supposedly --- pointedly --- reportedly
_________________________________________________________

As for adjectives ending in –ING, many of these can be turned into adverbs:
--- He made his argument very convincingly.
--- She's surprisingly mature for her age.
430
--- The boy looked longingly at the toys in the shop window.
--- The mother lovingly kissed her children goodnight.
--- The town is charmingly old-fashioned.

Irregular Adverbs
Some of the most common adverbs are irregular. For example, we say:

--- She sings well.. --- He runs fast. --- We work hard.

Other words that are the same as both adverbs and adjectives include far,
long, low, straight, early, and frequency words like daily, weekly, and
yearly.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 207 ) Adverbs with Two Forms
Some adverbs have two forms - one with -LY and one without – which
actually have different meanings. See if you can put the correct one in each
sentence:
1-late / lately
late = after the correct time
lately = recently
--- If you pay your bills ______________, you’ll have to pay an extra fee.
--- We’ve been traveling a lot _________________.
2-hard / hardly
hard = intensely
hardly = very little; almost not

--- Speak louder – I can _____________ hear you.

--- All the students are studying _______________ for the final exam.
3-free / freely
free = you don’t have to pay money
freely = without restriction
--- This visa allows you to enter and leave the country _____________.
---- Children under 12 can get into the museum _________________.
4-most / mostly
most = more than anything else
mostly = usually
---- She’s the ______________ popular girl in school.
431
--- On the weekends, we ________________ stay home, but
occasionally we go out.
5-high / highly
high = opposite of low
highly = very, extremely
--- He is a ________________ skilled professional.
--- The birds flew _________________ overhead.
6-fine / finely
fine = good, OK
finely = very small and precise
--- Our first performance went ____________.
--- The cake is covered in _____________ chopped nuts.In informal

English, sometimes native speakers omit the -LY for certain adverbs:
--- Come quick!
--- They're talking really loud.
--- She drives so slow.

Again, this is not correct – it should be quickly, loudly, and slowly – but
you will sometimes hear it.
=======================================================
Comparing Adverbs
It’s easy to make the comparative and superlative forms of adverbs. Just
use more and most with all adverbs ending in –LY:
--- The castle is heavily guarded.
--- This castle is more heavily guarded than that one.
--- This castle is the most heavily guarded in the country.
With the irregular adverbs and the short adverbs that are the same as the
adjectives, we simply use –ER and –EST, just like we do with short
adjectives:

He runs fast. She runs faster. I run the fastest.

--- My first interview went well.

My second interview went better.
My third interview went the best of all.

So, Too, & Enough

We can use both adjectives and adverbs with so, too, and enough.

432
Too
The word too implies excess – more of a certain quality than
necessary – thus making something else impossible.
--- This sofa is too big to fit through the doorway. (big = adjective)
--- They arrived too late to get seats, so they had to stand. (late = adverb)
When you say “too,” you’re often criticizing or expressing a negative point:
--- This soup is too salty. I don’t like it.

--- This soup is too salty. I don’t like it.

--- I quit my job because it just got too stressful.
Enough
The word enough means “sufficient.” For example:
--- This device is small enough to fit in your pocket. (small = adjective)
--- We arrived early enough to get seats. (early = adverb)
Notice that we put the word “enough” after the adjective or adverb:
We put the word enough before a noun, but after an adjective/adverb:
--- There weren’t enough seats for everyone
--- We arrived early enough to get seats.
We can also use the negative form, not (adjective/adverb) enough
to say something was not sufficient. This has a similar meaning as
“too”:
--- You’re not old enough to watch this movie.
You’re too young to watch this movie.
--- They didn’t play well enough to qualify for the championship.
They played too poorly to qualify for the championship.
So
The word so + adjective/adverb is similar to “very”:
--- This program is so simple! very simple
--- He spoke so confidently. very confidently

We can also continue the sentence with that + result to say that the
result is possible because of the adjective or adverb:
--- This program is so simple that a child could use it.
--- He spoke so confidently that everyone believed him.

433
Remember: too for excess, extra, making something impossible; and
so + that means “very”, making the result possible:
--- The book was too difficult for me to read.
--- The book was so difficult that it took me three weeks to read the first
chapter.

Summary
Adjectives describe nouns; adverbs describe verbs or adjectives:
--- That was a terrible game.
--- The team played terribly.
--- Their strategy was terribly ineffective.
We can turn many adjectives into adverbs by adding -LY.
--- quick  quickly
--- dangerous  dangerously
--- surprising  surprisingly
For adjectives that already end in -LY and many of the -ED adjectives (but
not all of them) we use "in a (adjective) manner/way/fashion" or rephrase
the sentence to use a preposition + noun
--- We walked in a leisurely manner.
--- I swore in annoyance.
Some adverbs have two forms - one with -LY and one without - and these
may have different meanings.
To compare adverbs ending in -LY, use more and most. To compare
irregular adverbs, use -ER and -EST just like we do with short adjectives.
=======================================================

Use:
--- Too – excess; making something impossible That car is too expensive
for me to buy
--- Enough – sufficient
This bookshelf is big enough to hold all my books.
--- Not enough – not sufficient
He doesn't take his studies seriously enough.
--- So – very; making something
possible This dog is so cute!
This dog is so cute that everyone stops to admire it.
=======================================================
434
 Exercise ( 208) Adjectives & Adverbs
Choose the adjective or the adverb to complete each sentence.

1- This plant is very common / commonly in cold climates.

2- I absentminded / absentmindedly put salt instead of sugar into the cake.
3- At the wedding, she danced energetic / energetically.
4- The kitten pounced playful / playfully on my foot.
5- He admitted his mistake with a sheepish / sheepishly expression on his
face.
6- I have a vague / vaguely memory of going to Disneyland as a child.
7- With no good solution to the problem, the situation seemed
hopeless / hopelessly.

8- The teacher organized all the papers into neat / neatly piles.
9- A few students were reluctant / reluctantly to speak in front of the class.
10- We spent a lazy / lazily afternoon fishing from the riverbank.
11- Two people were fatal / fatally injured in the car crash.
12- I didn't get to talk to her very long, we only had a brief /
briefly conversation.
13- She listened to me sympathetic / sympathetically as I poured out
my frustrations.
14- The supplies we had brought were woeful / woefully inadequate.
15- The reporter knowing / knowingly falsified facts in order to make the
story more interesting.
=====================================================
Exercise 209
Choose the correct adjective/adverb for each sentence and add so, too,
or enough either before or after the word to complete the sentence.
brave hot old sadly well-behaved
fast numerous rich uptight wide
1- They're ____________ ______________ to fly first class every time they
travel.

435
2- We finished our work ____________ ______________ that we were
able to go home early.
3- She spoke ____________ ______________ that I thought she was
going to burst into tears.
4- Your kids are ____________ ______________; they're a pleasure to
teach!
5- The people waiting in line were ____________ ______________ to count.
6- The driveway isn't ____________ ______________ for two cars.
7- I'm not ____________ ______________ to go skydiving.
8- You need to relax a bit. You're ____________ ______________.
9- My son can't wait until he's ____________ ______________ to drive.
10- I let the coffee cool for a minute because it was ____________
______________ to drink.
===================================================

Unit ( 129 )
Adjectives and Adverbs (quick – quickly)
(2)
1) Look at these examples:
- The cancer is a serious disease.
- Many people are seriously injured in the accident.
The adverb (seriously) is formed by adding (-ly) to the end of the adjective
(serious)
Ex. adjectives ( careful – quiet – heavy – polite )
adverbs ( carefully – quietly – heavily – politely )
Some adjectives exceptionally end in (-ly)
Ex. (lovely – friendly) person – lonely – elderly

2) As we have already studied, adjectives go before nouns, while

adverbs go with verbs, other adverbs and adjectives.
Ex. He drove carefully ( verb + adverb )
He drove very carefully ( adverb +adverb )
436
 He was terribly sorry ( adverb + adjective )

3) Some adjectives and adverbs have the same form:

Ex. ( hard – fast – late )
- The horse is a fast animal. ( adjective )
- The horse runs very fast. ( adverb )
- You are late for school today. ( adjective )
- You get up late because you stay up till midnight. (adverb)

4) Some adverbs are not formed from adjectives.

They have completely different forms:
- He is a good teacher ( adjective )
- He teaches us well ( adverb )
5) ( Well ) is used with past participles to form compound
adjectives:
She is well - dressed / He is a well – known singer /
well – educated / well – paid
=======================================================
Exercise ( 210) - Adjectives and -ly adverbs
1- Our host greeted us ( bright – brightly ) in French.
2- Industrial goods are often produced ( cheap- cheaply ) in China
3- The thieves stole the shop and got ( clean – cleanly ) away.

4- Boss is in bad mood today, and I'm staying ( clear –clearly ) of him now.

5- Write the information ( clear – clearly ) on the form .

6- I didn't mean to hurt you, and I'm ( deep – deeply ) for my mistake.
7- If anyone phones, tell him I'll be back ( direct – directly ).
8- Go that way , ( direct – directly ) till you see the hospital ahead.
9- We're standing ( firm – firmly ) against any decrease in salary .
10-Your name is ( first – firstly ) on the list of applicants.
11-We ( full – fully ) appreciate your support to our party in the elections.
437
 12-Don't put the kettle ( full – fully ) of water on the cooker .

13-You did ( right – rightly ) in refusing payment to the kidnappers.

14-Don't speak so ( rough – roughly ) to your sons .

15-We'll let you know ( short – shortly ) if your application is accepted.

================================================

Unit ( 130 )
More about comparison
of adjectives and adverbs
1) Basic form of adjectives ( positive ) is used with the following
expressions:
a- as ……….as – The tiger is as fierce as a lion.

b- not so …………as – The wolf is not so fierce as a lion.

c- the same as – My watch is similar to your watch.

d- similar / to – I and you have the same books.

e- different from – My car is different from

.
b- not any – The Kingdom Tower isn’t any taller than Al – Faisaliya
Tower.
c- much / a lot / far – The elephant is much bigger than an ox.

d- a little / a bit – Amjad is a little older than I am.

e- less – A pen is less expensive than a book.

f- repeated comparative – Because he was afraid, he ran faster and
faster.
g) double comparative – The harder you study, the more you will learn.

3) The superlative form of an adjective is used with the following

expressions
a- One of = Khalid Ibn Al – waleed was one of the bravest Arab

438
 leaders.
b- Some of = My father bought some of the most modern cars from
Japan.
c- Three or more = Who is the cleverest student in our class?
What is the biggest city in Saudi Arabia?
d- best choice = Which fruit do you like most?
Who do you think will get the highest marks?
=======================================================

Exercise ( 211 )
Complete the sentences with the right comparison form of the
adjectives or adverbs in brackets:
1- I like orange juice ……………………than Pepsi. (good)
2- I think Jeddah is as ………………….. as Dammam. ( big )
3- Hamad is not so ……………………….as I am. (old)
4- Mohamed is ………………………than his father. ( generous )
5- Ask the teacher if you have any ……………………. questions. ( far )
6- Hamad ran ………………..than Fahd. ( far )
7- I arrived at school …………………..than any other student. ( early )
8- He drives much …………………….than he used to. ( careful )
9- Sugar is less ………………….than rice. ( expensive )
10- There are …………………... people in China than in India. ( many )
11- Life is becoming easier and …………………today. ( comfortable )
12- The earlier you get up, the ………….you’ll be at school. ( soon )
13- Hamad is one of the ………………. students in his class. ( good )
14- I’ve got some of the ……………………..Arab coins. ( old )
=======================================================

Exercise ( 212)
Comparatives and superlatives
1-You write English better ............. anyone in the class. ( than – as )

2-Red is my................................... color (best - favorite )

3-.............................students are worried about the final exams.

439
 (Most - The most )
4-Which is the.........................building in this town (oldest – eldest )
5-My brother is.............................. than I am. (elder - older )
6-At present, .............people can afford to buy cars. ( less – fewer )
7-Your car is...........................than mine. (much larger - very larger )
8- I can hardly get.............. copy of this exciting play. (latest - news )
9-The Lockerbie crash was one of the.........................disasters in
aviation history. ( worse – worst )
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comparisons with ( less than / not as ......as )
More than one syllable
The opposite of the comparative
a) A bicycle is less expensive than
(--er / more ........ ) is ( less or
a motorcycle
not as......as . The sentences ( a )
and ( b ) have the same meaning.
b) A bicycle is not as expensive as
a motorbike.
One syllable
c) The fox is not as big as the wolf Only not as .....as ( not less than )
is used with one-syllable adjectives
d) The fox is less big than the wolf.(X) or adverbs , as in sentence ( c ) .
( incorrect )
=======================================================
Exercise ( 213 )

Complete the sentences below using ( less….than --- not as ….as )

1) My nephew is ________ambitious _______my niece .
2) My nephew is ________old _______my niece .
3) A bee is ________big _______ a bird .
4) My brother is ________interested in sports _______I am .
5) I am ______good at repairing things ______my brother .
6) Some students are ______ serious about homework ______others .

Using more with nouns

a) Would you like more coffee ? Coffee is a noun . When more is
b) Not everyone is here . I expect used with nouns , it has the meaning

440
 more people to come later. of additional. Than is not used here.
c) There are more people in India More is used here to make complete
than in Pakistan. comparisons by adding than.
=======================================================
Exercise ( 214 )
Complete the sentences below using ( –er or more ) with the words in the
words (nouns / adjectives / adverbs in the list :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
( bright -- traffic -- information -- happiness --- salt -- careful
--- responsibly -- quick -- brightly )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1) A city has ________________________than a small town.
2) Sunlight is much _______________________than moonlight.
3) The laser burns _______________than the light at the sun’s surface .
4) There is ______________ in an encyclopedia than in a dictionary.
5) She’s having a miserable life . I hope she finds __________ In the
future.
6) My daughter is trustworthy and mature. She behaves much ______
______________ than other girls of her age.
7) My son is _____________________about doing his homework than his
schoolmates.

10) This soup doesn’t taste quite right . I think it needs salt a little ________
==============================================

Using superlatives

a) Tokyo is one of the largest

cities in the world Completions when a superlative is used
In ( a ) : superlative + in a place ( the
b) David is the most generous world-
person I have ever known. In ( b ) : superlative + adjective clause
c) I have three books .These
two are quite good, but this In ( c ) : superlative + of all
one is the best of all.
d ) I took four final exam. . The The least has the opposite meaning of the
final in accounting was most

441
 the least difficult of all
e ) Ali is one of the best pupils
in this class Notice the patter with ( one of )
or One of the best pupils in One of + plural noun + singular verb
this class is Ali .
==============================================
Exercise ( 215 )
Complete the sentences with superlatives and the appropriate
prepositions ( in or of ) :

1) Dubai is a busy city. It’s ________________city ______the Gulf Area.

2) Chemistry , geology and physics are difficult subjects , but
mathematics is _________________ all.
3) There are a lot of good cooks in my family m but my mom is
__________ cook _______ all .
4) Badir got a bad score in the test. It was one of _____________scores
_____the whole school.

5) Alaska is big . It is _____________state _____ the United States.

6) These armchairs are comfortable . In fact , that one in the corner is

______________________ all.
7) Lebanon is beautiful . It’s one of _____________countries
___the world.

8) Majid is very careful about his schoolwork . He’s really ___________

_________his class .
======================================
Unit ( 131 )
Too – Enough - Very
Used Meaning Example
1- a)Too Used before something is more or a) It’s too cold. Put on
b) too adjectives or less than what is your
+adj + adverbs wanted or necessary. coat before you go out.
to It's unaccepted b) Sultan is too fat to be a
Used to express that football player.
c) too + the amount or c) The box is too heavy
adj. + number is over what for

442
 me to lift
for is needed in certain The light is too high for
cases. you to change .

a) We have enough
something is as
2- a) Used after money
much as wanted or
Enough adjectives or to buy new clothes.
necessary
+ noun adverbs b) Are you strong enough
it is acceptable
b) Adj. + to
enough carry your heavy
suitcase ? .
3- Very Before something is more The box is very heavy,
adjectives what is needed. It but I can lift it.
can be accepted compare : The box is too
heavy . I can’t lift it.
4- a) Used beforeto express that a - I have 10 cars.
Too count nounsnumber is over what I have too many cars.
many is needed.
Used before To say that the - My homework is too
b) Too non- count amount is over what much. It will take me six
much nouns is reasonable. hours to do it.
====================================================
Exercise 216
A ) Fill in the spaces with too, enough or very:
1- It's _______________ noisy here. I can't do my homework.
2- You aren't strong _______________ to carry this box. It's over 100 kilos
heavy.
3- The food is _______________ hot to eat. Wait a little.
4- The film is ______________ horrible for children to watch.
5- The city centre is close _________________ to go on foot.
6- The weather is warm ______________ for us to go out on a trip.
7- I can't eat the soup. It's _______________ hot and spicy.
8- The tea is ___________ hot, but I can drink it.
9- The television is ______________ big for you to carry.
10- I can't buy a car because it's ______________ expensive.

443
11- I can't eat the food because it's ______________ salty.
12- I lost your dictionary. I am ____________ sorry.
======================================================

B ) Use ( too much ) and ( too many ) to complete the sentences:

1-I can't sleep well. I drink ___________ coffee.
2- There are 50 students in my class. They are ____________.
3- The food is too hot. There's ___________ pepper in it.
4- You gain weight when you eat ___________ food.
5- I invited my friends for breakfast. I made _________ sandwiches
for them.
6- I couldn't arrive on time because there was ____________ traffic
on the way.
=======================================================
Exercise 217
C ) Complete the following sentences as in example (1) using too +
adjective + infinitive (to) or preposition ( for )
1- I can't learn Chinese because it's too difficult.
Chinese is …………………………………...
2- English is easy for me . I can learn it.
English is ……………………………………..
3- I can't do the homework because it's too much.
The homework is _____________________.
4- The flat is very small . We can’t live in it .
The flat is _____________________________
5- The weather is very cold. We can’t go on a trip .
The weather is ____________________________
6- You can't buy a Lexus because it's too expensive.
Lexus is ____________________________.
7- A used-car is cheap . You can buy it
A used-car is _______________________________
8- We can't go swimming because it's too cold.
It's ________________________________.

444
9-- She can't carry her suitcase because it's too heavy.
Her suitcase is _____________________________.
10- You can't study medicine. It's too difficult.
Medicine is _________________
==========================================

Key Answers to Part 5 Exercises

( Adjectives & Adverbs -- Units 103 – 131 )
Ex
unit topic Key answers
e
Demonstrativ 1-These 2-That 3-This 4-Those 5-These
103 162
e adjectives 6-That 7-That 8-this 9-that 10-that
A) Adjectives 1- our chairs 2-your car 3-their
Possessive
school 4-Its body 5-Her father
104 Adjs. & 163
B) Pronouns -1-hers 2-his 3-mine 4-ours
Prons.
5- hers
1- my / mine 2-their / theirs 3-your / yours
== ========= 164
4-her / hers 5-his / his 6-our / ours
1-His 2-Your 3-Her 4-My 5-their 6-Its
== ========== 165
7-Their 8your 9-Your 10-My
1-opinion 2-opinion 3-quantity 4-opinion
5-opinion 6-demmonstrative 7-quantity
Kinds of 8-opinion 9-quantity 10-fact 11- fact
105 166
Adjectives 12-opinioon 13-fact 14-comparative 15-fact
16-fact 17-demonst. 18-comparative
19-fact 20-opinion
106 Position & 167 7-a small old red 8-a nice new green sweater
order of adjs. 9- a small black metal box 10-a lovely small old
village
B ) 1- delicious Mexican food 2- a beautiful

445
 yellow flower 3- an important new theory
4- a valuable silver coin 5- a brilliant abstract
painting
1-large green recycling 2-nasty black oil
3- next two 4- nice relaxing Hawaiian 5-small
clear plastic 6-tiny flat metal 7-long orange
power 8-handsome young Italian 9-tall , thin
== ========== 168 French 10-rusty old pickup 11-silly little
spelling 12-elegant blue button-down 13-
sweet juicy Brazilian 14-great cheap art
15-intiguing new sci-fi 16-past three
17-sqare white porcelain 18-a big round ivory
Gradable & A )1- terrible 2) spotless 3) fascinating
Non-gradable 4)hilarious 5) starving -- 6) ancient --
A ) Extreme 7) exhausted 8) astonishing
107 B ) Absolute 169 B ) 1- Unknown 2) essential 3) universal
4) equal 5) ideal
C ) 1) an atomic weapon 2) a pine tree
C ) classifying 3) a government worker 4) a silk shirt
5 ) an American tradition
1- very clear 2- very rich .3- absolutely thrilled
4 almost complete 5- a very immature.
6- completely humiliating 7- very strong
170
8- entirely male 9- very high 10-practically
invisible.
1- incorrect , could be ( absolutely or completely)
2-incorrect , could be ( very or extremely
========= 3-correct 4-correct 5- correct
== 171 6-omcorrect , could be ( rather or somewhat )
7-incorrect , could be ( completely ) useless
8-correct 9- incorrect , could be ( very or
extremely ) clever 10- correct
108 Using nouns 172 1-glassy 2-glass 3-silver 4-silvery 5-stone
as adjectives 6-stony 7-wool 8-woollen 9-wood 10-
446
 wooden
11-gold 12-golden
1-grammar book 2-vegetable garden 3-
television program 4-bean soup 5-ship making
Using
factory
== adjectives as 173
6-history lecture 7-mountain villages
nouns
8-newspaper articles 9-a coffee cup
10-They're flower vases
A ) 1-The giraffe is the tallest 20-The tiger is the
fastest 3-A kangaroo lives in Australia
4-A penguin cannot fly 5-An owl flies at night
6-The telescope is the oldest 7-the Rupee is
the currency of India 8-The dollar is the
currency
of Canada
B ) 1- the 2-a 3-the 4-An 5-a
== Nouns used
174 C) 1- The young 2-the injured 3-the
= as adjectives
unemployed 4-the sick 5- the rich 6- the deaf
7-the homeless 8-the elderly
D ) 1- Canadian / the Canadians 2-French /
The French 3-Chinese / the Chinese 4-
English / The English 5-German / The
Germans
6-Spanish / the Spanish 7-Brazilian / The
Brazilians 8- Lebanese / the Lebanese
1-gets cold 2-gets hot 3-getting hungry
Using Get + 4-get married 5-getting tired 6-get lost
109 175
adjectives 7-get nervous 8-getting fat 9- got thirsty
10-getting dark
110 Adjectives + 176 1-difficult to understand 2-is easy to use 3-
impossible to translate literally 4-is expensive to
447
 to buy 5-is not safe to swim in
1-to leave 2-solving 3-having 4-to go
Using ( to ) or
== 177 5-to hear 6-to phone 7- losing 8-to hit
--ing form
9- to buy 10-to hear
Adjectives + A ) 1-to 2-of 3-in 4-with 5-to 6-in 7-in
== 178
prepositions 8-to 9-of 10-about
1-on 2-in 3-of 4-of 5-to 6-to
== ========= 179
7-at 8-of 9-of 10-of
1-surprising / surprised 2- bored / boring
3-disgusting / disgusted 4-interested /
interesting
Adjectives
5-exciting / excited 6-amusing / amused
111 ending with 180
7-terrifying / terrified 8-shocking / shocked
--ed or --ing
9-depressing /depressed 10-confusing /
confused
11-worrying / worried 12-tiring / tired
1-spoiled 2-revolving 3-stolen 4-crowded
5-rising 6-existing 7-dried 8-boiling 9-
== ======== 181
frozen
10-freezing 11-broken 12-excited
1)classic 2)tragic 3)artistic 4)electrical
Confusing
5)historic 6)classical 7)magic 8)historical
112 adjectives 182
9)electric 10)art 11)magical 12)dramatic
--ic or --ical
13)electron
1a) glass 1b) glassy 2a) silvery 2b) silver
== ======== 183 3a) stone 3b) stony 4a) wool 4b) woollen
5a) wood 5b) wooden 6a) gold 6b) golden
113 Compound 184 1-dangerous-looking 2-smartly-dressed
adjectives 3-a cat-like 4- world-famous 5-200-word
6-awful-tasted 7-single-engined

448
 8-hand-operated 9-tower-shaped
10-self-satisfied 11-French-speaking
12-grass-eating 13-bad-tempered
14-money-spending 15-high-priced
16-left-handed
A ) 1-tall 2-heavy 3-much 4-big 5-long 6-
Using How + far 7-deep 8-high 9-often 10-old
114 185
adjectives B) How much 2- How many 3-How many
4-How much 5-How much 6-How many

Comparison 1-more active 2--closer 3-foggier 4-more

115 186 modern
of adjs.( 1 )
5--longer 6- lovelier 7-- more productive
1- more concerned 2- more pleasant - faster
3- worst 4- most recent 5- larger 6- wealthiest
== ========= 187
7- most interesting? 8- shallowest 9- farther
10- more powerful

449
Answers to Exercise ( 188 ) -- unit 115
1- An elephant is heavier than a dog. A dog is not as heavy as an
elephant.
2- The pyramids are older than the Empire State Building. The Empire
State
Building is not as old as the pyramids.
3- Salad is more nutritious than French fries. French fries are not as
nutritious as salad.
4- The sun is brighter than the moon. The moon is not as bright as the
sun.
5- A wine glass is more fragile than a plastic cup. A plastic cup is not as
fragile as a wine glass.
6- Gold is more precious than silver. Silver is not as precious as gold.
7- Brazil’s weather is warmer than England’s weather. England’s weather
is
not as warm as Brazil’s weather.
8- A friendly person is more likeable than a mean person. A mean person
is
not as likeable as a friendly person.
9- An ocean is deeper than a lake. A lake is not as deep as an ocean.
10- Nuclear physics is more complex than basic math. Basic math is not
as
complex as nuclear physics.
1- most advanced …. in 2- most festive … of
115 Using in or of 189 3- youngest of 4- trendiest …. in 5-best …… of
6-craziest of 7-smallest …in 8-most popular…in
A ) 1-much more serious than we thought
2-much bigger 3- much more complicated than
4-a bit cooler 5-far more interesting than
6- a bit slower
Comparison
116 190 B ) 1-the better 2-the more 3-the more 4-the
of adjs. ( 2 )
harder 5-the more impatient fresher / the
better 7-The closer / the hotter 8- The
sharper / the easier 9- The noisier / the angrier
10- The faster / the more nervous

450
 1-amusing 2-terrible 3-educated 4-frozen
5-written 6-lost 7-careful 8-faithful 9- valuable
Comfortable 11-religious 12- aggressive
Derived forms
117 191 13-successful 14-excessive 15-optimistic
of adjectives
16-caareeless 17-obedient 18-lovely
19- fortunate 20-spicy 21-sexual 22-graceful
23-cheerful 24-frequent 25-healthy
Other adj. 1-upset 2- careful 3- prepared 4- concerned
118 192
structures 5- welcome 6-inclined 7- not sure 8-glad
Using of or 1- for 2- for 3- of 4- for 5- of
== 193
for 6- of 7- for 8- of
1-……..the edge of the table 2- correct
3- The bottom of my shoes ……4- My husband’s
Expressing
119 194 colleagues……5--Sally’s and Gina's hats
possession
6- Correct 7- …… in ten days’ time. 8-Correct
9-Correct 10- Correct
1- the title of the article 2- the contents of the
boxes 3- Monday’s newspaper 4- the wolves’
tracks 5- the cause of the crisis 6- the door of
the closet 7- the branches of the tree 8- the
men’s uniforms 9- the summit of the mountain
Possessives
== 195 10- part of the hypothesis 11- the earth’s orbit
(1) 12- Henry and Jane’s agreement 13- the
directors’ meeting 14- Jess’s cat 15- the
people’s reaction 16- the Browns’ kids
17- Barry’s and Diane’s speeches 18- the
artists’ work 19- the sleeve of the jacket
20- the result of the investigation
== Possessives 196 1-The company’s employees are on strike.
(2) 2- December’s sales are bound to be high.
3- This afternoon’s class should be fun.
4- Google’s search engine is easy to use.
5- New York’s subway is quite extensive.

451
 6- Next year’s conference will be even bigger.
7- Korea’s internet connection is very fast.

8-Saturday’s fundraiser collected $10,000

Determiners 1-few 2-no 3-much 4-few 5-little 6-many
120 197
(1) 7- no 8-much 9-many 10-a little
1-It 2-all of them 3-none of us 4-some of it
== ========= 198 5-none of them 6-none of us 7-some of them
8-all of it
A ) 1-either 2-neither 3-both 4-Both 5-
neither 6-either 7- either 8-both
B ) 1-neither of them 2-both of them 3-both of
them 4-neither of us 5-both of you 6-neither
of them
Determiners C ) 1-Sabri or Kamal was late for school
121 199
(2) 2- Neither phoned nor answered my call
3-I nor Khalid has got a car 4-was both long
and horrible 5-neither watches TV nor reads
newspapers 6- either Robert or Richard
D) 1-no 2-none 3-none 4-none 5-no
6-none 7-no 8- no
1-beautifully 2-fast 3-late 4-well 5-politely
122 Position & 200
usage of adv. 6-slowly 7-friendly 8-early
== ======= 201 1-……..playing outside 2-I recently ………..
3-……fast 4-…fluently 5-but unfortunately……
6-Frrankly …….7-Next week ………8-………….
Completely 9- My parents definitely ………..
10-……..mostly children 11-obviously ………
12-We rarely……..13-……..totally silent ……..
14-He isn't fully ……..15-she accidentally ……..
16-I nearly …17-…finally ready 18-……yearly

452
 19-He never ……… 20-……..later
1-time 2-place 3-certainty 4-commenting
5-manner 6-manner 7-time 8-time 9-place
Kinds of
123 202 1-frequecy 11-interrogative 12-connecting
adverbs
13-manner 14-interrogative 15-connecting
16-degree
1-x / always 2-always / x 3-x / often 4-often /
x 5-x / never 6-never / x 7-usually / x 8-x /
Adverbs of
124 203 usually 9-seldom / x 10-x / seldom 11-rarely /x
frequency
12-often / x 13-x / usually 14-never / x
15-sometimes / x 16-often / x
A ) 1-far 2-soon 3-often 4-quickly 5-well
6-much 7-fast 8-often
Using How +
125 204 B ) as hard as 2-as carefully as 3-as neatly as
adverbs
4- as early as 5-as quickly as 6-as loudly as
7-as quietly as 8- as hard as
A ) 1-more quickly 2-faster than 3-more
heavily 4-best 5-more money 6-more
carefully 7-more politely 8-worse 9- least
Comparison 10-most
126 205
of adverbs B ) 1-later than 2-more quickly than 3-most
beautifully 4-more beautiful than 5-harder than
6- hardest 7-earlier that 8-more carefully than
earliest 10- better than
Relative A ) 1-when 2-where 3-when 4-why 5-where
127 206
adverbs 6-where 7-where 8-why 9-how 10-how
Adjectives & 1-late / lately 2-hardly / hard 3-freely / free 4-
128 207
Adverbs most / mostly 5-highly / high 6- fine / finely
== ======== 208 1- common. 2- absentmindedly 3- energetically
4- playfully 5- sheepish 6- vague 7- hopeless
8- neat 9- reluctant 10- lazy 11- fatally

453
 12- brief 13- sympathetically 14- woefully
15- knowingly
1-rich enough 2- so fast 3- so sadly 4- so
well-behaved; 5- too numerous 6- wide
== Too – enough 209 enough
7- brave enough 8- too uptight 9- old enough
10- too hot
Adjectives & 1-brightly 2-cheaply 3-clean 4-clear 5-clearly
129 210 6-deeply 7-directly 8-direct 9-firm 10-first
--ly adverbs
11-fully 12-full 13-right 14-roughly 15-shortly
1-better 2-big 3-old 4-more generous
More about 5-further 6-farther 7-earlier 8-much more
130 211
comparisons Careful 9-expensive 10-more 11-more
comfortable 12-sooner 13-best 14-oldest
== 212 1-than 2-favourite 3-Most 4-oldest 5-older
6-fewer 7-much larger 8-latest 9-worst
Less…that 1- less than 2-not as …..as 3-not as….aas
== 213
Not as…as 4-less than 5-not as …..as 6-less ..….than
More traffic 2-brighter than 3- more quickly
Using –er or
== 214 4-more information 5-more happiness more
more
responsibly 7-more careful 8-more
1-the busiest in… 2-the most difficult of….
Using in or 3-the best of…. 4-the worst in….5-the biggest
== 215
of in… 6-The most comfortable of…7-most
beautiful in….. 8-the most careful in……
A ) 1-too 2- enough 3-too 4-too 5-enough
6-enough 7-too 8-very 9=too 10-very
Too – very
131 216 11-too 12-very
enough
B ) 1-too much 2-too many 3-too much 4-too
much 5-too many 6-too much
== ========== 217 C ) 1-Chinese is too difficult to learn
2-English is easy enough for me to learn
3-too much to do 4-too small to live in
5-too cold to go on a trip 6-too expensive to

454
 buy
7- cheap enough for you to buy 8-too cold to go
Swimming 9-too heavy to carry 10-too
difficult to study
==========================================================
==================

Part 6 )
Miscellaneous Grammar Topics
________________________________________
Unit ( 132 )
Connecting ( Linking ) Words (Part 1)
In this lesson and the next, we’re going to focus on words and expressions
that can connect ideas both within a single sentence and between
sentences.
Why is this important? A lot of students can create good basic sentences,
but the sentences are very short and simple. There’s not much complexity
or “flow” from one idea to the next.
The expressions you’ll learn in today’s and tomorrow’s lessons will help you
connect your ideas better and create more detailed sentences. Some of these
words might be new to you, and others you might already be familiar with –
but pay careful attention, because you might be using them incorrectly!
Today we’ll study expressions for contrasting and talking about reasons
and results. Tomorrow’s lesson will cover adding information,
conditions, and time expressions.
=========================================================

Contrasts
although / even though / though / because
These words are all used to show a surprising contrast between one
part of a sentence and another:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1) Because / though / although are followed by a subject and a verb.
- Although it rained a lot, we didn’t get wet.
- I can’t leave the job though it’s difficult.
- We didn’t go out because it was raining

455
2) Even though = is a stronger form of although.
- Even though I’m qualified for the job, I didn’t get it.
--- Although he barely studies, he still gets good grades.
--- I can’t seem to lose any weight, even though I exercise every day.
---- We played very well. We lost the game, though.
There’s no difference in meaning among although, even though, and
though. The only difference is that though can also be used at the end of a
sentence, and the other two cannot:
--- He barely studies. He still gets good grades, though.
--- I like her, though she sometimes gets on my nerves.
--- Though we played very well, we lost the game.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

despite / in spite of
Despite and in spite of are used in a similar way to although, though,
and even though – to call attention to a surprising contrast:
2) In spite of / despite / Because of are usually followed by a noun or a
pronoun, like this – that – what …..etc. ) or -ing
- In spite of the rain, we went out to watch the match.
- I didn’t get the job in spite of having M.A. degree.
- I didn’t get the job in spite of ( despite ) the fact that I’m qualified.
- Despite his illness, he went to work.
- We didn’t go out because of the rain.

--- We won the game despite having two fewer players.

--- In spite of his illness, he was very cheerful.
Avoid the common error of mixing up the two and saying despite of – that
doesn’t exist!
The key difference between despite / in spite of and although / though /
even though has to do with what kind of structure follows them. Consider
these sentences:
--- In spite of his illness, he was very cheerful.
--- Although he was ill, he was very cheerful.
--- We finished on time despite starting late.
--- We finished on time even though we started late.
After in spite of and despite, we use a noun (“illness”) or a gerund – that’s
the ING form of the verb which functions as a noun (“starting”). After
456
although, even though, and though, we use a subject + verb (“he was”,
“we started”).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3) Even though = is a stronger form of although.
- Even though I’m qualified for the job, I didn’t get it.

=====================================================
Exercise ( 218 )
A ) Complete the sentences using (although) + a sentence from the box:

He has an important job it was quite cold

The heating was on I had never seen her before

1- She wasn’t wearing a coat. ……………………………………………..………

2- He isn’t well paid. …………………………………………….…………….……

3- The room wasn’t warm. ……………………………..………………….………

4- I recognized her from a photograph. ………………………………..……….

B ) Complete the sentences with(although – in spite of – despite

because – because of ):
1- ……............. it rained a lot, we went swimming.
2- We stopped the game ……………………….the rain .
3- I got a high score in the exam ………………..it was difficult.
4- I couldn’t sleep ………………… the noise.
5- We played a game of football ………………..the rain.
6-………………..his age , a 6-year old boy recited all the Koran.
=====================================================
Other words for “but”
One very common word used to make contrasts is “but”:
--- I was really nervous, but I decided to try it.
--- He wants to go out, but she wants to stay home.
--- My son loves sports, but my daughter prefers books.
--- Fried food is unhealthy, but I can’t resist it.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

457
However… let’s learn some other options so that we’re not saying “but” all
the time!
--- I was really nervous; however, I decided to try it. Note that however
is followed by a comma.
--- He wants to go out, whereas his wife wants to stay home.
--- My son loves sports, while my daughter prefers books.
--- Fried food is unhealthy, yet I can’t resist it.
All of these words can be used in the middle of a sentence or at the
beginning of a sentence. However, especially, often starts a sentence. In
more formal written English, it’s better to start a sentence with however
than with but.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Other contrast expressions

Here are some other expressions that are often used to start a
sentence that contrasts with the previous sentence:
--- In contrast,
--- On the other hand,
--- On the contrary,
--- Even so,
by/in contrast, even so, in any case, on the other hand, on the contrary,
contrary to, nevertheless, still, after all, anyway
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Talking about Exceptions
We can use except or except for before nouns:
--- The price of the tour includes everything except for airfare.
--- Everyone except me thought it was a great idea.
Before other words, we use only except:
--- There’s nothing we can do now except wait.
--- I want this shirt in the same size and style, except in a different color.
We can also use but to introduce an exception:
--- Everyone but me thought it was a great idea.
--- There’s nothing we can do now but wait.
A couple other options are aside from and apart from:
--- Aside from a mild fever, I feel fine.
--- The car wasn’t damaged, apart from a few scratches.

458
The word besides can be used to introduce an exception OR to introduce
something “in addition”:

--- Besides the piano, I can also play violin and guitar. (= in addition to the
piano

---There’s nobody here besides us. (= except for us)

--- He has a lot of friends besides us. (= in addition to )

======================================================

Reasons & Results --- Introducing a reason

In everyday English, the most frequent way to introduce a reason is
because or because of. The difference between them is that because is
followed by a subject + verb, and because of is followed by a noun:
--- The game was canceled because of the rain.
--- The game was canceled because it was raining.
Note that in spoken English, many people say ‘cause as a short form of
“because.”
We can also use the word since to introduce a reason:
--- It’s very noisy here since we’re so close to the airport.
--- Since you’re not interested, I won’t tell you about it.
--- They couldn’t buy the house since they didn’t have enough money.
The word since, like because, is followed by a subject + verb.
We can also introduce reasons with due to, owing to, thanks to, and on
account of. These expressions are followed by nouns:
--- The game was canceled due to the rain.
--- The project succeeded thanks to your help.
--- That country is very advanced owing to its investment in technology.
--- He was fired on account of inappropriate behavior.
If we want to use due to, owing to, or thanks to and continue the
sentence with a subject + verb, we can add the fact that:
--- The game was canceled due to the fact that it was raining.
--- The project succeeded thanks to the fact that you helped us.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Introducing a result

459
Some more formal words for introducing results are therefore,
consequently, as a result, and thus:
--- Our company’s profits have increased 150% in the past year.
Therefore, we’re going to invest in new equipment and training
programs.
--- The tennis player had knee surgery mid-October; consequently, she took
the rest of the season off.
--- There have been heavy rains throughout the interior of the state. As a
result, several areas have experienced flooding.
--- The products did not meet our specifications. Thus, it was
necessary to return them. (or: It was thus necessary…)
In informal spoken English we more commonly use the word so to
introduce a result:
--- We were hungry, so we stopped at a cafe for a snack.
--- The product was defective, so I returned it.
--- It’s raining a lot, so the roads are flooded.
We can use the expressions in order to and so that to introduce a
purpose, or an intended result:
1. Let’s do more advertising in order to get more clients.
2. Let’s do more advertising so that we can get more clients.
3. I brought binoculars in order to see better.
4. I brought binoculars so that I’d be able to see better.
Note that after in order to we have just the verb, “get” and “see” and after
so that we have a subject + verb, “we can get” “I’d be able to see.”
When we have a negative word in the intended result, we often use so that
or so as not to instead of “in order not to”:
--- I took a map so that I wouldn’t get lost.
--- I took a map so as not to get lost.
--- She’s studying hard so that she won’t fall behind.
--- She’s studying hard so as not to fall behind.
In many sentences with “so that,” we can actually eliminate “that” and simply
say so:
--- I brought binoculars so I’d be able to see better.
--- I took a map so I wouldn’t get lost.
--- Let’s do more advertising so we can get more clients.

Summary ( 1 )
460
 --although / even though / though + subject
Show surprising
+ verb
contrast Although we started late, we finished on time.
-- despite / in spite of + noun
Despite the delay, we finished on time.

Other words for  However

contrast  Whereas
 While
 Yet

Sentence starters
 in contrast
for contrast
 on the other hand
 on the contrary
 even so

Talking about  alternatively

alternatives  instead / instead of
 in place of / in lieu of

Talking about  except (for)

exceptions  But
 aside from / apart from
 besides

Introducing
 because / because of
reasons
 Since

 due to, owing to, thanks to

 on account of

Introduce results  therefore

 consequently
 as a result
 thus
 so

Introduce intended  in order to

results  so that
461
  so as not to

Summary ( 2 ) -- Linking words

1)Some words or phrases join similar ideas:(and – also – as well)

Ex. He is polite and generous.
He is polite and generous as well.

2) Other words or phrases join contrasting ideas. ( but – however

– on the other hand )
Ex. He is rich but he is not generous.
He is rich. However, he is not generous.
He is wealthy, on the other hand, he doesn't help the poor.

To add more information about connecting ideas, we use some linking words
and phrases. Here are the common ones:
Linking word Meaning Example
and ‫و‬ -He is rich and generous .
also ‫أيضا‬ -He is rich. Also he is generous.
too ‫أيضا‬ -He is rich. He is generous too.
-Lexus cars are easy to drive, in addition,
in addition
‫ باإلضافة إلى ذلك‬they are always modernized.
-Being a journalist is an exciting job. Besides,
‫إضافة إلي ذلك‬ you can travel all over the world.
beside
‫و فوق ذلك‬ -He is a generous man, Moreover, he is very
moreover
kind.

so ‫لذلك‬ -My car broke down on the way, so I arrived

late.

since ‫بما أن‬ -Since, we passed our exams; let's have a

party.
-His cousin died in an accident; therefore he
therefore ‫لذلك‬
cancelled his wedding party.
but ‫لكن‬ -Trucks are noisy, but they can carry more
loads.

462
yet ‫إال انه‬ -He was very tired, yet he went on working.

otherwise ‫و إال‬ -You must study hard, otherwise you will fail
your exams.
although ‫بالرغم من‬ -Although he is short, He's a good basketball
player.
even though ‫حتى لو أن‬ -Even though he's rich, he doesn't pay Zakat.
-In spite of being old, she looks beautiful.
in spite of ‫بالرغم من‬ -Even if you invite him, he will not be able to
even if ‫حتى إذا‬ come.
on the other
hand ‫من الناحية‬ -Cars are very useful, but on the other hand,
‫األخرى‬ they cause pollution.
nevertheless
‫إال انه‬ -It was cold, nevertheless too many people
were on the beach.

however -Sales are poor this month. However, they

‫ومع ذلك‬
may increase next month.

after ‫بعد‬ I went to bed after I finished my homework.

once ‫مرة واحدة‬ Once you make noise again, I will call the
police.
or ‫أو‬ Keep quiet or leave the classroom.
until ‫حتى‬ I will wait here until you come back.
when ‫عندما‬ The child cried when he felt hungry.

where ‫أينما‬ I will study at a university where I can have

accommodation.
because ‫ألن‬ Farmer became happy because it rained.

before ‫قبل‬ Check your money before you leave the

counter.
if ‫إذا‬ I will tell you if you promise to keep it for
yourself.
whereas ‫في حين‬ My father smokes whereas I never smoke.

wherever ‫حيثما‬ I will travel wherever you like to join me.

463
 =========================================================
Exercise 219
A ) Choose the correct words, and fill them in the spaces:
1- I love coffee _______________ I hate tea. ( but – as well )

2- He is an active _______________ helpful person. ( but – and )

3- The nurse is caring for patients, and sincere _______________ .

( as well – but )
4- Hamad is tall and fat, ___________________ he is unwell.
( however – and )
5- Sami is helpful, _________________, he is sometimes unkind.
( as well – on the other side )
6- The police are careful for us and ______________ kind to us.
( also – but
=======================================================

B ) Complete the sentences with the right words in brackets:

1- He was extremely tired, ________ he walked a long day. ( yet – so )

2- __________ he is poor, he's very generous. ( moreover – although )

3- ________ being qualified, he can't find a job.( besides – in spite of )

4- It's a dangerous job. ____________ the pay is extremely good.

( nevertheless – since )
5- Public transport is easy, ___________ it's cheap. ( however – and )

6- The recipe for making cake is cheap. _________ it's easy to make.
( but – also )
7- He's wearing a uniform. His brother is wearing a uniform, ________.
( yet -- too )
=======================================================
Quiz /Exercise ( 220 )
Fill in the blanks with although or despite:
1- ____________________ I was very tired, I couldn't fall asleep.

2- He didn't understand the article ___________ reading it several times.

3- ____________________ the long commute, he really enjoys his job.

4- ____________ we normally love sci-fi movies, we hated Star Wars.

464
5- She feels rather lonely, _______________ she has a lot of friends.
6- I wasn't hired _______________ having all the right qualifications.
7- We rarely see each other ____________________ we live in the
name neighborhood.
8- ________________ our careful planning, a lot of things went wrong.

9- We went to the beach ____________________ the cold weather.

10- ________________ he appears skinny, he's actually quite strong.

=====================================================
Exercise ( 221 )
Complete the sentences with the words in the box:
because of instead so as not to therefore
except since so that whereas
however so
1- The funding for our department has been cut; ________________,
we will have to cancel the program.
2- The store was all out of peaches, so I bought apricots ___________.
3- He entered the house quietly _________________ wake up the baby.
4- Everyone laughed at the joke ____________________ James,
who has no sense of humor.
5- We have health insurance ____________________ if there's an
emergency, our expenses will be covered.
6- The book is rather wordy. ____________________, it's worth reading.
7- I can stay out late tonight _____________ there's no class tomorrow.
8- Women often feel pressure to be beautiful, _______________
men feel pressure to be rich.
9- She can't lift heavy objects ________________ her chronic back pain.
10- I just got a new pair of headphones, ____________________
you can have my old ones if you want them.

==========================================

Unit ( 133 )
Connecting Words (Part 2)
465
In part 2 of our series on connecting words, we’ll explore expressions for
introducing and adding information, as well as talking about conditions and
time.

Introducing Information
We have several different ways of introducing a new topic or
some new information:
--- Regarding
--- Concerning
--- As to / As for
--- With regard to / In regard to
--- With reference to / In reference to
Here are some examples:
--- With reference to your inquiry, we cannot provide an answer at this time.
--- Regarding their proposal, I believe there are promising possibilities.
 As for the technical problems, they will be resolved immediately.
These expressions can be used at the beginning of a sentence to
introduce a new topic, and some of them can be used in the middle of a
sentence as a substitute for the word “about” – particularly regarding,
concerning, and as to:
--- I have a few questions concerning safety issues.
--- We participated in the negotiations regarding the property.
--- He’s curious as to how the system works.
As you might have noticed, these expressions are rather formal, and in
casual everyday English we’d usually use about, as for, and as to:
--- I have a few questions about safety issues.
--- My whole family loves Christmas. As for me, I can’t stand it.
--- I’m confused as to what this software actually does.
=======================================================
Adding Information & Expressing Similarity
Three of the most basic words are also, too, and as well.
Also is typically located at the beginning of a sentence or before the
verb/adjective, and too and as well are usually located at the end:
--- He’s charming and successful. Also, he’s single.
--- He’s charming and successful. He’s also single.

466
 --- He’s charming and successful. He’s single, too.
--- He’s charming and successful. He’s single, as well.
We can also use as well as in the middle of a sentence to add extra
information:
--- She has experience in computer programming as well as in customer
service.
We could also say “computer programming and customer service” – so when
should we use as well as instead of simply and? The answer is that and
places equal emphasis on both things, and as well as includes a bit of extra
emphasis or surprise about the first item. For example:
--- This book is available in English and Spanish. (both are equally
important, no surprise)
--- In some parts of the U.S., classes are taught in Spanish as well as
English. (this is rather surprising because Spanish is not an official language
of the U.S.)
Another time we might use as well as is when the two items already
contain “and” and we don’t want to mix them up:
--- The uniforms are available in green and yellow as well as red and white.
To begin a sentence that adds more information to the previous point, we can use t
expressions as sentence start( Furthermore --- In addition --- Moreover )
For example:
--- People who exercise regularly have more energy during the day and
sleep better at night. In addition, they tend to live longer.
--- Construction on the new subway has been delayed for months due to
budget shortfalls. Moreover, the workers are threatening to go on strike.
--- Our sales are expected to rise 30% in the next year. Furthermore,
purchase of new equipment will help cut manufacturing costs and increase
profits.
Some less formal connecting words for adding information include:

--- besides
Come on, the party’s going to be fun! Besides, I promised them we
would go.
--- plus
I quit the tennis club because I didn’t have enough time to play.
Plus, I wasn’t any good at it.
--- what’s more

467
 Everything in that online store is 50% off. What’s more, the shipping is
free.
Finally, we have the words likewise and similarly to express when two
things are similar to each other:
--- He volunteered to help and encouraged others to do likewise.
--- Her first attempt failed, and later efforts were similarly unsuccessful.

Conditions
We can use if not and if so at the beginning of a sentence to show what will
happen if the previous sentence is true or false:
--- I hope I passed the test. If not, then I’ll have to repeat the semester.
--- I hope I passed the test. If so, then I’ll advance to the next level.
--- Can you give me a ride tomorrow? If not, I’ll ask someone else.
--- Can you give me a ride tomorrow? If so, I’ll be ready to go by 7:30.
In the lessons about conditionals, you learned that the word unless means
“if not”:
--- You’ll forget the address unless you write it down. = You’ll forget
the address if you don’t write it down.
Another connecting word that means “if not” is otherwise:
--- You’d better write down the address – otherwise you’ll forget it.
--- It’s a good thing I enjoy exercise, otherwise I’d probably never go to the
gym.
--- I need to keep my desk clean, otherwise I can’t concentrate on my work.
When one thing depends on another, we can use the expressions:
--- as long as
--- provided that / on the condition that
--- assuming / supposing (that)
Let’s look at some sentences to see these words in action:
--- You can go to the party as long as you’re home by midnight.
As long as is probably the most common expression in
everyday English. We could also use if.
--- He has agreed to do the work provided that he receives 50%
payment up front.
--- She told her story to reporters on the condition that she would
remain anonymous.

468
We often use assuming and supposing when talking about a hypothetical
situation:
--- Supposing this house was for sale, would you buy it?
--- He’ll win the championship, assuming he’s recovered from his injury by
then.

When one thing is already known to be true, and that thing affects
something else, we can use these expressions:
--- given / considering
--- in view of / in light of
Here are some examples:
--- Given how old my car is, it’s amazing it still runs so well.
--- My grandmother is very active, considering her age.
--- He resigned in light of the scandal.
--- In view of the approaching hurricane, residents were evacuated from
the area.
All of these can be used at the beginning of the sentence or in the
middle. The important thing is to use it in front of the established fact,
not the result:
(established fact) (surprising result)
--- He resigned in light of the scandal.
(result) (established fact)
One final conditional expression is the word pending. It means that one thing
is not yet finished/confirmed because it is waiting for something else:
--- He has been suspended pending further investigation.
--- We have big plans for this project, pending the manager’s approval.
--- This is the most urgent of the pending tasks.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Time Expressions
As you learned in a previous lesson, we can use while, during, and
meanwhile when two things happen simultaneously (at the same time).
When referring back to a previous time period, we often use:
--- At the time, / At that time,
--- In those days,

469
--- In that era,
For example:
--- I met Tom Cruise once. At the time, I was working as a janitor in a TV
studio.
--- We had a wonderful childhood. In those days, we didn’t have video games
or cell phones.
--- Life in the 1800s was very different. In that era, many people grew their
own food. (we usually use “era” when talking about a more distant historical
period)
To talk about something that happened before something else, we can
use the words:
--- before / beforehand
There’s no room in the restaurant.
We should have made a reservation beforehand / before we came.
--- earlier
--- She was adopted in 1989. Her parents had died two years earlier.
--- previously
This problem is much worse than previously thought.
--- prior to
He had already been arrested three times prior to the incident.
To talk about something that happened after something else, we can use the
words:
--- after / afterwards / later
--- following
--- She was hospitalized for five days following the accident.
--- subsequently
He became a resident and subsequently a citizen of Australia.
=======================================================
Summary
Introducing information
Regarding / concerning
(formal)

With regard to / In regard to

With reference to /
In reference to

470
Introducing information
As to / As for / About
(informal)

Adding information (formal) Furthermore,

In addition,
Moreover,

Adding information (informal) also / too / as well

Besides / plus
what’s more

Expressing similarity likewise / similarly

also / too / as well

Conditions If not, / If so,

otherwise
as long as
provided that /

on condition that
assuming / supposing (that)
given / considering
in view of / in light of

Referring to a previous time

At the time, / At that time,
period
In those days,
In that era,

One thing before another before / beforehand

earlier
previously
prior to

One thing after another after / afterwards / later

471
 Following / subsequently

=====================================================
=======================================================
Quiz / Exercise ( 222 )
Complete the sentences with the connecting words from the box:

as for beforehand given likewise plus

as well concerning if not moreover provided that
at the time following if so otherwise

1- You'll save time when cooking if you prepare all the ingredients
_________________________.
2- Are you interested in appearing on this program?
_____________, call 888-555-1234 for your chance to be a star. 3-
Victims are afraid to go to the police in many cases
_________________________ domestic violence.
4- It's no wonder she's angry, _________________________
how long it took to get someone to help her.

5- The company has expanded to 10 countries throughout Europe.

______________, it has acquired one of its major competitors.

6- This disease mostly affects men, though it is sometimes found in

Women ________________________.
7- The meat is tough and the vegetables are tasteless.
_________________________, they're undercooked.
8- I'm not sure whether these jeans are the right size for you.
_________________________, you can exchange them.

9- You have to keep yogurt in the fridge, _________________________

it'll go bad.
10- Universities are beginning to make their classes available
online. Companies are _________________________
adopting technology for videoconferencing and remote training.

11- _________________________ the movie, I thought it was even

better than the book!

12- There was outrage on social media __________________

the network's decision to discontinue a popular TV show.

472
 13- That was a major turning point in my life, although I didn't know it
_________________________.
14- Reprints of this article are permitted, ___________________
proper credit is given to the source.

==========================================

Unit ( 134 )
Connecting Phrases
Phrase Meaning Example
- You should either pay him the price or
1- either --- or return the goods.
‫ أو‬----‫إما‬
- You can choose either the white car or the
black car.
- Neither Ahmed nor Hamid attended the
2-neither---nor lecture.
‫ و ال‬---- ‫ال‬
- I will neither help the drunken nor ask
anyone to help him.
3- not only ---- ---- ‫ليس فحسب‬
He is not only generous, but also he is kind.
but also ‫بل أيضا‬
4- not ---- nor ‫ ولم‬--- ‫ال‬ He didn't come to the party, nor did he call.
‫كثيرًا بحيث ال‬
5- too ---- to He is too short to be a basketball player.
‫يمكن‬
6- enough to ‫ِ كاٍف لـ‬ He is tall enough to be a basketball player.
7- so ---- that ‫لدرجة أنه‬ The car is so expensive that I can't buy it.
It was such an important lecture that a
8-such --- that ‫لدرجة أنه‬
thousand people attended it
9- as ---- as Ali is 60 kilos heavy. Hamad is also 60
‫تمامًا مثل‬ kilos. Ali is as heavy as Hamad.
so ---- as Ahmed is not so heavy as Hamad.
10- the same I bought the same car as yours.
‫ مثل‬---‫نفس‬
---- as
11- in case ‫تحسبًا لِـ‬ Take my number in case you need to call

473
 me.
I study health specialties in order to get a
12- in order to ‫من أجل‬
job in the future.
13-as long as A: Stay here with the kids till I come back.
‫أثناء – ما دام‬
B: OK. I'll stay here as long as you are out.
I closed the door so that we keep the room
14- so that ‫لكي‬
warm.
The thief escaped as soon as he saw the
15- as soon as ‫بمجرد أن‬
police.
Now that you are sleepy, you'd better go to
16- Now that ‫ذلك اآلن‬
bed.
17- as if ‫كما لو‬ She looks as if her husband divorced her.
‫لم يمض‬
18- No sooner No sooner had the police arrived than the
‫ حتى‬.......‫وقت‬
… than robbers disappeared.
............
[
=====================================================
Exercise ( 223 )
Link the following pairs of ideas with the phrases in brackets:
1- He is very generous. He spends much on the poor. ( so --- that )
He is ____________________ he spends much on the poor.

2- It was a pleasant party. We all enjoyed it. ( such --------- that )

It was ______________________________ we all enjoyed it.

3-We can't eat the food. It's hot and spicy. ( too --------- to )
The food is _________________________ eat.

4- Hamad is 1 meter 60. Omar is 1 meter 60, too. ( as --------- as )

Hamad is __________________________ Omar.

5- I ordered fish and chips. My friend also ordered fish and chips.
( the same ----------- as )
I ordered ____________________________ you ordered.

6- Take your umbrella. It may rain. ( in case )

Take you umbrella _____________________________ rains.
474
7- He is really a miser. He is unkind to his family.
( not only ------------------- but also )
He is ___________ a miser ____________ unkind to his family.

8- You keep quiet in class. You go out. ( either ------------- or )

You must ______________________________ go out.

9- I will not tell lies. I will not listen to liars, too. ( neither -------- nor )
I will _____________________________ listen to the liars.

10- A businessman is rich. He can send his son to America.

( enough to )
A businessman is _____________ send his son to America.

11- I take Panadol tablets. I want to relieve my headache.

( in order to )
I take Panadol tablets ___________________ my headache.

12- Yesterday, The Sun did not shine and the rain did not stop.
( not -------------- nor )
Yesterday, The Sun __________________ did the rain stop.

==========================================
Unit ( 135 )
The Complete Guide to Articles
A, an, and the are called articles. A and an are the “indefinite articles,” and
the is the definite article. These are small, simple words, but it can be easy to
make mistakes with them!
Although errors with a, an, and the are "minor" and do not usually cause
communication problems, they make it obvious that a person isn't a native
English speaker. This is why it's important to master them if you want your
English to be as perfect and professional as possible.

A, An, or One?
We use a before a consonant sound, and an before a vowel sound.
--- a cat --- an elephant
Remember that these follow the sound and NOT the letter!

--- an umbrella --- a uniform --- an egg

--- a European country --- a hat --- an hour (silent H)

475
What about abbreviated terms?
If we say the individual letters of the abbreviation, then we use an if the
letter’s name begins with a vowel sound:
--- a KGB agent (a kay – gee – bee agent)
--- an FBI agent (an eff – bee – eye agent)
--- a TV (a tee – vee)
--- an X-ray (an ex – ray)
=======================================================
Those abbreviations are all ones in which we pronounce the individual
letters. However, there are some abbreviations that we pronounce as words.
We still follow the consonant sound or vowel sound rule:
--- a FIFA official --- an OPEC meeting ---- a NASA project
--- an NSA spokesperson

Now let’s look at the difference between a / an and the word one.
We use a/an when we are talking about an unspecified thing, and the fact
that it is "only one" (not two or three or zero) is not important:
--- I ate a cookie. --- I bought a book. --- I have an idea.
---I spent an hour watching TV.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using "one" gives more emphasis to the precise quantity itself:
--- I'm on a diet, but I ate one cookie because I just couldn't resist!
--- I bought one book, although I wish I could have bought the whole
collection.
--- What's one idea that you believe can change the world?
--- You will have one hour to finish the exam.
What about numbers – should you say a hundred or one hundred?
In informal English, we often say a hundred, a thousand, a million, etc.
When we want to be more formal and more precise about the number, then
we say one hundred, one thousand, etc. We must also say “one” when it is
part of a bigger number… although numbers starting with 100 are often
said as a hundred.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- 150 = a hundred and fifty (informal) / one hundred and fifty (formal)
--- 2,150 = two thousand, one hundred and fifty
--- 3,100,000 = three million, one hundred thousand
Here are three situations where you should NOT use a or an:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
476
--- Don't use a / an with uncountable nouns (instead, use uncountable
nouns (instead, use "some" or "a ____ of")”
--- She gave me some advice / a piece of advice.
--- I need to buy some shampoo / a bottle of shampoo.
One exception is when we are ordering drinks – we often say, “I’d like a large
coffee” or “Can I have a beer?” even though coffee and beer are
uncountable.
Don't use a/an without a noun after it:
--- He is intelligent / He is an intelligent person.
--- She is great. / She is a great friend.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The & No Article
Single countable nouns - Specific or general?
---We use a and an when sth is not specific (can be any, or one of many).
---We use the when something is specific (we indicate which one we are
talking about, or it is clear from the context).
--- I grabbed a pencil and started to write. Which pencil? Any pencil.
--- Sorry – I lost the pencil you lent me yesterday. Which pencil? The pencil
you lent me yesterday.
--- a dog is a useful tame animal (any, one of many)
---Kids! Remember to feed the dog!
(specific – our dog, the only one in the house)
We also use the when talking about things that are unique - there is only
one of them: the world, the sky, the future, the human race, the travel
industry, the Pope, etc. Two exceptions are nature and space (or outer
space) – although these things are unique, we do not use “the.”

=======================================================
Uncountable & Plural countable nouns - Specific or general?
With plural nouns and uncountable nouns, we use the when talking
about something specific, and no article when talking in general:
--- I love pasta. (general)
--- I love the pasta at that restaurant. (specific)
---That store sells furniture. (general)
--- The furniture in my living room is all new. (specific)
--- Vegetables are good for you. (general)
477
--- The vegetables at the market are always fresh. (specific)
---I need advice. (general)
--- The advice you gave me was very helpful. (specific)

You can see that in the sentences using the, there is a clause that
specifies which objects we are talking about:
--- Vegetables vs. The vegetables at the market
--- Furniture vs. The furniture in my living room
Another place we always use the is with superlative adjectives:

--- This is the best pizza I’ve ever had.

--- She’s the most important person in the company.
--- The end of the movie was the funniest part.

Proper Nouns
We usually do not use the for proper nouns – official names of people,
places, and organizations – although there are some exceptions:
Places:
--- I’d like to visit Russia.
--- Paris is my favorite city in Europe.
--- Have you ever been to California?
--- They live on Rosewood Avenue.
Exceptions: - the United States (the U.S.), the United Kingdom (the
U.K.), the Philippines, the Czech Republic, the Central African Republic,
the Marshall Islands
Companies and Universities:
--- My uncle works at Samsung.
--- Microsoft reported high profits this quarter.
--- She graduated from Harvard.
--- New York University is very large.
Exceptions: If the university’s name BEGINS with “university,” then use
“the”:
the University of Pennsylvania, the University of Miami. Also use “the” if
it is part of the company’s official name.

Languages, Holidays, Months & Days

--- I’m studying Spanish.
478
 --- He speaks Italian.
--- My whole family gets together at Christmas.
--- The office will be closed on New Year’s Day.
--- We’ll be traveling in August.
--- Let’s get together on Sunday.
Exceptions: If you’re talking about a specific date that is distinct from all
the other regular dates:
--- I got back from my trip the Sunday before last.
--- Let’s get together on the first Monday in July.
=======================================================
Quiz / Exercise ( 224 )
A ) Put it into practice!
Can you guess whether these should be a or an?
_____ SOS call _____ DMV office _____ HR manager
_____ NASA spokesperson _____ CEO
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B ) We have a number of places where ( the ) is used with some words but
not others. Take this quick 12-question quiz and see if you can identify them:
1- _______ Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.
2- We went sailing on _______ Lake Ontario.
3- We sailed across _______ Pacific Ocean.
4- The travelers explored _______ Amazon River.
5- She's at _______ work.
6- I need to go to _______ bank.
7- Want to go to _______ movies?
8- My friend is in _______ hospital.
9- We attend _______ church.
10- He went to _______ jail for his crime.
11- I'm going to _______ dentist tomorrow.
12- My kids are at _______ school.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Do not use the for individual mountains and lakes, but use the for seas,
rivers, valleys, deserts, and points on the globe (the North Pole, the
equator).

479
Do not use the with work, home, jail, school, college.
Use the with the bank, the movies, the office, the doctor/dentist, the
hospital, the bus stop, the train station, the airport.
=====================================================
Summary of the Articles

A) The definite article ( The ):

1- It's used for something or someone known for both the speaker
and the hearer, it's used with singular and plural nouns.
Ex. The car I bought yesterday is blue.
refers to a specific car already known.
The man who helped me is a policeman.
refers to one man. He helped me.
Ex. The leg of the table – The garden of the school

2- With nouns which are unique ‫ فريد من نوعه‬:

the sun – the moon – the sky – the earth ---- etc.

3- The names of rivers, seas, mountains, deserts, -----

the Nile – the Red Sea – the Alps – the Sahara

4- Nationalities ( the Egyptians – the Saudis – the Americans –

the British – the Indians – the French ----- etc.

5- With adjectives used as nouns that refer to a group of people.

Ex. the young – the poor – the rich – the sick – the blind

6- With ordinal numbers: the first – the last – the fifth – the next ---

7- With the superlative degree of adjectives

the biggest – the most difficult – the best

8- With titles unique to a place or a group of people.

the king – the president – the prince – the headmaster –
the governor.

9- Names of specific places known to natives as one only:

the door – the Sheraton hotel – the theatre – the hospital –
the cinema – the Eastern Province – the city – the ministry of
Education.

10- Before singular nouns to mean all people, things, animals, etc.
of the same kind.
The lion lives in a forest. The donkey is a slow animal –
480
 The hospital is a place where patients are treated.

B) The Indefinite articles ( A – An ):

The two articles are used before singular nouns in general, not specific
nouns.
Ex. The nouns ( a school – a lion – a man – a book –
a week, --- etc. ) refer to any school, lion, etc., not certain nouns.
( A ) is used:
1- Before singular nouns beginning with consonants ( b, c, d, f, g,
------ etc. ) a book – a door – a girl – a king ----

2- Before a noun or an adjective beginning with the vowel ( u ),

if the sound is consonant.
Ex. a university – a union – a European state

( An ) is used:
1- Before singular nouns beginning with the vowels ( a – e – o – i )
Ex. an apple – an elephant – an orange – an illness ----- etc.

2- Before singular nouns or adjectives beginning with ( u ) if the

sound is a vowel: an umbrella – an unkind man – ultrasound x-ray

3- before singular nouns or adjectives beginning with ( h ) if the

sound is vowels.
Ex. an hour - an honour – an honest man.
But if the sound of (h) is consonant, we use (a)
Ex. a horse – a house – a hen ----- etc.

4- We don't use ( a ) or ( an ) before uncounted nouns.

We say water not a water because water is an uncounted noun.

C) Using no articles:
We don't need to use articles before nouns when we make
generalization for all people or things of the same kind. They are often used
with:

1- Plural count nouns:

Ex. a) Apples are good for you.
b) Students don't go to school on Thursday.

2- Non – count nouns:

Ex. a) I listen to music at night.
b) Rice grows in Egypt.
=======================================================

Quiz / Exercise ( 225) – Articles

481
Complete each sentence with a, an, the, or no article.

1- My husband can't stand ________ rock music I enjoy listening to.

2- She knows a lot about business; she has ________ MBA.
3- My son is studying to be ________ architect.
4- I've been working on this all ________ day.
5- Can we access ________ internet from our hotel room?
6- Let's get together on ________ Wednesday after next.
7- I'm not sure if I'm ready for this job. It's a lot of ________ responsibility.
8- I forgot my books on ________ first day of school.
9- I thought she was ________ best presenter at the conference.
10- He's probably at ________ home; he doesn't usually go out on
weekends.
11- They bought ________ house in the suburbs.
12- Everyone likes to wear ________ sandals in the summer.
13- I don't really like ________ fast food.
14- Paris is ________ capital of France.
15- You can trust him; he's ________ honest man.
16- There's ________ small stain on this shirt.
17- ________ children should be encouraged to read books.
18- Here's ________ money I owe you.
19- We took a boat trip to ________ island just off the coast.
20- My aunt swears that she's seen ________ UFO.
21- This was definitely ________ bad idea.
22- Traveling to ________ Australia was ________ experience I'll never
forget.
23- My hometown is near ________ Mediterranean Sea.
24- I can't believe he got a job at ________ General Electric!
25- She's wearing ________ yellow dress.
==========================================

Unit ( 136 )
Confusing pairs of words and expressions
482
 A )So and Such

1)We use so + adjective or adverb

Ex. He is so stupid – so nice – so quick – so quickly
- I didn’t answer the test. It was so difficult.
- The thief escaped. He ran away so quickly.

2) We use such + noun .

Ex. such a story – such people – such a terrible accident – such nice people
- I like Hamad. He’s such a noble man.
- I respect the Japanese. They are such industrious people.

3) We use so and such with (that)

- I was so tired that I went to bed early.
- It was such an interesting film that I watched it three times.

4) We also use so and such with the meaning (like this)

- The temperature today is 60 C. I’m surprised it’s so hot.
- The explosion destroyed ten buildings. I didn’t expect it was such a
great explosion.

5)we use so and such with ( long – far – many – much – a lot …… )
- I can’t wait so long. I have an appointment.
- Riyadh is so far from here.
- I arrived late. The traffic was so much.
- I haven’t seen you for such a long time.
- It was such a long way to Mecca.
- The mosque was full. There were such a lot of people.
======================================================
Exercise 226
Put in so – such – such a …… :
1- I can’t understand him because he speaks……………...quickly.
2- I like my friends. They are ………………………. nice people.
3- I’m surprised he looks ……….……… healthy after a serious illness.
4- It was a great holiday. We had ………………..…… nice time.
5- Everything is ……………………..……. expensive these days.
6- The weather is fine today. I didn’t expect it to be ……….……...
nice day.
7- I have to go. I didn’t realize it was ………………..……... late.
483
8- It was ……………..……. a boring film that most people left the
cinema after 15 minutes.
9- The food at the hotel was …………………….. awful. I’ve never
eaten ……………… awful food.
10- He always looks good. He wears ………….. nice clothes.
======================================================
) B) Prefer & would rather
We can use prefer to ( do ) or prefer ( doing ) to say what )1
we prefer in general .
Ex.:- I don’t like cities. I prefer to live ( living ) in the country
.I prefer to drive rather than travel by train
2)We use would prefer to say what somebody wants
.in a specific situation (not in general
.Ex.—Would you prefer tea or coffee ? Coffee , please
I would prefer to drive ( not driving )
.I prefer to stay at home rather than go out in the cold

Would rather ( I'd rather ) . I'd rather drive ( not to drive ) )3

. Would you rather have tea or coffee ? Coffee , please
. I would rather not have tea. (negative )
.I would rather stay at home than go to the cinema
I'd rather you joined us in our trip. ( the meaning is present , not past )4
.I'd rather make dinner now. Or I'd rather you made dinner now
.I'll repair your car tomorrow , OK ? -- I'd rather you did it today
.Are you going to tell the police ? No, I'd rather they didn't know
. Shall I tell him about the accident ? No , I'd rather you didn't
=====================================================
Exercise ( 227 )
A ) Write sentences using I'd prefer and I'd rather + the following :-
eat at home -- get a taxi -- stand --listen to music -- go swimming ---
___________________ Shall we walk home ? I'd prefer -1
____________________ Would like to watch TV ? I'd rather -2

484
 .____________________ Shall we play tennis ? I'd rather -3
._______________ Would you like to sit down ? I' rather -4
._________________ would you like to dine out ? I' prefer -5

: B ) Now use the same ideas above with ( rather than or than )
.I'd prefer to get a taxi _______________________home -1
_____________________________ I' rather eat at home -2
_______________________I'd rather go swimming-3
_______________________________ I 'd rather listen to music -4
._______________________________ I'd prefer to stand -5
=======================================================

C ) What about / How about

A ) They have the same meaning and usage . They are used to make
suggestions or offers in informal spoken English. They are not usually
used in written English . They are followed by a noun , a pronoun , or
the –ing form of the verb ( the gerund ) .
1) A: We need one more player .
B: What about / How about Mansour ? Let’s ask him if he wants to
play
2) A : What time should we meet ?
B : What about / How about nine o’clock ?
3) A : What should we do this afternoon ?
B : What about / How about going to the beach ?
A : That’s a good idea .

B ) They are used to ask a question that refers to the information mentioned
in the previous question .
1) A : I’m tired . How about you ?
B : Yes I’m tired , too .
2) A : Are you hungry ?
B : No . What about you ?
A : I’m a little hungry .
=========================================================
Exercise ( 228)
[
Complete the sentences below with suitable suggestions of offers :
1) A : What time do we meet for dinner ?
B : What about …………… . Is it convenient to you ?
485
 A : No, that’s too late for me . How about ………………?
B : Okay . That’s fine .

2) Waiter : What would you like to order ?

Customer : I don’t know. What do you have for dinner ?
Waiter : What about …………………………
Customer : No , I don’t like fish .
Waiter : How about …………………………
Customer : A good choice. I like Pizza very much.

3) A : Did you like the film ?

B : It was Okay, I think . How about you ?
A : No ,…………………………………..
4) A : Do you like living in this city ?
B : No . A lot of noise day and night .
A : How about …………………………..
B : Okay . The country is a nice place to live in .
5) A : Are you going to the company camping at the weekend ?
B : I haven’t decided yet . What ……………………….…?
A : A good idea . I ………………………………………….
Difference between how about / what about
- They are very similar, but there is a little difference in the way they are usually
used in everyday spoken English
1) Use How about to make suggestions - open possibilities. Look at these
situation:
I have the day off from work tomorrow
What should we do? How about having a picnic in the park?

- I don’t like travelling? OK, then how about playing games in the gym
- No way. I want to do something fun. How about doing some shopping, and
then seeing a movie?
2) Use what about to mention an objection or potential problem. Look at these
situations
- "let's go camping this weekend"
- "but what about my guitar lesson on Sunday"
- Just call the teacher and reschedule it
- And what about the English test on Monday ? I haven't studied yet.
- You can study on Sunday night when we get back
- OK, but what about the weather? Isn't it going to be rather cold?
486
- There is one case when how about and
What about are the same, when we ask?
How about you? What about you?
(used to ask the same question to the other person. If your friend calls you
and says
- ( what are you doing? ) = You say: (just relaxing and watching TV
- How about you? Someone you meet asks "where do you work?
- " you say: "at the local university" what about you?

=========================================================

Unit ( 137 )
( Wh- Question Words )
They are used at the beginning of questions , and have different uses :
A ) Question words

a) Who is your doctor ? ------------------ ( asking about a person )

b) What do you do for fun ?-------------- ( asking about something )

c) When do you travel abroad ?-------- ( asking about time )

d) Where does a pharmacist work ?-- ( asking about a place )

e) Why do you study English ? ----------( asking about the cause )

f) Whose car is that Toyota ?----------- ( asking about possession )

g) Which car is yours , this one or that one ( asking about choice )

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2) Used as relative words , that relate two parts of a sentence

a) I know the engineer who designed our house .

b) I don’t know what you are thinking about .

c) Could you tell when the accident happened ?

d) South Africa is the place where gold is discovered .

e) I don’t know why you want to emigrate .

f) I know for sure whose horse will win the race.

487
g) Mansaf is the meal which I like most

3) Some of wh- words are joined to the word ( ever) to express

unlimited person ,( thing , time , place , cause , .. etc.

a) The police will investigate whoever was in the demonstration

b) You can buy whatever you need in Riyadh malls .

c) You can borrow my car whenever you need it .

d) You can study whichever subject you like at the university .

e) I have no reason whatsoever to doubt you.

f) I know for sure whose horse will win the race.

g) Mansaf is the meal which I like most

Question (ask Examples possible

word about) ( Questions ) (Answers)
1- Where Place Where do you live? in Riyadh
2- When Time When do you sleep? at midnight
3- Who Person Who is that man? my uncle
What have you got in your
4- What Thing some money
pocket?
Why are you late for school
5- Why Reason I got up late
today?
Possessio
6- Whose Whose pen is this? mine
n
Choice of Which book is yours, this one
7- Which that one
two things or that one?
Condition How are you today? I'm well.
8- How
Way How do you go to school? by car.
=========================================================
Exercise 229
A ) Complete with ( where – when – who – what – why – whose – which)

488
1- ____________ is that man? – He's our English teacher.
2- ____________ were you born? – In Jeddah.
3- ___________ are you going to have for dinner? - Meat and rice.
4- ____________ does it rain in Saudi Arabia? – In winter.
5- ________ are you late today? - I had a car puncture on the way.
6- ____________ car is yours, the blue one or the green one?
7- ____________ car is that white Land Cruiser? - It's my father's.
8- ____________ is Jeddah? - On the Red Sea.
9- ____________ book is this? - It's mine
10- ____________ makes food for you? – My mother.
11- ____________ is your birthday? – It's 15th Ramadan.
12- _____________ do you do? – I'm a teacher.
=========================================================

B ) Make questions using:( where – when – who – what – why –

whose – which)
1- _________________________________ yesterday?
I went to the zoo.
2- _____________ your father _____________ to London?
He travelled there last week.
3- ______________________ your plane _____________________?
My plane arrived at 8:00 p.m.
4- __________________________________________ to bed early?
Because, I was tired.
5- _________________________________________ that blue one?
It's my friend's car.
6- _________________________ yours, the red one or the blue one?
The red car is mine.
7- ________________________________________ lift weights?
He lifts weights to be stronger.

8- ___________________________________________ you English?

Mr. Mohammed teaches us English.
9- _____________________________________________ to school?
I come to school by car.
10- ____________________________________________ today?
Today is 25th April.
==========================================

Unit ( 138 )
489
 Exclamations
There are words or sentences used to express admiration or surprise.
Exclamatory sentences usually start with
( What a / an – How ........... ! )
A) What a (an) + adjective + singular
1- What a tall tree ! ( palm tree = 30 meters )
1- What an expensive car ! ( Rolls Royce = SR 600.000 )

B) What + adjective + plural

1- What sad news ! ( a plane fell in the sea )
2- What brave leaders ! ( Khalid Ibn – El-Waleed & Salahuddin

C) How + adjective or adverb

1- How beautiful Diana ! ( very beautiful )
2- How fast you’re driving ! ( 240 kms per hour )
3- How polite you are. ( adjective )
4- How politely you behave. ( adverb )
======================================================
Exercise 230
Fill in with ( What a / an – How …… ! ):

1) ______________ beautiful villa they have !

2) _____________ terrible the Chinese food tasted !

3) ______________ lovely birthday party !

4) ______________ excellent is our teacher !

5) ______________ horrible the war film was !

6) ______________ boring book it is !

7) ______________ clever my friend is !

8) ______________ wonderful that garden is !

490
 9) ______________ dangerous dog you have !

10- _____________ hot day it is today !

=======================================================

Exercise ( 231 )
Underline the correct word:

1- A- David gave me a gold watch for my birthday.

B- What / How a lovely present !

2- A- My brother broke his leg.

B- What / How awful news.

3- A- The child started walking at the age of 8 months.

B- What / How wonderful !

4- A- The price of my car is SR 300.000

B- What / How an expensive car !

5- A-The ship sank and 1000 passengers drowned.

B- What / How terrible news !

6- A- We all got high marks in the English test.

B- What / How easy the test was !

7- A- Our team won the match by 5-1 goals !

B- What / How an exciting match it was !

8- A- It never stopped raining in our holidays !

B- What / How a bad luck !
============================================

Unit ( 139 )

Expressing purpose
(To …, for …,
and so that …)

491
A ) To is followed by a verb to form the to infinitive to go / to make
……) It's used in the following situations:
1- To say why somebody does something.
- Why are you going out? To post a letter.
- I shouted, “ Look out ! “ to warn him of a dangerous accident.

2- To say why something exists ( its purpose )

- We build high walls to keep the dust off our houses.
- The president has bodyguards to protect him.

3- to say what must ( can ) be done with something.

- I have much work to do.
- Would you like something to eat?

4- With ( money – time – chance – energy -, … etc., )

- He gave me the money to buy him books.
- I need some time to think about your proposal.

B) For is preposition, so it's followed by a noun or a pronoun. It's

used as follows:
1- to express the purpose of an action.
- I’m going to Lebanon for a holiday.
- What would you like for dinner?

2- With ( to ) ( for … somebody to do something )

- There weren’t chairs for us to sit on.

3- With ( what ) to ask about purpose.

- What is this machine for?

C) (So that ) is used …..

1- When the purpose is negative.
- I hurried so that I wouldn’t be late.
- Get up early so that you won’t be late.
2- With ( can – could )
- He is learning English so that he can study in America.
- I moved to London so that I could study at Oxford University.
492
=======================================================
Exercise ( 232 )
A ) Complete the sentences using ( to or for ):
1- I’m going to Egypt _____________ holiday.
2- You need experience __________ be a good teacher.
3- It needs a lot of experience _____________ a new job.
4- We’ll need more time ____________ decide what to do.
5- I went to the dentist ______________ check my teeth.
6- I’ll put on my glasses ___________ read the newspaper.
7- Do you have to wear glasses ____________ reading.
8-I wish I had a garden __________ the children _________ play in.
=======================================================
B ) Make sentences with ( so that ):
1- I hurried. I didn’t want to be late.
I hurried __________________________ be late.
2- I wore warm clothes. I didn’t want to get cold.
I wore warm clothes ________________________get cold.
3- I gave him my number. I wanted him to call me.
I gave him my number ________________________call me ..
4- I whispered to him. I didn’t want anyone else to hear us.
I whispered to him ____________________ ______hear us.

5- Please come early. We want to be able to start the meeting on time.

Please come early ______________________ the meeting on time.
========================================

Unit ( 140 )

Irregular Negatives

We usually use ( no or not ) to make sentences negative. The negative

word changes the meaning of a sentence to the opposite.
Ex. Both Fahid and Hamad are rich.
Fahid spends much on the poor. He's generous.
Hamad doesn't spend on the poor. He's a miser.
493
 For some words and expressions, the negative form is made in a different
way. Here are the common ones:
Word / Negative Affirmative Negative form
expression example
1- still no longer– He still works in a He no longer works in a
‫ال يزال‬ ‫لم يعد‬ company. company.
2- too either Hamad is rich. Hamad isn't poor.
)‫أيضًا (إثبات‬ )‫أيضًا (نفي‬ Fahid is rich, too. Fahid isn't poor, either
Either of my parents
3-either neither Neither of them has a
has British
‫أي منهما‬ ‫ال أحد منهما‬ different nationality.
nationality
4- either -- or neither - nor Either Dammam or Neither Dammam nor
‫ أو‬----- ‫إما‬ ‫ و ال‬----- ‫ ال‬Khobar is in the Khobar is in Riyadh
Eastern Province. Province.
5- always never ً I always go to bed I never go to bed early.
‫دائمًا‬ ‫ال أبدا‬ early.
6- so nor I walk to school, so I don't walk to school,
‫و كذلك‬ ‫ وال‬do you. nor do you.
7- All of none of We checked 5 None of them had any
‫جميعهم‬ hotels. All of them rooms.
‫ال أحد منهم‬ were full.
8- both of We checked 2 Neither of them had any
neither of
‫كالهما‬ hotels. Both of them rooms.
‫ال أحد منهما‬
were full.
needn't
9- must You must be at You needn't be at
‫ال ضرورة‬
‫يجب فعله‬ school by 8:00 a.m. school by 7.
‫لفعله‬
10-
somebody nobody I hear somebody There's nobody in the
‫أحد الناس‬ ‫ال أحد‬ singing. classroom.
something nothing I'll say something at I'll say nothing at the
‫شيء ما‬ ‫ال شيء‬ the party. party.
somewhere nowhere The robbers have The robbers are
‫مكان ما‬ ‫ وال في أي مكان‬hidden somewhere nowhere in the city.
in the city.
( Exercise 233 )

Make the following sentences Negative:

1- You must make a journey every year.
494
 You ____________________ make a journey every year.

2- All my friends enjoyed your party.

_________________________ my friends enjoyed your party.

3- I always smoke at school.

I ____________________ smoke at school.

4- I like coffee, so do you.

I don't like tea, ___________________ you.

5- We still live in Riyadh.

We _______________________ live in Riyadh.

6- Fahid is a rich man. Saleh is rich, too.

Fahid isn't poor. Saleh isn't poor, ________________.

7- Jack and John come from Britain. Either of them speaks French.
________________________ them speaks French.

8- You should either help him or treat him kindly.

You should __________ insult him __________ treat him unkindly.

9- We tried two Turkish restaurants. Either of them offers Turkish

dishes. _____________ them offers European dishes.

10- I lost my money somewhere in the school.

I think my money is _________________ in the school.
- ===============================================

Unit ( 141 )

Complements
The noun structure can be a subject, an object, a phrase, a clause,
and a complement.
1) Subject: ( s ) It's the doer of the action. It may be:
a- a noun : The rose is a beautiful flower.

b- a pronoun : We like roses.

c- gerund : ( phrase ) : Growing roses is my favourite hobby.

495
d- infinitive : To grow crops is important for our country.

e- clause : Wherever you go is up to you.

2- Object ( o ) : It's the receiver of the action. It may be :

a- direct object : direct receiver of the action. I gave him a prize.
b- indirect object : indirect receiver of action.
He paid me the prize of goods.

c- object to a preposition : I am interested in playing tennis.

d- infinitive object after a transitive verb :

I like to grow vegetables on my farm.
e- clause : I know that he is polite.

Noun Complements are used :

1) after verbs to be :
a- noun : Lions are strong animals.

b- noun phrase : What you do is in your interest.

c- noun clause : The goods you take are the goods you pay for.

2) noun ( direct object ) : They made the officer their leader.

3) adjective complement :
a- after verbs to be : I am happy. They are clever.

b- instead of a direct object : The present made me happy.

c- after some verbs : ( look – seem – taste – feel – think …………. )
I feel cold. You look unhappy now.
=========================================================
Exercise 234
A ) Identify the underlined noun structures as :
noun subject – noun object – noun phrase – noun clause – infinitive –
gerund – noun complement – adjective complement
1- We haven't completed our homework. __________________

2- What I want is to be happy. ____________________

3- To grow flowers is very useful _____________________

4- She enjoys singing in her bed. ______________________

496
5- Salwa put the food in the fridge. _____________________

6- He sat on the chair. ________________________

7- He looks angry today. ______________________

8- Those students are my friends. ____________________
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B ) Circle the correct answer, and write what the missing noun or
adjective as follows:
subject – direct object – indirect object – object to preposition –
complement – phrase
1- _______________ didn't deliver the mail today. ( ___________ )
a- for the postman b- The postman
c- Although the postman d- The postman isn't
2- My elder brother is ___________ ( ___________ )
a- a doctor b- for a doctor
c- he's a doctor d- when he's a doctor
3- We gave __________________ a new bicycle. ( ___________ )
a- he's our son b- it to our son
c- that's our son d- our son

4- The teacher told _______________ a joke. ( ___________ )

a- to us b- us
c- ourselves d- we
5- He showed me __________________ ( ___________ )
a- a new drawing b- drawing new
c- to a new drawing d- to drawing

6- My father lived ________________ for 6 years. ( ___________ )

a- in the city b- the city
c- a city d- on the city

7- __________________ is my favourite hobby. ( ___________ )

a- Read b- Reading
c- If I read d- When I read

8- Jack likes ___________ ( ___________ )

a- fast cars b- in a fast car
c- buy a fast car d- that a fast car

9- All of us are ______________ today. ( ___________ )

a- happy b- happily
c- more happy d- were happy

497
 10- You look _________________. Go to the doctor. ( ___________ )
a- very well b- unwell
c- not well d- too well

11- This food tastes __________________. ( ___________ )

a- very nice b- no awful
c- very awful d- awfully
===============================================

Unit ( 142 )
Expressions with (as)
As = can be used:
a- to describe a job: He works as a taxi driver.

b- to express a role: Think of me as a friend, not as a boss.

c- to show a purpose: I use this board as a table.

d- to tell about a condition: keep it as it is. or Do as your friend.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
But in grammatical structure, it's used as …………….

1) conjunction: I saw him as he was running away.

2) preposition: Be careful as your brother.

3) adverb: So far as you are interested in, you should interfere.

In English, there are too many expressions used with (as):

Here are some common ones:

1- as + adjective + as = used in comparison:

as much as as many as as long as

as far as as big as as tall as

as cold as as expensive as

and so on with many other similar adjectives.

2- as + adverb + as = also used in comparison:

as soon as as quickly as as well as
as fast as ,..... and so on with many other similar adverbs.

498
3- as + preposition:
as from ‫اعتبارًا من‬ as to ‫فيما يتعلق‬ as of ‫اعتبارا من‬
as for ‫أما فيما يخص‬

4- as + adverbs:
as always ‫كما هو دائمًا‬ as well ‫أيضًا‬ as though ‫كما لو أن‬
as if ‫كأن‬ such as ‫مثل‬ as yet ‫حتى اآلن‬
as possible as ‫بقدر اإلمكان‬

5- as + adjectives:
known as ‫يعرف ب‬ as regarding ‫أما ما يتعلق‬ as usual ‫كالمعتاد‬
same as ‫نفس الشبه‬ as good as ‫جديد بحالته الحالية‬
‫ًا‬
not so good as ‫ليس جيد مثل‬

6- With other longer expressions:

as far as I know ‫حسب علمي‬ as the story goes ‫كما يقال‬
as this is the case ‫ولما كان الحال كذلك‬ as far as possible ‫على قدر اإلمكان‬
do as follows ‫أعمل كما يلي‬ as you know ‫كما تعلم‬
=========================================================
Exercise 235
Complete the sentences with suitable expressions from this list:
as expensive as – as cold as – as much as – as soon as – as well as – as
from – as for – as if – as usual – such as – same as – as far as
1- Dammam, ______________ Jeddah, is a big coastal city in KSA.
2- I have paid my share in the company .______________ the others,
None of them paid.
3- Fahid and Sami are twins. Fahid looks the ______________ Sami.
4- Have you an idea about the new manager? _____________ I know,
he has been successful in running companies.
5- It's only 30 minutes to the flight. We must get to the airport ___________
possible .
6-He spends too much money _________________he were a millionaire.
7-It's not your habit to be late as today. Come to school early__________
8-Lebanon is famous for fruits. _____________apples , oranges and lemons.
9-___________next Saturday , the final exams of this term will start at 9 a.m.
10-The temperature in Norway and Sweden falls to 12 degrees below zero

499
 in winter. Norway is _______________Sweden.
11-You pay the same amount to buy a Camry or a maxima. Camry is
______________Maxima.
12-Do you love your father _______________your mother ? Yes , my love
to my parents is the same.
============================================
Unit ( 143 )

Still / yet / already

any more (longer) / no longer

1) Still = is used to say that a situation is continuing.

- It’s 10 o’clock. He is still in bed.
- He started working 10 hours ago. He’s still working.
- I still have French lessons every Sunday.

2) Any more / any longer / no longer

They are used to say that a situation has changed. Any more (longer) come
at the end of a sentence. But (no longer) comes in the middle of a sentence.
- He left this school a year ago. He doesn’t work here any more.
- This flat is small. I won’t stay in it any longer.
- I’m no longer willing to stay here.

3- Yet = until now. It’s mainly used in negative sentences.

- He hasn’t come yet.
- Are you going abroad in the summer vacation?
- I don’t know yet. I haven’t decided yet.

4- already = used to say that something happened sooner than what

was expected. It goes in the middle of a sentence
- What time is he leaving? He has already left.
- Shall I tell you or you already know.
- When I arrived at school, the lectures had already begun.
=========================================================

Exercise 236
500
a) Write sentences with ( still – any more ), based on what Nawaf said
5 years ago, and what he says now.

5 years ago Now

1- I travel a lot I travel a lot
2- I work in a shop I work in a hospital
3- I write poems I gave up writing poems
4- I am single I am single
5- I go fishing a lot I haven’t been fishing for years

1- travel : He ……………………. a lot .

2- shop : He ………………. ………. in a shop …………… .

3- poems : He ………………..……….. poems……………………

4- single : He ……..………………….. single

5- fishing : He …………………….….. fishing……………………

b) Write three sentences with ( no longer ):
1- He ……………………………………… in a shop

2- He ……………………………………… (poems)

3- He ……………………………………… (fishing)
=========================================================
C ) Use the words (yet and already) with the following verbs:

Today morning Today evening

1- It’s still raining It’s no longer raining
2- He’s still repairing his car He finished repairing his car
3-The children are still asleep The children woke at noon
4- She’s still at home She went out
5- I’m still at school Now, I’m at home
1- stop It …………………raining yet. It …………………………raining

2- repair He …………..……his car yet. He ………………repairing his car

3- wake They ……………………...yet. They …………………………

.
4- go out She ………………………yet . She ………………………….
501
 5- leave I …………………school.yet. I ……………………..............

===================================================

Unit ( 144 )
Punctuation Marks ‫عالمات الترقيم‬
They are important in writing. Misused punctuation marks lead to
misunderstanding ideas included in a text. Here are the common ones in
writing.
1- Full stop ( . ) ‫النقطة‬
a- It is used at the end of a complete sentence. - I bought a new car.
b- for abbreviations ( contracted forms )
B.A = Bachelor of Arts. a.m – p.m. – U.S.A = The united states of America

2- Comma ( , ) ‫الفاصلة‬
a- in question – tags. – You are a teacher, aren't you ?
b- in short answers. Are you ready ? Yes, I am.
c- in direct speech. – Fahid said, " I will study physics "
d- between parts of a list ( nouns, verbs, ……..etc. )
- Apples, oranges, mangoes, and bananas are kinds of fruit.
e- relative pronouns that divide main clauses.
- The lion, which killed a man, got out of its cage.
f- between long clauses.
- Because we missed the bus, we had to walk.
- He failed his first term exams, but he can pass the second term
exams.
g- in conditional sentences.
- If you work hard, you will succeed.
h- at the end of clauses beginning with ( as soon as – because – while
– when – since – as long as )
- Because he had many car accidents, the traffic police prevented
him from driving.

3- semi colon ( ; ) It's used :

a- between sentences related in meaning.
- There was a sudden earthquake; many buildings were destroyed.
b- before the expressions ( however – nevertheless – therefore )
- Snow has been falling heavily since yesterday; therefore all streets

502
 and roads were blocked up.

4- Colon ( : )
a- to give answers in exams.
- Give the opposite of the following : tall : ________ big: _________
b- after participants in a conversation
- Hamad : How are you, Fahid ?
Fahid : I'm very well. Thank you.

5- Question mark ( ? )
a- It's used to ask questions. – What is your name ?
b- To make question – tags. – You are a teacher, aren't you ?

6- Quotation marks ( " " )

a- to show the direct speech. – Hamad said, " I will join a university. "
b- to show titles, or distinctive remarks.
- I enjoy reading " The prophetic Biography "

7- The hyphen ( - )
a- to separate parts of compound words.
– kind-hearted - a two-seat - car
b- compound numbers - twenty-five ( 25 ) - seventy-two

8- The apostrophe ( ' ) It's used …………

a- in contracted forms - I'll = I will - they're = they are -
she's = she has (is)
b- to express possession - Hamad's car - men's clothes

9- Capital letters: are used with

a- Any words at the beginning of a sentence
- He is my friend. – Tigers are fast animals.
- Where do you live ? - We like our school.

b- All proper nouns. ( names of specific people, or things )

- Fahid – The King – Jeddah – Syria – The Nile
c- in abbreviations ‫ االختصارات‬. B.A / CPR. / USA.

10- Exclamation mark ( ! ) It's used …………

a- to express admiration
- What a clever student ! - What a high tower !
b- to express exclamation
503
 - What ! My father had an accident !
c- to express empathy or consolidation ‫تعزية‬
- Thousands of people were killed in the earthquake.
- Oh dear ! - Poor people ! - May God save the injured.
=========================================================
( Exercise 237 )
Put the right punctuation marks in their right places:
1- A: what have you written __________________________
B: i ve written a letter __________________________

2- faris visited european cities london paris, rome and berlin

_______________________________________________
3- what a tall building its 500 meters high
______________________________________
4- if you need help ill help you
______________________________________
5- my fathers car is expensive, it cost sr 80.000.
______________________________________
6- hamad how are you today fahd
______________________________________
fahid I m very well thank you
_______________________________
7- Majid can you speak english
Salem no i cant
______________________________________

8- you live in this city don’t you

______________________________________

yes i do my house is over there

______________________________________

9- the teacher how old are you sanad

______________________________________

sanad im twenty five years old

______________________________

10- what a beautiful lady whos her husband

____________________________________________

504
 holy book for christians
__________________________________________________
=================================================

Unit ( 145 )

Phrases & Clauses

A) A phrase is a group of related words that has no subject and no

verb. Phrases cannot stand alone as sentences.
Here are their common form:
1- Noun phrase: - The blue car is mine. – I sat by my mother.

2- Prepositional phrase: - The book is on the table.

3- Adjective phrase: - The book on the table is mine.

4- Adverb phrase: - I put the book on the table.

B) A clause is a group of related words, containing a subject and finite

verb. Clauses are of two types:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1- Main clause:
It can stand alone to give a complete meaning.

505
2- Subordinate clause:
It cannot stand alone to give a complete meaning.
- I watched TV last night……. after I had finished my homework.
main clause subordinate clause
Main Clause:
1) It can stand alone as a sentence. Main clauses can be joined
together by the conjunctions ( and, but, for, or, so, yet ). When this
happens, a comma is usually placed just before the conjunction.
- The living room is painted red, and the kitchen is yellow.
main clause main clause
2) Main clauses can also be joined by clause markers or conjunctions
like however – nevertheless – in addition – on the other hand –
moreover )
- Hamad got low marks in the English test; However. He may get higher.
main clause
marks in the other subjects.
main clause
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3) Here is a chart of common main clause markers, listed according to
their meanings:

Meaning Preceded by Preceded by semi-colon (;)

comma (,)
1- addition and besides – moreover – in addition
2- contrast by – yet however – nevertheless – on the other
hand – in spite of
3- cause for because of – for this reason
4- effect so therefore – as a result – consequently –
accordingly
5- condition or otherwise
6- time - then – meanwhile – after that – at that point
7- comparison - similarly – likewise
8- example - for example – for instance

Subordinate clauses : They have three types:

1) A noun clause which stands for a noun. Noun clauses begin with the
clause marker (that ), or with one of the following question–words ( how –
which – whose – when – where – what – why – who ).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Noun clauses are used in the same positions of nouns which include:
506
a- subject: - That our team won is a great honor to our country.
b- object: - I don't know when you paid me back.
c- complement: - He will be as he likes to be.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When a noun clause beginning with (that), which is used as an object, it can
be deleted.
- I thought that he was absent.
- I thought he was absent.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2) Adverb clause is a subordinate clause that functions as an adverb. An
adverb clause begins with a clause marker, Below is a chart of most
commonly used clause markers for adverb clauses. They are listed
according to their meanings. Some of them have more than one.

Time Cause / Comparison Condition Contrast Manner

effect
after because as – if – Although as if
as in order to than even if Even as though
as long as so that in case though how
as soon as whereas only if in spite of
before since provided whereas
once why Place that while
by the time unless
since where whether
until wherever or
when /while
whenever
Examples:
1- I will stay here as long as you are out. ( adverb clause of time )

2- I will study hard so that I can pass my exams. ( adverb clause of reason )
3- You must come early as other students do. (adverb clause of comparison
4- You will succeed if you work hard at school.( adverb clause of condition )
5- He continued working even though he is tired. ( adverb clause of contrast
6- Our soldiers fight as if they were lions. ( adverb clause of manner )
7- You can park your car wherever the police allows you.

507
 ( adverb clause of place )
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3) Adjective clause is a subordinate clause which functions as an
adjective. It comes directly after the noun it modifies. Adjective clauses begin
with relative pronouns ( who--whom – whose – which – that ). Sometimes
they also begin with question – words ( when – where – why ). The relative
pronouns have different uses. Here is a chart of their uses:
Uses Referring to people Referring to things
Subject Who – that -- Which – that
Object Who – whom – that Which – that
Possessive Whose of which / Whose ( rarely)

Examples:
1- That is the teacher who teaches English. ( subject )
2- That is the teacher who / whom I asked for help. ( object to a verb )
3- That is the teacher whose car is blue. ( possessive )
4- That is the teacher to whom I gave the book. ( object to a preposition )
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
1- The relative pronouns ( that or who ) cannot come after
prepositions.
- The student to who (whom) I gave the book is my friend.
2- When commas are needed in an adjective clause, the relative
pronoun cannot be used.
- Panadol, ( that ) which is a pain killer, can be used for headache.

3- When relative pronouns function as objects, they are often omitted.

- The woman that I met yesterday is a nurse.
- The woman I met yesterday is a nurse.
=======================================================
( Exercise 238 )

Write the forms of the underlined phrases ( noun – adjective –

prepositional – adverb ) opposite them.

508
1- The stolen car is mine : _________________________

2- I saw a tiger in the zoo : _________________________

3- The computer on the table is for accounting : _________________

4- All students are in their classes : ____________________

5- He will come back in a week : ________________________

6- The man at the door is my teacher. _______________________

7- I sat by the fire to get warm : _________________________

8- I had a long call with Sami : ________________________

9- The children around me are my grandsons : ________________

10- Your books are in your bag : _______________________

========================================================
Exercise 239
Check if the underlined clauses are main or subordinate. If they are
subordinate, are they noun, adjective or adverb clauses ?
Main or
Noun / Adjective
subordinat
Clause Structure Adverb
e
1- The man who lives next door is
my uncle.

2- I don't know where he lives.

3- I bought the car which I liked.

4- That you failed your exam is

displeasing.

5- How to invest your money is up

to you.

6- I got up late because I slept after

midnight.

7- He is a generous man; besides

509
 he helps the poor.
8-
Keep quiet in class; otherwise
you'll go out.
9-
I study hard so as to pass my
final exams.
10
-
The man to whom I gave my car
is my uncle.
11
The teacher who helps us has
-
moved to another school.

He will study as his father likes.

12
-

===========================================
Unit ( 146 )
The –ing and –ed clauses
A ) The –ing clauses are used I the following situations :
1)when two things happen at the same time.
--- Feeling tired , I went to bed early.
--- Huda is in the kitchen making coffee.

2))After a while and when in long actions interrupted by short actions.

---I hurt my knee while playing football..
--- Be careful when crossing the road .

3) When an action that happens before another action . We use

( having done ) for the first action.
--- Having finished his work , he went home.
--- After finishing his work , he went home.

4)To say what somebody or something is ( was ) doing at a particular time.

--- Who is the man standing over there ?
--- I was woken up by the door bell ringing.

5)To say what happens all the time (permanent situation )

--- The road connecting Riyadh and Dammam is closed for maintenance.
510
--- Give me the name of an animal beginning with ( z ).

6)With the verbs ( make – give ,…..)

---Playing sports makes you strong.
--- Exercising a lot gives you strength.
============================================
B) 1 ) The –ed clauses have a passive meaning.
--- The boy injured in the accident was taken to hospital.
--- All the goods made in this factory are for export.
2) we often use ( -ing ) and ( -ed ) clauses after ( there is / are / was /
were )
--- Is there anybody waiting ?
--- The police found a man killed in his house.
========================================================
Exercise ( 240 )
Make sentences beginning with ( -int / not -ing / or having done :
1- I felt tired , so I went to bed early.
________________, I went to bed early.

2- I thought they might be hungry , so I offered them food.

_________________be hungry , I offered them food
3- I don't know his phone number , so I couldn't contact him.
__________________his phone number , I couldn't contact him.
4- He is a foreigner . He needs permission to work here.
____________________, he needs permission to work here.
5- Sarah has travelled a lot , so she knows well about all countries.
______________________, she knows well about all countries.
6- A taxi was taking us to the airport. It broke down.
A taxi broke down while __________________to the airport.
7- A factory has opened in the town. It employs 500 people.
A factory ________________________has opened in the town.
8- Some paintings were stolen from the museum . They haven't been
found yet.
Some paintings ________________________haven't been found yet.
9- That house is empty . Nobody lives in it.
That house is empty . There's ____________________________

10- The train is full . A lot of people travel .

The train is full . There are a lot of people ______________

511
=====================================
=======

Key Answers to Part 6 exercises

Miscellaneous Grammar topics -- Units 132 -- 146
unit Topic Ex. Key answers
A) -1-Although it was quite cold , ……………..
2-Although he has an important job , ………...
Linking words 218 3-Although the heating was on , …………….
132
& terms ( 1 ) 4- Although I had never seen her before , ……
B) -1- Although 2-because of 3- although
4-because of 5- in spite of 6- despite
A) 1-but 2-and 3- as well 4- however
5- on the other side 6- also
== ========= 219
B) 1-yet 2-although 3- in spite of
4- nevertheless 5- and 6- also 7- too

Although 1-Although 2-despite 3-despit 4-although

== 220 5-althouugh 6- despite 7-although
despite
8-despite 9-despite 10-although
1- therefore 2-instead 3-so as not to
== ========== 221 4- except 5-so that 6-however 7-since
8-whereas 9-because of 10-so
1- beforehand. 2-If so !3-concerning 4-
given
Linking words
133 222 5-moreover 6- as well 7-Plus 8-If not
& terms ( 2 )
9-otherwise 10-likewise 11- As for
12-following 13-at the time 14-provided that
134 Connecting 223 1- so generous that…….2- such a pleasant

512
 party that…….. 3-too hot to …….4-as tall as…..
5- the same as ……6-in case it …….7-not only
phrases but also ……8-either keep quiet , or ………..
9-neither tell lies , not …..10-rich enough to …..
11-in order to relieve ….12- did not shine, nor…
A)1-an 2-a 3- an 4- an 5- a
B) ( X = means no article )
1- Mount Everest ( X ) 2- Lake Ontario. ( X )

The guide of 3- the Pacific Ocean. 4- the Amazon River

135 224
Articles 5- at work. ( X ) 6- I need to go to the bank.
7-Want to go to the movies? 8- in the hospital.
9- attend church. ( X ) 10- went to jail ( X )
11- to the dentist. 12- at school.( X )
1- the rock music 2- an MBA. 3- an architect
4- all day. 5- the internet 6- the Wednesday
after next 7- of responsibility. 8- the first day
9- the best presenter. 10- at home;11- a
house.
12- wear sandals. 13- fast food. 14- the
== ========= 225 capital of France 15- an honest man.16- a
small stain
17- Children 18- the money I owe you.
19- an / the island off the coast. 20- a UFO
21- a bad idea. 22- an experience 23- the
Mediterranean Sea. 24- at General
Electric ! 25- a yellow dress.
Confusing A) so -- such
136 pairs of 226 1-so 2-such 3-so 4-such a 5-so 6-such
structures a 7- so 8- such 9-so / such 10-such
== ======== 227 A) 1-to get a taxi 2- listen to music

513
 3- go swimming 4- stand 5-to eat at home
B) rather than walk 2-rather than dine out
3-rather than play tennis 4-rather than watch
TV 5-rather than sit down
8 p.m. 2-fish / chicken 3-It was boring
== ========= 228 4-living in the country 5-What about you ? I'll
join you .
A)1-Who 2-Where 3-What 4- When 5-Why
6-Which 7-Whose 8-Where 9-Whose
10-Who 11-When 12-What
B)1- Where did you go …..2-Has ….been……?
Wh- question
137 229 3-What time did……..arrive ? 4-Why did you
words
go …….? 5-Whose car is ……..? 6-Which
car is ……..? 7-Why does your brother …..?
8-Who teaches ….? 9-How do you come …..?
10-What's the date ……..?
1-What a 2-How 3- What a 4-How 5-How
138 Exclamations 230
6-What a 7- How 8-How 9-What a 10-What a
1-Wgat a 2-How 3-How 4-What an…5-How
== ========= 231
6-How 7-Whar an 8-What a
A ) 1-for 2-to 3-for 4-to 5-to 6-to
7- for 8-for / to
Expressing
139 232 B ) 1- so that I wouldn't ….2-so that I didn't …..
Purpose
3-so that he could ……4-so that no-one else
could ……5-so that we can start ……..
1- needn't 2- none of 3- never 4- nor do
Irregular
140 233 5-no longer 6-either 7-neither of them
negatives
8-neither / nor 9-neither of 10-no-where
141 complements 234 A) noun object 2-noun clause 3-infinintive
4-noun object 5-noun subject 6-noun phrase

514
 7-adjective complement 8- noun complement
B)1-the postman subject ) 2-a doctor ( comple-
-ment ) 3-our son ( indirect object )
4- us .(Indirect object ) 5-a new drawing
( direct object ) 6-in the city ( phrase )
7-Reading ( subject ) 8- fast cars (direct object)
9-happy( complement ) 10-unwell / complement
1-as well as 2- as for 3- same as 4- as far
as 5-as soon as 6-as if 7-as usual 8-such
Expressions
142 235 as
with ( as )
9-as from 10-as cold as 11-as e expensive
12-as much as
A) 1-still travels 2-doesn't work …..any more
3- doesn't write ….any more 4-is still …..
5-doesn't go …….any more
B) 1-no longer works …2-no longer writes ……
Still / yet / any 3-no longer goes …….
143 236
More /already C) 1-hasn't stopped --- has already stopped
2-hasn't repaired…..-- has already finished….
3-havem't woken …..—have already woken
4-hasn't gone out ….. -- has already gone out
5-haven't left ……-- have already left school

515
 1-What have you written ? I've written a letter.
2-Faris visited European cities : London ,
Paris , Rome , and Berlin.
3-What a tall building ! It's 5—metres high.
4-If you need help , I'll help you.
5-My father's car is expensive. It cost SR
80,000
Punctuation 6-Hamad : How are you , Fahd ?
144 237
marks Fahd : I'm very well , thank you.
7-Majed : Can you speak English ?
Salem : No , I can't.
8- A : You live in this city , don't you ?
B : Yes , I do . My house is over there.
9-The teacher : How old are you , Sanad ?
Sanad : I'm 25 years old.
10-What a beautiful lady ! Who's her husband ?
1-noun 2-prepositional 3-adjective
Phrases and 4-prepositional 5-adverb 6-adjective
145 238
clauses 7-adverb 8-mpim 9-adkectove 10-
prepositional
1- subordinate ( adjective clause )
2- subordinate ( noun clause ) 3- main clause
4- main clause 5-subordinate ( noun clause )
6- main clause 7- main clause 8-main clause
239
9-subordinate ( adverb clause )
10-subordinate ( adjective clause )
11-subordinate ( adjective clause )
12- subordinate ( adverb clause )
146 The –ing or 240 1- Feeling tired , ……… 2-Thinking they
the –ed clause might ,……..3-Not knowing ……4-Being a

516
foreigner,…
5-Having travelled a lot , ……..6-Taking us ,
……
7-Employing 500 people ,…….8-Stolen from
the museum , ……….. 9- Nobody living in it ,
………
10- Travelling ………………

THE END

517